2015 F-150 Owner's Manual

2015 F-150 Owner’s Manual 2015 2015 F-150

fordowner.com ford.ca Owner’s Manual

May 2015 Third Printing Owner’s Manual F-150 Litho in U.S.A.

PMFL3J 19A321 AA The information contained in this publication was correct at the time of going to print. In the interest of continuous development, we reserve the right to change specifications, design or equipment at any time without notice or obligation. No part of this publication may be reproduced, transmitted, stored in a retrieval system or translated into any language in any form by any means without our written permission. Errors and omissions excepted. © Ford Motor Company 2015

Table of Contents

Introduction Driver and Passenger Airbags...... 44 About This Manual...... 7 Front Passenger Sensing System...... 45 Symbols Glossary...... 7 Side Airbags...... 47 Data Recording...... 9 Safety Canopy™...... 48 California Proposition 65...... 11 Crash Sensors and Airbag Indicator...... 49 Perchlorate...... 11 Airbag Disposal...... 50 Ford Credit...... 11 Replacement Parts Keys and Remote Controls Recommendation...... 11 General Information on Radio Special Notices...... 12 Frequencies...... 51 Mobile Communications Remote Control...... 51 Equipment...... 12 Replacing a Lost Key or Remote Export Unique Options...... 13 Control...... 56

Environment MyKey™ Protecting the Environment...... 14 Principle of Operation...... 57 Creating a MyKey...... 58 Child Safety Clearing All MyKeys...... 59 General Information...... 15 Checking MyKey System Status...... 59 Installing Child Seats...... 16 Using MyKey With Remote Start Systems...... 60 Booster Seats...... 28 MyKey Troubleshooting...... 60 Child Seat Positioning...... 30 Child Safety Locks...... 31 Locks Safety Belts Locking and Unlocking...... 62 Keyless Entry...... 64 Principle of Operation...... 33 Fastening the Safety Belts...... 34 Security Safety Belt Height Adjustment...... 38 Passive Anti-Theft System...... 67 Safety Belt Warning Lamp and Indicator Chime...... 39 Anti-Theft Alarm...... 69 Safety Belt Minder...... 39 Child Restraint and Safety Belt Power Running Boards Maintenance...... 41 Using Power Running Boards...... 71

Personal Safety System™ Steering Wheel Personal Safety System™...... 42 Adjusting the Steering Wheel...... 73 Audio Control...... 74 Supplementary Restraints Voice Control...... 75 System Cruise Control...... 75 Principle of Operation...... 43 Information Display Control...... 76

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Table of Contents

Pedals Hints on Controlling the Interior Climate...... 135 Adjusting the Pedals...... 77 Heated Windows and Mirrors...... 137 Wipers and Washers Cabin Air Filter...... 137 Remote Start...... 138 Windshield Wipers...... 78 Autowipers...... 78 Seats Windshield Washers...... 79 Sitting in the Correct Position...... 139 Lighting Head Restraints...... 139 Manual Seats...... 141 Lighting Control...... 80 Power Seats...... 142 Autolamps...... 80 Memory Function...... 144 Instrument Lighting Dimmer...... 81 Rear Seats...... 145 Daytime Running Lamps...... 82 Heated Seats...... 146 Automatic High Beam Control...... 82 Climate Controlled Seats...... 147 Front Fog Lamps...... 84 Front Seat Armrest...... 148 Direction Indicators...... 84 Rear Seat Armrest...... 149 Spot Lamps...... 84 Interior Lamps...... 85 Universal Garage Door Ambient Lighting...... 87 Opener Windows and Mirrors Universal Garage Door Opener...... 150 Power Windows...... 88 Auxiliary Power Points Exterior Mirrors...... 89 Auxiliary Power Points...... 154 Interior Mirror...... 93 Sun Visors...... 93 Storage Compartments Moonroof...... 93 Center Console...... 156 Overhead Console...... 157 Instrument Cluster Gauges...... 95 Starting and Stopping the Warning Lamps and Indicators...... 98 Engine Audible Warnings and Indicators...... 102 General Information...... 158 Ignition Switch...... 158 Information Displays Keyless Starting...... 158 General Information...... 103 Starting a Gasoline Engine...... 159 Information Messages...... 118 Engine Block Heater...... 162

Climate Control Unique Driving Character- Manual Climate Control...... 131 istics Automatic Climate Control...... 133 Auto-Start-Stop...... 164

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Table of Contents

Fuel and Refueling Active Park Assist...... 201 Safety Precautions...... 166 Rear View Camera...... 205 Fuel Quality...... 167 360 Degree Parking Aid Camera...... 208 Running Out of Fuel...... 168 Refueling...... 169 Cruise Control Fuel Consumption...... 170 Principle of Operation...... 211 Emission Control System...... 171 Using Cruise Control...... 211 Using Adaptive Cruise Control...... 212 Transmission Automatic Transmission...... 174 Driving Aids Driver Alert...... 219 Four-Wheel Drive Lane Keeping System...... 219 Using Four-Wheel Drive...... 180 Blind Spot Information System...... 223 Cross Traffic Alert...... 225 Rear Axle Steering...... 228 Electronic Locking Differential...... 188 Collision Warning System...... 229

Brakes Load Carrying General Information...... 190 Load Limit...... 232 Hints on Driving With Anti-Lock Tailgate...... 238 Brakes...... 190 Parking Brake...... 190 Towing Electric Parking Brake...... 191 Towing a Trailer...... 248 Hill Start Assist...... 193 Trailer Sway Control...... 249 Recommended Towing Weights...... 249 Traction Control Essential Towing Checks...... 260 Principle of Operation...... 195 Towing Points...... 266 Using Traction Control...... 195 Transporting the Vehicle...... 267 Towing the Vehicle on Four Wheels...... 268 Stability Control Principle of Operation...... 196 Driving Hints Using Stability Control...... 197 Breaking-In...... 271 Economical Driving...... 271 Terrain Response Driving Through Water...... 272 Principle of Operation...... 198 Floor Mats...... 272 Using Hill Descent Control...... 198 Snowplowing...... 273

Parking Aids Roadside Emergencies Parking Aid...... 200 Roadside Assistance...... 276

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Table of Contents

Hazard Warning Flashers...... 277 Power Steering Fluid Check...... 307 Fuel Shutoff...... 277 Washer Fluid Check...... 307 Jump Starting the Vehicle...... 278 Fuel Filter...... 307 Post-Crash Alert System...... 280 Changing the 12V Battery...... 307 Checking the Wiper Blades...... 309 Customer Assistance Changing the Wiper Blades...... 309 Getting the Services You Need...... 281 Adjusting the Headlamps...... 310 In California (U.S. Only)...... 282 Changing a Bulb...... 311 The Better Business Bureau (BBB) Auto Bulb Specification Chart...... 315 Line Program (U.S. Only)...... 283 Changing the Engine Air Filter...... 317 Utilizing the Mediation/Arbitration Program (Canada Only)...... 283 Vehicle Care Getting Assistance Outside the U.S. and Canada...... 284 General Information...... 318 Ordering Additional Owner's Cleaning Products...... 318 Literature...... 285 Cleaning the Exterior...... 318 Reporting Safety Defects (U.S. Waxing...... 319 Only)...... 285 Cleaning the Engine...... 319 Reporting Safety Defects (Canada Cleaning the Windows and Wiper Only)...... 286 Blades...... 320 Cleaning the Interior...... 320 Fuses Cleaning the Instrument Panel and Fuse Specification Chart...... 287 Instrument Cluster Lens...... 321 Changing a Fuse...... 295 Cleaning Leather Seats...... 321 Repairing Minor Paint Damage...... 322 Maintenance Cleaning the Alloy Wheels...... 323 General Information...... 296 Vehicle Storage...... 323 Opening and Closing the Hood...... 296 Under Hood Overview - 2.7L Wheels and Tires EcoBoost™...... 297 General Information...... 326 Under Hood Overview - 3.5L Tire Care...... 328 Ecoboost™...... 298 Using Snow Chains...... 343 Under Hood Overview - 3.5L...... 299 Tire Pressure Monitoring System...... 344 Under Hood Overview - 5.0L...... 300 Changing a Road Wheel...... 349 Engine Oil Dipstick...... 301 Technical Specifications...... 357 Engine Oil Check...... 301 Engine Coolant Check...... 302 Capacities and Specific- Automatic Transmission Fluid Check...... 306 ations Transfer Case Fluid Check...... 306 Engine Specifications...... 358 Brake Fluid Check...... 307 Motorcraft Parts...... 359 Vehicle Identification Number...... 359

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Table of Contents

Vehicle Certification Label...... 360 Information...... 473 Transmission Code Designation...... 361 Climate...... 482 Capacities and Specifications - 2.7L Navigation...... 485 EcoBoost™...... 362 Capacities and Specifications - 3.5L Accessories Ecoboost™...... 366 Accessories...... 494 Capacities and Specifications - 3.5L....370 Capacities and Specifications - 5.0L...... 375 Extended Service Plan (ESP) Audio System Extended Service Plan (ESP)...... 496 General Information...... 380 Scheduled Maintenance Audio Unit - Vehicles With: AM/FM...... 381 General Maintenance Information...... 498 Audio Unit - Vehicles With: AM/FM/ CD...... 383 Normal Scheduled Maintenance...... 501 Audio Unit - Vehicles With: AM/FM/ Special Operating Conditions Scheduled SYNC...... 386 Maintenance...... 504 Audio Unit - Vehicles With: AM/FM/CD/ Scheduled Maintenance Record...... 507 SYNC/Satellite Radio...... 388 Audio Unit - Vehicles With: Sony AM/FM/ Appendices CD...... 390 End User License Agreement...... 517 Digital Radio...... 392 Type Approvals...... 532 Satellite Radio...... 394 Audio Input Jack...... 397 USB Port...... 397 Media Hub...... 398

SYNC™ General Information...... 399 Using Voice Recognition...... 401 Using SYNC™ With Your Phone...... 403 SYNC™ Applications and Services...... 413 Using SYNC™ With Your Media Player...... 417 SYNC™ Troubleshooting...... 424

MyFord Touch™ General Information...... 433 Settings...... 440 Entertainment...... 450 Phone...... 467

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing 6

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Introduction

ABOUT THIS MANUAL

Thank you for choosing Ford. We recommend that you take some time to get to know your vehicle by reading this manual. The more that you know about your vehicle, the greater the safety and pleasure you will get from driving it. WARNING Driving while distracted can result in

loss of vehicle control, crash and E154903 injury. We strongly recommend that you use extreme caution when using any A Right-hand side. device that may take your focus off the road. Your primary responsibility is the safe B Left-hand side. operation of your vehicle. We recommend against the use of any hand-held device while driving and encourage the use of SYMBOLS GLOSSARY voice-operated systems when possible. Make sure you are aware of all applicable These are some of the symbols you may local laws that may affect the use of see on your vehicle. electronic devices while driving. Safety alert

Note: This manual describes product features and options available throughout See Owner's Manual the range of available models, sometimes even before they are generally available. It may describe options not fitted to the Air conditioning system vehicle you have purchased. Note: Some of the illustrations in this E162384 manual may show features as used in Anti-lock braking system different models, so they may appear different to you on your vehicle. Note: Always use and operate your vehicle Avoid smoking, flames or sparks in line with all applicable laws and regulations. Note: Pass on this manual when selling Battery your vehicle. It is an integral part of your vehicle. Battery acid This manual may qualify the location of a component as left-hand side or right-hand side. The side is determined when facing forward in the seat. Brake fluid - non petroleum based

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Introduction

Brake system Front airbag

Cabin air filter Front fog lamps

Check fuel cap Fuel pump reset

Child safety door lock or unlock Fuse compartment

Child seat lower anchor Hazard warning flashers

Child seat tether anchor Heated rear window

Cruise control Heated windshield

E71340 Do not open when hot Interior luggage compartment release

Engine air filter Jack

Engine coolant Keep out of reach of children

E161353 Engine coolant temperature Lighting control

Engine oil Low tire pressure warning

Explosive gas Maintain correct fluid level

Fan warning Note operating instructions

Fasten safety belt Panic alarm

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Introduction

Parking aid facilities may access or share among them vehicle diagnostic information received E139213 through a direct connection to your vehicle Parking brake when diagnosing or servicing your vehicle. Additionally, when your vehicle is in for service or repair, Ford Motor Company, Ford of Canada, and service and repair Power steering fluid facilities may access or share among them data for vehicle improvement purposes. For U.S. only (if equipped), if you choose Power windows front/rear to use the SYNC Vehicle Health Report, you consent that certain diagnostic information may also be accessed Power window lockout electronically by Ford Motor Company and Ford authorized service facilities, and that the diagnostic information may be used Service engine soon for any purpose. See SYNC™ (page 399). Event Data Recording Side airbag This vehicle is equipped with an event data recorder. The main purpose of an event data recorder is to record, in Shield the eyes certain crash or near crash-like situations, such as an airbag deployment or hitting a road obstacle; E167012 Stability control this data will assist in understanding how a vehicle’s systems performed. E138639 The event data recorder is designed to record data related to vehicle dynamics Windshield wash and wipe and safety systems for a short period of time, typically 30 seconds or less. The event data recorder in this vehicle is designed to record such data as: DATA RECORDING • How various systems in your vehicle Service Data Recording were operating; • Whether or not the driver and Service data recorders in your vehicle are passenger safety belts were capable of collecting and storing buckled/fastened; diagnostic information about your vehicle. • How far (if at all) the driver was This potentially includes information about depressing the accelerator and/or the performance or status of various the brake pedal; and systems and modules in the vehicle, such as engine, throttle, steering or brake • How fast the vehicle was traveling; systems. In order to properly diagnose and and service your vehicle, Ford Motor Company, • Where the driver was positioning Ford of Canada, and service and repair the steering wheel.

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Introduction

This data can help provide a better Note: Including to the extent that any understanding of the circumstances in law pertaining to Event Data Recorders which crashes and injuries occur. applies to SYNC or its features, please Note: Event data recorder data is note the following: Once 911 Assist (if recorded by your vehicle only if a equipped) is enabled (set ON), 911 Assist non-trivial crash situation occurs; no data may, through any paired and connected is recorded by the event data recorder cell phone, disclose to emergency under normal driving conditions and no services that the vehicle has been in a personal data or information (e.g., name, crash involving the deployment of an gender, age, and crash location) is airbag or, in certain vehicles, the recorded (see limitations regarding 911 activation of the fuel pump shut-off. Assist and Traffic, directions and Certain versions or updates to 911 Assist Information privacy below). However, may also be capable of being used to parties, such as law enforcement, could electronically or verbally provide to 911 combine the event data recorder data operators the vehicle location (such as with the type of personally identifying latitude and longitude), and/or other data routinely acquired during a crash details about the vehicle or crash or investigation. personal information about the occupants to assist 911 operators to To read data recorded by an event data provide the most appropriate emergency recorder, special equipment is required, services. If you do not want to disclose and access to the vehicle or the event this information, do not activate the 911 data recorder is needed. In addition to Assist feature. See SYNC™ (page 399). the vehicle manufacturer, other Additionally, when you connect to parties, such as law enforcement, that Traffic, Directions and Information (if have such special equipment, can read equipped, U.S. only), the service uses the information if they have access to GPS technology and advanced vehicle the vehicle or the event data recorder. sensors to collect the vehicle’s current Ford Motor Company and Ford of location, travel direction, and speed Canada do not access event data (“vehicle travel information”), only to recorder information without obtaining help provide you with the directions, consent, unless pursuant to court order traffic reports, or business searches or where required by law enforcement, that you request. If you do not want other government authorities or other Ford or its vendors to receive this third parties acting with lawful information, do not activate the authority. Other parties may seek to service. For more information, see access the information independently Traffic, Directions and Information, of Ford Motor Company and Ford of Terms and Conditions. See SYNC™ Canada. (page 399).

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Introduction

CALIFORNIA PROPOSITION 65 REPLACEMENT PARTS RECOMMENDATION WARNING Some constituents of engine Your vehicle has been built to the highest exhaust, certain vehicle components, standards using quality parts. We certain fluids contained in vehicles recommend that you demand the use of and certain products of component wear genuine Ford and Motorcraft parts contain or emit chemicals known to the whenever your vehicle requires scheduled State of California to cause cancer and maintenance or repair. You can clearly birth defects or other reproductive harm. identify genuine Ford and Motorcraft parts by looking for the Ford, FoMoCo or Motorcraft branding on the parts or their PERCHLORATE packaging.

Certain components in your vehicle such Scheduled Maintenance and as airbag modules, safety belt Mechanical Repairs pretensioners and remote control batteries may contain perchlorate material. Special One of the best ways for you to make sure handling may apply for service or vehicle that your vehicle provides years of service end of life disposal. is to have it maintained in line with our recommendations using parts that For more information visit: conform to the specifications detailed in this Owner’s Manual. Genuine Ford and Web Address Motorcraft parts meet or exceed these specifications. www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/ perchlorate Collision Repairs We hope that you never experience a FORD CREDIT collision, but accidents do happen. Genuine Ford replacement collision parts meet our (U.S. Only) stringent requirements for fit, finish, structural integrity, corrosion protection Ford Credit offers a full range of financing and dent resistance. During vehicle and lease plans to help you acquire your development we validate these parts vehicle. If you have financed or leased your deliver the intended level of protection as vehicle through Ford Credit, thank you for a whole system. A great way to know for your business. sure you are getting this level of protection For your convenience we offer a number is to use genuine Ford replacement of ways to contact us, as well as to help collision parts. manage your account. Phone: 1-800-727-7000 For more information regarding Ford Credit, as well as to access Account Manager, please go to www.fordcredit.com.

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Introduction

Warranty on Replacement Parts remote vehicle diagnostics, telematics or engine reprogramming, may cause Genuine Ford and Motorcraft replacement interference or damage to vehicle systems. parts are the only replacement parts that We do not recommend or endorse the use benefit from a Ford Warranty. Damage of any non-Ford-approved aftermarket caused to your vehicle as a result of the OBD plug-in devices. The vehicle Warranty failure of non-Ford parts may not be may not cover damage caused by any covered by the Ford Warranty. For non-Ford-approved aftermarket OBD additional information, refer to the terms plug-in device. and conditions of the Ford Warranty. Notice to owners of pickup trucks and SPECIAL NOTICES utility type vehicles WARNING New Vehicle Limited Warranty Utility vehicles have a significantly For a detailed description of what is higher rollover rate than other types covered and what is not covered by your of vehicles. vehicle’s New Vehicle Limited Warranty, refer to the Warranty Manual that is Before you drive your vehicle, please read provided to you along with your Owner’s this Owner’s Manual carefully. Your vehicle Manual. is not a passenger car. As with other vehicles of this type, failure to operate your Special Instructions vehicle correctly may result in loss of For your added safety, your vehicle is fitted vehicle control, vehicle rollover, personal with sophisticated electronic controls. injury or death. WARNINGS Using your vehicle with a snowplow Failure to follow the specific See Snowplowing (page 273). warnings and instructions could result in personal injury. See Using your vehicle as an ambulance Supplementary Restraints System (page 43). Do not use this vehicle as an ambulance. Your vehicle is not equipped with the Ford Front seat mounted rear-facing child Ambulance Preparation Package. or infant seats should NEVER be placed in front of an active passenger airbag. MOBILE COMMUNICATIONS EQUIPMENT On-board Diagnostics (OBD-II) Using mobile communications equipment Your vehicle’s On-board Diagnostics is becoming increasingly important in the (OBD-II) system has a data port for conduct of business and personal affairs. diagnostics, repair and reprogramming However, you must not compromise your services with diagnostic scan tools. own or others’ safety when using such Installing a non-Ford-approved equipment. Mobile communications can aftermarket OBD plug-in device that uses enhance personal safety and security when the port during normal driving, for example appropriately used, particularly in remote insurance company monitoring, emergency situations. Safety must be

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Introduction

paramount when using mobile communications equipment to avoid negating these benefits. Mobile communication equipment includes, but is not limited to, cellular phones, pagers, portable email devices, text messaging devices and portable two-way radios. WARNING Driving while distracted can result in loss of vehicle control, crash and injury. We strongly recommend that you use extreme caution when using any device that may take your focus off the road. Your primary responsibility is the safe operation of your vehicle. We recommend against the use of any hand-held device while driving and encourage the use of voice-operated systems when possible. Make sure you are aware of all applicable local laws that may affect the use of electronic devices while driving.

EXPORT UNIQUE OPTIONS

For your particular global region, your vehicle may be equipped with features and options that are different from the features and options that are described in this Owner’s Manual. A market unique supplement may be supplied that complements this book. By referring to the market unique supplement, if provided, you can properly identify those features, recommendations and specifications that are unique to your vehicle. This Owner’s Manual is written primarily for the U.S. and Canadian Markets. Features or equipment listed as standard may be different on units built for Export. Refer to this Owner’s Manual for all other required information and warnings.

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Environment

PROTECTING THE ENVIRONMENT

You must play your part in protecting the environment. Correct vehicle usage and the authorized disposal of waste, cleaning and lubrication materials are significant steps toward this aim.

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Child Safety

GENERAL INFORMATION WARNINGS is compatible with and properly installed See the following sections for directions in your vehicle. To locate a child seat fitting on how to properly use safety restraints station and CPST, contact the NHTSA toll for children. free at 1-888-327-4236 or go to http://www.nhtsa.dot.gov. In Canada, WARNINGS check with your local St. John Ambulance Always make sure your child is office for referral to a CPST or for further secured properly in a device that is information, contact your provincial appropriate for their height, age and ministry of transportation, locate your local weight. Child safety restraints must be St. John Ambulance office by searching for bought separately from your vehicle. St. John Ambulance on the internet, or Failure to follow these instructions and Transport Canada at 1-800-333-0371 guidelines may result in an increased risk (http://www.tc.gc.ca). Failure to properly of serious injury or death to your child. restrain children in safety seats made All children are shaped differently. especially for their height, age, and weight The recommendations for safety may result in an increased risk of serious restraints are based on probable injury or death to your child. child height, age and weight thresholds Do not leave children or animals from National Highway Traffic Safety unattended in the vehicle. On hot Administration and other safety days, the temperature in the trunk or organizations, or are the minimum vehicle interior can rise very quickly. requirements of law. Ford recommends Exposure of people or animals to these checking with a NHTSA Certified Child high temperatures for even a short time Passenger Safety Technician (CPST) and can cause death or serious heat-related consult your pediatrician to make sure your injuries, including brain damage. Small child seat is appropriate for your child, and children are particularly at risk.

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Child Safety

Recommendations for Safety Restraints for Children

Child Child size, height, weight, or age Recommended restraint type Infants or Children weighing 40 lb (18 kg) or less Use a child safety seat toddlers (generally age four or younger). (sometimes called an infant carrier, convertible seat, or toddler seat). Small children Children who have outgrown or no longer Use a belt-positioning properly fit in a child safety seat (gener- booster seat. ally children who are less than 4 ft. 9 in. (1.45 m) tall, are greater than age four and less than age 12, and between 40 lb (18 kg) and 80 lb (36 kg) and upward to 100 lb (45 kg) if recommended by your child restraint manufacturer). Larger children Children who have outgrown or no longer Use a vehicle safety belt properly fit in a belt-positioning booster having the lap belt snug seat (generally children who are at least and low across the hips, 4 ft. 9 in. (1.45 m) tall or greater than 80 shoulder belt centered lb (36 kg) or 100 lb (45 kg) if recom- across the shoulder and mended by child restraint manufacturer). chest, and seat back upright.

• You are required by law to properly use safety seats for infants and toddlers in INSTALLING CHILD SEATS the United States and Canada. • Many states and provinces require that Child Seats small children use approved booster seats until they reach age eight, a height of 4 feet 9 inches (1.45 meters) tall, or 80 pounds (36 kilograms). Check your local and state or provincial laws for specific requirements about the safety of children in your vehicle. • When possible, always properly restrain children 12 years of age and under in a rear seating position of your vehicle. Accident statistics suggest that children are safer when properly restrained in the rear seating positions E142594 than in a front seating position. See Front Passenger Sensing System (page 45).

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Child Safety

Use a child safety seat (sometimes called • Place the vehicle seat upon which the an infant carrier, convertible seat, or child seat will be installed in the upright toddler seat) for infants, toddlers, or position. children weighing 40 pounds (18 • Put the safety belt in the automatic kilograms) or less (generally age four or locking mode. This vehicle does not younger). require the use of a locking clip. Using Lap and Shoulder Belts Perform the following steps when (Except Front Center Position of installing the child seat with combination Super Cab and Crew Cab) lap and shoulder belts: Note: Although the child seat illustrated is WARNINGS a forward facing child seat, the steps are Airbags can kill or injure a child in a the same for installing a rear facing child child seat. Never place a rear-facing seat. child seat in front of an active airbag. If you must use a forward-facing child seat in the front seat, move the vehicle seat upon which the seat is installed all the way back. Airbags can kill or injure a child in a child seat. Children 12 and under should be properly restrained in the rear seat whenever possible. Depending on where you secure a child restraint, and depending on the child restraint design, you may block access to certain safety belt buckle E142528 assemblies and LATCH lower anchors, 1. Position the child safety seat in a seat rendering those features potentially with a combination lap and shoulder unusable. To avoid risk of injury, occupants belt. should only use seating positions where they are able to be properly restrained.

When installing a child safety seat with combination lap and shoulder belts: • Use the correct safety belt buckle for that seating position. • Insert the belt tongue into the proper buckle until you hear a snap and feel it latch. Make sure the tongue is securely fastened in the buckle. • Keep the buckle release button E142529 pointing up and away from the safety 2. Pull down on the shoulder belt and seat, with the tongue between the child then grasp the shoulder belt and lap seat and the release button, to prevent belt together. accidental unbuckling.

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Child Safety

E142530 E142875 3. While holding the shoulder and lap belt 5. To put the retractor in the automatic portions together, route the tongue locking mode, grasp the shoulder through the child seat according to the portion of the belt and pull downward child seat manufacturer's instructions. until all of the belt is pulled out. Be sure the belt webbing is not twisted. Note: The automatic locking mode is available on the front passenger and rear seats. This vehicle does not require the use of a locking clip. 6. Allow the belt to retract to remove slack. The belt will click as it retracts to indicate it is in the automatic locking mode. 7. Try to pull the belt out of the retractor to make sure the retractor is in the automatic locking mode (you should not be able to pull more belt out). If the E142531 retractor is not locked, unbuckle the belt and repeat Steps 5 and 6. 4. Insert the belt tongue into the proper buckle (the buckle closest to the direction the tongue is coming from) for that seating position until you hear a snap and feel the latch engage. Make sure the tongue is latched securely by pulling on it.

E142533

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Child Safety

8. Remove remaining slack from the belt. Using Lap and Shoulder Belts Force the seat down with extra weight, (Front Center Position of Super for example, by pressing down or Cab and Crew Cab) kneeling on the child restraint while pulling up on the shoulder belt in order WARNINGS to force slack from the belt. This is Airbags can kill or injure a child in a necessary to remove the remaining child seat. If you must use a slack that will exist once the extra forward-facing child seat in the front weight of the child is added to the child seat, move the vehicle seat upon which restraint. It also helps to achieve the the seat is installed all the way back. proper snugness of the child seat to your vehicle. Sometimes, a slight lean Rear facing child seats should never toward the buckle will help to remove be placed in front of an active airbag. remaining slack from the belt. Always use both lap and shoulder 9. Attach the tether strap (if the child seat safety belt in the center seating is equipped). position.

The belt webbing below the tongue is the lap portion of the combination lap and shoulder belt, and the belt webbing above the tongue is the shoulder belt portion of the combination lap and shoulder belt.

E142534 10. Before placing the child in the seat, forcibly move the seat forward and back to make sure the seat is securely held in place. To check this, grab the seat at the belt path E142528 and attempt to move it side to side and forward and back. There should be no 1. Position the child safety seat in the more than 1 inch (2.5 centimeters) of front center seat. movement for proper installation. Ford recommends checking with a NHTSA Certified Child Passenger Safety Technician to make certain the child restraint is properly installed. In Canada, check with your local St. John Ambulance office for referral to a Certified Passenger Seat Technician.

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Child Safety

4. Insert the belt tongue into the proper buckle (the buckle closest to the direction the tongue is coming from) for that seating position until you hear a snap and feel the latch engage. Make sure the tongue is latched securely by pulling on it.

E162708

2. Slide the tongue up the webbing.

E142533 5. While pushing down with your knee on the child seat pull up on the shoulder belt portion to tighten the lap belt portion of the combination lap and shoulder belt. 6. Allow the safety belt to retract and E142530 remove any slack in the belt to securely 3. While holding both shoulder and lap tighten the child safety seat in the portions next to the tongue, route the vehicle. tongue and webbing through the child 7. Attach the tether strap (if the child seat seat according to the child seat is equipped). manufacturer's instructions. Be sure that the belt webbing is not twisted.

E142534

E142531

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Child Safety

8. Before placing the child in the seat, forcibly move the seat forward and back to make sure the seat is securely held in place. To check this, grab the seat at the belt path and attempt to move it side to side and forward and back. There should be no more than 1 inch (2.5 centimeters) of movement for proper installation. 9. Check from time to time to be sure that there is no slack in the lap and shoulder belt. The shoulder belt must be snug to keep the lap belt tight during a crash. E146522 Ford recommends checking with a NHTSA Certified Child Passenger Safety 2. After positioning the child safety seat Technician to make certain the child in the proper seating position, grasp the restraint is properly installed. In Canada, shoulder belt and lap belt together check with your local St. John Ambulance behind the belt tongue. office for referral to a Child Passenger Safety Technician. Using Inflatable Safety Belts (Rear Seat Outboard Positions) (If Equipped)

E142530 3. While holding the shoulder and lap belt portions together, route the tongue through the child seat according to the child seat manufacturer's instructions. Be sure the belt webbing is not twisted. E142528 1. Position the child safety seat in a seat with a combination lap and shoulder belt.

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Child Safety

Note: Unlike the standard safety belt, the inflatable safety belt's unique lap portion locks the child seat for installation. The ability for the shoulder portion of the belt to move freely is normal, even after the lap belt has been put into the automatic locking mode. Note: The lock-off device on some child restraints may not accommodate the shoulder portion of the inflatable safety belt. Follow all instructions provided by the E146523 manufacturer of the child restraint regarding the necessary and proper use of the lock-off 4. Insert the belt tongue into the proper device. In some instances, these devices buckle (the buckle closest to the have been provided only for use in vehicles direction the tongue is coming from) with safety belt systems that would for that seating position until you hear otherwise require a locking clip. a snap and feel the latch engage. Make sure the tongue is latched securely by 6. Allow the belt to retract to remove pulling on it. slack. The belt will click as it retracts to indicate it is in the automatic locking mode. 7. Try to pull the belt out of the retractor to make sure the retractor is in the automatic locking mode (you should not be able to pull more belt out). If the retractor is not locked, unbuckle the belt and repeat Steps 5 and 6.

E146524 5. To put the retractor in the automatic locking mode, grasp the lap portion of the inflatable safety belt and pull upward until all of the belt is pulled out. Note: The automatic locking mode is available on the front passenger and rear seats. E146525

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Child Safety

8. Remove remaining slack from the belt. Using Lower Anchors and Tethers Force the seat down with extra weight, for CHildren (LATCH) for example, by pressing down or kneeling on the child restraint while WARNINGS pulling down on the lap belt in order to Never attach two child safety seats force slack from the belt. This is to the same anchor. In a crash, one necessary to remove the remaining anchor may not be strong enough to slack that will exist once the extra hold two child safety seat attachments weight of the child is added to the child and may break, causing serious injury or restraint. It also helps to achieve the death. proper snugness of the child seat to your vehicle. Sometimes, a slight lean Depending on where you secure a toward the buckle will additionally help child restraint, and depending on the to remove remaining slack from the child restraint design, you may block belt. access to certain safety belt buckle assemblies or LATCH lower anchors, 9. Attach the tether strap (if the child seat rendering those features potentially is equipped). unusable. To avoid risk of injury, occupants should only use seating positions where they are able to be properly restrained.

The LATCH system is composed of three vehicle anchor points: two lower anchors located where the vehicle seat back and seat cushion meet (called the seat bight) and one top tether anchor located behind that seating position. LATCH compatible child safety seats have two rigid or webbing mounted E142534 attachments that connect to the two lower anchors at the LATCH equipped seating 10. Before placing the child in the seat, positions in your vehicle. This type of forcibly move the seat forward and attachment method eliminates the need back to make sure the seat is securely to use safety belts to attach the child seat, held in place. To check this, grab the however the safety belt can still be used seat at the belt path and attempt to to attach the child seat if the lower anchors move it side to side and forward and are not used. For forward-facing child back. There should be no more than seats, the top tether strap must also be 1 inch (2.5 centimeters) of movement attached to the proper top tether anchor, for proper installation. if a top tether strap has been provided with Ford recommends checking with a NHTSA your child seat. Certified Child Passenger Safety Your vehicle is equipped with LATCH lower Technician to make certain the child anchors for child seat installation at the restraint is properly installed. In Canada, following seating positions (LATCH is not check with your local St. John Ambulance available on Regular Cab): office for referral to a Certified Passenger Seat Technician.

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Child Safety

Crew Cab and Super Cab

E166694

Use of Inboard Lower Anchors from the Outboard Seating Positions (Center Seating Use)

WARNING The standardized spacing for LATCH lower anchors is 11 inches (280 millimeters) center to center. Do not use LATCH lower anchors for the center seating position unless the child seat manufacturer's instructions permit and E166695 specify using anchors spaced at least as far apart as those in this vehicle. The lower LATCH anchors are located at the rear section of the rear seat between the cushion and seatback. Follow the child The lower anchors at the center of the seat manufacturer's instructions to second row rear seat are spaced 25.7 properly install a child seat with LATCH inches (652 millimeters) apart. The attachments. standardized spacing for LATCH lower anchors is 11 inches (280 millimeters) Follow the instructions later in this chapter center to center. A child seat with rigid on attaching child safety seats with tether LATCH attachments cannot be installed straps. at the center seating position. LATCH Attach LATCH lower attachments of the compatible child seats (with attachments child seat only to the anchors shown. on belt webbing) can only be used at this seating position provided that the child seat manufacturer's instructions permit use with the anchor spacing stated. Do not attach a child seat to any lower anchor if an adjacent child seat is attached to that anchor.

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Child Safety

Each time you use the safety seat, check Contact the manufacturer of your child that the seat is properly attached to the seat for information about ordering a lower anchors and tether anchor, if tether strap, or to obtain a longer tether applicable. Tug the child seat from side to strap if the tether strap on your safety seat side and forward and back where it is does not reach the appropriate top tether secured to the vehicle. The seat should anchor in the vehicle. move less than one inch when you do this The passenger seats of your vehicle may for a proper installation. be equipped with built-in tether strap If the safety seat is not anchored properly, anchors located behind the seats as the risk of a child being injured in a crash described below. greatly increases. The tether anchors in your vehicle may be Combining Safety Belt and LATCH loops of webbing above the seatback or Lower Anchors for Attaching Child an anchor bracket behind the seat on the Safety Seats rear edge of the seat cushion. The rear seat in the Crew Cab and Super When used in combination, either the Cab has three straps along the top of the safety belt or the LATCH lower anchors seat back that function as both routing may be attached first, provided a proper loops for the tether straps and anchor installation is achieved. Attach the tether loops. strap afterward, if included with the child seat. The tether strap anchors in your vehicle are in the following positions (shown from Using Tether Straps top view): Many forward-facing child safety seats Regular Cab include a tether strap which extends from the back of the child safety seat and hooks to an anchoring point called the top tether anchor. Tether straps are available as an accessory for many older safety seats.

E166696

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Child Safety

Crew Cab and Super Cab

E166697

Attach the tether strap only to the 2. Locate the correct anchor for the appropriate tether anchor as shown. The selected seating position. You may tether strap may not work properly if need to pull the seat back forward to attached somewhere other than the access the tether anchors. Make sure correct tether anchor. the seat is locked in the upright position before installing the child seat. If you install a child seat with rigid LATCH 3. Clip the tether strap to the anchor as attachments, do not tighten the tether shown. strap enough to lift the child seat off the vehicle seat cushion when the child is Regular Cab passenger and center seated in it. Keep the tether strap just snug seats (located on back panel) without lifting the front of the child seat. Keeping the child seat just touching the vehicle seat gives the best protection in a severe crash. Once the child safety seat has been installed using either the safety belt, the lower anchors of the LATCH system, or both, you can attach the top tether strap. Front Seat Tether Strap Attachment (Regular Cab) 1. Route the child safety seat tether strap E175295 over the back of the seat and under the If the tether strap is clipped incorrectly, the head restraint. child safety seat may not be retained Note: For vehicles with adjustable head properly in the event of a crash. restraints, route the tether strap under the 4. Tighten the child safety seat tether strap head restraint and between the head according to the manufacturer's restraint posts, otherwise route the tether instructions. strap over the top of the seat back.

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Child Safety

If the safety seat is not anchored properly, the risk of a child being injured in a crash greatly increases. If your child restraint system is equipped with a tether strap, and the child restraint manufacturer recommends its use, Ford also recommends its use. Rear Seat Tether Strap Attachment (Crew Cab and Super Cab) E162714 1. Route the tether strap under the head restraint and through the loop directly behind the child seat.

E167009 There are three loops of webbing just above the back of the rear seat (along the bottom edge of the rear window). Use these loops as both routing loops and E162715 anchor loops for up to three child safety seat tether straps. 2. Route the tether strap behind the head restraint supports to a loop behind an For example, the center loop can be used adjacent seating position, and hook the as a routing loop for a child safety seat in strap hook onto the loop. If using the the center rear seat and as an anchoring driver side, pass the strap behind the loop for child seats installed in the shoulder belt for the center seat. outboard rear seats. Always put the tether strap through the Many tether straps cannot be tightened if routing loop. The head restraint the tether strap is hooked to the loop support post will hold the child seat directly behind the child seat. To provide tightly, but the head restraint post is a tight tether strap: not strong enough to hold the child seat during a crash. 3. Tighten the tether strap according to the child seat manufacturer's instructions.

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Child Safety

BOOSTER SEATS

WARNING E142595 Never place, or allow a child to place, the shoulder belt under a child's arm • Can the child sit all the way back or behind the back because it against their vehicle seat back with reduces the protection for the upper part knees bent comfortably at the edge of of the body and may increase the risk of the seat cushion? injury or death in a crash. • Can the child sit without slouching? • Does the lap belt rest low across the Note: Some booster seat safety belt guides hips? may not accommodate the shoulder portion • Is the shoulder belt centered on the of the inflatable safety belt. shoulder and chest? Use a belt-positioning booster seat for • Can the child stay seated like this for children who have outgrown or no longer the whole trip? properly fit in a child safety seat (generally Always use booster seats in conjunction children who are less than 4 feet 9 inches with your vehicle lap and shoulder belt. (1.45 meters) tall, are greater than age four (4) and less than age twelve (12), and Types of Booster Seats between 40 pounds (18 kilograms) and 80 pounds (36 kilograms) and upward to 100 pounds (45 kilograms) if recommended by your child restraint manufacturer). Many state and provincial laws require that children use approved booster seats until they reach age eight, a height of 4 feet 9 inches (1.45 meters) tall, or 80 pounds (36 kilograms). Booster seats should be used until you can answer YES to ALL of these questions when seated without a booster seat:

E68924 • Backless booster seats

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Child Safety

If your backless booster seat has a • High back booster seats removable shield, remove the shield. If a If, with a backless booster seat, you cannot vehicle seating position has a low seat find a seating position that adequately back or no head restraint, a backless supports your child's head, a high back booster seat may place your child's head booster seat would be a better choice. (as measured at the tops of the ears) above the top of the seat. In this case, Children and booster seats vary in size and move the backless booster to another shape. Choose a booster that keeps the seating position with a higher seat back or lap belt low and snug across the hips, head restraint and lap and shoulder belts, never up across the stomach, and lets you or consider using a high back booster seat. adjust the shoulder belt to cross the chest and rest snugly near the center of the shoulder. The following drawings compare the ideal fit (center) to a shoulder belt uncomfortably close to the neck and a shoulder belt that could slip off the shoulder. The drawings also show how the lap belt should be low and snug across the child's hips.

E70710

E142596

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Child Safety

E142597

If the booster seat slides on the vehicle WARNINGS seat upon which it is being used, placing a warnings provided by your vehicle rubberized mesh sold as shelf or carpet manufacturer. A safety seat that is liner under the booster seat may improve improperly installed or utilized, is this condition. Do not introduce any item inappropriate for your child's height, age, thicker than this under the booster seat. or weight or does not properly fit the child Check with the booster seat may increase the risk of serious injury or manufacturer's instructions. death. Never let a passenger hold a child on CHILD SEAT POSITIONING his or her lap while your vehicle is moving. The passenger cannot WARNINGS protect the child from injury in a crash, which may result in serious injury or death. Airbags can kill or injure a child in a child seat. Never place a rear-facing Never use pillows, books, or towels child seat in front of an active airbag. to boost a child. They can slide If you must use a forward-facing child seat around and increase the likelihood in the front seat, move the vehicle seat of injury or death in a crash. upon which the child seat is installed all Always restrain an unoccupied child the way back. When possible, all children seat or booster seat. These objects age 12 and under should be properly may become projectiles in a crash or restrained in a rear seating position. If all sudden stop, which may increase the risk children cannot be seated and restrained of serious injury. properly in a rear seating position, properly restrain the largest child in the front seat. Never place, or allow a child to place, the shoulder belt under a child's arm Always carefully follow the or behind the back because it instructions and warnings provided reduces the protection for the upper part by the manufacturer of any child of the body and may increase the risk of restraint to determine if the restraint device injury or death in a crash. is appropriate for your child's size, height, weight, or age. Follow the child restraint To avoid risk of injury, do not leave manufacturer's instructions and warnings children or pets unattended in your provided for installation and use in vehicle. conjunction with the instructions and

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Child Safety

Recommendations for attaching child safety restraints for children

Use any attachment method as indicated below by X

LATCH LATCH Safety belt Safety belt Safety belt Combined (lower (lower and top and LATCH only Restraint weight of anchors anchors tether (lower Type child and and top only) anchor anchors child seat tether and top anchor) tether anchor) Rear facing Up to 65 lb X X child seat (29.5 kg) Rear facing Over 65 lb X child seat (29.5 kg) Forward Up to 65 lb facing X X X (29.5 kg) child seat Forward Over 65 lb facing X X (29.5 kg) child seat

Note: The child seat must rest tightly against the vehicle seat upon which it is installed. It may be necessary to lift or remove the head restraint. See Seats (page 139).

CHILD SAFETY LOCKS (If Equipped)

When these locks are set, the rear doors cannot be opened from the inside.

E112197

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Child Safety

The childproof locks are located on the rear edge of each rear door and must be set separately for each door. Left-Hand Side Turn counterclockwise to lock and clockwise to unlock. Right-Hand Side Turn clockwise to lock and counterclockwise to unlock.

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Safety Belts

PRINCIPLE OF OPERATION WARNINGS When possible, all children 12 years WARNINGS old and under should be properly Always drive and ride with your restrained in a rear seating position. seatback upright and the lap belt Failure to follow this could seriously snug and low across the hips. increase the risk of injury or death. To reduce the risk of injury, make Safety belts and seats can become sure children sit where they can be hot in a vehicle that has been closed properly restrained. up in sunny weather; they could burn a small child. Check seat covers and Never let a passenger hold a child on buckles before you place a child anywhere his or her lap while the vehicle is near them. moving. The passenger cannot protect the child from injury in a crash, Front and rear seat occupants, which may result in serious injury or death. including pregnant women, should wear safety belts for optimum All occupants of the vehicle, protection in an accident. including the driver, should always properly wear their safety belts, even when an airbag supplemental restraint All seating positions in this vehicle have system is provided. Failure to properly wear lap and shoulder safety belts. All your safety belt could seriously increase occupants of the vehicle should always the risk of injury or death. properly wear their safety belts, even when an airbag supplemental restraint system It is extremely dangerous to ride in a is provided. cargo area, inside or outside of a vehicle. In a crash, people riding in The safety belt system consists of: these areas are more likely to be seriously • Lap and shoulder safety belts. injured or killed. Do not allow people to ride • Shoulder safety belt with automatic in any area of your vehicle that is not locking mode, (except driver safety equipped with seats and safety belts. Be belt). sure everyone in your vehicle is in a seat and using a safety belt properly. • Height adjuster at the front outboard seating positions. In a rollover crash, an unbelted • Safety belt pretensioner at the front person is significantly more likely to outboard seating positions. die than a person wearing a safety belt. Each seating position in your vehicle has a specific safety belt assembly • Safety belt warning light and chime. which is made up of one buckle and one tongue that are designed to be used as a pair. 1) Use the shoulder belt on the outside shoulder only. Never wear the shoulder belt under the arm. 2) Never • Crash sensors and monitoring system swing the safety belt around your neck over with readiness indicator. the inside shoulder. 3) Never use a single belt for more than one person.

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Safety Belts

The safety belt pretensioners at the front seating positions are designed to tighten the safety belts when activated. In frontal and near-frontal crashes, side crashes and rollovers, the safety belt pretensioners may be activated alone or, if the crash is of sufficient severity, together with the front airbags.

FASTENING THE SAFETY BELTS E142588 Standard belts shown, inflatable belts 2. To unfasten, press the release button similar and remove the tongue from the The front outboard and rear safety buckle. restraints in the vehicle are combination lap and shoulder belts. Using the Safety Belt with Cinch Tongue (Front Center Seat) The cinch tongue will slide up and down the belt webbing when the belt is stowed or while putting safety belts on. When you buckle the lap and shoulder safety belt, the cinch tongue will allow you to shorten the lap portion, but pinches the webbing to keep the lap portion from getting longer. The cinch tongue is designed to slip during a crash, so always wear the shoulder belt properly and do not allow any slack in either the lap or shoulder portions. E142587 Before you can reach and latch a lap and 1. Insert the belt tongue into the proper shoulder belt having a cinch tongue into buckle (the buckle closest to the the buckle, you may have to lengthen the direction the tongue is coming from) lap belt portion of it. until you hear a snap and feel it latch. Make sure you securely fasten the tongue in the buckle.

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Safety Belts

While you are fastened in the safety belt, the lap and shoulder belt with a cinch tongue adjusts to your movement. However, if you brake hard, turn hard, or if your vehicle receives an impact of 5 mph (8 km/h) or more, the safety belt will become locked and help reduce your forward movement. Using Safety Belts During Pregnancy

E162708 WARNING 1. To lengthen the lap belt, pull some Always ride and drive with your webbing out of the shoulder belt seatback upright and the safety belt retractor. properly fastened. The lap portion of 2. While holding the webbing below the the safety belt should fit snug and be tongue, grasp the tip (metal portion) positioned low across the hips. The of the tongue so that it is parallel to the shoulder portion of the safety belt should webbing and slide the tongue upward. be positioned across the chest. Pregnant women should also follow this practice. 3. Provide enough lap belt length so that the tongue can reach the buckle. Fastening the Cinch Tongue

WARNING The lap belt should fit snugly and as low as possible around the hips, not across the waist.

1. Pull the lap and shoulder belt from the retractor so that the shoulder belt portion of the safety belt crosses your shoulder and chest. E142590 2. Be sure the belt is not twisted. If the Pregnant women should always wear their belt is twisted, remove the twist. safety belt. Position the lap belt portion of 3. Insert the belt tongue into the proper a combination lap and shoulder belt low buckle for your seating position until across the hips below the belly and worn you hear a snap and feel it latch. as tight as comfort will allow. Position the shoulder belt to cross the middle of the 4. Make sure you securely fasten the shoulder and the center of the chest. tongue to the buckle by pulling on the tongue.

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Safety Belts

Safety Belt Locking Modes Automatic Locking Mode

WARNINGS In this mode, the shoulder belt is automatically pre-locked. The belt will still After any vehicle crash, the safety retract to remove any slack in the shoulder belt system at all passenger seating belt. The automatic locking mode is not positions must be checked by an available on the driver safety belt. authorized dealer to verify that the automatic locking retractor feature for When to Use the Automatic Locking child seats is still functioning properly. In Mode addition, all safety belts should be checked for proper function. Use this mode any time you install a child safety seat in a front outboard passenger The belt and retractor must be seating position in a Regular Cab, replaced if the safety belt assembly SuperCab, SuperCrew or any rear seating automatic locking retractor feature position of a SuperCab or SuperCrew. The or any other safety belt function is not optional front seat's center safety belt has operating properly when checked by an a cinch mechanism. Children 12 years old authorized dealer. Failure to replace the and under should be properly restrained in belt and retractor assembly could increase a rear seat whenever possible. See Child the risk of injury in crashes. Safety (page 15).

All safety restraints in the vehicle are How to Use the Automatic Locking combination lap and shoulder belts. The Mode driver safety belt has the first type of locking mode, and the front outboard Non-inflatable safety belts passenger and rear seat safety belts have both types of locking modes described as follows: Vehicle Sensitive Mode This is the normal retractor mode, which allows free shoulder belt length adjustment to your movements and locking in response to vehicle movement. For example, if the driver brakes suddenly, turns a corner sharply, or the vehicle receives an impact of about 5 mph E142591 (8 km/h) or more, the combination safety belts will lock to help reduce forward 1. Buckle the combination lap and movement of the driver and passengers. shoulder belt. In addition, the retractor is designed to lock 2. Grasp the shoulder portion and pull if the webbing is pulled out too quickly. If downward until you pull the entire belt this occurs, let the belt retract slightly and out. pull webbing out again in a slow and 3. Allow the belt to retract. As the belt controlled manner. retracts, you will hear a clicking sound. This indicates the safety belt is now in the automatic locking mode.

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Safety Belts

Rear outboard inflatable safety belts Note: The rear inflatable safety belts are (second row only– if equipped) compatible with most infant and child safety car seats and belt positioning booster seats when properly installed. This is because they are designed to fill with a cooled gas at a lower pressure and at a slower rate than traditional airbags. After inflation, the shoulder portion of the safety belt remains cool to the touch. The rear inflatable safety belt consists of the following: • An inflatable bag located in the shoulder safety belt webbing. • Lap safety belt webbing with E146363 automatic locking mode. 1. Buckle the combination lap and • The same warning light, electronic shoulder belt. control and diagnostic unit as used for the front safety belts. 2. Grasp the lap portion of the belt and pull upward until the entire belt is • Impact sensors located in various parts pulled out. of the vehicle. 3. Allow the belt to retract. As the belt How does the rear inflatable safety belt retracts, you will hear a clicking sound. system work? This indicates the safety belt is now in the automatic locking mode. The rear inflatable safety belts will function like standard restraints in How to Disengage the Automatic everyday usage. Locking Mode Unbuckle the combination lap and shoulder belt and allow it to retract completely to disengage the automatic locking mode and activate the vehicle sensitive (emergency) locking mode.

Rear Inflatable Safety Belt (If Equipped)

WARNING

Do not attempt to service, repair, or E146364 modify the rear inflatable safety belt. During a crash of sufficient force, the inflatable belt will inflate from inside the The rear inflatable safety belts are fitted webbing. in the shoulder portion of the safety belts of the second-row outboard seating positions.

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Safety Belts

If the safety belt is too short when fully extended, you can obtain a safety belt extension assembly from an authorized dealer. Use only extensions manufactured by the same supplier as the safety belt. Manufacturer identification is located at the end of the webbing on the label or on the retractor behind the trim. Also, use the safety belt extension only if the safety belt is too short for you when fully extended.

E146365 SAFETY BELT HEIGHT The fully inflated belt's increased diameter ADJUSTMENT more effectively holds the occupant in the appropriate seating position, and spreads crash forces over more area of the body WARNING than regular safety belts. This helps reduce Position the safety belt height pressure on the chest and helps control adjuster so that the belt rests across head and neck motion for passengers. the middle of your shoulder. Failure to adjust the safety belt properly could WARNING reduce the effectiveness of the safety belt If the rear inflatable safety belt has and increase the risk of injury in a crash. deployed, it will not function again. The rear inflatable safety belt system must be replaced by an authorized dealer.

The rear inflatable safety belts are designed to inflate in frontal or near-frontal crashes, rollovers and some side impact crashes. The fact that the rear inflatable safety belt did not inflate in a crash does not mean that something is wrong with the system. Rather, it means the forces were not of the type sufficient to cause activation. E145664 Safety Belt Extension Assembly Adjust the height of the shoulder belt so WARNINGS the belt rests across the middle of your shoulder. Do not use extensions to change the fit of the shoulder belt across the To adjust the shoulder belt height: torso. 1. Pull the button and slide the height Do not use extensions with an adjuster up or down. inflatable safety belt.

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Safety Belts

2. Release the button and pull down on SAFETY BELT WARNING LAMP the height adjuster to make sure it is locked in place. AND INDICATOR CHIME This lamp illuminates and an audible warning will sound if the driver's safety belt has not been fastened when the vehicle's ignition is turned on. Conditions of operation

If... Then... The driver's safety belt is not buckled The safety belt warning light illuminates 1- before the ignition switch is turned to the 2 minutes and the warning chime sounds on position... 4-8 seconds. The driver's safety belt is buckled while the The safety belt warning light and warning indicator light is illuminated and the chime turn off. warning chime is sounding... The driver's safety belt is buckled before The safety belt warning light and indicator the ignition switch is turned to the on posi- chime remain off. tion...

The system uses information from the front passenger sensing system to SAFETY BELT MINDER determine if a front seat passenger is present and therefore potentially in need Belt-Minder™ of a warning. To avoid activating the This feature supplements the safety belt Belt-Minder feature for objects you place warning function by providing additional in the front passenger seat, only the front reminders that intermittently sound a tone seat passengers receive warnings as and illuminate the safety belt warning light determined by the front passenger sensing when you are in the driver seat or you have system. a front seat passenger and a safety belt is If the Belt-Minder warnings expire unbuckled. (warnings for about five minutes) for one passenger (driver or front passenger), the other passenger can still cause the Belt-Minder feature to turn on.

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Safety Belts

If... Then... You and the front seat passenger buckle The Belt-Minder feature will not activate. your safety belts before you switch the ignition on or less than 1-2 minutes elapse after you switch the ignition on... You or the front seat passenger do not The Belt-Minder feature activates, the buckle your safety belts before your vehicle safety belt warning light illuminates and a reaches at least 6 mph (9.7 km/h) and 1-2 warning tone sounds for 6 seconds every minutes elapse after you switch the ignition 25 seconds, repeating for about 5 minutes on... or until you and the front seat passenger buckle your safety belts. The safety belt for the driver or front The Belt-Minder feature activates, the passenger is unbuckled for about 1 minute safety belt warning light illuminates and a while the vehicle is traveling at least 6 mph warning tone sounds for 6 seconds every (9.7 km/h) and more than 1-2 minutes 25 seconds, repeating for about 5 minutes elapse after you switch the ignition on... or until you and the front seat passenger buckle your safety belts.

Read Steps 1 - 4 thoroughly before Deactivating and Activating the proceeding with the programming Belt-Minder Feature procedure. WARNING Before following the procedure, make sure that: While the system allows you to deactivate it, this system is designed • The parking brake is set. to improve your chances of being • The transmission is in park (P). safely belted and surviving an accident. • The ignition is off. We recommend you leave the system activated for yourself and others who may • The driver and front passenger safety use the vehicle. belt is unbuckled. 1. Switch the ignition on. Do not start the Note: The driver and front passenger engine. warnings switch on and off independently. 2. Wait until the safety belt warning light When you perform this procedure for one turns off (about one minute). After seating position, do not buckle the other Step 2, wait an additional 5 seconds position as this will terminate the process. before proceeding with Step 3. Once Note: If you are using MyKey, you cannot you start Step 3, you must complete disable the Belt-Minder. Also, if the the procedure within 30 seconds. Belt-Minder has been previously disabled, it will be re-enabled during the use of MyKey. See MyKey™ (page 57).

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Safety Belts

3. For the seating position you are Ford Motor Company recommends that switching off, buckle then unbuckle the all safety belt assemblies in use in vehicles safety belt three times at a moderate involved in a crash be replaced. However, speed, ending in the unbuckled state. if the crash was minor and an authorized After Step 3, the safety belt warning dealer finds that the belts do not show light turns on. damage and continue to operate properly, 4. While the safety belt warning light is they do not need to be replaced. Safety on, buckle then unbuckle the safety belt assemblies not in use during a crash belt. After Step 4, the safety belt should also be inspected and replaced if warning light flashes for confirmation. either damage or improper operation is noted. • This will switch the feature off for that seating position if it is currently on. Properly care for safety belts. See Vehicle Care (page 318). • This will switch the feature on for that seating position if it is currently off.

CHILD RESTRAINT AND SAFETY BELT MAINTENANCE

Inspect the vehicle safety belts and child safety seat systems periodically to make sure they work properly and are not damaged. Inspect the vehicle and child seat safety belts to make sure there are no nicks, tears or cuts. Replace if necessary. All vehicle safety belt assemblies, including retractors, buckles, front safety belt buckle assemblies, buckle support assemblies (slide bar-if equipped), shoulder belt height adjusters (if equipped), shoulder belt guide on seat back (if equipped), child safety seat LATCH and tether anchors, and attaching hardware, should be inspected after a crash. Read the child restraint manufacturer's instructions for additional inspection and maintenance information specific to the child restraint.

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Personal Safety System™

The Personal Safety System provides an How Does the Personal Safety improved overall level of frontal crash System Work? protection to front seat occupants and is designed to help further reduce the risk of The Personal Safety System can adapt the airbag-related injuries. The system is able deployment strategy of the safety devices to analyze different occupant conditions according to crash severity and occupant and crash severity before activating the conditions. A collection of crash and appropriate safety devices to help better occupant sensors provides information to protect a range of occupants in a variety the restraints control module. During a of frontal crash situations. crash, the restraints control module may deploy the safety belt pretensioners, one The Vehicle Personal Safety System or both stages of the dual-stage airbags consists of: based on crash severity and occupant • Driver and passenger dual-stage airbag conditions. supplemental restraints. • Front seat outboard safety belts with pretensioners, energy management retractors and safety belt usage sensors. • Driver seat position sensor. • Front passenger sensing system. • Passenger airbag off and on indicator lamp. • Front crash severity sensors. • Restraints control module with impact and safing sensors. • Restraint system warning light and backup tone. • The electrical wiring for the airbags, crash sensors, safety belt pretensioners, front safety belt usage sensors, driver seat position sensor, front passenger sensing system and indicator lights.

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Supplementary Restraints System

PRINCIPLE OF OPERATION The airbags are a supplemental restraint system and are designed to work with the WARNINGS safety belts to help protect the driver and right front passenger from certain upper Airbags do not inflate slowly or body injuries. Airbags do not inflate slowly; gently, and the risk of injury from a there is a risk of injury from a deploying deploying airbag is the greatest close airbag. to the trim covering the airbag module. Note: You will hear a loud bang and see a All occupants of your vehicle, cloud of harmless powdery residue if an including the driver, should always airbag deploys. This is normal. properly wear their safety belts, even when an airbag supplemental restraint The airbags inflate and deflate rapidly system is provided. Failure to properly wear upon activation. After airbag deployment, your safety belt could seriously increase it is normal to notice a smoke-like, powdery the risk of injury or death. residue or smell the burnt propellant. This may consist of cornstarch, talcum powder Always transport children 12 years (to lubricate the bag) or sodium old and under in the back seat and compounds (for example, baking soda) always properly use appropriate that result from the combustion process child restraints. Failure to follow this could that inflates the airbag. Small amounts of seriously increase the risk of injury or death. sodium hydroxide may be present which Never place your arm over the airbag may irritate the skin and eyes, but none of module as a deploying airbag can the residue is toxic. result in serious arm fractures or While the system is designed to help other injuries. reduce serious injuries, contact with a Airbags can kill or injure a child in a deploying airbag may also cause abrasions child seat. Never place a rear-facing or swelling. Temporary hearing loss is also child seat in front of an active airbag. a possibility as a result of the noise If you must use a forward-facing child seat associated with a deploying airbag. in the front seat, move the seat upon which Because airbags must inflate rapidly and the child seat is installed all the way back. with considerable force, there is the risk of death or serious injuries such as fractures, Do not attempt to service, repair, or facial and eye injuries or internal injuries, modify the airbag supplemental particularly to occupants who are not restraint systems or its fuses as you properly restrained or are otherwise out of could be seriously injured or killed. Contact position at the time of airbag deployment. your authorized dealer as soon as possible. Thus, it is extremely important that Several airbag system components occupants be properly restrained as far get hot after inflation. To avoid risk away from the airbag module as possible of injury, do not touch them after while maintaining vehicle control. inflation. Routine maintenance of the airbags is not If the airbag has deployed, the airbag required. will not function again and must be replaced immediately. If the airbag is not replaced, the unrepaired area will increase the risk of injury in a crash.

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Supplementary Restraints System

DRIVER AND PASSENGER Proper Driver and Front Passenger AIRBAGS Seating Adjustment WARNING WARNINGS The National Highway Traffic Safety Never place your arm or any objects Administration recommends a over an airbag module. Placing your minimum distance of at least 10 arm over a deploying airbag can inches (25 centimeters) between an result in serious arm fractures or other occupant’s chest and the driver airbag injuries. Objects placed on or over the module. airbag inflation area may cause those objects to be propelled by the airbag into your face and torso causing serious injury. To properly position yourself away from the airbag: Airbags can kill or injure a child in a child seat. Never place a rear-facing • Move your seat to the rear as far as you child seat in front of an active airbag. can while still reaching the pedals If you must use a forward-facing child seat comfortably. in the front seat, move the vehicle seat • Recline the seat slightly (one or two upon which the child seat is installed all degrees) from the upright position. the way back. After all occupants have adjusted their seats and put on safety belts, it is very important that they continue to sit properly. Properly seated occupants sit upright, lean against the seat back, and center themselves on the seat cushion, with their feet comfortably extended on the floor. Sitting improperly can increase the chance of injury in a crash event. For example, if an occupant slouches, lies down, turns sideways, sits forward, leans forward or sideways, or puts one or both feet up, the chance of injury during a crash is greatly increased. E151127 The driver and front passenger airbags will Children and Airbags deploy during significant frontal and near WARNING frontal crashes. Airbags can kill or injure a child in a The driver and passenger front airbag child seat. Never place a rear-facing system consists of: child seat in front of an active airbag. • driver and passenger airbag modules. If you must use a forward-facing child seat • front passenger sensing system. in the front seat, move the seat all the way back. · crash sensors and monitoring system with readiness indicator. See Crash Sensors and Airbag Indicator (page 49).

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Supplementary Restraints System

WARNINGS Sitting improperly out of position or with the seatback reclined too far can take off weight from the seat cushion and affect the decision of the front passenger sensing system, resulting in serious injury or death in a crash. Always sit upright against your seatback, with your feet on the floor. Any alteration or modification to the front passenger seat may affect the E142846 performance of the front passenger Children must always be properly sensing system which could seriously restrained. Accident statistics suggest that increase the risk of injury or death. children are safer when properly restrained in the rear seating positions than in the front seating position. Failure to follow these instructions may increase the risk of injury in a crash. If two adults and a child occupy a Regular Cab, properly restrain the child in the center front unless doing so would interfere with driving your vehicle. This provides lap and shoulder belt protection for all E181984 occupants, and airbag protection for the The front passenger sensing system uses adults. A child or infant properly restrained a passenger airbag status indicator which in the center front seat should not incur will illuminate indicating that the front risk of serious injury from the airbags. passenger frontal airbag is either ON (enabled) or OFF (disabled). The indicator FRONT PASSENGER SENSING lamp is located in the center stack of the instrument panel. SYSTEM Note: When the ignition is first turned on, WARNINGS the passenger airbag status indicator OFF and ON lamps will illuminate for a short Even with Advanced Restraints period to confirm it is functional. Systems, children 12 and under should be properly restrained in a The front passenger sensing system is rear seating position. Failure to follow this designed to disable (will not inflate) the could seriously increase the risk of injury or front passenger frontal airbag under death. certain conditions: • The front passenger seat is unoccupied. • The system determines an infant is present in a child restraint.

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Supplementary Restraints System

• A passenger takes their weight off of If a person of adult size is sitting in the front the seat for a period of time. passenger seat, but the passenger airbag • If there is a problem with the airbag status indicator OFF lamp is lit, it is system or the passenger sensing possible that the person is not sitting system. properly in the seat. If this happens: Even with this technology, parents are • Turn your vehicle off and ask the strongly encouraged to always properly person to place the seatback in the full restrain children in the rear seat. upright position. • Have the person sit upright in the seat, • When the front passenger sensing centered on the seat cushion, with the system disables (will not inflate) the person's legs comfortably extended. front passenger frontal airbag, the passenger airbag status indicator will • Restart your vehicle and have the illuminate the OFF lamp and stay lit to person remain in this position for about remind you that the front passenger two minutes. This will allow the system frontal airbag is disabled. to detect that person and enable the passenger's frontal airbag. • If the child restraint has been installed and the passenger airbag status • If the indicator OFF lamp remains lit indicator illuminates the ON lamp, then even after this, you should advise the turn your vehicle off, remove the child person to ride in the rear seat. restraint from your vehicle and reinstall Note: When the passenger airbag status the restraint following the child indicator OFF lamp is illuminated, the restraint manufacturer's instructions. passenger side airbag (seat mounted) may The front passenger sensing system works be disabled to avoid the risk of airbag with sensors that are part of the front deployment issues. passenger seat and safety belt. The After all occupants have adjusted their sensors are designed to detect the seats and put on safety belts, it is very presence of a properly seated occupant important that they continue to sit and determine if the front passenger properly. A properly seated occupant sits frontal airbag should be enabled. upright, leaning against the seatback, and • When the front passenger sensing centered on the seat cushion, with their system enables the front passenger feet comfortably extended on the floor. frontal airbag (may inflate), the Sitting improperly can increase the chance passenger airbag status indicator will of injury in a crash event. For example, if illuminate the ON lamp and remain an occupant slouches, lies down, turns illuminated. sideways, sits forward, leans forward or sideways, or puts one or both feet up, the chance of injury during a crash is greatly increased. If you think that the state of the passenger airbag status indicator lamp is incorrect, check for the following: • Objects lodged underneath the seat. • Objects between the seat cushion and the center console.

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Supplementary Restraints System

• Objects hanging off the seatback. • Wait at least two minutes and verify • Objects stowed in the seatback map that the airbag readiness light in the pocket. instrument cluster is no longer illuminated. • Objects placed on the occupant's lap. • If the airbag readiness light in the • Cargo interference with the seat instrument cluster remains illuminated, • Other passengers pushing or pulling on this may or may not be a problem due the seat. to the front passenger sensing system. • Rear passenger feet and knees resting Do not attempt to repair or service the or pushing on the seat. system. Take your vehicle immediately to The conditions listed above may cause the an authorized dealer. weight of a properly seated occupant to If it is necessary to modify an advanced be incorrectly interpreted by the front front airbag system to accommodate a passenger sensing system. The person in person with disabilities, contact the Ford the front passenger seat may appear Customer Relationship Center. heavier or lighter due to the conditions described in the previous list. SIDE AIRBAGS Make sure the front passenger sensing system is operating WARNINGS properly. See Crash Sensors and Airbag Indicator (page 49). Do not place objects or mount equipment on or near the airbag If the airbag readiness light is lit, do the cover, on the side of the seatbacks following: (of the front seats), or in front seat areas that may come into contact with a The driver and adult passengers should deploying airbag. Failure to follow these check for objects lodged underneath the instructions may increase the risk of front passenger seat or cargo interfering personal injury in the event of a crash. with the seat. Do not use accessory seat covers. If objects are lodged or cargo is interfering The use of accessory seat covers with the seat, please take the following may prevent the deployment of the steps to remove the obstruction: side airbags and increase the risk of injury • Pull your vehicle over. in an accident. • Turn your vehicle off. Do not lean your head on the door. • Driver or adult passengers should The side airbag could injure you as it check for any objects lodged deploys from the side of the underneath the front passenger seat seatback. or cargo interfering with the seat. Do not attempt to service, repair, or • Remove the obstruction(s) (if found). modify the airbag, its fuses or the • Restart your vehicle. seat cover on a seat containing an airbag as you could be seriously injured or killed. Contact your authorized dealer as soon as possible.

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Supplementary Restraints System

WARNINGS Note: The passenger sensing system will If the side airbag has deployed, the deactivate the passenger seat-mounted airbag will not function again. The side airbag if it detects an empty passenger side airbag system (including the seat. seat) must be inspected and serviced by The design and development of the side an authorized dealer. If the airbag is not airbag system included recommended replaced, the unrepaired area will increase testing procedures that were developed the risk of injury in a crash. by a group of automotive safety experts known as the Side Airbag Technical The side airbags are located on the Working Group. These recommended outboard side of the seatbacks of the front testing procedures help reduce the risk of seats. In certain sideways crashes, the injuries related to the deployment of side airbag on the side affected by the crash airbags. will be inflated. The airbag was designed to inflate between the door panel and SAFETY CANOPY™ occupant to further enhance the protection provided occupants in side impact crashes. WARNINGS Do not place objects or mount equipment on or near the headliner at the siderail that may come into contact with a deploying curtain airbag. Failure to follow these instructions may increase the risk of personal injury in the event of a crash. Do not lean your head on the door. The curtain airbag could injure you as it deploys from the headliner. Do not attempt to service, repair, or E152533 modify the curtain airbags, its fuses, The system consists of the following: the A, B, or C pillar trim, or the • A label or embossed side panel headliner on a vehicle containing curtain indicating that side airbags are fitted airbags as you could be seriously injured to your vehicle. or killed. Contact your authorized dealer as soon as possible. • Side airbags located inside the driver and front passenger seatbacks. All occupants of your vehicle including the driver should always • Front passenger sensing system. wear their safety belts even when an airbag supplemental restraint system and curtain airbag is provided. Failure to properly wear your safety belt could • Crash sensors and monitoring system seriously increase the risk of injury or death. with readiness indicator. See Crash To reduce risk of injury, do not Sensors and Airbag Indicator (page obstruct or place objects in the 49). deployment path of the curtain airbag.

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Supplementary Restraints System

WARNINGS The system consists of the following: If the curtain airbags have deployed, • Safety canopy curtain airbags located the curtain airbags will not function above the trim panels over the front again. The curtain airbags (including and rear side windows identified by a the A, B and C pillar trim and headliner) label or wording on the headliner or must be inspected and serviced by an roof-pillar trim. authorized dealer. If the curtain airbag is • A flexible headliner which opens above not replaced, the unrepaired area will the side doors to allow air curtain increase the risk of injury in a crash. deployment · Crash sensors and monitoring The Safety Canopy will deploy during system with a readiness significant side crashes or when a certain indicator. See Crash Sensors likelihood of a rollover event is detected and Airbag Indicator (page 49). by the rollover sensor. The Safety Canopy is mounted to the roof side-rail sheet Children 12 years old and under should metal, behind the headliner, above each always be properly restrained in the rear row of seats. In certain sideways crashes seats. The Safety Canopy will not interfere or rollover events, the Safety Canopy will with children restrained using a properly be activated, regardless of which seats are installed child or booster seat because it occupied. The Safety Canopy is designed is designed to inflate downward from the to inflate between the side window area headliner above the doors along the side and occupants to further enhance window opening. protection provided in side impact crashes and rollover events. The design and development of the Safety Canopy included recommended testing procedures that were developed by a group of automotive safety experts known as the Side Airbag Technical Working Group. These recommended testing procedures help reduce the risk of injuries related to the deployment of side airbags (including the Safety Canopy).

CRASH SENSORS AND AIRBAG INDICATOR

E75004 WARNING Modifying or adding equipment to the front end of the vehicle (including frame, bumper, front end body structure and tow hooks) may affect the performance of the airbag system, increasing the risk of injury. Do not modify the front end of the vehicle.

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Supplementary Restraints System

Your vehicle has a collection of crash and The fact that the safety belt pretensioners occupant sensors which provide or front airbags did not activate for both information to the restraints control front seat occupants in a crash does not module which deploys (activates) the mean that something is wrong with the front safety belt pretensioners, optional system. Rather, it means the restraints rear inflatable safety belts, driver airbag, control module determined the accident passenger airbag, seat mounted side conditions (crash severity, belt usage) airbags, and the Safety Canopy®. Based were not appropriate to activate these on the type of crash (frontal impact, side safety devices. impact or rollover), the restraints control • The design of the front airbags is to module will deploy the appropriate safety activate only in frontal and near-frontal devices. crashes (not rollovers, side impacts or The restraints control module also rear impacts) unless the crash causes monitors the readiness of the above safety sufficient frontal deceleration. devices plus the crash and occupant • The design of the safety belt sensors. The readiness of the safety pretensioners and optional rear system is indicated by a warning indicator inflatable safety belts is to activate in light in the instrument cluster or by a frontal, near-frontal and side crashes, backup tone if the warning light is not and in rollovers. working. See Instrument Cluster (page • The design of the side airbags is to 95). Routine maintenance of the airbag is inflate in certain side impact crashes. not required. Side airbags may activate in other A difficulty with the system is indicated by types of crashes if the vehicle one or more of the following: experiences sufficient sideways motion The readiness light will not or deformation. illuminate immediately after the • The design of the Safety Canopy is to ignition is turned on. inflate in certain side impact crashes or rollover events. The Safety Canopy • The readiness light will either flash or may activate in other types of crashes stay lit. if the vehicle experiences sufficient • A series of five beeps will be heard. The sideways motion or deformation, or a tone pattern will repeat periodically certain likelihood of rollover. until the problem, the light or both are repaired. AIRBAG DISPOSAL If any of these things happen, even intermittently, have the supplemental Contact your authorized dealer as soon as restraint system serviced at an authorized possible. Airbags must be disposed of by dealer immediately. Unless serviced, the qualified personnel. system may not function properly in the event of a crash.

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Keys and Remote Controls

GENERAL INFORMATION ON computers or cell phones can interfere with remote operation. Operating your remote RADIO FREQUENCIES control near metal or metallic-finished purses, bags or clothing can interfere with This device complies with Part 15 of the remote operation. You can lock and unlock FCC Rules and with Industry Canada the doors with the key. license-exempt RSS standard(s). Operation is subject to the following two Note: Make sure to lock your vehicle before conditions: (1) This device may not cause leaving it unattended. harmful interference, and (2) This device Note: If you are in range, the remote control must accept any interference received, will operate if you press any button including interference that may cause unintentionally. undesired operation. Note: Changes or modifications not Intelligent Access expressively approved by the party The system uses a radio frequency signal responsible for compliance could void the to communicate with your vehicle and user's authority to operate the equipment. authorize your vehicle to unlock when one The term IC before the radio certification of the following conditions are met: number only signifies that Industry Canada technical specifications were met. • You touch the inside of the front exterior door handle. The typical operating range for your transmitter is approximately 33 feet (10 • You press the tailgate release button. meters). Vehicles with the remote start • You press a button on the transmitter. feature will have a greater range. One of If excessive radio frequency interference the following could cause a decrease in is present in the area or if the transmitter operating range: battery is low, you may need to • weather conditions mechanically unlock your door. You can • nearby radio towers use the mechanical key blade in your intelligent access key to open the driver • structures around the vehicle door in this situation. See Remote • other vehicles parked next to your Control (page 51). vehicle Other short-distance radio transmitters, REMOTE CONTROL such as amateur radios, medical equipment, wireless headphones, remote Integrated Keyhead Transmitters controls and alarm systems may operate (If Equipped) on the same frequency as your remote control. If other transmitters are operating Use the key blade to start your vehicle and on those frequencies, you may not be able unlock or lock the driver door from outside to use your remote control. Using your your vehicle. The transmitter portion remote control near some types of functions as the remote control. electronic equipment, such as USB devices,

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Keys and Remote Controls

Your intelligent access keys operate the power locks and the remote start system. The key must be in your vehicle to activate the push-button start system. Removable Key Blade The intelligent access key also contains a removable mechanical key blade that you can use to unlock the driver door.

E191532 Press the button to release the key. Press and hold the button to fold the key back in when not in use.

E176269 Slide the release on the back of the remote control and pivot the cover off to access E151795 the key blade. Note: Your vehicle’s keys came with a security tag that provides important vehicle key cut information. Keep the tag in a safe place for future reference.

Intelligent Access Key (If Equipped)

Note: Your vehicle’s backup keys came with a security tag that provides important vehicle key cut information. Keep the tag in a safe place for future reference. Replacing the Battery Note: Refer to local regulations when disposing of transmitter batteries. E191531

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Keys and Remote Controls

Note: Do not wipe off any grease on the battery terminals or on the back surface of the circuit board. Note: Replacing the battery does not delete the transmitter from the vehicle. The transmitter should operate normally. A message appears in the information display when the remote control battery is low. See General Information (page 103).

Integrated Keyhead Transmitter E151799 The remote control uses one coin-type 3. Carefully remove the cover. three-volt lithium battery CR2032 or equivalent. Press the button to release the key before beginning the procedure.

E151800 Note: Do not touch the battery contacts or the printed circuit board with the screwdriver. E191533 4. Insert a screwdriver as shown to 1. Insert a screwdriver in the position release the battery. shown and gently push the clip. 2. Press the clip down to release the battery cover.

E151801 5. Remove the battery.

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Keys and Remote Controls

6. Install a new battery with the + facing up. 7. Replace the battery cover. Intelligent Access Transmitter The remote control uses two coin-type three-volt lithium batteries CR2025 or equivalent.

E176226 3. Remove the batteries. 4. Install new batteries with the + facing each other. Note: Make sure to replace the label between the two batteries. 5. Reinstall the housing and cover.

E151796 Memory Feature (If Equipped) 1. Slide the release on the back of the remote control and pivot the cover off. You can use the remote control to recall memory settings for the driver seat, power mirrors, steering column and power foot pedals. Press the unlock button on a linked remote control to recall the memory positions. If you enable the easy-entry-and-exit feature, the seat moves to the easy-entry position. The seat moves to the driver memory position when you put the key in the ignition. Linking a Preset Position to your E153890 Remote Control or Intelligent Access Key Fob 2. Insert a coin into the slot and twist to separate the housing. See Memory Function (page 144).

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Keys and Remote Controls

Car Finder Many states and provinces restrict the use of remote start. Check your local and state Press the button twice within or provincial laws for specific requirements three seconds. The horn sounds regarding remote start systems. E138623 and the direction indicators flash. We recommend you use this method The remote start system does not work if: to locate your vehicle, rather than using • The ignition is on. the panic alarm. • The alarm system triggers. • You disable the feature. Sounding a Panic Alarm • The hood is open. Note: The panic alarm only operates when • The transmission is not in P. the ignition is off. • The vehicle battery voltage is too low. Press the button to activate the • The service engine soon light is on. alarm. Press the button again or E138624 switch the ignition on to Remote Control Feedback deactivate. An LED on the remote control provides status feedback of remote start or stop Remote Start (If Equipped) commands. WARNING LED Status To avoid exhaust fumes, do not use remote start if your vehicle is parked Solid green Remote start or indoors or areas that are not well extension ventilated. successful Solid red Remote stop Note: Do not use remote start if your vehicle successful; vehicle is low on fuel. off The remote start button is on the transmitter. Blinking red Remote start or E138625 stop failed This feature allows you to start your Blinking green Waiting for status vehicle from outside the vehicle. The update transmitter has an extended operating range. Remote Starting the Vehicle You can configure vehicles with automatic climate control to turn on the automatic Note: You must press each button within climate control when you remote start your three seconds of each other. Your vehicle vehicle. See Automatic Climate Control remote starts only if you follow this (page 133). A manual climate control sequence. system runs at the setting you set it to when you switched off the vehicle.

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Keys and Remote Controls

Extending the Vehicle Run Time Repeat Steps 1 and 2 with the vehicle still running to extend the run time for another remote start period. If you programmed the periods to last 10 minutes, the second 10 minutes begins after what is left of the first activation time. For example, if the vehicle has run from the first remote start E138626 for five minutes, the vehicle continues to run now for a total of 20 minutes. You can The tag with your transmitter details the extend the remote start up to a maximum starting procedure. of 35 minutes. To remote start your vehicle: Wait at least five seconds before remote 1. Press the lock button. starting after a vehicle shutdown. 2. Press the remote start button twice. Turning the Vehicle Off After Remote The exterior lamps flash twice. Starting The horn sounds if the system fails to start, Press the button once. The unless quiet start is on. Quiet start runs the parking lamps turn off. blower fan at a slower speed to reduce E138625 noise. You can switch it on or off in the You may have to be closer to the information display. See General vehicle than when starting due to ground Information (page 103). reflection and the added noise of the running vehicle. Note: If you have remote started your vehicle with an integrated keyhead You can disable or enable the remote start transmitter, you must switch on the ignition system through the information display. before driving your vehicle. With an See General Information (page 103). intelligent access transmitter, you must press the brake pedal before driving your vehicle. REPLACING A LOST KEY OR The power windows do not work during REMOTE CONTROL the remote start and the radio does not turn on automatically. Replacement keys or remote controls can be purchased from an authorized dealer. The parking lamps remain on and the Authorized dealers can program remote vehicle runs for 5, 10 or 15 minutes controls for your vehicle. See Passive depending on the setting. Anti-Theft System (page 67). To re-program the passive anti-theft system see an authorized dealer.

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing MyKey™

PRINCIPLE OF OPERATION • Driver assist features, if equipped on your vehicle, are forced on: parking aid, MyKey allows you to program keys with blind spot information system (BLIS) restricted driving modes to promote good with cross traffic alert, lane departure driving habits. All but one of the keys warning and forward collision warning programmed to the vehicle can be system. activated with these restricted modes. • Satellite radio adult content Any keys that have not been programmed restrictions (available only in some are referred to as administrator keys or markets). admin keys. They can be used to: Configurable Settings • Create a MyKey. With an admin key, you can configure • Program configurable MyKey settings. certain MyKey settings when you first • Clear all MyKey features. create a MyKey and before you recycle the When you have programmed a MyKey, you key or restart the vehicle. You can also can access the following information using change the settings afterward with an the information display: admin key: • How many admin keys and MyKeys are • A vehicle speed limit can be set. programmed to your vehicle. Warnings will be shown in the display, followed by an audible tone when your • The total distance your vehicle has vehicle reaches the set speed. You traveled using a MyKey. cannot override the set speed by fully Note: All MyKeys are programmed to the depressing the accelerator pedal or by same settings. You cannot program them setting cruise control. individually. WARNING Non-configurable Settings Do not set MyKey maximum speed limit to a limit that will prevent the The following settings cannot be changed driver from maintaining a safe speed by an admin key user: considering posted speed limits and • Belt-Minder or safety belt reminder. prevailing road conditions. The driver is You cannot disable this feature. The always responsible to drive in accordance audio system will mute when the front with local laws and prevailing conditions. seat occupants’ safety belts are not Failure to do so could result in accident or fastened. injury. • Early low fuel. The low fuel warning is activated earlier, giving the MyKey user more time to refuel.

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing MyKey™

• Various vehicle speed minders can be You can program the configurable features set. Once you select a speed, it will be now or at any time. You can advance shown in the display, followed by an through the settings without programming audible tone when the preselected them by pressing the OK button. MyKey vehicle speed is exceeded. then keeps all of the default settings. • Audio system maximum volume of When you finish programming your MyKey, 45%. A message will be shown in the the Type 3 information display adds a display when you attempt to exceed confirmation screen, New MyKey Has the limited volume. Also, the Been Created. speed-sensitive or compensated automatic volume control will be Programming/Changing disabled. Configurable Settings • Always on setting. When this is Use the information display to program or selected, you will not be able to turn change your configurable MyKey settings. off Advance Trac or traction control, 911 Assist or Emergency Assistance, or 1. Place your admin key into the ignition Do Not Disturb (if your vehicle is or, if your vehicle is equipped with equipped with these features). Intelligent Access keyless start, place your admin transmitter into the backup slot. Details on the slot's location are CREATING A MYKEY in another chapter. See Starting a Gasoline Engine (page 159). Use the information display to create a 2. Depending on your display options, MyKey. select either Settings or Advanced To create a MyKey: Settings, then MyKey and finally to 1. Place your key into the ignition or, if various configurable features. your vehicle is equipped with Intelligent 3. Scroll down through the choices, and Access keyless start, place your then highlight the feature you want to transmitter into the backup slot. Details configure. on the slot's location are in another 4. When you finish programming your chapter. See Starting a Gasoline MyKey, the Type 3 information display Engine (page 159). adds a confirmation screen, New 2. Switch the ignition on. MyKey Has Been Created. 3. Access the main menu using your Note: You can clear or change your MyKey left-hand-side steering wheel controls. settings at any time during the same key 4. Depending on your display options, cycle as you created the MyKey. Once you select either Settings or Advanced have switched the engine off, however, you Settings, then MyKey and finally will need an admin key to change or clear Create MyKey. your MyKey settings. 5. When the menu reads Hold OK to Create MyKey, press and hold the OK button to program a MyKey. 6. The display then prompts you to program the Configurable settings.

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing MyKey™

CLEARING ALL MYKEYS To clear all MyKeys of all MyKey settings, use the information display and the You can clear all MyKeys within the same left-hand-side steering wheel controls: key cycle as you created the MyKey. If you 1. Access the main menu and select switch your ignition off, however, you will Settings, then MyKey and finally need to use an admin key to clear your Clear MyKeys. MyKeys. 2. Press and hold OK. Note: When you clear your MyKeys, you 3. When you finish clearing all MyKeys, remove all restrictions and return all MyKeys the Type 3 information display adds a to their original admin key status at once. confirmation screen, MyKey Cleared.

CHECKING MYKEY SYSTEM STATUS

You can find information on programmed MyKey(s) using the information display control on the steering wheel. See Information Displays (page 103).

To find information on programmed MyKey(s), press the left arrow button to access the main menu and scroll to:

Message Description Settings Press the OK button. MyKey Press the OK button. Select one of the following: MyKey Dist. Tracks the distance when drivers use a MyKey. The only way to delete the accumulated distance is by using an admin key to clear your MyKeys. If the distance does not accumulate as expected, then the intended user is not using the MyKey, or an admin key user recently cleared and then recreated a MyKey. {0} MyKeys Indicates the number of MyKeys programmed to your vehicle. Use this feature to detect how many MyKeys you have for your vehicle and determine when a MyKey has been deleted. {0} Admin Keys Indicates how many admin keys are programmed to your vehicle. Use this feature to determine how many unrestricted keys you have for your vehicle, and detect if an additional MyKey has been programmed.

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing MyKey™

USING MYKEY WITH REMOTE Ford-approved, aftermarket remote start systems. If you choose to install a remote START SYSTEMS start system, see an authorized dealer for a Ford-approved remote start system. MyKey is not compatible with non

MYKEY TROUBLESHOOTING

Condition Potential Causes I cannot create a MyKey. • The key or transmitter used to start the vehicle does not have admin privileges. • The key or transmitter used to start the vehicle is the only admin key (there always has to be at least one admin key). • Vehicles with keyless start: The keyless start transmitter is not placed in the backup position. See Starting a Gasoline Engine (page 159). • SecuriLock passive anti-theft system is disabled or in unlimited mode.

I cannot program the configurable • The key or transmitter used to start your settings. vehicle does not have admin privileges. • No MyKeys are created. See Creating a MyKey (page 58).

I cannot clear the MyKeys. • The key or transmitter used to start your vehicle does not have admin privileges. • No MyKeys are created. See Creating a MyKey (page 58).

I lost the only admin key. Purchase a new key from an authorized dealer.

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing MyKey™

Condition Potential Causes I lost a key. Program a spare key. See Passive Anti-Theft System (page 67). MyKey distances do not accumulate. • The MyKey user is not using the MyKey. • An admin key holder cleared the MyKeys and created new MyKeys. • The key system has been reset.

No MyKey functions with the keyless • An admin transmitter is present at vehicle entry transmitter. start. • No MyKeys are created. See Creating a MyKey (page 58).

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Locks

LOCKING AND UNLOCKING Press the button again within three seconds to unlock all doors. The direction You can use the power door lock control indicators flash or the remote control to lock and unlock Press and hold both the lock and unlock your vehicle. buttons on the remote control for four See Tailgate (page 238). seconds to disable or enable two-stage unlocking. Disabling two-stage unlocking Power Door Locks (If Equipped) allows your entire vehicle to unlock with one press of the button. The direction The power door lock control is on the driver indicators flash twice to indicate a change and front passenger door panels. to the unlocking mode. The unlocking mode applies to the remote control and keyless entry keypad. Intelligent access at the driver door will unlock your entire vehicle when you disable two-stage unlocking. Locking the Vehicle

E138628

A Unlock. B Lock.

Remote Control (If Equipped) You can use the remote control at any time your vehicle is not running.

Unlocking the Vehicle (Two-Stage E187796 Unlock) Press the button to lock all doors. The direction indicators flash. Press the button again within three seconds to confirm that all the doors are closed. The doors lock again, the horn sounds and the direction indicators flash if all the doors are closed. Mislock If any door or the liftgate is open, or if the hood is open on vehicles with an anti-theft alarm or remote start, the horn will sound E187795 twice and the direction indicators will not Press the button to unlock the driver door. flash.

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Locks

Activating Intelligent Access (If At the Electronic Tailgate Equipped)

The intelligent access key must be within 3.3 ft (1 m) of your vehicle. At the Front Doors Pull a front exterior door handle to unlock and open the door. The unlock sensor is on the back of the handle. Make sure not to touch the lock sensor area on the front of the handle.

E187693 Press the exterior tailgate release button inside of the tailgate handle. The tailgate will unlock and open. See Tailgate (page 238).

Smart Unlock (If Equipped) This feature helps to prevent you from locking your intelligent access key inside your vehicle’s passenger compartment or E190690 rear cargo area. Press and hold the lock sensor area for If you leave your key in the ignition, when about a second to lock your vehicle. To you open the driver door and lock your avoid unlocking the door inadvertently, vehicle with the power door lock control, make sure you only touch the lock sensor the doors lock then unlock. and not other areas of the door handle. You can still lock your vehicle with the key After locking the doors with the lock in the ignition by: sensor, there is a brief delay before you can • Using the manual lock on the inside of unlock your vehicle. This delay lets you pull the door. the handle to make sure it locked. • Locking the driver door with a key. Note: Keep the door handle surface clean • Using the keyless entry keypad. to avoid issues with operation. • Using the lock button on the remote control. Smart Unlocks for Intelligent Access Keys (If Equipped) This feature helps to prevent you from locking your intelligent access key inside your vehicle’s passenger compartment or rear cargo area.

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Locks

When you lock your vehicle using the Illuminated Entry power door lock control (with the door open, vehicle in park and ignition off), your The interior lamps and select exterior vehicle will search for an intelligent access lamps illuminate when you unlock the key in the passenger compartment after doors with the remote entry system. you close the door. If your vehicle finds a The illuminated entry system turns off the key, all of the doors will immediately lights if: unlock. • The ignition is on. In order to override the smart unlock • You press the remote control lock feature and intentionally lock the button. intelligent access key inside your vehicle, you can lock your vehicle after all doors • After 25 seconds of illumination. are closed by using the keyless entry The dome lamp does not turn on if the keypad, pressing the lock button on control is set to the off position. another intelligent access key or touching the locking area on the handle with another The lights do not turn off if: intelligent access key in your hand. • You switch them on with the dimmer control. When you open one of the front doors and lock your vehicle using the power door lock • Any door is open. control, all doors will lock then unlock if the ignition is on. Battery Saver The battery saver turns off the interior Autolock and Autounlock (If Equipped) lamps 30 minutes after you switch off the The autolock feature locks all the doors ignition if a door is open and the dome when your doors are closed, the ignition is lamp switch is on. It turns off the interior on, and your vehicle reaches a speed lamps after 10 minutes if the dome lamp greater than 12 mph (20 km/h). switch is off. When your doors autolock while driving, Accessory Mode Battery Saver for stopping the vehicle then switching the Intelligent Access Keys (If Equipped) ignition off or to accessory and opening the driver door unlocks all your doors. This If you leave the ignition on after leaving autounlock feature remains active for 10 your vehicle, it turns off 15 minutes after minutes after stopping. you close all of the doors. Note: The doors do not autounlock if you have electronically locked them before KEYLESS ENTRY (If Equipped) opening the driver door. SECURICODE™ KEYLESS ENTRY Enabling or Disabling KEYPAD You can enable or disable these features The keypad is located near the driver independently of each other using the window. It is invisible until touched and information display. An authorized dealer then it illuminates so you can see and can also help you enable or disable these touch the appropriate buttons. features. See General Information (page 103).

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Locks

Note: If you enter your entry code too fast To program additional personal entry on the keypad, the unlock function may not codes, repeat Steps 1-3, then for Step 4: work. Re-enter your entry code more slowly. • Press 3·4 to save personal code two. • Press 5·6 to save personal code three. • Press 7·8 to save personal code four. • Press 9·0 to save personal code five. Tips: • Do not set a code that uses five of the same number. • Do not use five numbers in sequential order. • The factory-set code will work even if you have set your own personal code. E190936 You can use the keypad to: Erasing a Personal Code • Lock or unlock the doors and liftgate. 1. Enter the factory-set five-digit code. • Program and erase user codes. 2. Press and release 1·2 on the keypad • Arm and disarm the anti-theft alarm. within five seconds. You can operate the keypad with the 3. Press and hold 1·2 for two seconds. factory-set five-digit entry code. The code This must be done within five seconds is located on the owner’s wallet card in the of completing Step 2. glove box and is available from an All personal codes erase and only the authorized dealer. You can also create up factory-set five-digit code will work. to five of your own five-digit personal entry codes. Recalling Memory Positions (If Equipped) Programming a Personal Entry Code The programmed entry codes will recall To create your own personal entry code: driver memory positions as follows: 1. Enter the factory-set code. • Entry code one will recall driver 1 2. Press 1·2 on the keypad within five memory positions. seconds. • Entry code two will recall driver 2 3. Enter your personal five-digit code. You memory positions. must enter each number within five • Entry code three will recall driver 3 seconds of each other. memory positions. 4. Press 1·2 on the keypad to save Note: Personal entry codes four and five personal code one. will not recall memory positions The doors will lock then unlock to confirm that programming was successful.

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Locks

Anti-Scan Feature The keypad will go into an anti-scan mode if you enter the wrong code seven times (35 consecutive button presses). This mode disables the keypad for one minute and the keypad lamp will flash. The anti-scan feature will turn off after: • One minute of keypad inactivity. • Pressing the unlock button on the remote control. • Switching the ignition on. • Unlocking the vehicle using intelligent access. Unlocking and Locking the Doors To Unlock the Driver Door Enter the factory-set five-digit code or your personal code. You must press each number within five seconds of each other. The interior lamps illuminate. Note: All doors unlock if you disable the two-stage unlocking feature. See General Information (page 103). To Unlock All Doors Enter the factory-set code or your personal code, then press 3·4 control within five seconds. To Lock All Doors Press and hold 7·8 and 9·0 at the same time with the driver door closed. You do not need to enter the keypad code first.

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Security

PASSIVE ANTI-THEFT Replacement Keys SYSTEM (If Equipped) Note: Your vehicle may have two integrated keyhead transmitters. Note: The system is not compatible with The integrated keyhead transmitter non-Ford aftermarket remote start systems. functions as a programmed ignition key. It Use of these systems may result in vehicle operates all the locks, starts the vehicle starting problems and a loss of security and acts as a remote control. protection. If your programmed transmitters or Note: Metallic objects, electronic devices standard SecuriLock coded keys are lost or a second coded key on the same key or stolen and you do not have an extra chain may cause vehicle starting problems coded key, you need to have your vehicle if they are too close to the key when starting towed to an authorized dealer. You need the engine. Prevent these objects from to erase the key codes from your vehicle touching the coded key while starting the and program new coded keys. engine. Switch the ignition off, move all objects on the key chain away from the Store an extra programmed key away from coded key and restart the engine if a your vehicle in a safe place to help prevent problem occurs. any inconveniences. Contact an authorized dealer to purchase additional spare or Note: Do not leave a duplicate coded key replacement keys. in the vehicle. Always take your keys and lock all doors when leaving the vehicle. Programming a Spare Integrated Keyhead Transmitter SecuriLock™ Note: You can program a maximum of The system is an engine immobilization eight coded keys to your vehicle. All eight system. It helps prevent the engine from can be integrated keyhead transmitters. starting unless you use a coded key programmed to your vehicle. Using the You can program your own integrated wrong key may prevent the engine from keyhead transmitter or standard starting. A message may appear in the SecuriLock coded keys to your vehicle. This information display. procedure programs both the engine immobilizer keycode and the remote entry If you are unable to start the engine with a portion of the remote control to your correctly coded key, the system has vehicle. malfunctioned. A message may appear in the information display. Only use integrated keyhead transmitters or standard SecuriLock keys. Automatic Arming You must have two previously The system arms immediately after you programmed coded keys and the new switch the ignition off. unprogrammed key readily accessible. Contact an authorized dealer to have the Automatic Disarming spare key programmed if two previously programmed coded keys are not available. Switching the ignition on with a coded key disarms the system. Read and understand the entire procedure before you begin.

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Security

1. Insert the first previously programmed Note: If your programmed transmitters are coded key into the ignition. lost or stolen and you do not have an extra 2. Switch the ignition from off to on. Keep coded key, you need to have your vehicle the ignition on for at least three towed to an authorized dealer. You need to seconds, but no more than 10 seconds. erase the key codes from your vehicle and program new coded keys. Store an extra 3. Switch the ignition off and remove the programmed key away from your vehicle in first coded key from the ignition. a safe place to help prevent any 4. After three seconds but within 10 inconvenience. Contact an authorized dealer seconds of switching the ignition off, to purchase additional spare or replacement insert the second previously coded key keys. into the ignition. You must have two previously 5. Switch the ignition from off to on. Keep programmed intelligent access keys inside the ignition on for at least three your vehicle and the new unprogrammed seconds, but no more than 10 seconds. intelligent access keys readily accessible. 6. Switch the ignition off and remove the Contact an authorized dealer to have the second previously programmed coded spare key programmed if two previously key from the ignition. programmed keys are not available. 7. After three seconds but within 10 Make sure that your vehicle is off before seconds of switching the ignition off beginning this procedure. Make sure that and removing the previously you close all the doors before beginning programmed coded key, insert the new and that they remain closed throughout unprogrammed key into the ignition. the procedure. Perform all steps within 30 seconds of starting the sequence. Stop 8. Switch the ignition from off to on. Keep and wait for at least one minute before the ignition on for at least six seconds starting again if you perform any steps out until you hear the door locks cycle. of sequence. 9. Remove the newly programmed coded Read and understand the entire procedure key from the ignition. before you begin. The key starts the engine if programming Type One is successful. You can operate the remote entry system if the new key is an integrated keyhead transmitter. If programming was not successful, wait 20 seconds and repeat Steps 1 through 8. If you are still unsuccessful, take your vehicle to an authorized dealer. Programming a Spare Intelligent Access Key Note: You can program a maximum of four intelligent access keys to your vehicle. E187576

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Security

Type Two 7. Place the unprogrammed intelligent access key in the backup slot and press the push button ignition switch. After three seconds but within 10 seconds of switching the ignition off and removing the previously programmed coded key, insert the new unprogrammed key into the ignition. Programming is now complete. Verify the remote control functions operate and your vehicle starts with the new intelligent access key. E187577 If programming was not successful, wait 1. Place the first programmed key in the 10 seconds and repeat Steps 1 through 7. backup slot (A) in the center console, If you are still unsuccessful, take your then press the push button ignition vehicle to an authorized dealer. switch. Insert the first previously programmed coded key into the ANTI-THEFT ALARM (If Equipped) ignition. 2. Wait five seconds and then press the The active anti-theft system is designed push button ignition switch again. to warn you in the event of unauthorized Switch the ignition from off to on. Keep vehicle entry and is also designed to help the ignition on for at least three prevent unwanted towing of your vehicle. seconds, but no more than 10 seconds. You can choose what is monitored by 3. Remove the intelligent access key. arming the system in different ways. See Switch the ignition off and remove the Information Displays (page 103). first coded key from the ignition. The direction indicators flash and the horn 4. Within 10 seconds, place a second sounds if the system triggers while the programmed intelligent access key in alarm is armed. the backup slot. Press the push button Take all remote controls to an authorized ignition switch. After three seconds but dealer if there is any potential alarm within 10 seconds of switching the problem with your vehicle. ignition off, insert the second previously coded key into the ignition. Reduced Guard (If Equipped) 5. Wait five seconds and then press the To monitor the following: push button ignition switch again. Switch the ignition from off to on. Keep • Doors. the ignition on for at least three • Hood. seconds, but no more than 10 seconds. • Tailgate. 6. Remove the intelligent access key. Switch the ignition off and remove the Lock your vehicle using the key in the driver second previously programmed coded door lock cylinder. key from the ignition.

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Security

Full Guard (If Equipped) • Switch the ignition on or start your vehicle. To monitor the following: • Use a key in the driver door lock • Doors. cylinder to unlock your vehicle, then • Hood. switch the ignition on within 12 seconds. • Tailgate. • Movement inside your vehicle. Note: Pressing the panic button on the remote control stops the horn and direction • Change in vehicle inclination, for indicators, but will not disarm the system. example, unwanted towing. Lock your vehicle using the remote control or the power door lock control with the accompanying door open and then close all doors. Note: Do not choose full monitor mode if movement within the vehicle is likely to occur or when the vehicle is in transport. Note: For correct operation of the interior motion detection system, make sure all windows are closed prior to arming the system. This helps prevent accidental alarm activation due to external influences and make sure of correct interior motion detection. Additionally, the interior motion sensing system will not arm if any door is ajar. Arming the Alarm The alarm is ready to arm when there is not a key in the ignition. Lock your vehicle to arm the alarm. The direction indicators flash once after you lock your vehicle. This indicates the alarm is in the pre-armed mode. It fully arms after 20 seconds. Disarming the Alarm Disarm the alarm by any of the following actions: • Press the power door unlock button within the 20-second pre-armed mode. • Unlock the doors with the remote control or keyless entry keypad.

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Power Running Boards (If Equipped)

USING POWER RUNNING Automatic Power Deploy BOARDS

WARNINGS In extreme climates, excessive ice buildup may occur, causing the running boards not to deploy. Make sure that the running boards have deployed, and have finished moving before attempting to step on them. The running boards will resume normal function once the blockage is cleared.

Turn off the running boards before E166682 jacking or placing any object under The running boards automatically extend your vehicle. Never place your hand down and out when you open the door. between the extended running board and This can help you enter and exit your your vehicle. A moving running board may vehicle. cause injury. Automatic Power Stow Note: Do not use the running boards, front and rear hinge assemblies, running board When you close the doors, the running motors, or the running board underbody boards return to the stowed position after mounts to lift your vehicle when jacking. a two-second delay. Always use proper jacking points. Manual Power Deploy Note: The running boards may operate more slowly in cool temperatures. You can manually operate the running boards in the information display. See Note: The running board mechanism may General Information (page 103). trap debris such as mud, dirt, snow, ice and salt. This may cause unwanted noise. If this Set the running boards in the deployed happens, manually set the running boards position (OUT) to access the roof. to the deployed position. Then, wash the The running boards return to the stowed system, in particular the front and rear hinge position and enter automatic mode when arms, with a high-pressure car wash wand. the vehicle speed exceeds 5 mph (8 km/h). Enabling and Disabling You can enable and disable the power running board feature in the information display. See General Information (page 103).

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Power Running Boards (If Equipped)

• When disabled (OFF), the running boards move to the stowed position regardless of the door position. • When enabled (AUTO), the running boards move back to the correct positions based on the door position. Bounce-back The running board will reverse direction and move to the end of travel if it encounters an object while moving.

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Steering Wheel

ADJUSTING THE STEERING WHEEL

WARNING Do not adjust the steering wheel when your vehicle is moving.

Note: Make sure that you are sitting in the correct position. See Sitting in the Correct Position (page 139).

E180534 3. Lock the steering column. Power Tilt and Telescope Steering Column (If Equipped)

WARNING Do not adjust the steering wheel when your vehicle is moving.

Note: Make sure that you are sitting in the E180482 correct position. See Sitting in the Correct 1. Unlock the steering column. Position (page 139). 2. Adjust the steering wheel to the desired position.

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Steering Wheel

Easy Entry and Exit Feature The column moves to the full up and in position when you switch the ignition off. It returns to the previous setting when you switch the ignition on. You can enable or disable this feature in the information display.

AUDIO CONTROL (If Equipped)

You can operate the following functions with the control:

E180535 E191327 Use the control on the side of the steering column to adjust the position. A Volume up. To adjust: B Media. • tilt: press the top or bottom of the C Seek up or next. control D Volume down. • telescope: press the front or rear of the control. E Seek down or previous.

Memory Feature Media You can save and recall the steering Press repeatedly to scroll through available column position with the memory function. audio modes. See Memory Function (page 144). Pressing the adjustment control during Seek, Next or Previous memory recall cancels the operation. The Press the seek button to: column responds to the adjustment control. • Tune the radio to the next or previous stored preset. • Play the next or previous track.

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Steering Wheel

Press and hold the seek button to: CRUISE CONTROL (If Equipped) • Tune the radio to the next station up or down the frequency band. Type 1 • Seek through a track.

VOICE CONTROL (If Equipped)

E191329

See Cruise Control (page 211). Type 2 E191328

A Mute. B Voice recognition. C End call. D Answer call.

See SYNC™ (page 399). See MyFord Touch™ (page 433).

E191337

See Cruise Control (page 211).

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Steering Wheel

INFORMATION DISPLAY CONTROL

E191336 See Information Displays (page 103).

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Pedals

ADJUSTING THE PEDALS (If The Horizontal Control

Equipped)

Note: Never use the controls when your feet are on the accelerator or brake pedals, especially when the vehicle is moving. Note: Adjust the pedals only when your vehicle is in park (P). Depending on your vehicle and equipment level, the shape and location of your A B power-adjustable pedal control can vary. E162916 • If your control is vertical, then it is to the left of the steering column and on A. Farther. the instrument panel. • If your control is horizontal, then it is on B. Closer. the left side of the steering column. Both horizontal and vertical controls The Vertical Control operate the same way: 1. Press and hold A to move the pedals away from you. 2. Press and hold B to move the pedals closer to you. You can save and recall the pedal positions with the memory feature. See Memory Function (page 144).

E176213

A. Farther. B. Closer.

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Wipers and Washers

WINDSHIELD WIPERS AUTOWIPERS (If Equipped)

Note: Fully defrost the windshield before Note: Make sure you switch off the wipers switching on the windshield wipers. before entering a car wash. Note: Make sure you switch off the Note: Wet or winter driving conditions with windshield wipers before entering a car ice, snow or salty road mist can cause wash. inconsistent and unexpected wiping or Note: Clean the windshield and wiper smearing. blades if they begin to leave streaks or In these conditions, you can do the smears. If that does not resolve the issue, following to help keep your windshield install new wiper blades. clear: Note: Do not operate the wipers on a dry • Lower the sensitivity of the autowipers. windshield. This may scratch the glass, • Change the wiper speed to normal or damage the wiper blades or cause the wiper high-speed wipe as necessary. motor to burn out. Always use the windshield washers before wiping a dry • Switch the autowipers off. windshield. The autowipers feature uses a rain sensor, located in the area around the interior mirror. The rain sensor monitors the amount of moisture on the windshield and automatically turns on the wipers. It will adjust the wiper speed by the amount of moisture that the sensor detects on the windshield. You can switch this feature on or off in the information display. See Information Displays (page 103).

E172816 Rotate the end of the control: • Away from you to increase the wiper speed. • Toward you to decrease the wiper speed. Speed dependent wipers (if equipped) E172817 When your vehicle speed increases, the interval between wipes decreases.

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Wipers and Washers

Use the rotary control to adjust the • A brief press causes a single wipe sensitivity of the rain sensor. With low without washer fluid. sensitivity, the wipers will operate when • A brief press and hold causes the the sensor detects a large amount of wipers to swipe three times with moisture on the windshield. With high washer fluid. sensitivity, the wipers will operate when the sensor detects a small amount of • A long press and hold will turn on the moisture on the windshield. wipers and washer fluid for up to 10 seconds. Keep the outside of the windshield clean because the rain sensor is very sensitive. If A wipe will occur a few seconds after the area around the interior mirror is dirty, washing to clear any remaining washer then the wipers may turn on, for example, fluid. You can switch this feature on or off if dirt, mist or insects hit the windshield. in the information display. See Information Displays (page 103). WINDSHIELD WASHERS

Note: Do not operate the wipers on a dry windshield. This may scratch the glass, damage the wiper blades or cause the wiper motor to burn out. Always use the windshield washer before wiping a dry windshield. Note: Do not operate the washers when the washer reservoir is empty. This may cause the washer pump to overheat.

E172818

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Lighting

LIGHTING CONTROL Headlamp Flasher

E163268 E142449 Slightly pull the lever toward you and Off.A release it to flash the headlamps. B Parking lamps, instrument panel lamps, license plate lamps and AUTOLAMPS (If Equipped) rear lamps. C Headlamps. WARNING The autolamps switch position may High Beams not activate the headlamps in all low visibility conditions, such as daytime fog. Always ensure that your headlamps are switched to auto or on, as appropriate, during all low visibility conditions. Failure to do so may result in a collision.

E167827 Push the lever away from you to switch the high beam on. Push the lever forward again or pull the lever toward you to switch the high beams E142451 off. When the lighting control is in the autolamps position, the headlamps automatically turn on in low light situations or when the wipers activate.

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Lighting

If equipped, the following also activate INSTRUMENT LIGHTING when the lighting control is in the autolamps position and you switch them DIMMER on in the information display: Note: You disable the manual dimmer • Configurable daytime running lamps. when you adjust the setting to Auto • Automatic high beam control. Dimming in the information display. See • Adaptive headlamp control. Information Displays (page 103). The headlamps remain on for a period of Note: If you disconnect the battery or it time after you switch the ignition off. Use becomes discharged, the illuminated the information display controls to adjust components will switch to the maximum the period of time that the headlamps setting. remain on. See Information Displays (page 103). Note: With the headlamps in the autolamps position, you cannot switch the high beam headlamps on until the autolamps system turns the low beam headlamps on. Windshield Wiper Activated Headlamps The windshield wiper activated headlamps turn on within 10 seconds when you switch the windshield wipers on and the lighting control is in the autolamps position. They turn off approximately 60 seconds after you switch the windshield wipers off. E161902 The headlamps will not turn on by wiper Press repeatedly or press and hold until activation: you reach the desired level. • During a mist wipe. • When the wipers are on to clear washer fluid during a wash condition. • If the wipers are in intermittent mode. Note: If you switch autolamps and autowipers on, the headlamps will automatically turn on when the windshield wipers continuously operate.

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Lighting

DAYTIME RUNNING LAMPS (If 3. The transmission is not in park (P) for vehicles with automatic transmissions Equipped) or the parking brake is released for vehicles with manual transmissions. WARNING 4. The lighting control is in the autolamps The daytime running lamps system position. does not activate the rear lamps and 5. The headlamps are off. may not provide adequate lighting during low visibility driving conditions. Also, The other lighting control switch positions the autolamps switch position may not do not activate the daytime running lamps, activate the headlamps in all low visibility and you can use them to temporarily conditions, such as daytime fog. Make sure override autolamp control. the headlamps are switched to auto or on, When switched off in the information as appropriate, during all low visibility display, the daytime running lamps are off conditions. Failure to do so may result in a in all lighting control switch positions. crash. AUTOMATIC HIGH BEAM Type 1 - Conventional (Non- Configurable) CONTROL (If Equipped) The daytime running lamps turn on when: The system automatically turns on the high 1. The ignition is switched to the on beams if it is dark enough and no other position. traffic is present. When it detects the headlights of an approaching vehicle, the 2. The transmission is not in park (P) for tail lamps of the preceding vehicle or street vehicles with automatic transmissions lighting, the system turns off the high or the parking brake is released for beams before they distract other drivers. vehicles with manual transmissions. The low beams remain on. 3. The lighting control is in the off, parking Note: If it appears that automatic high lamp or autolamps positions. beam is not functioning properly, check the 4. The headlamps are off. windshield in front of the camera for a blockage. A clear view of the road is required Type 2 - Configurable for proper system operation. Make sure that Switch the daytime running lamps on or authorized personnel repair any windshield off using the information display controls. damage in the area of the camera's field of See Information Displays (page 103). view. The daytime running lamps turn on when: Note: If the system detects a blockage such as bird droppings, bug splatter, snow or ice, 1. They are switched on in the information and you do not observe changes, the system display. See Information Displays may go into low beam mode until you clear (page 103). the blockage. A message may also appear 2. The ignition is switched to the on in the information display noting the front position. camera is blocked.

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Lighting

Note: Typical road dust, dirt and water Activating the System spots do not affect the performance of the automatic high beam control. However, in Switch on automatic high beam control cold or inclement weather conditions, you using the information display and may notice a decrease in the availability of autolamps. See Information Displays the automatic high beam control, especially (page 103). at start up. If you want to change the beam state independently of the system, you may switch the high beams on or off using the lighting control switch. Automatic high beam control resumes when conditions are correct. Note: Using much larger tires or equipping vehicle accessories such as snowplows can modify your vehicle's ride height and degrade automatic high beam control performance. E142451 A camera sensor, centrally mounted behind the windshield of your vehicle, Switch the lighting control to the continuously monitors conditions to decide autolamps position. when to switch the high beams off and on. Manually Overriding the System Once the system is active, the high beams switch on if: When automatic high beam control has • The outside light level is low enough. activated the high beams, pushing or pulling the stalk provides a temporary • There is no traffic in front of your override to low beam. vehicle. Use the information display menu to • The vehicle speed is greater than permanently deactivate the system, or 32 mph (52 km/h). switch the lighting control from autolamps The high beams switch off if: to headlamps. • The system detects the headlamps of an approaching vehicle or the rear lamps vehicle in front of you. • Vehicle speed falls below 27 mph (44 km/h). • The outside light level is high enough that high beams are not required. • The system detects severe rain, snow or fog. • The camera is blocked.

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Lighting

FRONT FOG LAMPS (If Equipped) • To operate the left direction indicator, push the lever down until it stops and releases. • To operate the right direction indicator, push the lever up until it stops and releases. • To cancel direction indicator operation manually, push the lever again in either direction. Lane Change To indicate a left or right lane change: • Push the lever up or down to the first E142453 stop position and release. The direction Press the control to switch the fog lamps indicators flash three times and stop. on or off. • Push the lever up or down to the first You can switch the fog lamps on when the stop position and hold. The direction lighting control is in any position except indicators flash for as long as you hold Off and the high beams are not on. the lever in this position.

DIRECTION INDICATORS SPOT LAMPS (If Equipped)

The spot lamps are positioned on the forward-facing side of the exterior mirrors. When the parking lamps are on due to the lighting control switch being in the parking lamps, headlamps, or autolamps position, press the buttons located above the lighting control switch to activate the left-hand or right-hand side spot lamps.

E163272 The direction indicator lever does not mechanically lock in the upward or downward position when activated. The direction indicator activation and cancellation is electronic.

E176842

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Lighting

Once switched on, the spot lamps light the area in front of and to the side of your vehicle. Adjust the aim of the spot lamps by moving the position of the exterior mirrors. For manual folding mirrors, adjust the aim of the lamps by folding the exterior mirror into or away from the windows. For power-folding mirrors, use the switch located on the driver-side door. See Exterior Mirrors (page 89). Note: The spot lamps turn off automatically when you reach a speed of 6 mph (10 km/h). Cargo and Trailer Hookup Lamps The cargo lamps are positioned in the central high mounted stop lamp and to either side of the cargo box. The trailer hookup lamp is positioned on the tailgate next to the handle. E190880 To switch on the lamps, press When switched on, these lamps light the the button located in the lighting cargo area of your vehicle and the trailer E189587 control panel, or the button hitch. located in the cargo box near the lamp. Note: The cargo and trailer hookup lamps turn off automatically when you reach a speed of 3 mph (5 km/h). They also turn off automatically after 10 minutes, fading gradually to off.

INTERIOR LAMPS

The following lamps switch on when: • You open any door. • You press a remote control button. Front Interior Lamps Note: The front interior lamp switches are on the overhead console. The exact location of each switch on the overhead console depends upon which roof, sunroof, and window shade features are equipped on the vehicle.

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Lighting

Note: Touch the required switch to switch Type 2 the door function off when you open any door. When the door function is off and you open a door, the courtesy and door lamps will stay off. Touch the switch again to switch the door function back on. When the door function is on and you open a door, the courtesy and door lamps will switch on. Type 1

E176210 D A B C D A. Left-hand side map lamp switch. E192153 B. All lamps on switch. A. All lamps on switch. C. Door function switch. B. Door function switch. D. Right-hand side map lamp C. All lamps off switch. switch. D. Map lamp switches.

E187342

A. All lamps on switch. B. Door function switch.

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Lighting

Rear Interior Lamps (If Equipped) You can switch the lamps on or off by pressing the button.

AMBIENT LIGHTING (If Equipped)

Adjust the ambient lighting using the touchscreen. See MyFord Touch™ (page 433). See MyFord Touch™ (page 433).

E187343 You can switch the lamps on or off by pressing the button.

E182517

A. Left-hand side map lamp switch. B. Right-hand side map lamp switch.

E187345

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Windows and Mirrors

POWER WINDOWS (If Equipped) Restoring the One-Touch Up Function You may lose the one-touch function if the WARNINGS vehicle battery is low. Do not leave children unattended in To reset the function after the battery your vehicle and do not let them play recharges: with the power windows. They may seriously injure themselves. 1. Pull the switch all the way up. When closing the power windows, 2. Hold the switch until the glass stops you should verify they are free of and continue to hold for two seconds. obstructions and make sure that 3. Press the switch down and operate the children and pets are not in the proximity window to the full down position. of the window openings. One-touch up will now be functional. Note: Perform one-touch up re-calibration with the door closed. Calibrating with the door open will cause the window to continuously bounce back.

Bounce-Back (If Equipped) The window will stop automatically while closing. It will reverse some distance if there is an obstacle in the way. Overriding the Bounce-Back Feature

E176215 WARNING When you override the bounce-back Press the switch to open the window. feature, the window will not reverse Lift the switch to close the window. if it detects an obstacle. Take care Note: You may hear a pulsing noise when when closing the windows to avoid just one of the windows is open. Lower the personal injury or damage to your vehicle. opposite window slightly to reduce this noise. Pull up the window switch and hold within two seconds of the window reaching the One-Touch Up or Down (If Equipped) bounce-back position. The window will travel up with no bounce-back protection. Press or lift the switch fully and release it. The window will stop if you release the Press or lift it again to stop the window. switch before the window closes fully. Note: The window may disable for up to five minutes if you cycle it up and down repeatedly. This helps prevent damage to the motor. Normal operation will resume once the motor cools.

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Windows and Mirrors

Window Lock (If Equipped) Press and hold the control to open the window. Pull and hold the control to close the window.

Accessory Delay (If Equipped) You can use the window switches for several minutes after you switch the ignition off or until you open either front door.

EXTERIOR MIRRORS

E176216 Power Exterior Mirrors (If Equipped)

Press the control to lock or unlock the rear WARNING window controls. Do not adjust the mirrors when your Power Sliding Back Window (If vehicle is moving. Equipped)

WARNINGS When operating the power sliding back window, you must make sure all rear seat occupants and cargo are not in the proximity of the back window. Do not leave children unattended in your vehicle and do not let them play with the power sliding back window. They may seriously injure themselves.

E144073

A Left-hand mirror. B Adjustment control. C Right-hand mirror.

E176217 The control is on the overhead console.

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Windows and Mirrors

To adjust your mirrors, switch your vehicle Power-Folding Mirrors (If Equipped) on (with the ignition in accessory mode or the engine running) and then: 1. Select the mirror you want to adjust. The control lights. 2. Use the adjustment control to adjust the position of the mirror. 3. Press the mirror control again. The control light turns off. Fold-Away Exterior Mirrors Push the mirror toward the door window glass. Make sure that you fully engage the E176218 mirror in its support when returning it to its original position. To fold both mirrors, switch your vehicle on (with the ignition in accessory mode or Telescoping Mirrors (If Equipped) the engine running) and then: 1. Press the control. 2. Press control again to unfold the mirrors. Note: Do not stop the mirrors midway through their movement. Wait until the mirrors stop moving and press the control again. The left-hand and right-hand mirrors move at different rates. For example, one mirror may stop while the other one continues to move. This is normal. E163061 Moving the mirrors 10 or more times within one minute, or repeated folding and This feature lets you extend the mirror unfolding of the mirrors while holding the about 3 inches (75 millimeters). It is useful control down during full travel, may disable when towing a trailer. You can manually the system to protect the motors from pull out or push in the mirrors to the desired overheating. Wait approximately three position. minutes with the vehicle running, and up to 10 minutes with the vehicle off, for the system to reset and for function to return to normal.

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Windows and Mirrors

Loose Mirror To adjust your mirrors, make sure you switch your vehicle on (with the ignition in If your power-folding mirrors are manually accessory mode or the engine running) and folded, they may not work properly even then: after you re-position them. You need to reset them if: 1. Press and release the control. It lights. • The mirrors vibrate when you drive. 2. Press the adjustment control to position the mirrors. • The mirrors feel loose. • Press the left arrow to extend the • The mirrors do not stay in the folded or mirrors out. Press the right arrow to unfolded position. retract the mirrors in. • One of the mirrors is not in its normal • Press the up or down arrow to fold driving position. the mirrors toward the window To reset the power-fold feature, use the glass. Press the up or down arrow power-folding mirror control to fold and again to fold the mirrors out. unfold the mirrors. You may hear a loud Note: Moving the mirrors 10 or more times noise as you reset the power-folding within one minute, or repeated folding and mirrors. This sound is normal. Repeat this unfolding of the mirrors while holding the process as needed each time the mirrors control down during full travel, may disable are manually folded. the system to protect the motors from PowerScope™ Power Telescoping overheating. Wait approximately three Mirrors (If Equipped) minutes with the vehicle running, and up to 10 minutes with the vehicle off, for the This feature lets you position both mirrors system to reset and for function to return to at the same time. normal.

Heated Exterior Mirrors (If Equipped) See Heated Windows and Mirrors (page 137).

Memory Mirrors (If Equipped) You can save and recall the mirror positions through the memory function. See Memory Function (page 144). Auto-dimming Feature (if E176218 equipped) The driver exterior mirror automatically dims when the interior auto-dimming mirror turns on.

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Windows and Mirrors

Direction Indicator Mirrors (If Equipped) Check the main mirror first before a lane change, then check the blind spot mirror. While the vehicle is running, the If no vehicles are present in the blind spot forward-facing portion of the appropriate mirror and the traffic in the adjacent lane mirror housing blinks when you switch on is at a safe distance, signal that you are the direction indicator. going to change lanes. Glance over your shoulder to verify traffic is clear, and Puddle Lamps (If Equipped) carefully change lanes. The lamps on the bottom part of the mirror housing light when you use your transmitter to unlock the doors or when you open a door.

Clearance Lamps (If Equipped) The lower, outer part of the mirror housings light when you switch the headlamps or parking lamps on. C

Spot Lamps (If Equipped) The area lights are on the forward-facing portion of the mirror housing. You can switch them on and off by using the controls located on the instrument panel. See Lighting (page 80). B

360-Degree Camera (If Equipped) Each mirror includes a camera. Integrated Blind Spot Mirror (If A Equipped)

WARNING E138665 Objects in the blind spot mirror are The image of the approaching vehicle is closer than they appear. small and near the inboard edge of the main mirror when it is at a distance. The Blind spot mirrors have an integrated image becomes larger and begins to move convex mirror built into the upper outboard outboard across the main mirror as the corner of the exterior mirrors. They can vehicle approaches (A). The image assist you by increasing visibility along the transitions from the main mirror and begins side of your vehicle. The blind spot mirror to appear in the blind spot mirror as the is only on the driver exterior mirror. vehicle approaches (B). The vehicle transitions to your peripheral field of view as it leaves the blind spot mirror (C).

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Windows and Mirrors

Blind Spot Information System (If SUN VISORS Equipped)

See Blind Spot Information System (page 223).

INTERIOR MIRROR

WARNING Do not adjust the mirror when your vehicle is moving.

Note: Do not clean the housing or glass of E138666 any mirror with harsh abrasives, fuel or other petroleum or ammonia-based cleaning Rotate the sun visor toward the side products. window and extend it rearward for extra shade. You can adjust the interior mirror to your preference. Some mirrors also have a Illuminated Vanity Mirror (If Equipped) second pivot point. This lets you move the mirror head up or down and from side to side. Pull the tab below the mirror toward you to reduce glare at night.

Auto-Dimming Mirror (If Equipped) Note: Do not block the sensors on the front and back of the mirror. Mirror performance may be affected. A rear center passenger or raised rear center head restraint may also block light from reaching the sensor. E162197 The mirror will dim automatically to reduce glare when bright lights are detected from Lift the cover to switch the lamp on. behind your vehicle. It will automatically return to normal reflection when you select reverse gear to make sure you have a clear MOONROOF (If Equipped) view when backing up. WARNINGS Do not let children play with the moonroof or leave them unattended in the vehicle. They may seriously hurt themselves.

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Windows and Mirrors

WARNINGS closed. Note: The sunshade When closing the moonroof, you stops short of its fully opened should verify that it is free of position for the comfort of rear obstructions and make sure that passengers. To open the children and pets are not in the proximity sunshade fully, press the control of the roof opening. again. D Sunshade close. Press and The moonroof controls are located on the release to close the sunshade. overhead console and have a one-touch open and close feature. To stop its E Moonroof close. Press and movement during one-touch operation, release to close the moonroof press the control a second time. from either the open or vent positions. Opening and Closing the Moonroof Bounce-Back The moonroof automatically reverses some distance if an obstacle is detected while closing. To override this feature, press and hold the moonroof close control within two seconds after the roof comes to a stop following a bounce-back reversal.

E191272

A Moonroof open. Press and release to open the moonroof. The moonroof stops short of the fully opened position. Press and release the control again to open the moonroof fully. B Moonroof vent. Press and release to vent the moonroof. C Sunshade open. Press and release to open the sunshade. The sunshade opens automatically with the moonroof. You can also open the sunshade with the moonroof

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Instrument Cluster

GAUGES

Type 1 and 2

E176090

A Engine oil pressure gauge B Engine coolant temperature gauge C Fuel gauge D Transmission fluid temperature gauge E Speedometer F Information display See General Information (page 103). G Tachometer

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Instrument Cluster

Type 3

E176091

A Engine oil pressure gauge B Engine coolant temperature gauge C Fuel gauge D Transmission fluid temperature or Turbo boost (Ecoboost engine only) gauge E Speedometer F Information display See General Information (page 103). G Tachometer

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Instrument Cluster

Engine Oil Pressure Gauge Switch the ignition on. The fuel gauge will indicate approximately how much fuel is Indicates engine oil pressure. The needle left in the fuel tank. The arrow adjacent to should stay in the normal operating range the fuel pump symbol indicates on which (between L and H). If the needle falls side of your vehicle the fuel filler door is below the normal range, stop your vehicle, located. turn off the engine and check the engine oil level. Add oil if needed. If the oil level is The needle should move toward F when correct, have your vehicle checked by an you refuel your vehicle. If the needle points authorized dealer. to E after adding fuel, this indicates your vehicle needs service soon. Engine Coolant Temperature After refueling some variability in needle Gauge position is normal: WARNING • It may take a short time for the needle to reach F after leaving the gas station. Never remove the coolant reservoir This is normal and depends upon the cap while the engine is running or hot. slope of pavement at the gas station. • The fuel amount dispensed into the Indicates engine coolant temperature. At tank is a little less or more than the normal operating temperature, the level gauge indicated. This is normal and indicator will be in the normal range. If the depends upon the slope of pavement engine coolant temperature exceeds the at the gas station. normal range, stop your vehicle as soon as • If the gas station nozzle shuts off safely possible, switch off the engine and before the tank is full, try a different let the engine cool. gas pump nozzle. Fuel Gauge Low Fuel Reminder Note: The fuel gauge may vary slightly A low fuel reminder triggers when the fuel when your vehicle is moving or on a gradient. gauge needle is at 1/16th or about 35 miles (56km) to empty, whichever occurs first.

Variations: Note: The low fuel warning and distance-to-empty warning can appear at different fuel gauge positions depending on fuel economy conditions. This variation is normal.

Driving type (fuel economy Fuel gauge position Distance-to-empty conditions) Highway driving 1/16th 35 miles to 80 miles (56 km to 129 km) Severe duty driving (trailer 1/16th-1/4 10 miles to 35 miles (16 km towing, extended idle) to 56 km)

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Instrument Cluster

Transmission Fluid Temperature WARNING LAMPS AND Gauge INDICATORS Indicates transmission fluid temperature. At normal operating temperature, the level The following warning lamps and indicator will be in the normal range. If the indicators will alert you to a vehicle transmission fluid temperature exceeds condition that may become serious. Some the normal range, stop the vehicle as soon lamps will illuminate when you start your as safely possible and verify the airflow is vehicle to make sure they work. If any not restricted such as snow or debris lamps remain on after starting your vehicle, blocking airflow through the grill. Also, refer to the respective system warning higher than normal operating temperature lamp for further information. can be caused by special operation Note: Some warning indicators appear in conditions (i.e. snowplowing, towing or the information display and function the off-road use). Refer to Special operating same as a warning lamp but do not display conditions in the scheduled maintenance when you start your vehicle. information for instructions. Operating the transmission for extended periods with the Adaptive Cruise Control (If Equipped) gauge in the higher than normal area may cause internal transmission damage. You The speed control system need to alter the severity of your driving indicator light changes color to conditions to lower the transmission E144524 indicate what mode the system temperature into the normal range. If the is in: See Using Adaptive Cruise Control gauge continues to show high (page 212). temperatures, see an authorized dealer. Anti-Lock Braking System Information Display If it illuminates when you are Odometer driving, this indicates a Located in the bottom of the information malfunction. You will continue display. Registers the accumulated to have normal braking (without Anti-lock distance your vehicle has traveled. braking system) unless the brake system warning lamp is also illuminated. Have the Compass system checked by an authorized dealer. Displays the vehicle’s heading direction. Automatic High Beam (If Equipped) Trip Computer Illuminates when this feature is See General Information (page 103). on. See Automatic High Beam Control (page 82). Vehicle Settings and Personalization See General Information (page 103). Auto Start-stop (If Equipped) It will illuminate to inform you when the engine shuts down or in conjunction with a message.

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Instrument Cluster

Battery Cruise Control (If Equipped) If it illuminates while driving, it Illuminates gray or green when indicates a malfunction. Switch you switch this feature on. See off all unnecessary electrical E71340 Using Cruise Control (page equipment and have the system checked 211). by an authorized dealer immediately. Direction Indicator Blind Spot Monitor (If Equipped) Illuminates when the left or right It will illuminate when you switch turn signal or the hazard warning this feature off or in conjunction flasher is turned on. If the E151262 with a message. See Blind Spot indicators stay on or flash faster, check for Information System (page 223). a burned out bulb.

Brake System Door Ajar It will illuminate when you Displays when the ignition is on engage the parking brake with and any door is not completely E144522 the ignition on. closed. If it illuminates when you are driving, check that you do not have the parking brake Electronic Locking Differential engaged. If you do not have the parking brake engaged, this indicates low brake Illuminates when using the fluid level or a brake system malfunction. electronic locking differential. E163170 Have the system checked immediately by an authorized dealer. Electric Park Brake WARNING It will illuminate or flash when the electric parking brake has a Driving your vehicle with the warning E146190 lamp on is dangerous. A significant malfunction. See Electric decrease in braking performance Parking Brake (page 191). may occur. It will take you longer to stop your vehicle. Have your vehicle checked by Engine Coolant Temperature your authorized dealer immediately. Driving extended distances with the parking brake Illuminates when the engine engaged can cause brake failure and the coolant temperature is high. risk of personal injury. Stop the vehicle as soon as possible, switch off the engine and let cool. See Engine Coolant Check (page 302). Check 4X4 (If Equipped) Illuminates with the message CHECK 4X4 when a four-wheel drive fault is present. See Using Four-Wheel Drive (page 180).

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Instrument Cluster

Engine Oil

If it illuminates with the engine E163175 running or when you are driving, this indicates a malfunction. Stop your vehicle as soon as it is safe to E181779 do so and switch the engine off. Check the Illuminates when four-wheel drive high is engine oil level. See Engine Oil Check engaged. (page 301). Front Airbag Note: Do not resume your journey if it illuminates despite the level being correct. If it fails to illuminate when you Have the system checked by your authorized start your vehicle, continues to dealer immediately. flash or remains on, it indicates a malfunction. Have the system checked Fasten Safety Belt by an authorized dealer. It will illuminate and a chime will sound to remind you to fasten Front Fog Lamps (If Equipped) your safety belt. It will illuminate when you switch the front fog lamps on. Four-Wheel Drive Indicators (If Equipped) High Beam Note: Some indicators will appear different depending on vehicle options. Illuminates when you switch the high beam headlamps on. It will flash when you use the headlamp flasher. E163173

Hill Descent (If Equipped) E181778 Illuminates momentarily when you select Illuminates when hill descent is two-wheel drive high. switched on. E163171 Low Fuel Level E181781 Illuminates when the automatic Illuminates when the fuel level four-wheel drive system is engaged. is low or the fuel tank is nearly empty. Refuel as soon as possible.

E163174 Low Tire Pressure Warning

E181780 Illuminates when your tire Illuminates when four-wheel drive low is pressure is low. If the lamp engaged. remains on with the engine running or when driving, check your tire pressure as soon as possible.

100

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Instrument Cluster

It will also illuminate momentarily when WARNING you switch the ignition on to confirm the lamp is functional. If it does not illuminate Under engine misfire conditions, when you switch the ignition on, or begins excessive exhaust temperatures to flash at any time, have the system could damage the catalytic checked by your authorized dealer. converter, the fuel system, interior floor coverings or other vehicle components, possibly causing a fire. Have an authorized Parking Lamps dealer service your vehicle immediately. It will illuminate when you switch the parking lamps on. When you first switch the ignition on, before engine start, the service engine soon indicator light illuminates to check the bulb Powertrain Malfunction/Reduced and to indicate whether your vehicle is Power/Electronic Throttle Control ready for inspection maintenance testing. Illuminates when the system has Normally, the service engine soon light will detected a powertrain or an stay on until you crank the engine, and then all-wheel drive fault. Contact an turn itself off if no malfunctions are authorized dealer as soon as possible. present. However, if after 15 seconds the service engine soon light blinks eight times, Service Engine Soon it means that your vehicle is not ready for inspection maintenance testing. See If the service engine soon Emission Control System (page 171). indicator light stays illuminated after you start the engine, it Sport Mode indicates that the On Board Diagnostics Illuminates when you switch the system (OBD) has detected a malfunction sport mode on. of your vehicle emissions control system. E176099 Refer to On board diagnostics (OBD) in the Fuel and Refueling chapter for more Traction and Stability Control information about having your vehicle serviced. See Emission Control System Illuminates when the system is (page 171). active. If it remains illuminated E138639 or does not illuminate when you If the light is blinking, engine misfire is switch the ignition on, this indicates a occurring which could damage your malfunction. During a malfunction the catalytic converter. Drive in a moderate system will switch off. Have the system fashion (avoid heavy acceleration and checked by an authorized dealer deceleration) and have your vehicle immediately. See Using Stability serviced immediately. Control (page 197).

Traction and Stability Control Off Illuminates when you switch the system off. It will go out when you switch the system back on or when you switch the ignition off. See Using Stability Control (page 197).

101

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Instrument Cluster

Transmission Tow/Haul (If Equipped) Keyless Warning Alert (If Equipped) Illuminates when the tow/haul Sounds the horn twice when you exit your feature has been activated. If the vehicle with the intelligent access key, after E161509 light flashes steadily, have the the last door is closed and your keyless system serviced immediately, damage to vehicle is in RUN, indicating your vehicle is the transmission could occur. See still on. Automatic Transmission (page 174). Rear Park Aid Warning A detection warning sounds when AUDIBLE WARNINGS AND obstacles are within a certain range of the INDICATORS bumper area. The system turns on automatically whenever you switch the Airbag Secondary Warning ignition on. Sounds if there is a malfunction with the Parking Brake On Warning safety belt warning lamp and there is a fault in the supplemental restraints Sounds when you have left the parking system. brake on and drive your vehicle. If the warning chime remains on after you have Beltminder Warning released the parking brake, have the system checked by your authorized dealer Sounds when a safety belt is unfastened immediately. in an occupied seat and your vehicle is moving. Service Advancetrac Warning Door Ajar Warning Sounds when there is a malfunction with the Electronic Stability Control (ESC) or Sounds when any door is not completely Rollover Stability Control (RSC) system. closed and your vehicle speed exceeds 3 mph (5 km/h). Headlamps On Warning Sounds when you remove the key from the ignition and open the driver's door and you have left the headlamps or parking lamps on. Key in Ignition Warning Sounds when you open the driver's door and you have left the key in the ignition.

102

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Information Displays

GENERAL INFORMATION Information Display Controls (Type 1 and 2) WARNING Driving while distracted can result in loss of vehicle control, crash and injury. We strongly recommend that you use extreme caution when using any device that may take your focus off the road. Your primary responsibility is the safe operation of your vehicle. We recommend against the use of any handheld device while driving and encourage the use of voice-operated systems when possible. Make sure you are aware of all applicable local laws that may affect the use of electronic devices while driving.

Various systems on your vehicle can be controlled using the information display controls on the steering wheel. Corresponding information is displayed in the information display.

E176092 • Press the up and down arrow buttons to scroll through and highlight the options within a menu. • Press the right arrow button to enter a sub-menu. • Press the left arrow button to exit a menu. • Press the OK button to choose and confirm a setting or messages. Main menu (Type 1) • Trip 1 & 2 • Fuel economy • Driver assist • Settings

103

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Information Displays

Note: Some options may appear slightly different or not at all if the items are optional.

Trip 1 & 2 Note: Use the arrow buttons to choose between the following trip options.

Trip 1 & 2 Digital Speed - Press OK for km/h Trip Odometer Trip Timer Fuel Used Average Fuel • Digital Speed - Shows a digital display of your vehicle speed. • Trip Odometer - Registers the mileage of individual journeys. • Trip Timer - Registers the time of individual journeys. • Fuel Used - Shows the amount of fuel used for a given trip. • Average Fuel - Shows the average fuel economy for a given trip. Note: Press and hold OK to reset the currently displayed trip information.

Fuel Economy Note: Use the arrow buttons to choose the desired fuel economy display.

Fuel economy Distance to E Instant Fuel Economy Average Fuel Economy Auto StartStop status • Distance to E - Shows the approximate distance your vehicle can travel before running out of fuel. • Instant Fuel Economy - Shows your instantaneous fuel usage. • Average Fuel Economy - Shows the average fuel usage based on time. Press and hold OK to reset this value. • Auto StartStop status - Shows the current status of the auto startstop system. Note: You can reset your average fuel economy by pressing and holding the OK button on the left hand steering wheel controls.

104

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Information Displays

Driver Assist Note: Use the arrow buttons to configure different driver setting choices.

Driver Assist Driver Assist Engine Hour Engine Hours XXXXXX Engine Idle Hours XXXXXX Tire Pressure Vehicle graphic with tire pressures Rear Park Aid - check enabled or uncheck disabled Trlr Brake Electric Elect.ov.Hydro. Trailer Sway Control - check enabled or uncheck disabled Note: Some items are optional and may not appear.

Tire Pressure

E185360 Displays your current vehicle tire pressures.

Settings

Settings Vehicle DTE Calc. Normal Towing Lighting Autolamp Delay Off or XXX seconds Daytime Lights - check enabled or uncheck disabled Locks Autounlock - check enabled or uncheck disabled

105

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Information Displays

Settings Mislock - check enabled or uncheck disabled Remote Unlock Driver's Door or All Doors Oil Life Reset Remaining Life XX% - Hold OK to reset Remote Start Climate Control Auto or Last setting Duration 5, 10 or 15 minutes System - check enabled or uncheck disabled Wipers Courtesy Wipe - check enabled or uncheck disabled MyKey MyKey Status Admin Keys and MyKeys MyKey Mileage Create MyKey Hold OK to Create MyKey 911 Assist Always On or Selectable Do Not Always On or Selectable Disturb AdvanceTrac Always On or Selectable Max Speed Choose desired speed or Off Speed Minder Choose desired speed or Off Volume Limiter - check enabled or uncheck disabled Clear MyKeys Clear MyKeys - Press OK to clear MyKeys Display Setup Distance Miles & Gallons, L/100km or km/L Temperature °Fahrenheit or °Celsius Tire Pressure psi, kPa or bar Language Choose your applicable setting

• Off Road Main menu (Type 2) • Settings • Display Mode Note: Some options may appear slightly • Trip/Fuel different or not at all if the items are • Towing optional.

106

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Information Displays

Display Mode Note: Use the arrow buttons to choose between the following display options.

Display Mode DTE Transmission Temp Tire Pressure Digital Speedometer - Press OK for km/h Engine Information - Oil Life, Engine Hours, Engine Idle Hours - Hold OK to Reset MyKey Status - Admin Keys and MyKey Mileage • DTE - Shows the approximate distance your vehicle can travel before running out of fuel. • Transmission Temp - Shows the trans temp value. • Tire Pressure - Shows the tire pressure psi. • Engine Information - Shows engine information. • MyKey Status - Shows the status of your MyKeys.

Tire Pressure

E184771 Displays your current vehicle tire pressures.

Trip/Fuel Note: Use the arrow buttons to choose between the following trip and fuel options.

107

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Information Displays

Trip/Fuel Trip 1 or 2 Fuel Economy Fuel History Compass - Press OK for Options Fixed North or Rotating North Auto StartStop status Trip 1 or 2 • Trip Timer - Registers the time of individual journeys. • Gal used - Shows the amount of fuel used for a given trip. • Mi - Registers the mileage of individual journeys. • Avg mpg - Shows the average fuel economy for a given trip. Fuel • Fuel Economy - Shows your instantaneous fuel usage as a bar graph and average mpg. • Fuel History - Shows your fuel usage based on time. The graph is updated each minute with the fuel economy that you achieved during 30 minutes of driving. • Auto StartStop status - Shows the current status of the auto startstop system. Note: Press and hold OK to reset the currently displayed information.

Towing Note: Use the arrow buttons to configure different towing setting choices. Note: Trailer options are not available if your vehicle speed is greater than 3mph (5km/h).

Towing Trailer Status Trailer connection status active trailer name or Default Trailer accumulated trailer miles Trailer brake gain Output Trailer Trailer Sway Control - check enabled or uncheck disabled Options Change Trailer Selected no active trailer Programmed trailers

108

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Information Displays

Towing Default Trailer Change Trailer Settings Rename Trailer List of named trailers, No Stored Trailers - Press OK to rename Reset Trailer List of named or Mileage default trailers - Press OK to select Change Trailer Default (Electric, Brake Type Surge, None) or Electric over Hydraulic Delete Trailer List of named trailers, No stored trailers - Press OK to select Change Trailer List of named Setup trailers or default trailers - Press OK to Select Add Trailer New Trailer - Press OK to select Trailer Brake Mode Default (Electric, Surge, None) or Elect over Hydraul Connection Conventional, Fifth Wheel or Gooseneck Checklist Note: Some items are optional and may not appear.

Off Road Note: Use the arrow buttons to configure different off road choices.

Off Road Pitch, steering angle and roll Power Distribution

109

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Information Displays

Settings

Settings Blindspot - check enabled or uncheck disabled Cross Traffic Alert - check enabled or uncheck disabled Park Aid - check enabled or uncheck disabled DTE Calcula- Normal tion Towing Easy Entry/Exit - check enabled or uncheck disabled Lighting Autolamp Off or XXX seconds Delay Daytime Lights - check enabled or uncheck disabled Locks Autolock - check enabled or uncheck disabled Autounlock - check enabled or uncheck disabled Vehicle Remote Drivers Door or All Doors Unlock Remote Start Climate Auto or Last setting Control Seats Auto or Off Duration 5, 10 or 15 minutes System - check enabled or uncheck disabled Advanced Wipers Courtesy Wipe or Rain Sensing - check Settings enabled or uncheck disabled MyKey Create MyKey Hold OK to Create MyKey 911 Assist Always On or User Selectable Do Not Always On or User Selectable Disturb AdvanceTrac Always On or User Selectable

110

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Information Displays

Settings MAX Speed 65, 70, 75, 80 MPH (105, 115, 120, 130 km/ h) or Off Speed Minder 45, 55 or 65 MPH (75, 90, 100 km/h) or Off Volume Limiter - check enabled or uncheck disabled Clear MyKey Hold OK to Clear MyKeys Display Distance Miles & Gallons, L/100km or km/L Setup Temperature °Fahrenheit or °Celsius Tire Pressure psi, kPa or bar Language Choose your applicable setting

• Press the up and down arrow buttons Information Display Controls to scroll through and highlight the (Type 3) (If Equipped) options within a menu. • Press the right arrow button to enter a sub-menu. • Press the left arrow button to exit a menu. • Press the OK button to choose and confirm a setting or messages. Main menu You can access the menus using the information display control. My View

E176094 Trip/Fuel

E176095 Truck Info

E163181 Towing

E176096 Off Road

E176093 E176097

111

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Information Displays

Settings My View

E176098 Use the arrow buttons to choose between the following My View E176094 options.

My View Configure My View Add/Remove Trip/Fuel Trip 1 Screens Trip 2 Fuel Economy Fuel History Navigation/Compass Auto StartStop Truck Info Tire Pressure Monitor Digital Speedometer Engine Information MyKey Status Towing Trailer Status Trailer Information Trailer Light Check Off Road Off Road Status Power Distribution Reorder Screens Screen Selection 1 Up/Down moves selec- - 7 tion in the list Press OK to select

Trip/Fuel Use the arrow buttons to choose between the following trip and E176095 fuel options.

112

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Information Displays

Trip/Fuel Trip 1 or 2 Fuel Economy Fuel History Navigation Compass - Press OK for Options Fixed North or Rotating North Auto StartStop status Trip 1 or 2 • Trip Timer - Registers the time of individual journeys. • Gal used - Shows the amount of fuel used for a given trip. • Mi - Registers the mileage of individual journeys. • Avg mpg - Shows the average fuel economy for a given trip. Fuel • Fuel Economy - Shows your instantaneous fuel usage as a bar graph and average mpg. • Fuel History - Shows your fuel usage based on time. The graph is updated each minute with the fuel economy that you achieved during 30 minutes of driving. • Navigation - Shows navigation turn by turn (Compass displayed when a route in Navigation is not set). • Auto StartStop status - Shows the current status of the auto startstop system. Note: Press and hold OK to reset the currently displayed information.

Note: Some items are optional and may Truck Info not appear. In this mode, off-road information depicted with E163181 graphics are available.

Note: Use the arrow buttons to choose between the following display options.

Truck Info Gauge View Tire Pressure Digital Speedometer - Press OK for km/h

113

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Information Displays

Truck Info Engine Information - Oil Life, Engine Hours, Engine Idle Hours - Hold OK to Reset MyKey Status - Admin Keys, MyKeys and MyKey Mileage • Gauge View - Shows the turbo boost or transmission temp value. • Tire Pressure - Shows the tire pressure psi. • Digital Speedometer - Shows a digital display of your vehicle speed. • Engine Information - Shows engine information. • MyKey Status - Shows the status of your MyKeys.

Displays your current vehicle tire pressures. Tire Pressure Towing Use the arrow buttons to choose between the following towing E176096 options.

E184771

Note: Trailer options are not available if your vehicle speed is greater than 3mph (5km/h).

Towing Towing Pitch Angle, sterring angle, gain and output display Status Towing Trailer Name, Accumulated Miles - Press OK for Trailer Options Informa- tion Trailer Running, Brake/Turn Signal Light Status or No Trailer Detected Light Status Trailer Trailer Sway Control - check enabled or uncheck disabled Setup - Press OK for Trailer Options

114

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Information Displays

Towing Select Trailer no active trailer Programmed trailers Default Trailer Change Trailer Settings Rename Trailer List of named trailers, No Stored Trailers - Press OK to rename Reset Trailer List of named or Mileage default trailers - Press OK to select Trailer Brake Type Default (Electric, Surge, None) or Electric over Hydraulic Delete Trailer List of named trailers, No stored trailers - Press OK to select Change Trailer Conventional, Fifth Setup Wheel or Goose- neck Add Trailer New Trailer - Press OK to select Trailer Brake Mode Default (Electric, Surge, None) or Electric over Hydraulic Connec- Conventional, Fifth Wheel or Gooseneck - Press OK to Select tion Check- list

Off Road Use the arrow buttons to choose between the following off road E176097 options.

115

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Information Displays

Off Road Pitch, steering angle, roll, Elocker and 4X4 Power Distribution

Note: Some items are optional and may Settings not appear. Use the arrow buttons to configure different driver setting E176098 choices.

Settings Auto High Beam - check enabled or uncheck disabled Blindspot - check enabled or uncheck disabled Cross Traffic Alert - check enabled or uncheck disabled Driver Alert - check enabled or uncheck disabled Rear Park Aid - check enabled or uncheck disabled Collision Sensitivity High, Normal or Low Warn Warn On or Off Cruise Adaptive or Normal Control Lane keeping Mode Alert only, Aid only or both Sys Intensity High, Normal or Low DTE Calcula- Normal or Towing tion Vehicle Auto Engine Off - check enabled or uncheck disabled Easy Entry/Exit - check enabled or uncheck disabled Lighting Autolamp Delay Off or XXX seconds Daytime Lights - check enabled or uncheck disabled Locks Autounlock - check enabled or uncheck disabled

116

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Information Displays

Settings Mislock - check enabled or uncheck disabled Remote Unlock All Doors or Driver First Alarm All Sensors or Perimeter Sensing Ask on Exit - check enabled or uncheck disabled Power Running Auto, Off or Out Boards Remote Start Climate Control Auto or Last setting Front Seats or Front Auto or Off Seats and Wheel Advanced Duration 5, 10 or 15 Settings minutes System - check enabled or uncheck disabled Wiper Controls Courtesy Wipe or Rain Sensing MyKey Create MyKey Hold OK to Create MyKey 911 Assist Always On or User Selectable Do Not Disturb Always On or User Selectable AdvanceTrac Always On or User Selectable MAX Speed 65, 70, 75, 80 MPH (105, 115, 120, 130 km/h) or Off Speed Minder 45, 55 or 65 MPH (75, 90, 100 km/h) or Off Volume Limiter - check enabled or uncheck disabled Clear MyKey Hold OK to Clear MyKeys Display Setup Distance Miles & Gallons, L/100km or km/L

117

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Information Displays

Settings Temperature °Fahrenheit or °Celsius Tire Pressure psi, kPa or bar Language Choose your applicable setting

INFORMATION MESSAGES

Note: Depending on your vehicle options and instrument cluster type, not all of the messages will display or be available. The information display may abbreviate or shorten certain messages.

E184451 Press the OK button to acknowledge and remove some messages from the information display. The information display will automatically remove other messages after a short time. You need to confirm certain messages before you can access the menus. Active Park

Message Action Active Park Fault The system requires service due to a malfunction. Have the system checked by an authorized dealer.

118

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Information Displays

Adaptive Cruise Control

Message Action Adaptive Cruise A radar malfunction is preventing the adaptive cruise control Malfunction from engaging. See Using Adaptive Cruise Control (page 212). Adaptive Cruise Not A condition exists such that the adaptive cruise cannot func- Available tion properly. See Using Adaptive Cruise Control (page 212). Adaptive Cruise Not You have a blocked sensor due to bad weather, ice, mud or Available Sensor water in front of the radar sensor. You can typically clean the Blocked See Manual sensor to resolve. See Using Adaptive Cruise Control (page 212). Normal Cruise Active The system has disabled the automatic braking. Automatic Braking Turned Off Front Sensor Not Aligned A radar malfunction is preventing the adaptive cruise control from engaging. Adaptive Cruise - Driver The adaptive cruise has reinstated controls to the driver. Resume Control Adaptive Cruise Speed Your vehicle speed is too slow to activate the adaptive cruise. Too Low to Activate Adaptive Cruise Shift The adaptive cruise is automatically adjusting the gap Down distance and you need to shift the transmission into a lower gear.

AdvanceTrac and Traction Control

Message Action Service AdvanceTrac The system detects a condition that requires service. Contact an authorized dealer as soon as possible. AdvanceTrac Off The status of the AdvanceTrac system after you switched it off. AdvanceTrac On The status of the AdvanceTrac system after you switched it on.

119

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Information Displays

Message Action AdvanceTrac SPORT The status of the AdvanceTrac sport mode after you switched MODE it on. Traction Control Off The status of the traction control system after you switched it off. See Using Traction Control (page 195). Traction Control On The status of the traction control system after you switched it on. See Using Traction Control (page 195).

Airbag

Message Action REMOVE OBJECTS Displays when the system detects a malfunction due to a NEAR PASSENGER blocked sensor. SEAT

Alarm and Security

Message Action Vehicle Alarm to Stop Alarm triggered due to unauthorized entry. See Anti-Theft Alarm, Start Vehicle Alarm (page 69).

120

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Information Displays

Battery and Charging System

Message Action Check Charging System The charging system needs servicing. If the warning stays on or continues to come on, contact an authorized dealer as soon as possible. Low Battery Features The battery management system detects an extended low- Temporarily Turned Off voltage condition. Your vehicle will disable various features to help preserve the battery. Turn off as many of the electrical loads as soon as possible to improve system voltage. If the system voltage has recovered, the disabled features will operate again as normal. Turn Power Off to Save The battery management system determines that the battery Battery is at a low state of charge. Turn your ignition off as soon as possible to protect the battery. This message will clear once you restart your vehicle and the battery state of charge has recovered. Turning off unnecessary electrical loads will allow faster battery state-of-charge recovery.

Blind Spot Information and Cross Traffic Alert System

Message Action Blindspot System Fault A fault with the system has occurred. Contact an authorized dealer as soon as possible. Blindspot Not Available The system sensors are blocked. See Blind Spot Informa- Sensor Blocked See tion System (page 223). Manual Cross Traffic Vehicle The system detects a vehicle. See Blind Spot Information Coming From X System (page 223). Cross Traffic Not Avail- The blind spot information system and cross traffic alert able Sensor Blocked See system sensors are blocked. See Blind Spot Information Manual System (page 223). Cross Traffic System A fault with the system has occurred. Contact an authorized Fault dealer as soon as possible.

121

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Information Displays

Collision Warning System

Message Action Collision Warning A fault with the system has occurred. Contact an authorized Malfunction dealer as soon as possible. Collision Warning Not You have a blocked sensor due to bad weather, ice, mud or Available Sensor water in front of the radar sensor. You can typically clean the Blocked See Manual sensor to resolve. See Collision Warning System (page 229). Collision Warning Not A fault with the system has occurred. Contact an authorized Available dealer as soon as possible.

Doors and Locks

Message Action X Door Ajar The door(s) listed is not completely closed.

Driver Alert

Message Action Driver Alert Warning Rest Stop and rest as soon as it is safe to do so. Now Driver Alert Warning Rest Take a rest break soon. Suggested

Drivetrain

Message Action Locking Differential The electronic locking differential (ELD) is enabled or Engaged/Disengaged disabled. To Engage Locking The electronic locking differential requests a certain speed Differential Slow to XX requirement to engage. mph/km/h To Engage Locking The electronic locking differential request the accelerator to Differential Release be released in order to engage. Accelerator Pedal

122

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Information Displays

Message Action Check Locking Differen- An electronic locking differential (ELD) system fault is tial present. See Using Four-Wheel Drive (page 180). Neutral Tow Enabled The transfer case is in the neutral position. This message Leave Transmission in indicates that your vehicle is safe to be towed with all four Neutral wheels on the ground. Neutral Tow Disabled The transfer case is NOT in the neutral position. This message indicates that your vehicle is NOT safe to be towed with all four wheels on the ground.

Engine

Message Action Power Reduced to Lower Engine The engine has reduced power to help reduce high Temp engine temperature.

Fuel

Message Action Fuel Level Low An early reminder of a low fuel condition. Check Fuel Fill Inlet The fuel fill inlet may not be properly closed.

Keys and Intelligent Access

Message Action Press Brake to START A reminder to press the brake while starting the vehicle. No Key Detected The system does not detect a key in your vehicle. See Keyless Starting (page 158). Restart Now or Key is You pressed the StartStop button to switch off the engine Needed and your vehicle does not detect your intelligent access key inside your vehicle. Run Power Active Your vehicle is in the run ignition state. Starting System Fault There is a problem with your vehicle’s starting system. See an authorized dealer for service.

123

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Information Displays

Message Action Key Program Successful You have successfully programmed an intelligent access key to the system. Key Program Failure You have failed to program an intelligent access key to the system. Max Number of Keys You have programmed the maximum number of keys to the Learned system. Not Enough Keys You have not programmed enough keys to the system. Learned Key Battery Low Replace The key battery is low. Change the battery as soon as possible. Soon Engine On Informs you that you are exiting your vehicle and the engine is on.

Lane Keeping System

Message Action Lane Keeping Sys. The system has malfunctioned. Contact an authorized dealer Malfunction Service as soon as possible. Required Front Camera Tempor- The system has detected a condition that has caused the arily Not Available system to be temporarily unavailable. Front Camera Low Visib- The system has detected a condition that requires you to ility Clean Screen clean the windshield in order for it to operate properly. Front Camera Malfunc- The system has malfunctioned. Contact an authorized dealer tion Service Required as soon as possible. Keep Hands on Steering The system requests you to keep your hands on the steering Wheel wheel.

124

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Information Displays

Maintenance

Message Action LOW Engine Oil Pressure Stop your vehicle as soon as safely possible and turn off the engine. Check the oil level. If the warning stays on or continues to come on with your engine running, contact an authorized dealer as soon as possible. Change Engine Oil Soon The engine oil life remaining is 10% or less. See Engine Oil Check (page 301). Oil Change Required The oil life left is at 0%. See Engine Oil Check (page 301). Brake Fluid Level LOW The brake fluid level is low, inspected the brake system immediately. See Brake Fluid Check (page 307). Check Brake System The brake system needs servicing. Stop your vehicle in a safe place. Contact an authorized dealer. Transport / Factory Your vehicle is still in Transport or Factory mode. This may Mode not allow some features to operate properly. See an authorized dealer. See Manual The powertrain needs service due to a powertrain malfunction.

MyKey

Message Action MyKey Not Created You cannot program a MyKey. MyKey Active Drive MyKey is active. Safely Speed Limited to XX When switching on your vehicle and MyKey is in use, displays MPH/km/h that the MyKey speed limit is on. Near Vehicle Top Speed MyKey is in use and the MyKey speed limit is on and the vehicle speed is approaching 80 mph (130 km/h). Vehicle at Top Speed of You have reached the speed limit set for your MyKey. MyKey Setting Check Speed Drive You have an active MyKey with a programmed set speed limit. Safely Buckle Up to Unmute Belt-Minder turns on with a MyKey in use. Audio

125

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Information Displays

Message Action AdvanceTrac On - With a MyKey in use, AdvanceTrac turns on. MyKey Setting Traction Control On - With a MyKey in use, traction control turns on. MyKey Setting MyKey Park Aid Cannot With a MyKey in use, park aid is always on. be Deactivated Lane Keeping Alert On With a MyKey in use, lane keeping alert turns on. MyKey Setting

Off Road

Message Action Hill Descent Control- Active Hill descent control mode is active. Hill Descent Control- OFF Hill descent control mode is inactive. For Hill Descent Reduce Speed Your vehicle speed requirement for off-road mode XX MPH/km/h or Less entry has not been met. For Hill Descent Select Gear You need to select a transmission gear for hill descent mode. Hill Descent Driver Resume Hill descent control mode is deactivated and you must Control resume control. Hill Descent Control Fault A hill descent system fault is present. Hill Descent Control Off System The hill descent system is cooling due to overuse. Cooling Hill Descent Control-READY The hill descent control system is ready.

126

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Information Displays

Park Aid

Message Action Check Front Park Aid The system has detected a condition that requires service. Contact an authorized dealer. See Parking Aid (page 200). Check Rear Park Aid The system has detected a condition that requires service. Contact an authorized dealer. See Parking Aid (page 200). Front Park Aid On Off Displays the park aid status. Rear Park Aid On Off Displays the park aid status.

Park Brake

Message Action To Release: Press Brake The electric parking brake is set and a manual release is and Switch attempted without the brake pedal being pressed. Park Brake Use Switch The electric park brake is set and an automatic release is to Release attempted but cannot be performed. Perform a manual release. Release Park Brake The electric park brake is set and your vehicle speed exceeds 3mph (5km/h). Release park brake before continued driving. Park Brake Not Applied The electric park brake is not fully applied. Park Brake Not Released The electric park brake is not fully released. Park Brake Maintenance The electric park brake system has been put into a special Mode mode that is used to allow service of the rear brakes. Contact an authorized dealer. Park Brake Limited The electric park brake system has detected a condition that Function Service requires service. Some functionality may still be available. Required Contact an authorized dealer. Park Brake Malfunction The electric park brake system has detected a condition that Service Now requires service. Contact an authorized dealer.

127

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Information Displays

Power Steering

Message Action Steering Fault Service The power steering system has detected a condition that Now requires service. See an authorized dealer. Steering Loss Stop The power steering system is not working. Stop your vehicle Safely in a safe place. Contact an authorized dealer. Steering Assist Fault The power steering system has detected a condition within Service Required the power steering system or passive entry or passive start system requires service. Contact an authorized dealer.

Remote Start

Message Action To Drive: Press Brake A reminder to apply the brake and push the gearshift button and Gear Shift Button to drive your vehicle after a remote start.

Seats

Message Action Memory Recall Not A reminder that memory seats are not available while driving. Permitted While Driving Memory X Saved Shows where you have saved your memory setting.

Starting System

Message Action Press Brake to Start A reminder to apply the brake when starting your vehicle . Cranking Time Exceeded The starter has exceeded its cranking time in attempting to start your vehicle. Engine Start Pending The starter is attempting to start your vehicle. Please Wait Pending Start Cancelled The system has cancelled the pending start.

128

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Information Displays

Tire Pressure Monitoring System

Message Action LOW Tire Pressure One or more tires on your vehicle has low tire pressure. See Tire Pressure Monitoring System (page 344). Tire Pressure Monitor The tire pressure monitoring system is malfunctioning. If the Fault warning stays on or continues to come on, contact an authorized dealer. See Tire Pressure Monitoring System (page 344). Tire Pressure Sensor A tire pressure sensor is malfunctioning or your spare tire is in Fault use. See Tire Pressure Monitoring System (page 344). If the warning stays on or continues to come on, contact an authorized dealer as soon as possible.

Trailer

Message Action Trailer Brake Gain = XZ.Z Output The current gain setting for the trailer brake. = BAR 1 Trailer Brake Gain = XZ.Z No The current gain setting for the trailer brake when a Trailer trailer is not connected. Trailer Brake Module Fault Faults sensed in the Integrated Trailer Brake Control Module followed by a single chime. See Towing a Trailer (page 248). Trailer Connected A correct trailer connection is sensed during a given ignition cycle. Trailer Disconnected A trailer connection becomes disconnected, either intentionally or unintentionally, and has been sensed during a given ignition cycle. Trailer Sway Reduce Speed The trailer sway control has detected trailer sway. Trailer Wiring Fault There are certain faults in your vehicle wiring and trailer wiring/brake system. See Towing a Trailer (page 248). Trailer Left Turn Lamps Fault There is a fault with your trailer turn lamp. Check your Check Lamps. lamp.

129

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Information Displays

Message Action Trailer Right Turn Lamps Fault There is a fault with your trailer turn lamp. Check your Check Lamps lamp. Trailer Battery Not Charging See There is a fault with your trailer battery. See Towing Manual a Trailer (page 248). Trailer Lighting Module Fault There is a fault with your vehicle trailer lighting module. See Manual See Towing a Trailer (page 248).

4WD

Message Action Check 4x4 A 4X4 system fault is present. See Using Four-Wheel Drive (page 180). 4x4 Shift in Progress The 4X4 system is making a shift. For 4x4 Low Shift to N When your vehicle is at a stop and you need to shift into Neutral before you select 4X4 LOW. For 4x4 Low Slow to 3 MPH When your vehicle is moving and you need to reduce your speed to select 4X4 LOW. To Exit 4x4 LOW Shift to N You select 2WD while your vehicle is at a stop in 4X4 LOW and you need to shift into Neutral. To Exit 4x4 LOW Slow to 3 MPH You select 2WD while your vehicle is operating in 4X4 LOW and you need to reduce your speed. Shift Delayed Pull Forward May display when there is a Transfer case gear tooth blockage while shifting to or from 4L or to the neutral state. 4x4 Temporarily Disabled A 4X4 system fault is present and the system is temporarily disabled. See Using Four-Wheel Drive (page 180). 4x4 Auto Restored The 4X4 system has been restored. 4x4 Temporarily Locked A 4X4 system fault is present and the system is temporarily locked. See Using Four-Wheel Drive (page 180).

130

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Climate Control

MANUAL CLIMATE CONTROL

E176106

A Fan speed control: Controls the volume of air circulated in your vehicle. Adjust to select the desired fan speed. B Driver heated seat: Switch the driver heated seat off and on. See Heated Seats (page 146). C Power: Press the button to switch the system on and off. Switching off the climate control system prevents outside air from entering the vehicle. D Defrost: Press the button to distribute air to the windshield vents and de-mister. Air distribution to instrument panel and footwell vents turn off. You can use this setting to defog and clear the windshield of a thin covering of ice. E Recirculated air: Press the button to switch between outside air and recirculated air. With recirculated air selected, the air currently in the passenger compartment recirculates. This may reduce the time needed to cool the interior(when used with A/C) and may also reduce unwanted odors from entering your vehicle.

131

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Climate Control

Note: Recirculated air may turn off automatically (or be prevented from turning on) in all airflow modes except MAX A/C to reduce risk of fogging. Recirculated air may also turn on and off automatically in Panel or Panel and Floor airflow modes during hot or cool weather to improve vehicle temperature efficiency. F Passenger heated seat: Switch the passenger heated seat off and on. See Heated Seats (page 146). G Temperature control: Controls the temperature of the airflow in your vehicle. Adjust to select the desired temperature. H MAX Defrost: Turn the temperature control dial all the way past the full heat position to maximize defrosting. Outside air flows through the windshield vents, fan automatically adjusts to the highest speed and the temperature dial returns to the full heat position. You can use this setting to defog or clear a thin covering of ice from the windshield. The heated rear window also automatically turns on when you select MAX Defrost. Note: To prevent window fogging, you cannot select recirculated air when MAX Defrost is on. I MAX A/C: Turn the temperature control dial all the way past the full cool position to maximize cooling. Recirculated air flows through the instrument panel vents, air conditioning automatically turns on, the fan automatically adjusts to the highest speed and the temperature dial returns to the full cool position. J A/C: Press the button to switch air conditioning compressor on or off. Use air conditioning with recirculated air to improve cooling performance and efficiency. Note: In certain conditions (such as when using Max Defrost), the air conditioning compressor may continue to operate even after you switch off the air conditioning with the A/C button. K Air distribution control: Press these buttons to switch airflow from the windshield, instrument panel, or footwell vents on or off. The system can distribute air through any combination of these vents. Note: At least one of these buttons remain on while the system is on. L Rear defrost and heated mirrors: Turns the heated mirrors off and on as well as the heated rear window, if your vehicle has that feature. See Heated Windows and Mirrors (page 137).

132

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Climate Control

AUTOMATIC CLIMATE CONTROL

E176139

A AUTO: Press the button to switch on automatic operation. Select the desired temperature using the temperature control. The system adjusts fan speed, air distribution, air conditioning operation, and selects outside air or recirculated air to heat or cool the vehicle in order to maintain the desired temperature. You can also use the AUTO button to switch off dual zone operation by pressing and holding the button for more than two seconds. B MAX Defrost: Press the button to maximize defrosting. Outside air flows through the windshield vents, and the fan automatically adjusts to the highest speed. You can use this setting to defog or clear a thin covering of ice from the windshield. The heated rear window also automatically turns on when you select MAX Defrost. Note: To prevent window fogging, you cannot select recirculated air when MAX Defrost is on. C Power: Press the button to switch the system on and off. Switching off the climate control system prevents outside air from entering the vehicle.

133

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Climate Control

D Defrost: Press the button to distribute air to the windshield vents and de-mister. Air distribution to instrument panel and footwell vents turn off. You can use this setting to defog and clear the windshield of a thin covering of ice. E Recirculated air: Press the button to switch between outside air and recirculated air. When you select recirculated air, the air currently in the passenger compartment recirculates. This may reduce the time needed to cool the interior (when used with A/C) and may reduce unwanted odors from entering your vehicle. Note: Recirculated air may turn off automatically (or be prevented from turning on) in all airflow modes except MAX A/C to reduce risk of fogging. Recirculated air may also turn on and off automatically in Panel or Panel and Floor airflow modes during hot or cool weather to improve vehicle temperature efficiency. F MAX A/C: Press the button to maximize cooling. Recirculated air flows through the instrument panel vents, air conditioning automatically turns on and the fan automatically adjusts to the highest speed. G DUAL: Press to switch separate passenger side temperature controls off and on. When you switch off DUAL, the passenger side temperature changes to match the driver side temperature. Turn to increase or decrease the air temperature on the passenger side of the vehicle. H A/C: Press the button to switch air conditioning compressor on or off. Use air conditioning with recirculated air to improve cooling performance and efficiency. Note: In certain conditions (such as when using Max Defrost), the air conditioning compressor may continue to operate even after you switch off the air conditioning with the A/C button. I Air distribution control: Press these buttons to switch airflow from the windshield, instrument panel, or footwell vents on or off. The system can distribute air through any combination of these vents. J Passenger heated seat: Switch the passenger heated seat off and on. See Heated Seats (page 146). K Passenger ventilated seat: Switch the passenger ventilated seat off and on. See Climate Controlled Seats (page 147). L Fan speed control: Press + or - to increase or decrease the volume of air circulated in the vehicle. M Driver heated seat: Switch the driver heated seat off and on. See Heated Seats (page 146). N Driver ventilated seat: Switch the driver ventilated seat off and on. See Climate Controlled Seats (page 147). O Rear defrost and heated mirrors: Switches the heated mirrors off and on as well as the heated rear window, if your vehicle has that feature. See Heated Windows and Mirrors (page 137).

134

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Climate Control

HINTS ON CONTROLLING THE Manual Climate Control INTERIOR CLIMATE Note: To reduce fogging of the windshield during humid weather, adjust the air General Hints distribution control to the windshield air vents position. Note: Prolonged use of recirculated air may cause the windows to fog up. Automatic Climate Control Note: You may feel a small amount of air Note: Adjusting the settings when your from the footwell air vents regardless of the vehicle interior is extremely hot or cold is air distribution setting. not necessary. The system automatically Note: To reduce humidity build-up inside adjusts to heat or cool the cabin to your your vehicle, do not drive with the system selected temperature as quickly as possible. switched off or with recirculated air always For the system to function efficiently, the switched on. instrument panel and side air vents should be fully open. Note: Do not place objects under the front seats as this may interfere with the airflow Note: If you select AUTO during cold to the rear seats. outside temperatures, the system directs airflow to the windshield and side window Note: Remove any snow, ice or leaves from vents. In addition, the fan may run at a the air intake area at the base of the slower speed until the engine warms up. windshield. Note: If you select AUTO during hot outside Note: To improve the time to reach comfort temperatures, or when the inside of the in hot weather, drive with the windows fully vehicle is hot, the system automatically uses open until you feel cold air through the air recirculated air to maximize interior cooling. vents. When the interior reaches the selected temperature, the system automatically switches to using outside air. Heating the Interior Quickly

Vehicle with manual climate control Vehicle with automatic climate control 1 Adjust the fan speed to a high speed Press the AUTO button. setting. 2 Adjust the temperature control to the Adjust the temperature control to the highest setting. desired setting. 3 Select the footwell air vents using the air distribution buttons.

135

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Climate Control

Recommended Settings for Heating

Vehicle with manual climate control Vehicle with automatic climate control 1 Adjust the fan speed to the center Press the AUTO button. setting. 2 Adjust the temperature control to the Adjust the temperature control to the midway point of the hot settings. desired setting. Use 72°F (22°C) as a starting point, then adjust the setting as necessary. 3 Select the footwell air vents using the air distribution buttons.

Cooling the Interior Quickly

Vehicle with manual climate control Vehicle with automatic climate control 1 Adjust the temperature control to the Press the MAX A/C button. MAX A/C position. 2 Drive with the windows fully open until you feel cold air through the air vents.

Recommended Settings for Cooling

Vehicle with manual climate control Vehicle with automatic climate control 1 Adjust the fan speed to the center Press the AUTO button. setting. 2 Adjust the temperature control to the Adjust the temperature control to the midway point of the cold settings. desired setting. Use 72°F (22°C) as a starting point, then adjust the setting as necessary. 3 Select the instrument panel air vents using the air distribution buttons.

136

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Climate Control

Side Window Defogging in Cold Weather

Vehicle with manual climate control Vehicle with automatic climate control 1 Select the windshield air vents using the Press the defrost button. air distribution buttons. 2 Press the A/C button. Adjust the temperature control to the desired setting. Use 72°F (22°C) as a starting point, then adjust the setting as necessary. 3 Adjust the temperature control to the desired setting. 4 Adjust the fan speed to the highest setting.

Note: Do not clean the mirror housing or glass with harsh abrasives, fuel or other HEATED WINDOWS AND petroleum-based cleaning products. MIRRORS (If Equipped) CABIN AIR FILTER Heated Rear Window Note: Make sure the engine is running Your vehicle is equipped with a cabin air before operating the heated windows. filter, which gives you and your passengers the following benefits: Press the button to clear the heated rear window of thin ice • It improves your driving comfort by E184884 and fog. The heated rear window reducing particle concentration. will automatically turn off after a short • It improves the interior compartment period of time. Start the engine before you cleanliness. switch the heated rear window on. • It protects the climate control Note: Do not use razor blades or other components from particle deposits. sharp objects to clean or remove decals You can locate the cabin air filter behind from the inside of the heated rear window. the glove box. The vehicle warranty does not cover damage caused to the heated rear window Note: Make sure you have a cabin air filter grid lines. installed at all times. This prevents foreign objects from entering the system. Running Heated Exterior Mirror the system without a filter in place could result in degradation or damage to the When you switch the heated rear window system. on, the heated exterior mirrors will automatically turn on. Replace the filter at regular intervals. See Scheduled Maintenance (page 498). Note: Do not remove ice from the mirrors with a scraper or adjust the mirror glass when it is frozen in place.

137

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Climate Control

For additional cabin air filter information, or to replace the filter, see an authorized dealer.

REMOTE START (If Equipped)

The remote start feature allows you to pre-condition the interior of your vehicle. The climate control system works to achieve comfort according to your previous settings. Note: You cannot adjust the system during remote start operation. Turn the ignition on to return the system to its previous settings. You can now make adjustments normally, but you need to turn certain vehicle-dependent features back on, such as: • Heated seats. • Cooled seats. • Heated steering wheel. • Heated mirrors. • Heated rear window. You can adjust the default remote start settings using the information display controls. See Information Displays (page 103). Automatic Settings In hot weather, the system is set to 72°F (22°C). The cooled seats are set to high (if available, and selected to AUTO in the information display). In moderate weather, the system either heats or cools (based on previous settings). The rear defroster, heated mirrors and heated seats do not automatically turn on. In cold weather, the system is set to 72°F (22°C). The heated seats are set to high (if available, and selected to AUTO in the information display). The rear defroster and heated mirrors automatically turn on.

138

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Seats

SITTING IN THE CORRECT We recommend that you follow these POSITION guidelines: • Sit in an upright position with the base of your spine as far back as possible. WARNINGS Sitting improperly, out of position or • Do not recline the seatback more than with the seatback reclined too far 30 degrees. can take weight off the seat cushion • Adjust the head restraint so that the and affect the decision of the passenger top of it is level with the top of your sensing system, resulting in serious injury head and as far forward as possible. or death in the event of a crash. Always sit Make sure that you remain upright against your seat back, with your comfortable. feet on the floor. • Keep sufficient distance between Do not recline the seatback as this yourself and the steering wheel. We can cause the occupant to slide recommend a minimum of 10 in under the safety belt, resulting in (25 cm) between your breastbone and serious injury in the event of a crash. the airbag cover. Do not place objects higher than the • Hold the steering wheel with your arms seatback to reduce the risk of serious slightly bent. injury in the event of a crash or during • Bend your legs slightly so that you can heavy braking. press the pedals fully. • Position the shoulder strap of the safety belt over the center of your shoulder and position the lap strap tightly across your hips. Make sure that your driving position is comfortable and that you can maintain full control of your vehicle.

HEAD RESTRAINTS

WARNINGS Fully adjust the head restraint before you sit in or operate your vehicle. This will help minimize the risk of neck E68595 injury in the event of a crash. Do not adjust When you use them properly, the seat, the head restraint when your vehicle is head restraint, safety belt and airbags will moving. provide optimum protection in the event The head restraint is a safety device. of a crash. Whenever possible it should be installed and properly adjusted when the seat is occupied. An improperly adjusted head restraint may not adequately protect an occupant during an impact from the rear.

139

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Seats

WARNINGS Rear Seat Center Head Restraint Install the head restraint properly to help minimize the risk of neck injury A B in the event of a crash.

Note: Adjust the seatback to an upright driving position before adjusting the head restraint. Adjust the head restraint so that D C the top of it is level with the top of your head and as far forward as possible. Make sure that you remain comfortable. If you are extremely tall, adjust the head restraint to its highest position. E166701 Front Seat Head Restraint The head restraints consist of: A An energy absorbing head restraint. B Two steel stems. C Guide sleeve adjust and release button. D Guide sleeve unlock and remove button. E Fold button (rear seat outboard only). E138642 Adjusting the Head Restraint Rear Seat Outboard Head Restraints A Raising the Head Restraint Pull the head restraint up. Lowering the Head Restraint B E 1. Press and hold button C. 2. Push the head restraint down. C Removing the Head Restraint 1. Pull up the head restraint until it D reaches the highest adjustment E166700 position. 2. Press and hold buttons C and D. 3. Pull up the head restraint.

140

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Seats

Note: For rear seat outboard seats, you can 2. Pivot the head restraint forward toward fold the head restraint forward for easier your head to the desired position. removal. After the head restraint reaches the Installing the Head Restraint forward-most tilt position, pivot it forward again to release it to the rearward, untilted Align the steel stems into the guide sleeves position. and push the head restraint down until it Note: Do not attempt to force the head locks. restraint backward after it is tilted. Instead, Folding the Head Restraint continue tilting it forward until the head restraint releases to the upright position. Note: The rear seat outboard head restraints may fold forward for improved visibility. MANUAL SEATS 1. Press and hold button E. WARNING 2. Pull it back up to reset. Do not adjust the driver's seat or Front Seat Center Head Restraint seatback when your vehicle is moving. Your vehicle may be equipped with a front row center head restraint that you cannot Moving the Seat Backward and adjust or remove. Forward Tilting Head Restraints (If Equipped) The front head restraints tilt for extra comfort. To tilt the head restraint, do the following:

E175314

E144727 1. Adjust the seatback to an upright driving or riding position.

141

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Seats

Recline Adjustment The lumbar support control is located on the outboard side of the seat. Turn the control to adjust your support.

POWER SEATS (If Equipped)

WARNINGS Do not adjust the driver seat or seatback when your vehicle is moving. Adjusting your seatback while the vehicle is in motion may cause loss of control of the vehicle. E175315 Do not place cargo or any objects behind the seatback before returning Manual Lumbar (If Equipped) it to the original position.

E166702

142

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Seats

E176038 Note: The engine must be running or the Power Lumbar (If Equipped) vehicle must be in accessory mode to activate the seats. Note: Allow a few seconds for any selection to activate. The seatback and cushion massage cannot function at the same time.

E176039

Multi-Contour Front Seats With Active Motion (If Equipped) Note: The massage system will turn off E156301 after 20 minutes.

143

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Seats

Massage mode Lumbar and bolster mode A Back massage intensity Upper lumbar adjustment B Massage intensity decrease Lumbar decrease and off1

C Cushion massage intensity Lower lumbar2 adjustment D Massage intensity increase Lumbar increase E On and off -

1The massage feature will default to an alternating massage mode with back MEMORY FUNCTION (If Equipped) massage intensity adjustment. The lumbar and bolster feature will default to the WARNINGS middle lumbar mode. Before activating the seat memory, 2Press C a second time to adjust the back make sure that the area immediately bolster. Press C a third time to adjust the surrounding the seat is clear of cushion bolster. obstructions and that all occupants are clear of moving parts. You can also adjust this feature through the touchscreen. When switched on, the Do not use the memory function system displays directions for you to adjust when your vehicle is moving. the lumbar settings in your seat or to set the massage function. To access and make This function automatically recalls the adjustments to the lumbar setting: position of these features: 1. Press the Menu Settings icon > Vehicle • Driver seat. > Multi-contour Seat. • Power mirrors. 2. Choose the desired seat to adjust. • Adjustable pedals. 3. Press the + or - to adjust the lumbar • Steering column. intensity. The memory control is located on the door To access and make adjustments to the panel. massage setting: 1. Press the Menu Settings icon > Vehicle >Multi-contour Seat. 2. Choose the desired seat to adjust. 3. Press Off, Lo or Hi.

144

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Seats

Easy Entry and Exit Feature (If Equipped)

If you enable the easy entry and exit feature, it automatically moves the driver seat rearward 2 inches (5 centimeters) when you switch the ignition off. If the seat is located less than 2 inches (5 centimeters) from the rear of the seat track, the seat travels less than 2 inches (5 centimeters) rearward. E142554 The driver seat returns to the previous Saving a PreSet Position position when you switch the ignition on. 1. Switch the ignition on. You can enable or disable this feature in the information display. See Information 2. Move the memory features to your Displays (page 103). desired positions. 3. Press and hold button 1 for about two REAR SEATS seconds until you hear a single tone. To program position 2, repeat the previous Folding Up the Rear Seat Cushion procedure using button 2. The rear seat has a split 60/40 cushion. Note: You can save a memory preset at any You can flip each seat cushion up into a time. vertical storage position. Recalling a PreSet Position: Press and release the preset memory button desired. The memory features move to the position stored for that preset. You can recall a programmed memory position: • When the ignition is off. • Only if the transmission is in park (P) or neutral (N) if the ignition is on. You can program a remote entry transmitter to recall a memory setting. E181250 See Keys and Remote Controls (page 51). Rotate the seat cushion up until it locks into the vertical storage position. You can also program a personal keyless entry code to recall a memory setting. See Locks (page 62).

145

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Seats

Returning the Seat to the Seating HEATED SEATS (If Equipped) Position

WARNING WARNING Make sure that cargo or any objects People who are unable to feel pain are not trapped underneath the seat to their skin because of advanced cushion before returning the seat age, chronic illness, diabetes, spinal cushion to its original position, and that the cord injury, medication, alcohol use, seat cushion locks into place. Failure to do exhaustion or other physical conditions, so may prevent the seat from operating must exercise care when using the heated properly in the event of a crash, which seat. The heated seat may cause burns could increase the risk of serious injury. even at low temperatures, especially if used for long periods of time. Do not place anything on the seat that insulates against heat, such as a blanket or cushion. This may cause the heated seat to overheat. Do not puncture the seat with pins, needles or other pointed objects. This may damage the heating element which may cause the heated seat to overheat. An overheated seat may cause serious personal injury.

Do not do the following: • Place heavy objects on the seat.

E166704 • Operate the heated seat if water or any other liquid spills on the seat. Allow the Pull the control on the bottom of the seat seat to dry thoroughly. cushion to release the seat cushion from • Operate the heated seats unless the the storage position. engine is running. Doing so can cause the battery to lose charge.

E146322 Press the heated seat symbol to cycle through the various heat settings and off. More indicator lights indicate warmer settings.

146

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Seats

Rear Heated Seats (If Equipped) Press the heated seat symbol to cycle through the various heat settings and off. WARNING More indicator lights indicate warmer settings. People who are unable to feel pain to the skin because of advanced age, The heated seat module resets at every chronic illness, diabetes, spinal cord ignition run cycle. While the ignition is in injury, medication, alcohol use, exhaustion, the on position, press the heated seat or other physical conditions, must exercise switch to enable heating mode. When care when using the seat heater. The seat activated, they turn off automatically when heater may cause burns even at low you switch off the engine. temperatures, especially if used for long periods of time. Do not place anything on the seat that insulates against heat, such CLIMATE CONTROLLED SEATS as a blanket or cushion, because this may (If Equipped) cause the seat heater to overheat. Do not puncture the seat with pins, needles, or Heated Seats other pointed objects because this may damage the heating element which may WARNING cause the seat heater to overheat. An Persons who are unable to feel pain overheated seat may cause serious to the skin because of advanced age, personal injury. chronic illness, diabetes, spinal cord injury, medication, alcohol use, exhaustion, Do not do the following: or other physical conditions, must exercise • Place heavy objects on the seat. care when using the seat heater. The seat heater may cause burns even at low • Operate the heated seat if water or any temperatures, especially if used for long other liquid spills on the seat. Allow the periods of time. Do not place anything on seat to dry thoroughly. the seat that insulates against heat, such • Operate the heated seats unless the as a blanket or cushion, because this may engine is running. Doing so can cause cause the seat heater to overheat. Do not the battery to lose charge. puncture the seat with pins, needles, or other pointed objects because this may The rear seat heat controls are located on damage the heating element which may the rear of the center console. cause the seat heater to overheat. An overheated seat may cause serious personal injury.

Note: Do not do the following: • Place heavy objects on the seat. • Operate the seat heater if water or any other liquid spills on the seat. Allow the E146322 seat to dry thoroughly. • Operate the heated seats unless the engine is running. Doing so can cause the battery to lose charge.

147

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Seats

FRONT SEAT ARMREST (If

Equipped)

E146322 Touch the heated seat symbol to cycle through the various heat settings and off. More indicator lights indicate warmer settings. Cooled Seats E175382 The cooled seats only function when the engine is running. Press the release control to move the front seat armrest up or down.

E146309 To operate the cooled seats: Touch the cooled seat symbol to cycle through the various cooling settings and E184821 off. More indicator lights indicate cooler settings. Lift the latch to open the lid and gain access to the optional storage If the engine falls below 350 RPM while compartment under the center seat the cooled seats are on, the feature turns cushion. itself off. You need to reactivate it. The cupholder is located inside the front Climate controlled seat air filter seat armrest. You can also flip the replacement cupholder so that it faces forward. See Center Console (page 156). Your vehicle is equipped with lifetime air filters that are integrated with the seats. Regular maintenance or replacement is not needed.

148

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Seats

REAR SEAT ARMREST (If Equipped)

E181222 Pull the strap located on the center seatback to access the armrest and cupholders. The cupholders are located inside the rear seat armrest. To open the cupholders: 1. Push in gently on the center of the plastic panel on the front edge of the armrest. The cupholders will partially open. 2. Pull the cupholder fully open before using.

149

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Universal Garage Door Opener (If Equipped)

HomeLink Wireless Control System

WARNINGS Make sure that the garage door and security device are free from obstruction when you are programming. Do not program the system with the vehicle in the garage. Do not use the system with any garage door opener that does not have the safety stop and reverse E188211 feature as required by U.S. Federal Safety Standards (this includes any garage door The universal garage door opener replaces opener manufactured before April 1, 1982). the common hand-held garage door A garage door opener which cannot detect opener with a three-button transmitter an object, signaling the door to stop and integrated into the driver’s sun visor. reverse, does not meet current federal The system includes two primary features, safety standards. Using a garage door a garage door opener and a platform for opener without these features increases remote activation of devices within the the risk of serious injury or death. home. You can program garage doors as well as entry gate operators, security Note: Make sure you keep the original systems, entry door locks and home or remote control transmitter for use in other office lighting. vehicles as well as for future system Additional system information can be programming. found online at www.homelink.com, Note: We recommend that upon the sale www.youtube.com/user/HomeLinkGentex or lease termination of your vehicle, you or by calling the toll-free help line at erase the programmed function buttons for 1-800-355-3515. security reasons. See Erasing the Function Button Codes later in this section. In-Vehicle Programming Note: You can program a maximum of This process is to program your in-vehicle three devices. To change or replace any of HomeLink function button with your the three devices after it has been initially hand-held transmitter. programmed, you must first erase the Note: The programming steps below current settings. See Erasing the Function assume you will be programming HomeLink Button Codes. that was not previously programmed. If your HomeLink was previously programmed, you may need to erase your HomeLink buttons. See Erasing the Function Button Codes. Note: Put a new battery in the hand-held transmitter. This helps ensure quicker training and accurate transmission of the radio-frequency signal.

150

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Universal Garage Door Opener (If Equipped)

If the indicator light flashes rapidly, press and hold for two seconds and release the programmed HomeLink button. Repeat the "press/hold/release" sequence up to three times to complete the programming process. If your device still does not operate, you must program your garage door. See Programming Your Garage Door Opener Motor. To program additional buttons, repeat Steps 1 – 4. E188212 For questions or comments, please contact 1. With your vehicle parked outside of the HomeLink at www.homelink.com, garage, switch your ignition to the on www.youtube.com/user/HomeLinkGentex position, but do not start your vehicle. or by calling the toll-free help line at 1-800-355-3515. 2. Press and release the function button that you would like to program. Programming Your Garage Door 3. Hold your hand-held garage door Opener Motor transmitter 1–3 in (2–8 cm) away from Note: You may need a ladder to reach the the HomeLink button you want to unit and you may need to remove the cover program. or lamp lens on your garage door opener. 4. Press and hold the hand-held transmitter button you want to program while watching the indicator light on HomeLink. Continue to hold the hand-held button until the HomeLink indicator light flashes rapidly or is continuously on. Note: You may need to use a different method if you live in Canada or have E142659 difficulties programming your gate operator or garage door opener. See Gate Operator 1. Press the learn button on the garage / Canadian Programming. door opener motor and then you have 30 seconds to complete the next two 5. Press and hold the HomeLink button steps. you programmed for two seconds, then release. You may need to do this twice 2. Return to your vehicle. to activate the door. If your garage door does not operate, watch the HomeLink indicator light. If the indicator light stays on, the programming is complete. Your device should activate when the HomeLink button is pressed and released.

151

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Universal Garage Door Opener (If Equipped)

E188212 E188213 3. Press and hold the function button you 1. Press and hold the outer two function want to program for 2 seconds, then buttons simultaneously for release. Repeat this step. Depending approximately 10 seconds until the on your brand of garage door opener, indicator light above the buttons you may need to repeat this sequence flashes rapidly. a third time. 2. When the indicator light flashes, release the buttons. You erased the Gate Operator / Canadian codes for all buttons. Programming Canadian radio-frequency laws require Reprogramming a Single Button transmitter signals to “time-out” (or quit) To program a device to a previously trained after several seconds of transmission – button, follow these steps: which may not be long enough for HomeLink to pick up the signal during 1. Press and hold the desired button. Do programming. Similar to this Canadian law, NOT release the button. some U.S. gate operators are designed to 2. The indicator light begins to flash after “time-out” in the same manner. 20 seconds. Without releasing the Note: If programming a garage door opener button, follow Step 1 in the or gate operator, it is advised to unplug the Programming section. device during the “cycling” process to For questions or comments, contact prevent possible overheating. HomeLink at www.homelink.com, 1. Press and release, every two seconds, www.youtube.com/user/HomeLinkGentex your hand-held transmitter until the or by calling the toll-free help line at HomeLink indicator light changes to a 1-800-355-3515. rapidly blinking or continuously on light. 2. Release the hand-held transmitter button. 3. Continue programing HomeLink. See In-Vehicle Programming, Step 4. Erasing the Function Button Codes Note: You cannot erase individual buttons.

152

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Universal Garage Door Opener (If Equipped)

FCC and RSS-210 Industry Canada Compliance This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules and with RSS-210 of Industry Canada. Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) this device may not cause harmful interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation. Note: Changes or modifications to your device not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance can void the user’s authority to operate the equipment. This equipment complies with FCC radiation exposure limits set forth for an uncontrolled environment. End Users must follow the specific operating instructions for satisfying RF exposure compliance. This transmitter must be at least 8 in (20 cm) from the user and must not be co-located or operating in conjunction with any other antenna or transmitter. The term “IC:” before the certification/registration number only signifies that Industry Canada technical specifications were met.

153

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Auxiliary Power Points

12 Volt DC Power Point Locations

WARNING Power points may be in the following locations: Do not plug optional electrical accessories into the cigar lighter • On the instrument panel. socket (if equipped). Improper use • In the front of the center console. of the lighter can cause damage not • In the 20% seat bin. covered by your warranty, and can result in fire or serious injury. • In the center console storage bin. • On the rear of the center console. Note: If used when the engine is not 110 Volt - 400 Watt Capacity AC running, the battery can discharge. There Power Outlet may be insufficient power to restart your engine. WARNING Note: Do not insert objects other than an Do not keep electrical devices accessory plug into the power point. This plugged in the power outlet when damages the outlet and blows the fuse. the devices are not in use. Do not use Note: Do not hang any type of accessory or any extension cord with the 110 volt AC accessory bracket from the plug. power outlet, since it will defeat the safety protection design. Do not use a single Note: Do not use the power point over the power outlet to power multiple devices. It vehicle capacity of 12 volt DC 180 watts or may cause the power outlet to exceed the a fuse may blow. 400 watt load limit and overload, resulting Note: Do not use the power point for in fire or serious injury. operating a cigar lighter element. Note: Improper use of the power point can cause damage not covered by your warranty. Note: Always keep the power point caps closed when not in use. Run the engine for full capacity use of the power point. To prevent the battery from being discharged: • Do not use the power point longer than necessary when the engine is not

running. E191617 • Do not leave devices plugged in overnight or when the vehicle is parked for extended periods.

154

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Auxiliary Power Points

When the indicator light, located on the • Measuring devices which process power outlet, is: precise data, for example medical • On and the light is solid — the power equipment or measuring equipment. outlet is available or the plugged in • Other appliances requiring an device is within the power range and extremely stable power supply, for does not exceed the outlet's power example microcomputer-controlled limits. electric blankets or touch sensor • Three flashes and off — the power lamps. outlet is overloading. Note: This feature works only when the • Off — the power outlet power supply vehicle is running. is off; ignition is not on. Note: This feature has a maximum output • Constant flashing — the power outlet of 400 watts when the vehicle is in park (P). is in fault mode, and requires you to Note: While in drive (D), the maximum restart your vehicle. outlet output is 300 watts. The power outlet temporarily turns off Note: When powering electric devices that power when in fault mode if the device require more than 10 watts in vehicles exceeds the 400 watt limit. Unplug your equipped with keyless start, the vehicle device and switch the ignition off. Switch must remain running. It does not allow you the ignition back on, but do not plug your to switch the ignition off or switch the device back in. Let the system cool off and ignition to accessory mode. switch the ignition off to reset the fault mode. Switch the ignition back on and make sure the indicator light remains on. You can use the 400 watt power outlet for these types of electric devices: • Electric hand drills. • Rechargeable power tools. • Video games. • Laptops. • Television screens. You should not use the 400 watt power outlet for these types of electric devices: • Cathode ray tube type televisions. • Motor loads, for example vacuum cleaners, electric saws and other electric power tools, or compressor-driven refrigerators.

155

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Storage Compartments

CENTER CONSOLE (If Equipped)

Stow items in the cup holder carefully as items may become loose during hard braking, acceleration or crashes, including hot drinks which may spill. In vehicles with a 40-20-40 split-bench seat, the cup holders are inside of the folding console.

E176222 A. Front cup holders. B. Rear cup holders.

E176223

Available console features include: A. 12 volt DC power point. B. One of the following: • USB ports and SD card slot. • Audio input jack and USB port. E185121 • Audio input jack. To use the cup holders: C. 12-volt power point and intelligent 1. Lift the console lid up to open. access transmitter backup slot. 2. Lift the cup holders up and rotate them D. Locking storage compartment with outward. hanging file folder supports and room 3. Close the console. for a laptop computer. Vehicles with a console-mounted shifter feature cup holders molded into the console.

156

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Storage Compartments

E. 110 volt AC power point. F. 12 volt DC power point.

OVERHEAD CONSOLE (If Equipped)

E75193 Press near the rear edge of the door to open it.

157

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Starting and Stopping the Engine

GENERAL INFORMATION IGNITION SWITCH

WARNINGS Extended idling at high engine speeds can produce very high C temperatures in the engine and B exhaust system, creating the risk of fire or other damage. D Do not park, idle or drive your vehicle on dry grass or other dry ground A cover. The emission system heats up the engine compartment and exhaust system, creating the risk of fire. E163165 Do not start the engine in a closed garage or in other enclosed areas. A (off) - The ignition is off. Exhaust fumes can be toxic. Always Note: When you switch the ignition off and open the garage door before you start the leave your vehicle, do not leave your key in engine. the ignition. This could cause your vehicle If you smell exhaust fumes inside battery to lose charge. your vehicle, have your vehicle B (accessory) - Allows the electrical checked by an authorized dealer accessories, such as the radio, to operate immediately. Do not drive your vehicle if while the engine is not running. you smell exhaust fumes. Note: Do not leave the ignition key in this position for too long. This could cause your If you disconnect the battery, your vehicle vehicle battery to lose charge. may exhibit some unusual driving characteristics for approximately 5 miles C (on) - All electrical circuits are (8 kilometers) after you reconnect it. This operational and the warning lamps and is because the engine management system indicators illuminate. must realign itself with the engine. You can D (start) - Cranks the engine. disregard any unusual driving characteristics during this period. The powertrain control system meets all KEYLESS STARTING Canadian interference-causing equipment standard requirements regulating the Note: The keyless starting system may not impulse electrical field or radio noise. function if the key is close to metal objects or electronic devices such as cellular When you start the engine, avoid pressing phones. the accelerator pedal before and during operation. Only use the accelerator pedal Note: A valid key must be located inside when you have difficulty starting the your vehicle to switch the ignition on and engine. start the engine.

158

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Starting and Stopping the Engine

Ignition Modes Note: You can crank the engine for a total of 60 seconds (without the engine starting) before the starting system temporarily disables. The 60 seconds does not have to be all at once. For example, if you crank the engine three times for 20 seconds each time, without the engine starting, you reached the 60-second time limit. A message appears in the information display alerting you that you exceeded the cranking time. You cannot attempt to start the engine for at least 15 minutes. After 15 minutes, you are limited to a 15-second engine cranking time. You need to wait 60 minutes before E144447 you can crank the engine for 60 seconds The keyless starting system has three again. modes: Before starting the engine, check the Off: Turns the ignition off. following: • Without applying the brake pedal, • Make sure all occupants have fastened press and release the button once their safety belts. when the ignition is in the on mode, or • Make sure the headlamps and when the engine is running but the electrical accessories are off. vehicle is not moving. • Make sure the parking brake is on. On: All electrical circuits are operational • Move the transmission selector lever and the warning lamps and indicators to position P. illuminate. • Turn the ignition key to on. If your • Without applying the brake pedal, vehicle is equipped with a keyless press and release the button once. ignition, see the following instructions. Start: Starts the vehicle. The engine may not start when the vehicle starts. Vehicles with an Ignition Key • Press the brake pedal, and then press Note: Do not touch the accelerator pedal. the button for any length of time. An 1. Fully press the brake pedal. If your indicator light on the button illuminates vehicle is equipped with a manual when then ignition is on and when the transmission, fully press the clutch engine starts. pedal also. 2. Turn the key to start to start the engine. STARTING A GASOLINE Release the key when the engine starts. ENGINE Note: The engine may continue cranking for up to 15 seconds or until it starts. When you start the engine, the idle speed Note: If you cannot start the engine on the increases. This helps to warm up the first try, wait for a short period and try again. engine. If the engine idle speed does not slow down automatically, have your vehicle checked by an authorized dealer.

159

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Starting and Stopping the Engine

Vehicles with Keyless Start 2. If your vehicle is equipped with Type Two, make sure the buttons are facing Note: Do not touch the accelerator pedal. the rear of the vehicle and the key ring Note: You must have your intelligent access up. Place the key into the backup slot. key in the vehicle in order to shift the 3. With the key in this position, press the transmission out of position P. brake pedal, and then the button to 1. Fully press the brake pedal. switch on the engine. 2. Press the button. Fast Restart The system does not function if: The fast restart feature allows you to • The key frequencies are jammed. restart the engine within 20 seconds of • The key battery has no charge. switching it off, even if a valid key is not present. If you are unable to start the engine, locate the backup slot (A) in one of two positions: Within 20 seconds of switching the engine off, press the brake pedal and press the Type One button. After 20 seconds have expired, you can no longer restart the engine without the key present inside your vehicle. Once the engine has started, it remains running until you press the button, even if the system does not detect a valid key. If you open and close a door while the engine is running, the system searches for a valid key. You cannot restart the engine if the system does not detect a valid key within 20 seconds.

E187576 Failure to Start Type Two If you cannot start the engine after three attempts, wait 10 seconds and follow this procedure: 1. Fully press the brake pedal. 2. Move the transmission selector lever to position P. 3. Fully press the accelerator pedal and hold it there. 4. Start the engine.

E187577 1. If your vehicle is equipped with Type One, make sure to place the key properly into the backup slot.

160

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Starting and Stopping the Engine

Automatic Engine Shutdown Stopping the Engine When Your Vehicle is Stationary If your vehicle is equipped with a keyless ignition, it has a feature that automatically Vehicles with an Ignition Key shuts down the engine if it has been idling for an extended period. The ignition also 1. Move the transmission selector lever turns off in order to save battery power. to position P. Before the engine shuts down, a message 2. Turn the key to off. appears in the information display showing 3. Apply the parking brake. a timer counting down from 30 seconds. If you do not intervene within 30 seconds, Vehicles with Keyless Start the engine shuts down. Another message appears in the information display to 1. Move the transmission selector lever inform you that the engine has shut down to position P. in order to save fuel. Start your vehicle as 2. Press the button once. you normally do. 3. Apply the parking brake. Automatic Engine Shutdown Override Note: This switches off the ignition, all Note: You cannot permanently switch off electrical circuits, warning lamps and the automatic engine shutdown feature. indicators. When you switch it off temporarily, it turns Note: If the engine is idling for 30 minutes, on at the next ignition cycle. the ignition and engine automatically shut You can stop the engine shutdown, or reset down. the timer, at any point before the Stopping the Engine When Your 30-second countdown has expired by Vehicle is Moving doing any of the following: • You can reset the timer by interacting WARNING with your vehicle (such as pressing the Switching off the engine when the brake pedal or accelerator pedal). vehicle is still moving will result in a • You can temporarily switch off the loss of brake and steering assistance. shutdown feature any time the ignition The steering will not lock, but higher effort is on (for the current ignition cycle will be required. When the ignition is only). Use the information display to switched off, some electrical circuits, do so. See Information Displays including air bags, warning lamps and (page 103). indicators may also be off. If the ignition • During the countdown before engine was turned off accidentally, you can shift shutdown, you are prompted to press into neutral (N) and re-start the engine. OK or RESET (depending on your type of information display) to temporarily Vehicles with an Ignition Key switch the feature off (for the current ignition cycle only). 1. Move the transmission selector lever to position N and use the brakes to bring your vehicle to a safe stop. 2. When your vehicle has stopped, move the transmission selector lever to position P and turn the key to off.

161

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Starting and Stopping the Engine

3. Apply the parking brake. WARNINGS Vehicles with Keyless Start Do not use your heater with ungrounded electrical systems or 1. Move the transmission selector lever two-pronged adapters. There is a risk to position N and use the brakes to of electrical shock. bring your vehicle to a safe stop. Do not fully close the hood, or allow 2. When your vehicle has stopped, move it to drop under its own weight when the transmission selector lever to using the engine block heater. This position P. could damage the power cable and may 3. Press and hold the button for one cause an electrical short resulting in fire, second, or press it three times within injury and property damage. two seconds. 4. Apply the parking brake. Note: The heater is most effective when outdoor temperatures are below 0°F Guarding Against Exhaust Fumes (-18°C). The heater acts as a starting aid by WARNING warming the engine coolant. This allows If you smell exhaust fumes inside the climate control system to respond your vehicle, have your vehicle quickly. The equipment includes a heater checked by your authorized dealer element (installed in the engine block) and immediately. Do not drive your vehicle if a wire harness. You can connect the you smell exhaust fumes. Carbon system to a grounded 120-volt AC monoxide is present in exhaust fumes. electrical source. Take precautions to avoid its dangerous We recommend that you do the following effects. for a safe and correct operation: • Use a 16-gauge outdoor extension cord Important Ventilating Information that is product certified by If you stop your vehicle and leave the Underwriter’s Laboratory (UL) or engine idling for long periods, we Canadian Standards Association recommend that you do one of the (CSA). This extension cord must be following: suitable for use outdoors, in cold temperatures, and be clearly marked • Open the windows at least 1 in Suitable for Use with Outdoor (2.5 cm). Appliances. Do not use an indoor • Set your climate control to outside air. extension cord outdoors. This could result in an electric shock or become a fire hazard. ENGINE BLOCK HEATER (If • Use as short an extension cord as Equipped) possible. • Do not use multiple extension cords. WARNINGS • Make sure that when in operation, the Failure to follow engine block heater extension cord plug and heater cord instructions could result in property plug connections are free and clear of damage or serious personal injury. water. This could cause an electric shock or fire.

162

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Starting and Stopping the Engine

• Make sure your vehicle is parked in a clean area, clear of combustibles. • Make sure the heater, heater cord and extension cord are firmly connected. • Check for heat anywhere in the electrical hookup once the system has been operating for approximately 30 minutes. • Make sure the system is unplugged and properly stowed before starting and driving your vehicle. Make sure the protective cover seals the prongs of the block heater cord plug when not in use. • Make sure the heater system is checked for proper operation before winter. Using the Engine Block Heater Make sure the receptacle terminals are clean and dry prior to use. Clean them with a dry cloth if necessary. The heater uses 0.4 to 1.0 kilowatt-hours of energy per hour of use. The system does not have a thermostat. It achieves maximum temperature after approximately three hours of operation. Using the heater longer than three hours does not improve system performance and unnecessarily uses electricity.

163

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Unique Driving Characteristics

AUTO-START-STOP (If Equipped) • Your foot is on the brake pedal. • The transmission is in drive (D) or Sport The system helps reduce fuel consumption mode. by automatically shutting off and restarting • The driver door is closed. the engine while stopped. The engine will restart automatically when you release the • There is adequate brake vacuum. brake pedal. • The interior compartment has cooled or warmed to an acceptable level. In some situations, your vehicle may restart automatically, for example: • The front windshield defroster is off. • To maintain interior comfort. • You have not turned the steering wheel rapidly or you do not have it at a sharp • To recharge the battery. angle. Note: Power assist steering turns off when • The vehicle is not on a steep road the engine is off. grade. WARNINGS • The battery is within optimal operating The engine may restart conditions (battery state of charge and automatically if required by the temperature in range). system. • The engine coolant is at operating Switch the ignition off before temperature. opening the hood or performing any • Elevation is below about 10000 feet maintenance. Failure to do so may (3048 meters). result in serious injuries due to automatic • Ambient temperature is moderate. engine restart. • You have selected 4X2 or Auto mode. Always switch the ignition off before • The trailer is not connected. leaving your vehicle, as the system may have turned the engine off, but • You have not selected Tow haul. the ignition will still be on and automatic • You have not selected Manual mode. restart may occur. Note: The system allows multiple successive Auto StartStop events, but it The Auto StartStop system status is may not operate in conditions of heavy available at a glance within the information traffic or in extended low speed operation. display. See Information Displays (page 103). The green Auto StartStop indicator light on the instrument Enabling Auto StartStop cluster will illuminate to indicate when the automatic engine stop occurs. The system automatically enables every time you start your vehicle if: If the instrument cluster is equipped with a grey Auto • You do not press the Auto StartStop E146361 StartStop indicator light, it button (not illuminated). illuminates when automatic engine stop • Your vehicle exceeds an initial speed is not available due to one of the above of 3 mph (4 km/h) after you have noted conditions not being met. initially started your vehicle. • You have stopped your vehicle.

164

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Unique Driving Characteristics

Automatic Engine Restart Disabling Auto StartStop Any of the following conditions will result in an automatic restart of the engine: • You have removed your foot from the brake pedal. • You press the accelerator pedal. • You press the accelerator and the brake pedal at the same time. • The driver safety belt becomes unfastened or the driver door is ajar. • You have moved the transmission from

drive (D) to any gear except park (P). E181352 • Your vehicle is moving. Press the Auto StartStop button located • The interior compartment does not on the center console to switch the system meet customer comfort when air off. The button will illuminate. This will only conditioning or heat is on. deactivate the system for the current • Fogging of the windows could occur ignition cycle. Press the button again to and the air conditioning is on. restore Auto StartStop function. • The battery is not within optimal Note: If the Shift to P, Restart Engine operating conditions. message appears and the amber Auto • You have exceeded the maximum StartStop indicator light is flashing, engine off time. automatic restart is not available. You must restart the vehicle manually. See • When you press the Auto StartStop Information Displays (page 103). button with the engine automatically stopped. If your vehicle is in an engine off Auto StartStop state and you change the • The front defroster is turned to the Max transmission to reverse (R) while the brake setting. pedal is not pressed, the message Auto Any of the following conditions may result StartStop Press Brake to Start Engine will in an automatic restart of the engine: appear. You must press the brake pedal • You have increased the blower fan within 10 seconds or a shift to park (P) and speed or changed the climate control a manual restart will be required. temperature. • You have an electrical accessory turned on or plugged in. Note: You may notice that the climate seat fan fluctuates during an automatic restart.

165

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Fuel and Refueling

SAFETY PRECAUTIONS • Extinguish all smoking materials and any open flames before refueling your WARNINGS vehicle. Do not overfill the fuel tank. The • Automotive fuels can be harmful or pressure in an overfilled tank may fatal if swallowed. Fuel such as cause leakage and lead to fuel spray gasoline is highly toxic and if and fire. swallowed can cause death or permanent injury. If swallowed, call a The fuel system may be under physician immediately, even if no pressure. If you hear a hissing sound symptoms are immediately apparent. near the fuel filler door, do not refuel The toxic effects of fuel may not be until the sound stops. Otherwise, fuel may visible for hours. spray out, which could cause serious • Avoid inhaling fuel vapors. Inhaling too personal injury. much fuel vapor of any kind can lead Automotive fuels can cause serious to eye and respiratory tract irritation. injury or death if you misuse or In severe cases, excessive or prolonged mishandle them. breathing of fuel vapor can cause Fuel ethanol and gasoline may serious illness and permanent injury. contain benzene, which is a • Avoid getting fuel liquid in your eyes. If cancer-causing agent. you splash fuel in your eyes, remove contact lenses (if worn), flush with When refueling always shut the water for 15 minutes and seek medical engine off and never allow sparks or attention. Failure to seek proper open flames near the filler neck. medical attention could lead to Never smoke or use a cell phone while permanent injury. refueling. Fuel vapor is extremely hazardous under certain conditions. Avoid • Fuels can also be harmful if absorbed inhaling excess fumes. through the skin. If you splash fuel on your skin, clothing or both, promptly The flow of fuel through a fuel pump remove contaminated clothing and nozzle can produce static electricity, wash your skin thoroughly with soap which can cause a fire if you pump and water. Repeated or prolonged skin fuel into an ungrounded fuel container. contact with fuel liquid or vapor causes skin irritation. Observe the following guidelines when • Be particularly careful if you are taking handling automotive fuel: “Antabuse” or other forms of disulfiram for the treatment of alcoholism. Breathing gasoline vapors, or skin contact could cause an adverse reaction. In sensitive individuals, serious personal injury or sickness may result. If you splash fuel on your skin, promptly wash your skin thoroughly with soap and water. Consult a physician immediately if you experience an adverse reaction.

166

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Fuel and Refueling

FUEL QUALITY • Fuels containing metallic based additives, including manganese-based Choosing the Right Fuel Without compounds. a Flex Fuel Vehicle (If Equipped) • Fuels containing the octane booster additive, methylcyclopentadienyl Use only UNLEADED gasoline or manganese tricarbonyl (MMT) UNLEADED gasoline blended with a maximum of 15% ethanol in your gasoline • Leaded fuel (The use of leaded fuel is vehicle. If your vehicle is a Flex Fuel Vehicle prohibited by law). (FFV), the fuel fill inlet will have a yellow Note: Use of any fuel other than housing. recommended fuel can cause powertrain Do not use: damage, impair the emission control system or cause loss of vehicle performance. Any • Fuel containing more than 15% ethanol damage to vehicle that is caused by use of or E-85 fuel. fuel not recommended will not be covered • Fuel with methanol. under warranty. • Fuels containing metallic based Octane Recommendations additives, including manganese-based compounds. • Fuels containing the octane booster additive, methylcyclopentadienyl manganese tricarbonyl (MMT) • Leaded fuel (The use of leaded fuel is prohibited by law). Note: Use of any fuel other than recommended fuel can cause powertrain E161513 damage, impair the emission control system or cause loss of vehicle performance. Any Do not be concerned if the engine damage to vehicle that is caused by use of sometimes knocks lightly. However, if it fuel not recommended will not be covered knocks heavily under most driving under warranty. conditions while you are using fuel with the recommended octane rating, contact an Choosing the Right Fuel With a authorized dealer to prevent any engine Flex Fuel Vehicle (If Equipped) damage. Use only UNLEADED gasoline or 2.7L and 3.5L EcoBoost Engines UNLEADED gasoline blended with a maximum of 85% ethanol (E-85) in your We recommend regular unleaded gasoline Flex Fuel Vehicle (FFV). If your vehicle is a with a pump (R+M)/2 octane rating of 87. Flex Fuel Vehicle (FFV), the fuel fill inlet Some stations offer fuels posted as regular will have a yellow housing. with an octane rating below 87, particularly in high altitude areas. We do not Do not use: recommend fuels with an octane rating • Fuels containing more than 85% below 87. ethanol or E-100 fuel. To provide improved performance, we • Fuel with methanol. recommend premium fuel for severe duty usage, such as trailer tow.

167

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Fuel and Refueling

3.5L V6 and 5.0L V8 Engines WARNINGS We recommend regular unleaded gasoline Do not try to pry open or push open with a pump (R+M)/2 octane rating of 87. the capless fuel system with foreign Some stations offer fuels posted as regular objects. This could damage the fuel with an octane rating below 87, particularly system and its seal and cause injury to you in high altitude areas. We do not or others. recommend fuels with an octane rating below 87. When refueling the vehicle fuel tank from a fuel container, use the plastic funnel RUNNING OUT OF FUEL included with your vehicle. • In SuperCab and SuperCrew vehicles, Avoid running out of fuel. This may have the funnel is located under the second an adverse effect on powertrain row passenger side seat near the spare components. tire toolbox. If your vehicle runs out of fuel: • On regular cab vehicles, the funnel is located behind the passenger seat. • You may need to cycle the ignition from Off to On several times after refueling When refueling the vehicle fuel tank from to allow the fuel system to pump the a fuel container, do the following: fuel from the fuel tank to the engine. 1. Locate the plastic funnel. On restarting, cranking time will take a few seconds longer than normal. • Normally, adding 1 gal (3.8 L) of fuel is enough to restart the engine. If the vehicle is out of fuel and on a steep grade, more than 1 gal (3.8 L) may be required. • The service engine soon indicator may come on. For more information on the service engine soon indicator, See Audible Warnings and Indicators (page 102). E142668 For information on calculating DTE (Distance to empty), See Instrument 2. Insert the plastic funnel into the fuel Cluster (page 95). tank filler pipe opening. 3. Fill the vehicle with fuel from the Refilling With a Portable Fuel portable fuel container. Container 4. Clean the plastic funnel and place it WARNINGS back in your vehicle or properly dispose Do not insert the nozzle of a fuel of it. container or an aftermarket funnel Note: Extra funnels can be purchased from into the fuel filler neck. This may an authorized dealer if you choose to damage the fuel system filler neck or its dispose of the funnel. seal and cause fuel to run onto the ground.

168

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Fuel and Refueling

REFUELING • Keep the fuel pump nozzle in contact with the fuel container while filling. WARNINGS • Do not use a device that would hold Fuel vapor burns violently and a fuel the fuel pump handle in the fill position. fire can cause severe injuries. Easy Fuel™ Capless Fuel System Read and follow all the instructions on the pump island. WARNING The fuel system may be under When refueling always shut the pressure. If you hear a hissing sound engine off and never allow sparks or near the fuel filler door, do not refuel open flames near the fuel tank filler until the sound stops. Otherwise, fuel may valve. Never smoke or use a cell phone spray out, which could cause serious while refueling. Fuel vapor is extremely personal injury. hazardous under certain conditions. Avoid inhaling excess fumes. When fueling your vehicle: Stay outside your vehicle and do not leave the fuel pump unattended 1. When your vehicle has stopped, shift when refueling your vehicle. This is into park (P) and switch the ignition against the law in some places. off. Keep children away from the fuel 2. Fully open the fuel tank filler door until pump; never let children pump fuel. it engages. Wait at least 10 seconds before removing the fuel pump nozzle to allow any residual fuel to drain into the fuel tank. Stop refueling after the fuel pump nozzle automatically shuts off for the second time. Failure to follow this will fill the expansion space in the fuel tank and could lead to fuel overflowing. Do not remove the fuel pump nozzle from its fully inserted position when E156032 refueling. 3. Insert the fuel pump nozzle up to the Use the following guidelines to avoid first notch on the nozzle. Hold handle electrostatic charge build-up, which can higher during insertion for easier produce a spark, when filling an access. Leave the fuel pump nozzle ungrounded fuel container: fully inserted until you are done pumping. • Place approved fuel container on the ground. • Do not fill a fuel container while it is in the vehicle (including the cargo area).

169

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Fuel and Refueling

If this action corrects the problem, the message may not reset immediately. It may take several driving cycles for the message to turn off. A driving cycle consists of an engine start-up (after 4 or more hours with the engine off) followed by city or highway driving. Continuing to drive with the message on may cause the service engine soon lamp to turn on as well.

E154765 FUEL CONSUMPTION

4. Remove the fuel filler nozzle and fully Empty reserve is the amount of fuel close the fuel tank filler door. remaining in the tank after the fuel gauge Note: A fuel spillage concern may occur if indicates empty. The amount of usable overfilling the fuel tank. Do not overfill the fuel in the empty reserve varies and should tank. The fill pipe is equipped with a drain not be relied upon to increase driving range. hole. Excess fuel due to overfill may drain • The usable capacity of the fuel tank is through the drain hole and drip onto the the amount of fuel that can be added ground. into the tank after the gauge indicates If the fuel fill inlet was not properly closed, empty a service engine warning lamp may appear • The advertised capacity is the total fuel on the instrument cluster. tank size. See Capacities and At the next opportunity, do the following: Specifications (page 358). It is the combined usable capacity plus the 1. Stop your vehicle as soon as safely empty reserve. possible and shift the transmission into park (P). • Due to the empty reserve, you may not be able to refuel the full amount of the 2. Switch the ignition off. advertised capacity of the fuel tank 3. Open the fuel filler door and remove even when the fuel gauge reads empty. any visible debris from the fuel fill opening. Filling the Tank 4. Insert either the fuel fill nozzle or the For consistent results when filling the fuel fuel fill funnel provided with the vehicle tank: several times to allow the inlet to close properly. This will dislodge any debris • Turn the ignition off before fueling; an preventing the inlet from sealing. inaccurate reading results if the engine is left running. • Use the same fill rate (low-medium-high) each time the tank is filled. • Allow no more than two automatic click-offs when filling.

170

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Fuel and Refueling

Results are most accurate when the filling Conditions method is consistent. • Heavily loading a vehicle or towing a Calculating Fuel Economy trailer may reduce fuel economy at any speed. Do not measure fuel economy during the • Carrying unnecessary weight may first 1000 miles (1600 kilometers) of reduce fuel economy (approximately driving (this is your engine’s break-in 1 mpg [0.4 km/L] is lost for every 400 period); a more accurate measurement is pounds [180 kilograms] of weight obtained after 2000 miles - 3000 miles carried). (3200 kilometers - 4800 kilometers). Also, fuel expense, frequency of fill ups or fuel • Adding certain accessories to your gauge readings are not accurate ways to vehicle (for example bug deflectors, measure fuel economy. rollbars/light bars, running boards, ski racks) may reduce fuel economy. 1. Fill the fuel tank completely and record the initial odometer reading. • Using fuel blended with alcohol may lower fuel economy. 2. Each time you fill the tank, record the amount of fuel added. • Fuel economy may decrease with lower temperatures during the first 8–10 3. After at least 3 to 5 tank fill ups, fill the miles (12–16 kilometers) of driving. fuel tank and record the current • Driving on flat terrain offers improved odometer reading. fuel economy as compared to driving 4. Subtract your initial odometer reading on hilly terrain. from the current odometer reading. • Transmissions give their best fuel 5. Calculate fuel economy by dividing economy when operated in the top miles traveled by gallons used (For cruise gear and with steady pressure Metric: Multiply liters used by 100, then on the gas pedal. divide by kilometers traveled). • Close windows for high speed driving. Keep a record for at least 1 month and record the type of driving (city or highway). This provides an accurate estimate of the EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM vehicle’s fuel economy under current driving conditions. Additionally, keeping WARNINGS records during summer and winter show Do not park, idle, or drive your vehicle how temperature impacts fuel economy. in dry grass or other dry ground cover. In general, lower temperatures mean lower The emission system heats up the fuel economy. engine compartment and exhaust system, which can start a fire. Exhaust leaks may result in entry of harmful and potentially lethal fumes into the passenger compartment. If you smell exhaust fumes inside your vehicle, have your dealer inspect your vehicle immediately. Do not drive if you smell exhaust fumes.

171

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Fuel and Refueling

Your vehicle is equipped with various an emission control device or prevent it emission control components and a from working. Information about your catalytic converter that will enable your vehicle’s emission system is on the Vehicle vehicle to comply with applicable exhaust Emission Control Information Decal emission standards. To make sure that the located on or near the engine. This decal catalytic converter and other emission also lists engine displacement control components continue to work Please consult your warranty information properly: for complete details. • Use only the specified fuel listed. • Avoid running out of fuel. On-Board Diagnostics (OBD-II) • Do not turn off the ignition while your Your vehicle has a computer known as the vehicle is moving, especially at high on-board diagnostics system (OBD-II) that speeds. monitors the engine’s emission control • Have the items listed in scheduled system. The system protects the maintenance information performed environment by making sure that your according to the specified schedule. vehicle continues to meet government emission standards. The OBD-II system The scheduled maintenance items listed also assists a service technician in properly in scheduled maintenance information are servicing your vehicle. essential to the life and performance of your vehicle and to its emissions system. When the service engine soon indicator illuminates, the OBD-II If you use parts other than Ford, Motorcraft system has detected a or Ford-authorized parts for maintenance malfunction. Temporary malfunctions may replacements, or for service of cause the service engine soon indicator to components affecting emission control, illuminate. such non-Ford parts should be the equivalent to genuine Ford Motor Company Examples of temporary malfunctions are: parts in performance and durability. • the vehicle has run out of fuel—the Illumination of the service engine soon engine may misfire or run poorly indicator, charging system warning light or • poor fuel quality or water in the the temperature warning light, fluid leaks, fuel—the engine may misfire or run strange odors, smoke or loss of engine poorly power could indicate that the emission control system is not working properly. • the fuel fill inlet may not have closed properly. See Refueling (page 169). An improperly operating or damaged exhaust system may allow exhaust to • driving through deep water—the enter the vehicle. Have a damaged or electrical system may be wet. improperly operating exhaust system You can correct these temporary inspected and repaired immediately. malfunctions by filling the fuel tank with Do not make any unauthorized changes to good quality fuel, properly closing the fuel your vehicle or engine. By law, vehicle fill inlet or letting the electrical system dry owners and anyone who manufactures, out. After three driving cycles without these repairs, services, sells, leases, trades or any other temporary malfunctions vehicles, or supervises a fleet of vehicles are not permitted to intentionally remove

172

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Fuel and Refueling

present, the service engine soon indicator If the vehicle’s engine or transmission has should stay off the next time you start the just been serviced, or the battery has engine. A driving cycle consists of a cold recently run down or been replaced, the engine startup followed by mixed OBD-II system may indicate that the city/highway driving. No additional vehicle vehicle is not ready for I/M testing. To service is required. determine if the vehicle is ready for I/M If the service engine soon indicator remains testing, turn the ignition key to the on on, have your vehicle serviced at the first position for 15 seconds without cranking available opportunity. Although some the engine. If the service engine soon malfunctions detected by the OBD-II may indicator blinks eight times, it means that not have symptoms that are apparent, the vehicle is not ready for I/M testing; if continued driving with the service engine the service engine soon indicator stays on soon indicator on can result in increased solid, it means that the vehicle is ready for emissions, lower fuel economy, reduced I/M testing. engine and transmission smoothness, and The OBD-II system monitors the emission lead to more costly repairs. control system during normal driving. A complete check may take several days. If Readiness for the vehicle is not ready for I/M testing, you Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) may need to perform the following driving Testing cycle consisting of mixed city and highway driving: Some state/provincial and local governments may have Drive on an expressway or highway for a Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) programs steady 15 minutes, followed by 20 minutes to inspect the emission control equipment of stop-and-go driving with at least four on your vehicle. Failure to pass this 30-second idle periods. inspection could prevent you from getting Allow the vehicle to sit for at least eight a vehicle registration. hours without starting the engine. Then, If the service engine soon start the engine and complete the above indicator is on or the bulb does driving cycle. The engine must warm up to not work, you may need to have its normal operating temperature. Once the vehicle serviced. See On-Board started, do not turn off the engine until the Diagnostics (OBD-II). above driving cycle is complete. If the vehicle is still not ready for I/M testing, you Your vehicle may not pass the I/M test if will have to repeat the above driving cycle. the service engine soon indicator is on or not working properly (bulb is burned out), or if the OBD-II system has determined that some of the emission control systems have not been properly checked. In this case, your vehicle is not ready for I/M testing.

173

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Transmission

AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION

WARNINGS Always set the parking brake fully and latch the gearshift in park (P). Turn the ignition to the off position and remove the key whenever you leave your vehicle. Do not use the tow/haul feature when driving in icy or slippery conditions as the increased engine braking can cause the rear wheels to slide E184456 and your vehicle to swing around with the Putting your vehicle in or out of gear: possible loss of vehicle control. 1. Fully press down the brake pedal. Understanding the Shift Positions 2. Move the gearshift lever into the of a 6–Speed Automatic desired gear. Transmission (If Equipped) 3. Come to a complete stop. Column-shift transmission: 4. Move the gearshift lever and securely latch it in park (P). Park (P) This position locks the transmission and prevents the rear wheels from turning. Reverse (R) With the gearshift lever in reverse (R), your vehicle will move backward. Always come to a complete stop before shifting into and out of reverse (R). E184457 Neutral (N) Floor-shift transmission: With the gearshift lever in neutral (N), your vehicle can be started and is free to roll. Hold the brake pedal down while in this position. Drive (D) Drive (D) is the normal driving position for the best fuel economy. The overdrive function allows automatic upshifts and downshifts through gears one through six.

174

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Transmission

Manual (M) with floor shifter The tow/haul feature: With the gearshift lever in manual (M), the • Delays upshifts to reduce the frequency driver can change gears up or down as of transmission shifting. desired. By moving the gearshift lever from • Provides engine braking in all forward drive position drive (D) to manual (M) you gears, which will slow your vehicle and now have control of selecting the gear you assist you in controlling your vehicle desire using buttons on the shift lever. See when descending a grade. Understanding your SelectShift • Depending on driving conditions and Automatic™ transmission later in this load conditions, may downshift the section. transmission, slow your vehicle and To return to normal drive (D) position, control your vehicle speed when move the shift lever back from manual (M) descending a hill, without pressing the to drive (D). accelerator pedal. The amount of downshift braking provided will vary The transmission will operate in gears one based upon the amount the brake through six. pedal is pressed. Third (3) with column shifter The tow/haul feature improves transmission operation when towing a Transmission operates in third (3) gear trailer or a heavy load. All transmission only. Use third (3) gear for improved gear ranges are available when using traction on slippery roads. tow/haul. Second (2) To deactivate the tow/haul feature and return to normal driving mode, press the Transmission operates in second (2) gear button on the gearshift lever twice. The only. Use second (2) gear to start-up on TOW HAUL light will deactivate. Tow/haul slippery roads. will also deactivate when you power down First (1) your vehicle. • Transmission operates in first (1) gear WARNING only. Do not use the tow/haul feature • Provides maximum engine braking. when driving in icy or slippery conditions as the increased engine • Allows upshifts by moving gearshift braking can cause the rear wheels to slide lever. and your vehicle to swing around with the • Will not downshift into first (1) gear at possible loss of vehicle control. high speeds; allows for first (1) gear when vehicle reaches slower speeds. Sport Mode Tow/Haul Mode To activate Sport Mode, press To activate tow/haul, press the the button on the gearshift lever button on the gearshift lever E176099 twice. The SPORT or S indicator E161509 once. The TOW HAUL indicator light will illuminate in the instrument light will illuminate in the instrument display cluster.

175

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Transmission

The sport mode feature: Understanding your SelectShift • Provides additional grade (engine) Automatic™ transmission (If Equipped) braking and extends lower gear operation to enhance performance for Your vehicle is equipped with a SelectShift uphill climbs, hilly terrain or Automatic™ transmission gearshift lever. mountainous areas. This will increase The SelectShift Automatic transmission engine RPM during engine braking. gives you the ability to change gears up or down (without a clutch) as desired. • Provides additional lower gear operation through the automatic In order to prevent the engine from running transmission shift strategy. at too low an RPM, which may cause it to stall, SelectShift will still automatically • Selects gears more quickly and at make some downshifts if it has determined higher engine speeds. that you have not downshifted in time. To deactivate the sport mode feature and Although SelectShift will make some return to normal driving mode, press the downshifts for you, it will still allow you to button on the gearshift lever once. The downshift at any time as long as the SPORT or S indicator light will deactivate. SelectShift determines that damage will The sport mode feature will also not be caused to the engine from deactivate when your vehicle is powered over-revving. down. SelectShift will not automatically upshift, Automatic Transmission Adaptive even if the engine is approaching the RPM Learning limit. It must be shifted manually by pressing the + button. This feature may increase durability and Note: Engine damage may occur if you provide consistent shift feel over the life maintain excessive engine revving without of your vehicle. A new vehicle or shifting. transmission may have firm shifts, soft shifts or both. This operation is considered The SelectShift Automatic transmission normal and will not affect function or feature has two modes: PRS and M mode. durability of the transmission. Over time, the adaptive learning process will fully PRS (Progressive Range Selection) update transmission operation. Progressive Range Selection gives you the ability to lockout gears from the automatic Forced Downshifts shifting range. This may provide you with • Allowed in drive (D) with the tow/haul an improved driving experience (for feature on or off. example, in slippery conditions or when experiencing a steep grade). • Press the accelerator to the floor. • Allows transmission to select an With the gearshift lever in drive (D), press appropriate gear. the – button to active PRS. The available and selected gears are indicated on the instrument cluster.

176

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Transmission

All available gears will display with the current gear indicated. Press the – button again to lock out gears beginning with the highest gear. Example: press the – button twice to lock out 6th and 5th gears. Only the available gears will display and the transmission will automatically shift between the available gears. Press the + button to unlock gears to allow the transmission to shift to higher gears. The transmission will shift automatically within the gear range you select. E192285 M (Manual) with floor shifter Upshift to the recommended shift speeds Moving the gearshift lever to the manual according to the following chart: (M) position will allow you to manually select the gear you desire. Only the current gear will display. Use the buttons on the gearshift lever to manually select gears. Press the + button to upshift or the – button to downshift. Return the transmission to a different gearshift position to deactivate manual control.

Upshifts when accelerating (recommended for best fuel economy) Shift from: 1 – 2 15 mph (24 km/h) 2 – 3 25 mph (40 km/h) 3 – 4 40 mph (64 km/h) 4 – 5 45 mph (72 km/h) 5 – 6 50 mph (80 km/h)

WARNINGS Brake-Shift Interlock When doing this procedure, you will WARNINGS be taking your vehicle out of park (P) Do not drive your vehicle until you which means your vehicle can roll verify that the brake lamps are freely. To avoid unwanted vehicle working. movement, always fully set the parking brake prior to doing this procedure. Use wheel chocks if appropriate.

177

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Transmission

WARNINGS 6. Remove the three fasteners under the If you fully release the parking brake column that secure the lower shroud and the brake warning lamp remains half to the column. illuminated, the brakes may not be working properly. See your authorized dealer.

Your vehicle is equipped with a brake-shift interlock feature that prevents moving the gearshift lever from park (P) when the ignition is in the on position and the brake pedal is not pressed. If you cannot move the gearshift lever out of park (P) position with the ignition in the on position and the brake pedal pressed, E163185 a malfunction may have occurred. It is 7. Pull the lock lever into the full unlocked possible that a fuse has blown or your position and remove the lower shroud vehicle’s brake lamps are not operating cover by pulling the lever handle properly. See Fuse Specification Chart through the slot in the cover. (page 287). If the fuse is not blown and the brake lamps are working properly, the following procedure will allow you to move the gearshift lever from park (P): Column-shifter 1. Apply the parking brake. Turn the ignition key to the off position, then remove the key. 2. Move the steering column to the full down and full rearward position E163186 (toward the driver’s seat). 8. Apply the brake, pull the white disk 3. Remove the gearshift lever boot. then move the shifter to neutral (N). 4. Place fingers into gearshift lever boot 9. Start your vehicle. hole and pull top half of shroud up and forward to separate it from the lower Perform Steps 4 through 8 in reverse order, half of the shroud. There is a hinge at making sure to engage the hinge pivots the forward edge of the top shroud. between the upper and lower halves of the Roll the top half of the shroud upward shroud. Keep slight pressure in the forward on the hinge point to clear the hazard direction as the halves rotate together. flasher button, then pull straight rearward toward the driver’s seat to remove. 5. Remove the top half of the shroud.

178

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Transmission

Floor-shifter 5. Install the access panel and rubber mat. 1. Apply the parking brake. Turn the ignition key to the off position, then 6. Apply brake pedal, start your vehicle, remove the key. and release the parking brake. See your authorized dealer as soon as possible 2. Remove the rubber mat between the if this procedure is used. shifter and cup holder. Using a screwdriver (or similar tool), carefully If Your Vehicle Gets Stuck In Mud pry up the access panel from the or Snow attachment points and disconnect it from the console to expose the inside Note: Do not rock your vehicle if the engine of the gearshift. is not at normal operating temperature or damage to the transmission may occur. Note: Do not rock your vehicle for more than a minute or damage to the transmission and tires may occur, or the engine may overheat. If your vehicle gets stuck in mud or snow, you may rock it out by shifting between forward and reverse gears, stopping between shifts in a steady pattern. Press lightly on the accelerator in each gear.

E182464 3. Locate the white brake shift interlock lever on the passenger side of the shifter assembly.

E183128 4. Apply the brake pedal. Using light finger pressure move the white lever forward while pulling the gearshift lever out of the park (P) position and into the neutral (N) position.

179

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Four-Wheel Drive (If Equipped)

USING FOUR-WHEEL DRIVE 4X4 HIGH Continuously illuminates when WARNING 4H is selected. For important information regarding E181779 safe operation of this type of vehicle, 4X4 LOW see General Information in the Wheels and Tires chapter. Continuously illuminates when 4L is selected. E181780 Note: Do not use 4H or 4L mode on dry, hard surfaced roads. Doing so can produce CHECK 4X4 excessive noise, increase tire wear and may damage drive components. 4H or 4L mode Displays when a 4X4 fault is is only intended for consistently slippery or present. loose surfaces. Use of 4L mode on these surfaces may produce some noise (such as occasional clunks), but will not damage Using the Electronic Shift on the drive components. Fly 4WD system (If Equipped) Note: If 4L is selected while your vehicle is moving above 3 mph (5 km/h), the 4WD system will not perform a shift. This is normal and should be no reason for concern. Refer to Shifting to or from 4L (4X4 Low) for proper operation. 4WD Indicator Lights Note: When a 4X4 system fault is present, the system will typically remain in whichever 4X4 mode was selected prior to the fault condition occurring. It will not default to 4X2 E191851 in all circumstances. When this warning is displayed, have your vehicle serviced by an 2H (4X2) authorized dealer. For general on-road driving. Sends power 4X2 to the rear wheels only and should be used for street and highway driving. Provides Momentarily illuminates when optimal smoothness and fuel economy at 2H is selected. high speeds. E181778

4X4 Auto 4H (4X4 HIGH) Continuously illuminates when Used for extra traction such as in snow or 4A is selected (2-Speed icy roads or in off road situations. This E181781 Automatic 4WD vehicles only). mode is not intended for use on dry pavement.

180

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Four-Wheel Drive (If Equipped)

4L (4X4 LOW) The information display will display a message indicating a 4X4 shift is in Uses extra gearing to provide maximum progress. The information display will then power to all four wheels at reduced display the system mode selected. If any speeds. Intended only for off-road of the above shift conditions are not applications such as deep sand, steep present, the shift will not occur and the grades, or pulling heavy objects. 4L (4x4 information display will display information low) will not engage while your vehicle is guiding the driver through the proper moving above 3 mph (5 km/h); this is shifting procedures. normal and should be no reason for concern. Refer to Shifting to or from 4L If SHIFT DELAYED PULL FORWARD (4x4 low) for proper operation. displays in the information display, a transfer case gear tooth blockage is Shifting between system modes present. To alleviate this condition, place the transmission in a forward gear, move Note: Momentarily releasing the accelerator your vehicle forward approximately 5 ft pedal while a shift in progress message (1.5 m), and shift the transmission back to displays will improve neutral (N) to allow the transfer case to engagement/disengagement performance. complete the range shift. Note: Do not perform this operation if the rear wheels are slipping. Using the 2-Speed Automatic 4WD System (If Equipped) Note: You may hear some noise as the system shifts or engages; this is normal. This system includes an electronically You can move the control from 2H or 4H controlled transfer case with a high at a stop or while driving. The information capacity clutch. The system is interactive display may display a message indicating with the road, continually monitoring and a 4X4 shift is in progress. Once the shift is adjusting torque delivery to the front and complete the message center will then rear wheels to optimize traction. display the system mode selected. Note: The AdvanceTrac system has the ability to take over control of the transfer Shifting to or from 4L (4X4 low) case clutch and disable it during driving Note: You may hear some noise as the maneuvers when necessary. system shifts or engages; this is normal. 1. Bring your vehicle to a speed of 3 mph (5 km/h) or less. 2. Place the transmission in neutral (N). 3. Move the 4WD control to the desired position.

E181500

181

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Four-Wheel Drive (If Equipped)

2H (4X2) You can move the control from 2H to 4A or 4H at a stop or while driving. The For general on-road driving, this mode information display may display a message provides optimal smoothness and fuel indicating a 4X4 shift is in progress. Once economy at high speeds. Sends power to the shift is complete the message center the rear wheels only. will then display the system mode 4A (4X4 AUTO) selected. Provides electronic control four-wheel Shifting to or from 4L (4X4 low) drive with power delivered to the front and Note: You may hear some noise as the rear wheels, as required, for increased system shifts or engages; this is normal. traction. This is appropriate for all on-road driving conditions, including dry road 1. Bring your vehicle to a speed of 3 mph surfaces, but is especially useful on wet (5 km/h) or less. pavement, snow, dirt, or gravel. 2. Place the transmission in neutral (N). 4H (4X4 HIGH) 3. Move the 4WD control to the desired position. Used for extra traction such as in snow or icy roads or in off road situations. This The information display will display a mode is not for use on dry pavement. message indicating a 4X4 shift is in progress. The information display will then 4L (4X4 LOW) display the system mode selected. If any of the above shift conditions are not Uses extra gearing to provide maximum present, the shift will not occur and the power to all four wheels at reduced information display will display information speeds. Intended only for off-road guiding the driver through the proper applications such as deep sand, steep shifting procedures. grades, or pulling heavy objects. 4L (4x4 SHIFT DELAYED PULL FORWARD low) will not engage while your vehicle is If displays in the information display, a moving above 3 mph (5 km/h); this is normal and should be no reason for transfer case gear tooth blockage is concern. Refer to Shifting to or from 4L present. To alleviate this condition, place (4x4 low) for proper operation. the transmission in a forward gear, move your vehicle forward approximately 5 ft Shifting between system modes (1.5 m), and shift the transmission back to neutral (N) to allow the transfer case to Note: Momentarily releasing the accelerator complete the range shift. pedal while a shift in progress message displays will improve engagement/disengagement performance. Note: Do not perform this operation if the rear wheels are slipping. Note: You may hear some noise as the system shifts or engages; this is normal.

182

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Four-Wheel Drive (If Equipped)

How Your Vehicle Differs From Driving Off-Road With Truck and Other Vehicles Utility Vehicles

WARNING Note: On some models, the initial shift from two-wheel drive to four-wheel drive while Vehicles with a higher center of your vehicle is moving can cause some gravity such as utility and four-wheel momentary clunk and ratcheting sounds. drive vehicles handle differently than This is the front drivetrain coming up to vehicles with a lower center of gravity. speed and the automatic locking hubs Utility and four-wheel drive vehicles are engaging and is not cause for concern. not designed for cornering at speeds as high as passenger cars any more than Note: Your vehicle may be equipped with low-slung sports cars are designed to a front air dam that can become damaged perform satisfactorily under off-road (due to reduced ground clearance) when conditions. Avoid sharp turns, excessive taking your vehicle off-road. You may speed and abrupt maneuvers in these remove this air dam by removing eight bolts. vehicles. Failure to drive cautiously could Note: Vehicles equipped with 2.7L result in an increased risk of loss of vehicle Ecoboost, 3.5L Ecoboost and 3.5L TiVCT control, vehicle rollover, personal injury and engines have an underbody transmission death. shield and brackets that may become damaged (due to reduced ground Truck and utility vehicles can differ from clearance) when taking your vehicle some other vehicles. Your vehicle may be off-road. Remove the shield by disengaging higher to allow it to travel over rough the fasteners at each corner of the shield. terrain without getting hung up or Then, remove the shield rear brackets by damaging underbody components. removing the bracket to frame bolts. The differences that make your vehicle so Four-wheel drive vehicles are specially versatile also make it handle differently equipped for driving on sand, snow, mud than an ordinary passenger car. and rough terrain and have operating characteristics that are somewhat Maintain steering wheel control at all different from conventional vehicles, both times, especially in rough terrain. Since on and off the road. sudden changes in terrain can result in abrupt steering wheel motion, make sure The transfer case supples power to all four you grip the steering wheel from the wheels. On four-wheel drive vehicles, the outside. Do not grip the spokes. transfer case allows you to select different 4WD modes when necessary. You can find Drive cautiously to avoid vehicle damage information on transfer case operation and from concealed objects such as rocks and shifting procedures in this chapter. You can stumps. find information on transfer case You should either know the terrain or maintenance in the Maintenance chapter. examine maps of the area before driving. You should become thoroughly familiar Map out your route before driving in the with this information before you operate area. To maintain steering and braking your vehicle. control of your vehicle, you must have all four wheels on the ground and they must be rolling, not sliding or spinning.

183

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Four-Wheel Drive (If Equipped)

Four-wheel drive (when you select a 4WD Emergency Maneuvers mode) uses all four wheels to power your vehicle. This increases traction, enabling In an unavoidable emergency situation you to drive over terrain and road where a sudden sharp turn must be made, conditions that a conventional two-wheel remember to avoid over-driving your drive vehicle cannot. vehicle (i.e. turn the steering wheel only as rapidly and as far as required to avoid the Basic Operating Principles emergency). Excessive steering can result in loss of vehicle control. Apply smooth • Drive slower in strong crosswinds which pressure to the accelerator pedal or brake can affect the normal steering pedal when changes in vehicle speed are characteristics of your vehicle. required. Avoid abrupt steering, • When driving your vehicle on surfaces acceleration and braking. This could result made slippery by loose sand, water, in an increased risk of vehicle roll over, loss gravel, snow or ice proceed with care. of vehicle control and personal injury. Use all available road surface to bring your • Do not use four-wheel drive on dry, vehicle to a safe direction of travel. hard surfaced roads. Doing so will produce excessive noise, increase tire In the event of an emergency stop, avoid wear and may damage drive skidding the tires and do not attempt any components. Four-wheel drive modes sharp steering wheel movements. are only for consistently slippery or If your vehicle goes from one type of loose surfaces. surface to another (i.e. from concrete to If Your Vehicle leaves the Road gravel) there will be a change in the way your vehicle responds to a maneuver (i.e. If your vehicle leaves the road, reduce your steering, acceleration or braking). vehicle speed and avoid severe braking. When your vehicle speed decreases, ease Sand your vehicle back onto the road. Do not When driving over sand, try to keep all four turn the steering wheel sharply while wheels on the most solid area of the trail. returning your vehicle to the road. Avoid reducing the tire pressures but shift It may be safer to stay on the shoulder of to a lower gear and drive steadily through the road and slow down gradually before the terrain. Apply the accelerator slowly returning to the road. You may lose control and avoid excessive wheel slip. if you do not slow down or if you turn the When driving at slow speeds in deep sand steering wheel too sharply or abruptly. under high outside temperatures, use a low It may be less risky to strike small objects, gear when possible. Low gear operation such as freeway reflectors, with minor will maximize the engine and transmission damage to your vehicle rather than cooling capability. attempt a sudden return to the road which Avoid driving at excessive speeds, this could cause your vehicle to slide sideways causes vehicle momentum to work against out of control or roll over. Remember, your you and your vehicle could become stuck safety and the safety of others should be to the point that assistance may be your primary concern. required from another vehicle. Remember, you may be able to back out the way you came if you proceed with caution.

184

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Four-Wheel Drive (If Equipped)

Mud and Water Note: Avoid turning on steep slopes or hills. A danger lies in losing traction, slipping Mud sideways and possible vehicle roll over. Be cautious of sudden changes in vehicle Whenever driving on a hill, determine speed or direction when you are driving in beforehand the route you will use. Do not mud. Even four-wheel drive vehicles can drive over the crest of a hill without seeing lose traction in slick mud. If your vehicle what conditions are on the other side. Do does slide, steer in the direction of the slide not drive in reverse over a hill without the until you regain control of your vehicle. aid of an observer. After driving through mud, clean off residue When climbing a steep slope or hill, start stuck to rotating driveshafts and tires. in a lower gear rather than downshifting to Excess mud stuck on tires and rotating a lower gear from a higher gear once the driveshafts can cause an imbalance that ascent has started. This reduces strain on could damage drive components. the engine and the possibility of stalling. If your vehicle stalls, do not try to turn Water around because this could cause vehicle If you must drive through high water, drive roll over. It is better to reverse back to a slowly. Traction or brake capability may safe location. be limited. Apply just enough power to the wheels to When driving through water, determine the climb the hill. Too much power will cause depth and avoid water higher than the the tires to slip, spin or lose traction, bottom of the hubs. If the ignition system resulting in loss of vehicle control. gets wet, your vehicle may stall. Once through water, always try the brakes. Wet brakes do not stop your vehicle as effectively as dry brakes. Drying improves by applying light pressure to the brake pedal while moving slowly. Note: Driving through deep water may damage the transmission. If the front or rear axle is submerged in water, the axle lubricant and power transfer unit lubricant should be checked and changed if necessary. E143949 Driving on Hilly or Sloping Terrain Descend a hill in the same gear you would use to climb up the hill to avoid excessive Although natural obstacles may make it brake application and brake overheating. necessary to travel diagonally up or down Do not descend in neutral. Disengage a hill or steep incline, you should always overdrive or move the transmission try to drive straight up or straight down. selector lever to a lower gear. When descending a steep hill, avoid sudden hard braking as you could lose control. The front wheels have to be turning in order to steer your vehicle.

185

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Four-Wheel Drive (If Equipped)

If your vehicle has anti-lock brakes, apply Make sure you allow sufficient distance the brakes steadily. Do not pump the between you and other vehicles for brakes. stopping. Drive slower than usual and consider using one of the lower gears. In Driving on Snow and Ice emergency stopping situations, apply the brake steadily. Do not pump the brake WARNING pedal. See Hints on Driving With If you are driving in slippery Anti-Lock Brakes (page 190). conditions that require tire chains or cables, then it is critical that you drive If Your Vehicle Gets Stuck In Mud or cautiously. Keep speeds down, allow for Snow longer stopping distances and avoid WARNING aggressive steering to reduce the chances of a loss of vehicle control which can lead Do not spin the wheels at over to serious injury or death. If the rear end of 35 mph (56 km/h). The tires may fail your vehicle slides while cornering, steer in and injure a passenger or bystander. the direction of the slide until you regain control of your vehicle. If your vehicle gets stuck in mud or snow, you may rock it out by shifting between Note: Excessive tire slippage can cause forward and reverse gears, stopping transmission damage. between shifts in a steady pattern. Press Four-wheel drive vehicles have advantages lightly on the accelerator in each gear. over two-wheel drive vehicles in snow and Note: Do not rock your vehicle if the engine ice but can skid like any other vehicle. is not at normal operating temperature, Should you start to slide while driving on damage to the transmission may occur. snowy or icy roads, turn the steering wheel Note: Do not rock your vehicle for more in the direction of the slide until you regain than a minute, damage to the transmission control. and tires may occur or the engine may Avoid sudden applications of power and overheat. quick changes of direction on snow and ice. Apply the accelerator slowly and Parking steadily when starting from a full stop. WARNINGS Avoid sudden braking. Although a If the parking brake is fully released, four-wheel drive vehicle may accelerate but the brake warning lamp remains better than a two-wheel drive vehicle in illuminated, the brakes may not be snow and ice, it will not stop any faster as working properly. See your authorized braking occurs at all four wheels. Do not dealer. become overconfident as to road conditions. Always set the parking brake fully and make sure the gearshift is latched in park (P). Turn the ignition to the off position and remove the key whenever you leave your vehicle.

186

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Four-Wheel Drive (If Equipped)

On some four-wheel drive vehicles, when the transfer case is in the neutral (N) position, the engine and transmission disconnect from the rest of the driveline. Therefore, your vehicle is free to roll even if the automatic transmission is in park (P) or the manual transmission is in gear. Do not leave your vehicle unattended with the transfer case in the neutral (N) position. Always set the parking brake fully and turn off the ignition when leaving your vehicle. Maintenance and Modifications The suspension and steering systems on your vehicle have been designed and tested to provide predictable performance whether loaded or empty. For this reason, we strongly recommend that you do not make modifications such as adding or removing parts (for example, lift kits or stabilizer bars) or by using replacement parts not equivalent to the original factory equipment. We recommend that you use caution when your vehicle has either a high load or device (such as ladders or luggage racks). Any modifications to your vehicle that raise the center of gravity may cause your vehicle to roll over when there is a loss of vehicle control. Failure to maintain your vehicle correctly may void the warranty, increase your repair cost, reduce vehicle performance and operational capabilities and adversely affect you and your passenger's safety. We recommend you frequently inspect your vehicle's chassis components when your vehicle is subject to off road usage.

187

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Rear Axle

ELECTRONIC LOCKING • In 4L (4X4 low), the electronic locking differential will automatically DIFFERENTIAL (If Equipped) disengage at speeds above 62 mph (100 km/h) and will automatically Note: The electronic locking differential is reengage at speeds below 56 mph for off-road use only and is not for use on (90 km/h). dry pavement. Using the electronic locking differential on dry pavement will result in • The AdvanceTrac system has the increased tire wear, noise and vibration. ability to take over control of the electronic locking differential and The electronic locking differential is a disable it during driving maneuvers device housed in the rear axle that allows when necessary. both rear wheels to turn at the same speed. The electronic locking differential When you switch the system on, if you do can provide additional traction should your not meet the required conditions for vehicle become stuck. You can activate electronic locking differential activation, the differential electronically and shift it the instrument cluster will display the on the fly within the differential operating appropriate information guiding you speed range. The differential is for use in through the proper activation process. mud, rocks, sand, or any off-road condition Activating the Electronic Locking where you need maximum traction. It is Differential not for use on dry pavement. The following conditions will affect the Note: Do not use electronic locking electronic locking differential: differential on dry, hard surfaced roads. Doing so will produce excessive noise, • The electronic locking differential will vibration and increase tire wear. not engage if your vehicle speed is above 20 mph (32 km/h) in 4x2, 4x4 Note: If the electronic locking differential Auto, or 4x4 High modes. has difficulty disengaging, release the accelerator pedal and turn the steering • The electronic locking differential will wheel in the opposite direction while rolling. not engage if your vehicle speed is above or 56 mph (90 km/h) in 4X4 For 4WD vehicles Low. • The electronic locking differential may not engage if you press your accelerator pedal during an engagement attempt. A message may display in the instrument display guiding you to release the accelerator pedal. • In 4x2, 4x4 Auto, and 4x4 High modes, the electronic locking differential will automatically disengage at speeds above 25 mph (41 km/h) and will automatically reengage at speeds E191852 below 20 mph (32 km/h). Pull the 4WD control knob toward you.

188

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Rear Axle

For 2WD vehicles

E183740 Turn the control to ON. Once the indicator light illuminates in the information E163170 display, both rear wheel axle shafts will be locked together providing added traction.

If the indicator does not come on, or the indicator turns off while driving, one of the following has occurred: • The vehicle speed is too high. • The left and right rear wheel speed difference is too high during an engagement attempt. • The system has malfunctioned and is accompanied by CHECK LOCKING DIFFERENTIAL in the information display. See your authorized Ford dealer for assistance.

189

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Brakes

GENERAL INFORMATION Anti-lock Brake System This system helps you maintain steering Note: Occasional brake noise is normal. If control during emergency stops by keeping a metal-to-metal, continuous grinding or the brakes from locking. continuous squeal sound is present, the brake linings may be worn-out. Have the This lamp momentarily system checked by an authorized dealer. If illuminates when you turn the your vehicle has continuous vibration or ignition on. If the light does not shudder in the steering wheel while braking, illuminate during start up, remains on or have it checked by an authorized dealer. flashes, the system may be disabled. Have the system checked by an authorized Note: Brake dust may accumulate on the dealer. If the anti-lock brake system is wheels, even under normal driving disabled, normal braking is still effective. conditions. Some dust is inevitable as the brakes wear and does not contribute to If the brake warning lamp brake noise. See Cleaning the Alloy illuminates when you release the Wheels (page 323). parking brake, have the system See Warning Lamps and checked by an authorized dealer. Indicators (page 98). E144522 Wet brakes result in reduced braking HINTS ON DRIVING WITH efficiency. Gently press the brake pedal a ANTI-LOCK BRAKES few times when driving from a car wash or standing water to dry the brakes. Note: When the system is operating, the brake pedal will pulse and may travel Brake Over Accelerator further. Maintain pressure on the brake pedal. You may also hear a noise from the In the event the accelerator pedal system. This is normal. becomes stuck or entrapped, apply steady and firm pressure to the brake pedal to The anti-lock braking system will not slow the vehicle and reduce engine power. eliminate the risks when: If you experience this condition, apply the • You drive too closely to the vehicle in brakes and bring your vehicle to a safe front of you. stop. Move the transmission to park (P), • Your vehicle is hydroplaning. switch the engine off and apply the parking brake. Inspect the accelerator pedal for • You take corners too fast. any interference. If none are found and the • The road surface is poor. condition persists, have your vehicle towed to the nearest authorized dealer. PARKING BRAKE Brake Assist WARNING Brake assist detects when you brake rapidly by measuring the rate at which you Always set the parking brake fully press the brake pedal. It provides and make sure the transmission is maximum braking efficiency as long as you locked in park (P). Failure to set the press the pedal, and can reduce stopping parking brake and engage park could result distances in critical situations. in vehicle roll-away, property damage or bodily injury.

190

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Brakes

To set the parking brake, press the parking Note: You may notice various noises when brake pedal down to its fullest extent. The you apply and release the electric parking brake warning lamp in the instrument brake. This is normal and no cause for cluster will illuminate and remains concern. illuminated until the parking brake is released. Applying the Electric Parking Brake To release the parking brake, press the parking brake pedal down again. WARNING If you are parking your vehicle on a grade The brake system warning lamp will or with a trailer, press and hold the brake flash during an electric parking brake pedal down, then set the parking brake. apply. If the brake system warning There may be a little vehicle movement as lamp continues to flash there could be a the parking brake sets to hold the vehicle's problem with your electric parking brake. weight. This is normal and should be no Have the system checked by an authorized reason for concern. If needed, press and dealer as soon as possible. hold the service brake pedal down, then try reapplying the parking brake. Chock the wheels if required. If the parking brake cannot hold the weight of the vehicle, the parking brake may need to be serviced or the vehicle may be overloaded.

ELECTRIC PARKING BRAKE (If

Equipped)

The electric parking brake replaces the conventional foot brake. The operating switch is located on the instrument panel E169085 left of the steering wheel. Pull the switch up to apply the electric WARNING parking brake. Always set the parking brake fully The brake system warning lamp will flash and make sure the transmission is for approximately two seconds and then locked in park (P). Failure to set the illuminate to confirm that the electric parking brake and engage park could result parking brake has been applied. See in vehicle roll-away, property damage or Information Displays (page 103). bodily injury. Note: The brake system warning lamp will remain illuminated for about ten seconds if Note: When you apply the electric parking you switch the ignition off with the parking brake in certain conditions, for example, on brake applied, or apply the parking brake a steep hill, the electric parking brake may while the ignition is off. reapply the brakes within ten minutes. Note: The electric parking brake will not automatically apply. You must apply the electric parking brake using the electric parking brake switch.

191

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Brakes

Applying the Electric Parking You can release the electric parking brake Brake When the Vehicle is Moving either manually by pressing the switch or automatically. WARNINGS Applying the electric parking brake Manual Release while moving will result in use of the WARNING anti-lock braking system. Do not use the electric parking brake system when the If the brake system warning light vehicle is moving unless the normal brake remains illuminated or flashes after system is unable to stop the vehicle. you have released the parking brake, there could be a problem with your braking With the exception of emergency system. Have the system checked by an conditions (for example, the brake authorized dealer as soon as possible. pedal does not work or is blocked), do not apply the electric parking brake while the vehicle is moving. On bends, or You can manually release the electric poor road surfaces or weather conditions, parking brake by: emergency braking can cause the vehicle • Switching the ignition on. to skid out of control or off the road. • Pressing the brake pedal. If you apply the electric parking brake when • Pressing the electric parking brake your vehicle is moving, the brake system switch. warning lamp will illuminate and a warning When the electric parking brake is released, tone will sound. See Information the brake system warning lamp will turn Displays (page 103). off. If your vehicle speed is above 4 mph Driving With a Trailer (6 km/h), the braking force is applied as long as the switch is pulled. Release or Depending on the grade and the weight of press the switch or press the accelerator the trailer, your vehicle and trailer may roll pedal to stop the braking force. backwards slightly when you start on a slope. Releasing the Electric Parking Brake To prevent this from happening, do the following: 1. Pull the switch up and hold it in this position. 2. Drive your vehicle, then release the switch when you notice that the engine has developed sufficient driving force.

E169086

192

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Brakes

Automatic Release - Drive Away WARNINGS Release You must remain in your vehicle Your vehicle will automatically release the when the system turns on. At all parking brake if: times, you are responsible for controlling your vehicle, supervising the • The driver door is closed. system and intervening, if required. Failure • The transmission is in a forward or to take care may result in the loss of reverse gear. control of your vehicle, serious personal • The vehicle is accelerated. injury or death. • There are no faults detected in the The system will turn off if a parking brake system. malfunction is apparent or if you rev the engine excessively. Failure to The brake system warning lamp will go off take care may result in the loss of control to confirm that you have released the of your vehicle, serious personal injury or electric parking brake. death. Note: If the electric parking brake warning lamp stays illuminated, the electric parking The system makes it easier to pull away brake will not automatically release. You when your vehicle is on a slope without the must release the electric parking brake using need to use the parking brake. the electric parking brake switch. When the system is active, your vehicle Note: The electric parking brake drive away remains stationary on the slope for two to release makes starting on a hill easier. This three seconds after you release the brake feature will release the parking brake pedal. This allows time to move your foot automatically when the vehicle has from the brake to the accelerator pedal. sufficient drive force to move up the hill. The system releases the brakes Battery With No Charge automatically once the engine has developed sufficient drive to prevent your WARNING vehicle from rolling down the slope. This is an advantage when pulling away on a You will not be able to apply or slope, for example from a car park ramp, release the electric parking brake if traffic lights or when reversing uphill into the battery is low or has no charge. a parking space. Note: The system only functions when you If the battery is low or has no charge, use bring your vehicle to a complete standstill jumper cables and a booster battery. in an uphill gear (for example, drive when facing uphill or reverse when facing HILL START ASSIST downhill). Note: There is no warning light to indicate WARNINGS the system is either on or off. The system does not replace the parking brake. When you leave your Using Hill Start Assist vehicle, always apply the parking 1. Press the brake pedal to bring your brake. Failure to leave your vehicle securely vehicle to a complete standstill. Keep parked may lead to a crash or injury. See the brake pedal pressed. Parking Brake (page 190).

193

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Brakes

2. If the sensors detect that your vehicle is on a slope, the system activates automatically. 3. When you remove your foot from the brake pedal, your vehicle remains on the slope without rolling away for about two to three seconds. This hold time automatically extends if you are in the process of driving off. 4. Drive off in the normal manner. The system releases the brakes automatically. Note: When you remove your foot from the brake pedal and press the pedal again when the system is active, you will experience significantly reduced brake pedal travel. This is normal. Switching the System On and Off Vehicles with Manual Transmission You can switch this feature on or off in the information display. The system remembers the last setting when you start your vehicle. Vehicles with Automatic Transmission You cannot turn the system on or off. When you switch the ignition on, the system automatically turns on.

194

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Traction Control

PRINCIPLE OF OPERATION System Indicator Lights and Messages The traction control system helps avoid drive wheel spin and loss of traction. WARNING If your vehicle begins to slide, the system If a failure has been detected within applies the brakes to individual wheels the traction control system, the and, when needed, reduces engine power stability control light will illuminate at the same time. If the wheels spin when steadily. Verify that the traction control accelerating on slippery or loose surfaces, system was not manually disabled using the system reduces engine power in order the stability control button. If the stability to increase traction. control light still illuminates steadily, have the system serviced by an authorized dealer immediately. Operating your vehicle USING TRACTION CONTROL with traction control disabled could lead to an increased risk of loss of vehicle In certain situations (for example, stuck in control, vehicle rollover, personal injury and snow or mud), you can turn the traction death. control off. This may be beneficial as this allows the wheels to spin with full engine The stability control light power. temporarily illuminates on E138639 engine start-up or if a problem occurs in the stability system, and flashes when a driving condition activates the stability system. The stability control off light temporarily illuminates on engine start-up and stays on when you turn the traction control system E166706 off. Turn the traction control system off by pressing the stability control button located on the center of the instrument panel.

195

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Stability Control

PRINCIPLE OF OPERATION The AdvanceTrac with Roll Stability Control system helps you keep control of WARNINGS your vehicle when on a slippery surface. The electronic stability control portion of Vehicle modifications involving the system helps avoid skids and lateral braking system, aftermarket roof slides and roll stability control helps avoid racks, suspension, steering system, a vehicle rollover. The traction control tire construction and wheel and tire size system helps avoid drive wheel spin and may change the handling characteristics loss of traction. See Using Traction of your vehicle and may adversely affect Control (page 195). the performance of the AdvanceTrac system. In addition, installing any stereo loudspeakers may interfere with and adversely affect the AdvanceTrac system. Install any aftermarket stereo loudspeaker B as far as possible from the front center console, the tunnel, and the front seats in order to minimize the risk of interfering with the AdvanceTrac sensors. Reducing the effectiveness of the AdvanceTrac system could lead to an increased risk of loss of B vehicle control, vehicle rollover, personal injury and death. B Remember that even advanced technology cannot defy the laws of A physics. It’s always possible to lose control of a vehicle due to inappropriate A B A driver input for the conditions. Aggressive driving on any road condition can cause you to lose control of your vehicle E72903 increasing the risk of personal injury or property damage. Activation of the A Vehicle without AdvanceTrac AdvanceTrac system is an indication that with RSC skidding off its at least some of the tires have exceeded intended route. their ability to grip the road; this could reduce the operator’s ability to control the B Vehicle with AdvanceTrac with vehicle potentially resulting in a loss of RSC maintaining control on a vehicle control, vehicle rollover, personal slippery surface. injury and death. If your AdvanceTrac system activates, SLOW DOWN.

196

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Stability Control

USING STABILITY CONTROL stability control portions of the system below 35 mph (56 km/h). When the AdvanceTrac™ with Roll Stability transmission is in reverse (R), they are Control™ (RSC™) disabled. You can switch off the traction control portion of the system The system automatically activates when independently. See Using Traction you start your engine. You can switch off Control (page 195). the electronic stability control and roll

AdvanceTrac with RSC Features Button func- Stability Roll stability Electronic Traction tions control OFF control stability control system light control Default at start- Illuminated Enabled Enabled Enabled up during bulb check Button pressed Illuminated Enabled Enabled Disabled momentarily Button pressed Illuminated Enabled Disabled Disabled and held for more than 5 seconds at vehicle speed under 35 mph (56 km/h) Vehicle speed Illuminated Enabled Enabled with Enable with exceeds 35 mph higher threshold higher threshold (56 km/h) after target target button is pressed and held for more than 5 seconds Double press Illuminated Enabled Enabled with Enabled with higher threshold higher threshold target target Button pressed Not illuminated Enabled Enabled Enabled again after deactivation Transfer case Illuminated Disabled Disabled Disabled switched to 4WD Low Locked

197

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Terrain Response (If Equipped)

PRINCIPLE OF OPERATION USING HILL DESCENT CONTROL WARNINGS Hill descent control cannot control Press and release the hill descent in all surface conditions and descent button located on the circumstances, such as ice or E163957 instrument panel. A light in the extremely steep grades. Hill descent cluster will illuminate and a chime will control is a driver assist system and cannot sound when this feature is activated. substitute for good judgment by the driver. To increase descent speed, press the Failure to do so may result in loss of vehicle accelerator pedal until you reach the control, crash or serious injury. desired speed. To decrease descent Hill descent control does not provide speed, press the brake pedal until you hill hold at zero miles per hour (0 reach the desired speed. kilometers per hour). When stopped, the parking brake must be applied or the When accelerating or decelerating, once vehicle must be placed in P (Park) or it you reach the desired descent speed, may roll away. remove your feet from the pedals and hill descent control maintains the chosen vehicle speed. Hill descent control allows the driver to set and maintain vehicle speed while Note: Noise from the ABS pump motor may descending steep grades in various surface be observed during hill descent control conditions. operation. This is a normal characteristic of the ABS and should be no reason for Hill descent control can maintain vehicle concern. speeds on downhill grades between 2 mph (3 km/h) and 12 mph (20 km/h). Above 20 Hill descent modes mph (32 km/h), the system remains armed, but descent speed cannot be set • At speeds between 2 mph (3 km/h) or maintained. and 20 mph (32 km/h): When the Hill Hill descent control requires a cooling Descent Control switch is pressed and down interval after a period of sustained Hill Descent Control is active, the Hill use. The amount of time that the feature Descent Control indicator light flashes. can remain active before cooling varies Your vehicle maintains your desired with conditions. The system will provide a speed. warning in the message center and a chime • At speeds between 20 mph (32 km/h) will sound when the system is about to and 40 mph (64 km/h): When the Hill disengage for cooling. At this time, Descent Control switch is pressed, the manually apply the brakes as needed to Hill Descent Control system is enabled, maintain descent speed. the Hill Descent Control indicator light is solid and a message displays in the information display. Your vehicle does not maintain your desired speed and you cannot set your descent speed.

198

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Terrain Response (If Equipped)

• At speeds above 40 mph (64 km/h): When the Hill Descent Control switch is pressed, the Hill Descent Control system is disabled, the indicator light in the cluster does not illuminate and a message does not display in the information display. The system is turned off and you need to switch the system back on to use. Refer to the Information Displays for additional Hill Descent Control messages. See Information Messages (page 118).

199

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Parking Aids

PARKING AID (If Equipped) Note: If your vehicle is equipped with MyKey™, it is possible to prevent turning the sensing system off. See MyKey™ (page WARNINGS 57). To help avoid personal injury, please read and understand the limitations Note: If your vehicle is equipped with a of the system as contained in this trailer tow package and a trailer is section. Sensing is only an aid for some connected to your vehicle, the rear sensing (generally large and fixed) objects when system will be disabled and will not allow moving in reverse on a flat surface at you to switch the system on through the parking speeds. Certain objects with information display. When you shift your surfaces that absorb ultrasonic waves, vehicle into reverse (R), a message appears traffic control systems, fluorescent lamps, in the information display stating that a inclement weather, air brakes, and external trailer is connected and the rear sensing motors and fans may also affect the system is disabled. If equipped, the center function of the sensing system; this may stack rear sensing system display will not include reduced performance or a false be present. activation. The sensing system warns the driver of To help avoid personal injury, always obstacles within a certain range of the use caution when in reverse (R) and bumper area. The system turns on when using the sensing system. automatically when you switch on the ignition. This system is not designed to prevent contact with small or moving When receiving a detection warning, the objects. The system is designed to radio volume reduces to a predetermined provide a warning to assist the driver in level. After the warning goes away, the detecting large stationary objects to avoid radio volume returns to the previous level. damaging your vehicle. The system may You can switch the system off through the not detect smaller objects, particularly information display menu or from the those close to the ground. pop-up message that appears once the Certain add-on devices such as large transmission is shifted into reverse (R). trailer hitches, bike or surfboard racks If a fault is present in the system, a warning and any device that may block the message appears in the information normal detection zone of the system, may display and will not allow you to switch the create false beeps. faulted system on.

Note: Keep the sensors, located on the Rear Sensing System bumper or fascia, free from snow, ice and The rear sensors are only active when the large accumulations of dirt. If the sensors transmission is in reverse (R). As your are covered, the system’s accuracy can be vehicle moves closer to the obstacle, the affected. Do not clean the sensors with rate of the audible warning increases. sharp objects. When the obstacle is less than 12 in Note: If your vehicle sustains damage to (30 cm) away, the warning sounds the bumper or fascia, leaving it misaligned or bent, the sensing zone may be altered causing inaccurate measurement of obstacles or false alarms.

200

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Parking Aids

continuously. If a stationary or receding The system provides obstacle distance object is detected farther than 12 in indication through the center stack display (30 cm) from the side your vehicle, the (if equipped). The distance indication will tone sounds for only three seconds. Once be present when the transmission is in the system detects an object approaching, reverse (R). the warning sounds again. • As the distance to the obstacle decreases (obstacle becomes closer), the indicator blocks will illuminate and move towards the vehicle icon. • If there is no obstacle detected, the distance indicator blocks will be grayed out.

ACTIVE PARK ASSIST (If Equipped)

WARNINGS Designed to be a supplementary park aid, this system may not work in all conditions. This system cannot E130178 replace the driver’s attention and judgment. The driver is responsible for A The coverage area is up to 6 feet avoiding hazards and maintaining a safe (1.8 meters) from the rear distance and speed, even when the system bumper. There is decreased is in use. coverage area at the outer Active Park Assist does not apply the corners of the bumper. brakes under any circumstances. The system detects certain objects while the transmission is in reverse (R): Note: The driver is always responsible for controlling the vehicle, supervising the • and moving toward a stationary object system and intervening if required. at a speed of 3 mph (5 km/h) or less. • but not moving, and a moving object is Active Park Assist is an electronic parking approaching the rear of your vehicle at aid that uses ultrasonic sensors. The a speed of 3 mph (5 km/h) or less. system detects an available parallel parking space and automatically steers • and moving at a speed of less than your vehicle into the space (hands-free) 3 mph (5 km/h) and a moving object while you control the accelerator, gearshift is approaching the rear of your vehicle and brakes. The system visually and at a speed of less than 3 mph (5 km/h). audibly instructs you to park your vehicle. The system provides audio warnings only when your vehicle is moving or when your vehicle is stationary and the detected obstacle is fewer than 12 in (30 cm) away from the bumper.

201

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Parking Aids

The system may not function correctly if • A foreign object damages or obstructs something passes between the front the rear bumper side sensors. bumper and the parking space (a • The correct tire size is not in use on your pedestrian or cyclist) or if the edge of the vehicle (for example, a mini-spare tire). neighboring parked vehicle is high off the ground (for example, a bus, tow truck or Using Active Park Assist flatbed truck). Press the button located on the Note: The sensors may not detect objects center console near the gearshift in heavy rain, snow or other conditions that E146186 lever. cause disruptive reflections. Note: Keep the sensors, located on the The touchscreen displays a message and bumper or fascia, free from snow, ice and a corresponding graphic to indicate it is large accumulations of dirt. Covered sensors searching for a parking space. Use the can affect the system's accuracy. Do not direction indicator to indicate which side clean the sensors with sharp objects. of your vehicle you want the system to search. Note: The sensors may not detect objects with surfaces that absorb ultrasonic waves. Note: The system automatically searches on the passenger side. You can use the Do not use the system if: direction indicator to toggle between the • You have attached a foreign object driver and passenger side. (bike rack or trailer) to the front or rear of your vehicle or close to the sensors. • You have attached an overhanging object (surfboard) to the roof.

E130107

When the system finds a suitable space, Note: You must observe that the selected the touchscreen displays a message and space remains clear of obstructions at all a tone sounds. Stop your vehicle and times in the maneuver. follow the instructions on the touchscreen. Note: Active park assist may not detect If your vehicle is moving very slowly, you vehicles with overhanging loads (a bus or a may need to pull forward a short distance truck), street furniture such as benches and before the system is ready to park. fire hydrants and other items. You must make sure the selected space is suitable for parking.

202

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Parking Aids

Note: You should drive your vehicle within Automatic Steering into Parking 5 ft (1.5 m) and as parallel to the other Space vehicles as possible while passing a parking space. Note: If your vehicle speed exceeds 6 mph (9 km/h), the system turns off and you need Note: The system always offers the last to take full control of your vehicle. detected parking space (for example, if the vehicle detects multiple spaces while you When you shift the transmission into are driving, it offers the last one). reverse (R), with your hands off the wheel (and nothing obstructing its movement), Note: If driven above approximately 22 mph your vehicle steers itself into the space. (35 km/h), the touchscreen shows a Indicated by tones, instructions to move message to alert you to reduce your vehicle your vehicle back and forth in the space speed. display on the touchscreen.

E130108

When you think your vehicle has enough • Driving above approximately 22 mph space in front and behind it, or you hear a (35 km/h) for 30 seconds during an solid tone from the parking aid active park search. (accompanied by a touchscreen display • Driving above 6 mph (9 km/h) during message and a chime), bring your vehicle automatic steering. to a complete stop. • Turning off the traction control system. When automatic steering is finished, the Certain vehicle conditions can also touch screen displays a message and a deactivate the system, such as: tone sounds, indicating that the active park assist process is done. The driver is • Traction control has activated on a responsible for checking the parking job slippery or loose surface. and making any necessary corrections • There is an anti-lock brake system before putting the transmission in park (P). activation or failure. Deactivating the Park Assist If a problem occurs with the system, a Feature warning message displays, followed by a tone. Occasional system messages may Manually deactivate the system by: occur in normal operation. For recurring or • Pressing the active park assist button. frequent system faults, contact an authorized dealer to have your vehicle • Grabbing the steering wheel. serviced.

203

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Parking Aids

Troubleshooting the System

The system does not look for a space The traction control system may be off. The transmission is in reverse (R); your vehicle must be moving forward to detect a parking space. You recently disconnected or replaced the battery. After a battery disconnect, you must drive your vehicle for a short period of time before Active Park Assist becomes functional.

The system does not offer a particular space Something may be contacting the side sensors. There is not enough room in the parking space for the vehicle to safely park. There is not enough space for the parking maneuver on the opposite side of the parking space. Your vehicle is farther than 4.9 ft (1.5 m) from the parking space. Your vehicle is closer than 16 in (40 cm) from neighboring parked vehicles. The transmission is in reverse (R); your vehicle must be moving forward to detect a parking space. Your vehicle is going faster than 22 mph (35 km/h).

The system does not position the vehicle where I want in the space Your vehicle is rolling in the opposite direction of the transmission (rolling forward with reverse [R] selected). An irregular curb along the parking space prevents the system from aligning your vehicle properly. Vehicles or objects bordering the space may not be positioned correctly. You pulled your vehicle too far past the parking space. The system performs best when you drive the same distance past the parking space. The tires may not be installed or maintained correctly (not inflated correctly, improper size, or of different sizes). A repair or alteration has changed detection capabilities. A parked vehicle has a high attachment (salt sprayer, snowplow or moving truck bed).

204

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Parking Aids

The system does not position the vehicle where I want in the space The parking space length or position of parked objects changed after your vehicle passed. The temperature around your vehicle changes quickly (driving from a heated garage into the cold, or after leaving a car wash). You didn't wait for the steering wheel to complete its rotation after a gear change. The system performs best when the steering wheel is allowed to finish rotating before accelerating.

During operation, lines appear in the display which represent your vehicle’s path REAR VIEW CAMERA (If Equipped) and proximity to objects behind your vehicle. WARNINGS The rear view camera system is a reverse aid supplement device that still requires the driver to use it in conjunction with the interior and exterior mirrors for maximum coverage. Objects that are close to either corner of the bumper or under the bumper, might not be seen on the screen due to the limited coverage of the camera system.

Back up as slow as possible since E184050 higher speeds might limit your reaction time to stop your vehicle. The camera is located on the tailgate handle. Use caution when using the rear video camera when the tailgate is Using the Rear View Camera ajar. If the tailgate is ajar, the camera System will be out of position and the video image may be incorrect. All guidelines have been The rear view camera system displays removed when the tailgate is ajar. what is behind your vehicle when you place the transmission in reverse (R). Use caution when turning camera features on or off while in reverse Note: The reverse sensing system is not (R). Make sure your vehicle is not effective at speeds above 3 mph (5 km/h) moving. and may not detect certain angular or moving objects. The rear view camera system provides a video image of the area behind your vehicle.

205

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Parking Aids

The system uses three types of guides to Note: The centerline is only available if help you see what is behind your vehicle: active or fixed guidelines are on. • Active guidelines: Show the intended path of your vehicle while reversing. • Fixed guidelines: Show the actual path A B C D E your vehicle is moving in while reversing in a straight line. This can be helpful when backing into a parking space or aligning your vehicle with another object behind you. • Centerline: Helps align the center of your vehicle with an object (for example, a trailer). Note: If the image comes on while the transmission is not in reverse (R), have the system inspected by your authorized dealer. Note: When towing, the camera only sees what you are towing behind your vehicle. This might not provide adequate coverage as it usually provides in normal operation and you might not see some objects. In some vehicles, the guidelines may disappear once you engage the trailer tow connector. Note: If your vehicle is equipped with Pro F Trailer Backup Assist you can set-up the trailer to work with the Rear View Camera E142436 system. The camera may not operate correctly A Active guidelines under the following conditions: B Centerline • Nighttime or dark areas if the reverse C Fixed guideline: Green zone lamps are not operating. D Fixed guideline: Yellow zone • Mud, water or debris obstructs the camera's view. Clean the lens with a E Fixed guideline: Red zone soft, lint-free cloth and non-abrasive F Rear bumper cleaner. • The rear of your vehicle is hit or Active guidelines only show with fixed damaged, causing the camera to guidelines. To use active guidelines, turn become misaligned. the steering wheel to point the guidelines toward an intended path. If the steering Guidelines and the Centerline wheel position changes while reversing, your vehicle might deviate from the original Note: Active guidelines and fixed guidelines intended path. are only available when the transmission is in reverse (R).

206

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Parking Aids

The fixed and active guidelines fade in and Enhanced Park Aids out depending on the steering wheel position. The active guidelines do not show Selectable settings for this feature are ON when the steering wheel position is and OFF. straight. The system uses red, yellow and green Always use caution while reversing. highlights that appear on top of the video Objects in the red zone are closest to your image when any of the sensing systems vehicle and objects in the green zone are detect an object. farther away. Objects are getting closer to Vehicles equipped with MyFord Touch™ your vehicle as they move from the green zone to the yellow or red zones. Use the The system will provide an image of your side view mirrors and rear view mirror to vehicle and the sensor zones. The zones get better coverage on both sides and rear will highlight green, yellow and red when of your vehicle. the parking aid sensors detect an object in the coverage area. Manual Zoom WARNING When manual zoom is on, the full area behind your vehicle is not shown. Be aware of your surroundings when using the manual zoom feature.

Note: Manual zoom is only available when the transmission is in reverse (R). Note: Only the centerline shows when you enable manual zoom. Selectable settings for this feature are Zoom in (+) and Zoom out (-). Press the symbol on the camera screen to change the view. The default setting is Zoom OFF. This allows you to get a closer view of an E190459 object behind your vehicle. The zoomed For additional information of the zone image keeps the bumper in the image to coverage and the rear sensing system. See provide a reference. The zoom is only Parking Aid (page 200). active while the transmission is in reverse (R). Rear Camera Delay Camera System Settings Selectable settings for this feature are ON and OFF. To access any of the rear view camera system settings, make the following The default setting for the rear camera selections in the multifunctional display delay is OFF. when the transmission is not in reverse (R): • Menu > Vehicle > Camera Settings

207

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Parking Aids

When shifting the transmission out of The 360 degree camera system reverse (R) and into any gear other than button is located on the park (P), the camera image remains in the E183663 instrument panel and allows you display until your vehicle speed reaches to toggle through different camera views. 6 mph (10 km/h). This occurs when the The front and rear cameras have multiple rear camera delay feature is on, or until a screens which consist of: Normal view with radio button is pressed. 360, Normal view, and split view. When in park (P), neutral (N) or drive (D), only the front images will be displayed when the 360 DEGREE PARKING AID button is pressed. When in reverse (R), only CAMERA (If Equipped) the rear images will be displayed when the button is pressed. WARNINGS Note: The 360 degree camera system will The 360 degree camera system is a turn OFF when your vehicle is in motion at supplement system that still requires low speed, except when in reverse (R). the driver to use it in conjunction with looking out the windows, and checking the Camera Views interior and exterior mirrors for maximum The small vehicle icon displayed on the coverage. top left corner of the image illustrates the You may not see objects that are camera view being displayed. Camera close to either corner of the bumper views are laid out in the order the screens or under the bumper due to the will appear once the button is pressed. limited coverage of the camera system. Note: The front video image will be Use caution when turning camera disabled when your vehicle is in motion at features ON or OFF while out of park low speed, except when in reverse (R). (P). Make sure your vehicle is not • Front 360 + Normal: Contains the moving. normal front camera view next to a 360 degree camera view. This view will The 360 degree camera system consists appear on the screen when the button of front, side and rear cameras. The is pressed in any gear other than system: reverse (R). • Allows you to see what is directly in • Front Normal View: Provides an front or behind your vehicle. image of what is directly in front of your • Provides cross traffic view in front and vehicle. Access this view by pressing behind your vehicle. the camera button from the Front 360 + Normal View screen. • Allows you to see a top-down view of the area outside your vehicle, including • Front Split View: Provides an the blind spots. extended view of what is in front of your vehicle. Access this view by • Provides visibility around your vehicle pressing the camera button from the to you in parking maneuvers such as: Front Normal View screen. • Centering in a parking space. • Obstacles near vehicle. • Parallel parking.

208

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Parking Aids

• Rear 360 + Normal: Contains the normal rear camera view next to a 360 degree camera view. This view can be accessed by putting your vehicle in reverse (R), or by pressing the camera button from the Rear Split View screen. • Rear Normal View: Provides an image of what is directly behind your vehicle. Access this view by pressing the camera button from the Rear 360 + Normal screen.

• Rear Split View: Provides an E184044 extended view of what is behind your vehicle. Access this view by pressing The front video camera, located in the the camera button from the Rear grille, provides a video image of the area Normal View screen. in front of your vehicle. It adds assistance to the driver while driving forward at low Keep Out Zone speeds. To use the front video camera system, place the transmission in any gear except reverse (R). An image will display once the camera enable button is pressed. The area displayed on the screen may vary according to your vehicle's orientation and/or road condition. Side Camera

E184448 The Keep Out Zone is represented by the yellow dotted lines running parallel to your vehicle. It is designed to give you the indication on the ground of the fully extended outside mirror position.

Front Camera E206263 WARNING The side view camera, located in the The front camera system is an aid outside mirror, provide a video image of supplement device that still requires the area on the sides of your vehicle as part the driver to use it in conjunction with of the front 360 + normal view and rear looking out your vehicle. 360 + normal view. It aids you while parking your vehicle either forward or backwards.

209

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Parking Aids

Note: Use caution when using the 360 view while any of the doors are ajar. If a door is ajar, the camera will be out of position and the video image may be incorrect.

210

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Cruise Control (If Equipped)

PRINCIPLE OF OPERATION

Cruise control lets you maintain a set speed without keeping your foot on the accelerator pedal. You can use cruise control when your vehicle speed is greater than 20 mph (30 km/h).

USING CRUISE CONTROL

WARNINGS Do not use cruise control on winding roads, in heavy traffic or, when the road surface is slippery. This could result in loss of vehicle control, serious injury or death. When you are going downhill, your vehicle speed may increase above the set speed. The system will not apply the brakes. Change down a gear to assist the system in maintaining the set E191819 speed. Failure to do so could result in loss of vehicle control, serious injury or death. The cruise controls are on the steering wheel. Note: Cruise control will disengage if the Switching Cruise Control On and vehicle speed decreases more than 10 mph Off (16 km/h) below the set speed while driving uphill. Switching Cruise Control On Press and release ON. The indicator appears in the instrument cluster. E71340

Setting the Cruise Speed 1. Drive to desired speed. 2. Press and release SET+. 3. Take your foot off the accelerator pedal. The indicator color changes.

211

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Cruise Control (If Equipped)

Changing the Set Speed WARNINGS Note: If you accelerate by pressing the Adaptive cruise control is not a crash accelerator pedal, the set speed will not warning or avoidance system. change. When you release the accelerator Adaptive cruise control does not pedal, your vehicle returns to the speed that detect stationary or slow moving you previously set. vehicles below 6 mph (10 km/h). • Press the accelerator or brake pedal Adaptive cruise control does not until you reach the desired speed. Press detect pedestrians or objects in the and release SET+. roadway. • Press and hold SET+ or SET-. Release the control when you reach the desired Adaptive cruise control does not speed. detect oncoming vehicles in the same lane. • Press and release SET+ or SET-. The set speed will change in approximately Do not use the adaptive cruise 1 mph (2 km/h) increments. control when entering or leaving a highway, in heavy traffic or on roads Canceling the Set Speed that are winding, slippery or unpaved. Press CNCL or tap the brake pedal, this Do not use in poor visibility, action does not erase the set speed. specifically fog, rain, spray or snow.

Resuming the Set Speed Note: It is your responsibility to stay alert, Press and release RES. drive safely and control the vehicle at all times. Switching Cruise Control Off The system adjusts your speed to maintain Press and release OFF or switch the a proper distance between you and the ignition off. vehicle in front of you in the same lane. You can select from one of four gap settings. Note: You will erase the set speed if you switch the system off.

USING ADAPTIVE CRUISE CONTROL (If Equipped)

WARNINGS Always pay close attention to changing road conditions, especially when using adaptive cruise control. Adaptive cruise control cannot replace attentive driving. Failing to follow any of E183737 the warnings below or failing to pay The controls for using your cruise control attention to the road may result in a crash, are located on the steering wheel. serious injury or death.

212

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Cruise Control (If Equipped)

Switching the System On 5. A lead vehicle graphic illuminates if the system detects a vehicle in front of you. Press and release ON. Note: When adaptive cruise control is The information display shows active, the speedometer may vary slightly the grey indicator light. E144529 from the set speed displayed in the information display. Following a Vehicle

WARNINGS When following a vehicle in front of you, your vehicle does not decelerate automatically to a stop, nor does your vehicle always decelerate quickly enough to avoid a crash without driver intervention. Always apply the brakes when necessary. Failing to do so may result in a

E183738 crash, serious injury or death. Adaptive cruise control only warns The current gap setting and SET also of vehicles detected by the radar shows. sensor. In some cases there may be Setting a Speed no warning or a delayed warning. You should always apply the brakes when 1. Accelerate to the desired speed. necessary. Failing to do so may result in a 2. Press and release SET+. The memory crash, serious injury or death. stores the vehicle speed. 3. The information display shows a green Note: The brakes may emit a sound when indicator light, current gap setting and the adaptive cruise control system is active. the desired set speed. When a vehicle ahead of you enters the 4. Take your foot off the accelerator same lane or a slower vehicle is ahead in pedal. the same lane, the vehicle speed adjusts to maintain a preset gap distance. The distance setting is adjustable. The lead vehicle graphic illuminates. The vehicle maintains a constant distance from the vehicle ahead until: • The vehicle in front of you accelerates to a speed above the set speed. • The vehicle in front of you moves out of your lane or out of view. • The vehicle speed falls below 12.4 mph (20 km/h). • You set a new gap distance.

213

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Cruise Control (If Equipped)

The system applies the brakes to slow the vehicle to maintain a safe distance from the vehicle in front. The system applies only limited maximum braking. Press the brake pedal to override the system. If the system predicts that its maximum braking level is insufficient, an audible warning sounds while the system continues to brake. A red warning bar appears on the windshield heads-up display. Take immediate action to slow or stop the vehicle. E183739 The system may provide slight temporary acceleration when you use your driver side A Gap decrease. directional indicator while following a lead B Gap increase. vehicle, to aid in passing the vehicle. Press the gap control to decrease or Setting the Gap Distance increase the distance between your vehicle Note: It is your responsibility to select a gap and the vehicle in front of you. appropriate to the driving conditions.

E183738 Bars in the graphic show the selected gap distance. You can select between four gap settings.

214

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Cruise Control (If Equipped)

Adaptive cruise control distance-between-vehicle settings

Set speed Graphic display, Time gap, Distance gap Dynamic beha- bars indicated seconds vior mph ( km/h) between yd (m) vehicles 62 (100) 1 1 31 (28) Sport. 62 (100) 2 1.4 43 (39) Normal. 62 (100) 3 1.8 55 (50) Normal. 62 (100) 4 2.2 67 (61) Comfort.

Each time you start the vehicle, the system Changing the Set Speed selects the last chosen gap for the current driver. • Accelerate or brake to the desired speed, then press and release SET+. Disengaging the System • Press and hold SET+ or SET- until the Press the brake pedal or press CNCL. The desired set speed shows on the last set speed displays in grey but does not information display. The vehicle speed erase. gradually changes to the selected speed. Overriding the System • Press and release SET+ or SET-. The set speed changes in approximately WARNING 1.2 mph (2 km/h). Whenever you press the accelerator The system may apply the brakes to slow pedal and override the system, the the vehicle to the new set speed. The set system no longer automatically speed displays continuously in the applies the brakes to maintain separation information display while the system is from any vehicle ahead. active.

While you press the accelerator pedal, you Resuming the Set Speed override the set speed and gap distance. Note: Only use resume if you are aware of When you override the system, the set speed and intend to return to it. the green indicator light E144529 illuminates and the lead vehicle Press and release RES. The vehicle returns graphic does not show in the information to the previously set speed. The set speed display. shows continuously in the information display while the system is active. The system resumes operation when you release the accelerator pedal. The vehicle speed decreases to the set speed, or to a lower speed if following a slower vehicle.

215

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Cruise Control (If Equipped)

Low Speed Automatic The radar sensor has a limited field of Cancellation vision. It may not detect vehicles at all or detect a vehicle later than expected in The system does not function at vehicle some situations. The lead vehicle graphic speeds below 12.4 mph (20 km/h). An does not illuminate if the system does not audible alarm sounds and the automatic detect a vehicle in front of you. braking releases if the vehicle drops below this speed. Hilly Condition Usage Note: An audible alarm sounds and the system shuts down if it applies brakes for an extended period of time. This allows the brakes to cool. The system functions normally again when the brakes have cooled. Select a lower gear when the system is active in situations such as prolonged downhill driving on steep grades, for example in mountainous areas. The system needs additional engine braking in these situations to reduce the load on the vehicle’s regular brake system to prevent it from overheating. Switching the System Off Note: The set speed memory erases when you switch off the system. Press and release OFF or switch off the ignition. E71621 Detection Issues Detection issues can occur: WARNING A When driving on a different line On rare occasions, detection issues than the vehicle in front. can occur due to the road B With vehicles that edge into your infrastructures, for example bridges, lane. The system can only detect tunnels and safety barriers. In these cases, these vehicles once they move the system may brake late or fully into your lane. unexpectedly. At all times, you are responsible for controlling your vehicle, C There may be issues with the supervising the system and intervening, if detection of vehicles in front required. when driving into and coming out of a bend or curve in the road.

216

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Cruise Control (If Equipped)

In these cases the system may brake late WARNINGS or unexpectedly. Stay alert and take action Do not use adaptive cruise control when necessary. while you have a snow plow blade If something hits the front end of your installed. vehicle or damage occurs, the Do not use tire sizes other than those radar-sensing zone may change. This could recommended because this can cause missed or false vehicle detections. affect the normal operation of the Contact an authorized dealer to have them system. Failing to do so may result in a loss check for proper coverage and operation. of vehicle control, which could result in System Not Available serious injury. Conditions that can cause the system to deactivate or prevent the system from activating when requested include: • A blocked sensor. • High brake temperature. • A failure in the system or a related system. Note: If you disable electronic stability control, adaptive cruise control is not available. See Using Stability Control (page 197). E183741 Blocked Sensor A message displays if something obstructs the radar signals from the sensor. The WARNINGS sensor is behind a cover near the driver side Do not use the system when towing of the lower grille. The system cannot a trailer with aftermarked trailer detect a vehicle ahead and does not brake controls. Aftermarket trailer function when something obstructs the brakes will not function properly when you radar signals. The following table lists switch the system on because the brakes possible causes and actions for this are electronically controlled. Failing to do message displaying. so may result in loss of vehicle control, which could result in serious injury.

217

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Cruise Control (If Equipped)

Cause Action The surface of the radar in the grille is dirty Clean the grille surface in front of the radar or obstructed in some way. or remove the object causing the obstruction. The surface of the radar in the grille is clean Wait a short time. It may take several but the message remains in the display. minutes for the radar to detect that it is free from obstruction. Heavy rain or snow is interfering with the Do not use the system in these conditions radar signals. because it may not detect any vehicles ahead. Swirling water, or snow or ice on the surface Do not use the system in these conditions of the road may interfere with the radar because it may not detect any vehicles signals. ahead. You are in a desert or remote area with no Wait a short time or switch to normal cruise other vehicles and no roadside objects. control.

The cruise control indicator light Due to the nature of radar technology, it is replaces the adaptive cruise possible to get a blockage warning and not E71340 control indicator light if you have a blockage. This can happen, for select normal cruise control. The gap example, when driving in sparse rural or setting does not display, the system does desert environments. A false blocked not automatically respond to lead vehicles condition either self clears or clears after and automatic braking is not active. The a key cycle. system recalls its last setting when you Switching to Normal Cruise start your vehicle. Control

WARNING Normal cruise control does not brake due to slower vehicles. Always be aware of which mode you have selected and apply the brakes when necessary.

You can manually change from adaptive cruise control to normal cruise control through the information display. See Information Messages (page 118).

218

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Driving Aids

DRIVER ALERT (If Equipped) System Warnings Note: Note: The system will not issue WARNING warnings below approximately 40 mph The driver alert system is designed (64 km/h). to aid you. It is not intended to The warning system is in two stages. At replace your attention and judgment. first the system issues a temporary warning You are still responsible to drive with due that you need to take a rest. This message care and attention. will only appear for a short time. If the system detects further reduction in driving Note: The system will store the on or off alertness, another warning may be issued setting in the information display menu which will remain in the information display through ignition cycles. for a longer time. Press OK on the steering wheel control to clear the warning. When Note: If enabled in the menu, the system active the system will run automatically in will be active at speeds above 40 mph the background and only issue a warning (64 km/h). if required. Note: The system works as long as one lane marking can be detected by the camera. Resetting the System Note: If the camera is blocked or if the You can reset the system by either: windshield is damaged, the system may not • Switching the ignition off and on. function. • Stopping the vehicle and then opening Note: The system may not be available in and closing the driver’s door. poor weather or other low visibility conditions. LANE KEEPING SYSTEM (If The system automatically monitors your driving behavior using various inputs Equipped) including the front camera sensor. If the system detects that your driving WARNING alertness is reduced below a certain The system is designed to aid the threshold, the system will alert you using driver. It is not intended to replace a chime and a message in the information your attention and judgment. You are display. still responsible to drive with due care and attention. Using Driver Alert Switching the system on and off Note: The system works above 40 mph (64 km/h). You may switch the system on or off through the information display by Note: The system works as long as the selecting Settings then Driver Assist then camera can detect one lane marking. Driver Alert in the menu. When activated, Note: The system may not function if the the system will monitor your alertness level camera is blocked or there is damage to the based upon your driving behavior in relation windshield. to the lane markings, and other factors.

219

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Driving Aids

Note: When Aid mode is on and the system detects no steering activity for a short period, the system will alert you to put your hands on the steering wheel. The system may detect a light grip or touch on the steering wheel as hands off driving. The system notifies you to stay in your lane through the steering system and the instrument cluster display when the front camera detects an unintentional drift out of your lane is likely to occur. The system automatically detects and tracks the road E165515 lane markings using a camera mounted behind the interior rear view mirror. Alert only – Provides a steering wheel vibration when an unintended lane Switching the System On and Off departure is detected. Note: The system on or off setting is stored until it is manually changed, unless a MyKey® is detected. If the system detects a MyKey®, it defaults to on and the mode is set to alert. Note: If a MyKey® is detected, pressing the button will not affect the on or off status of the system. You can only change the mode and intensity settings. Press the button located on the center console to switch the E165516 E173233 system on or off. Aid only – Provides a steering wheel System Settings vibration when the system detects an unintended lane departure. The system has one standard feature setting and one optional setting menu available. To view or adjust the settings, See General Information (page 103). The system stores the last known selection for each of these settings. You do not need to readjust your settings each time you turn on the system. Mode: This setting allows you to select which of the system features you can enable.

220

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Driving Aids

Note: The overhead vehicle graphic may still be displayed if adaptive cruise control is enabled. While the system is on, the color of the lane markings will change to indicate the system status. Gray: Indicates that the system is temporarily unable to provide a warning or intervention on the indicated side(s). This may be because: • Your vehicle is under the activation E165517 speed. A Alert • Your turn indicator is active. AidB • Your vehicle is in a dynamic maneuver. • The road has no or poor lane markings Alert + Aid – Provides an assistance in the camera field-of-view. steering torque input toward the lane • The camera is obscured or unable to center. If your vehicle continues drifting out detect the lane markings due to of the lane, the system provides a steering environmental conditions (significant wheel vibration. sun angles, shadows, snow, heavy rain, Note: The alert and aid diagrams illustrate fog), traffic conditions (following a general zone coverage. They do not provide large vehicle that is blocking or exact zone parameters. shadowing the lane), or vehicle Intensity: This setting affects the intensity conditions (poor headlamp of the steering wheel vibration used for the illumination). alert and alert + aid modes. This setting See Troubleshooting for additional does not affect the aid mode. information. • Low Green: Indicates that the system is • Medium available or ready to provide a warning or intervention, on the indicated side(s). • High Yellow: Indicates that the system is System Display providing or has just provided a lane keeping aid intervention. When you switch on the system, an overhead graphic of a vehicle Red: Indicates that the system is providing E144813 with lane markings will display or has just provided a lane keeping alert in the information display. warning. If you select aid mode when you You can temporarily disable the system at switch on the system, arrows will any time by doing the following E173234 be displayed with lane markings. • Quick braking. • Fast acceleration. When you switch off the system, the lane marking graphics will not display. • Using your direction indicator. • Evasive steering maneuver.

221

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Driving Aids

Troubleshooting

Why is the feature not available (line markings are gray) when I can see the lane markings on the road? Vehicle speed is outside the operational range of the feature Sun is shining directly into the camera lens Quick intentional lane change Staying too close to the lane marking Driving at high speeds in curves Previous feature activation happened within the last one second Ambiguous lane markings (mainly in construction zones) Rapid transition from light to dark or vice versa Sudden offset in lane markings ABS or AdvanceTrac activation Camera blockage due to dirt, grime, fog, frost or water on the windshield Driving too close to the vehicle in front of you Transitioning between no lane markings to lane markings or vice versa Standing water on the road Faint lane markings (partial yellow lane markings on concrete roads) Lane width too narrow or too wide Camera not calibrated after a windshield replacement Driving on tight roads or on uneven roads Vehicle accessories such as snow plows

Why does the vehicle not come back into the middle of the lane always, as expected, in the Aid or Aid + Alert mode? High cross winds Large road crown Rough roads, grooves, shoulder drop-offs

222

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Driving Aids

Why does the vehicle not come back into the middle of the lane always, as expected, in the Aid or Aid + Alert mode? Heavy uneven loading of the vehicle or improper tire inflation pressure If the tires have been exchanged (including snow tires), or the suspension has been modified Vehicle accessories such as snow plows or trailers

The Blind Spot Information System is designed to aid you in detecting vehicles BLIND SPOT INFORMATION that may have entered the blind spot zone SYSTEM (A). The detection area is on both sides of your vehicle, extending rearward from the WARNING exterior mirrors to approximately 13 ft (4 m) beyond the bumper. The system is To help avoid injuries, NEVER use the designed to alert you if certain vehicles Blind Spot Information System as a enter the blind spot zone while driving. replacement for using the interior and exterior mirrors or looking over your Note: The Blind Spot Information System shoulder before changing lanes. The Blind does not prevent contact with other vehicles Spot Information System is not a or objects; nor detect parked vehicles, replacement for careful driving. people, animals or infrastructure (fences, guardrails, trees). It’s only designed to alert you to vehicles in the blind spot zones. Note: When a vehicle passes quickly A through the blind spot zone, typically fewer than two seconds, the system does not trigger. Using the System The Blind Spot Information System turns on when you start the engine and you drive your vehicle forward above 5 mph A (8 km/h). For automatic transmissions, the Blind Spot Information System remains on while E124788 the transmission is in drive (D). If shifted into reverse (R) or park (P) the Blind Spot Information System turns off. Once shifted back into drive (D), the Blind Spot Information System turns back on when you drive your vehicle above 5 mph (8 km/h).

223

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Driving Aids

For manual transmissions, the Blind Spot Information System is on for all gears except the reverse (R). Note: The Blind Spot Information System does not function in reverse (R) or park (P). System Lights and Messages

E142442 The Blind Spot Information System illuminates an amber alert indicator in the outside mirror on the side of your vehicle the approaching vehicle is coming from. When the Blind Spot Information System E205199 is alerting on a vehicle and the The system uses radar sensors that are corresponding turn signal is ON, the Blind located behind the bumper fascia on each Spot Information System alert indicator side of your vehicle. Any dirt, mud and flashes as an increased warning level. snow in front of the sensors and/or driving The alert indicator dims when the system in heavy rain can cause system detects nighttime darkness. degradation. Also, other types of obstructions in front of the sensor can Note: The alert indicator flashes in case of cause system degradation. This is referred an alert and the turn signal is set to that side to as a ‘blocked’ condition. at the same time. Note: Do not apply bumper stickers and/or System Sensor Blockage repair compound to these areas, this can cause degraded system performance. WARNING To help avoid injuries, NEVER use the Blind Spot Information System as a replacement for using the interior and exterior mirrors or looking over your shoulder before changing lanes. The Blind Spot Information System is not a replacement for careful driving.

224

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Driving Aids

If the system detects a degraded Switching the System Off and On performance condition, a message warning of a blocked sensor will appear in the You can temporarily switch the Blind Spot information display. Also the BLIS alert Information System off in the information indicators will remain ON and BLIS will no display. See General Information (page longer provide any vehicle warnings. You 103). When the Blind Spot Information can clear the information display warning System switches off, you will not receive but the alert indicators will remain alerts and the information display shows illuminated. a system off message. The telltale in the cluster also illuminates. When you switch A "blocked" condition can be cleared in the Blind Spot Information System on or two ways: off, the alert indicators flash twice. • After the blockage in front of the Note: The Blind Spot Information System sensors is removed or the remembers the last selected on or off rainfall/snowfall rate decreases or setting. stops, drive for a few minutes in traffic to allow the sensors to detect passing You can also have the Blind Spot vehicles. Information System switched off • By cycling the ignition from ON to OFF permanently at an authorized dealer. Once and then back ON. switched off permanently, the system can only be switched back on at an authorized Note: If your vehicle has a tow bar with a dealer. factory equipped trailer tow module and it is towing a trailer, the sensors will automatically turn the Blind Spot CROSS TRAFFIC ALERT Information System off. If your vehicle has a tow bar but no factory equipped trailer WARNING tow module, it is recommended to turn the To help avoid personal injury, NEVER Blind Spot Information System off use the Cross Traffic Alert system as manually. Operating the Blind Spot a replacement for using the interior Information System with a trailer attached and exterior mirrors and looking over your will cause poor system performance. shoulder before backing out of a parking System Errors space. Cross Traffic Alert is not a replacement for careful driving. If the system senses a problem with the left or right sensor, the telltale will Cross traffic alert is designed to warn you illuminate and a message will appear in of vehicles approaching from the sides the information display. See Information when the transmission is in reverse (R). Messages (page 118). Using the System Cross traffic alert turns on when you start the engine and you shift into reverse (R). Once shifted out of reverse (R), cross traffic alert turns off. Note: Cross traffic alert only functions while your transmission is in reverse (R).

225

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Driving Aids

Cross Traffic Alert is designed to detect fully obstructed. Reversing slowly helps vehicles that approach with a speed up to increase the coverage area and 37 mph (60 km/h). Coverage decreases effectiveness. when the sensors are partially, mostly or

E142440

In this first example, the left sensor is only partially obstructed; zone coverage to the right is nearly maximized.

E142441

226

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Driving Aids

Zone coverage also decreases when System Limitations parking at shallow angles. Here, the left sensor is mostly obstructed; zone coverage Cross Traffic Alert has its limitations; on that side is severely limited. situations such as severe weather conditions or debris build-up on the sensor System Lights, Messages and area may limit vehicle detection. Audible Alerts The following are other situations that may limit the Cross Traffic Alert performance: • Adjacently parked vehicles or objects obstructing the sensors. • Approaching vehicles passing at speeds greater than 37 mph (60 km/h). • Driving in reverse faster than 7 mph (12 km/h). • Backing out of an angled parking spot. False Alerts E142442 Note: If your vehicle has a tow bar with a The Cross Traffic Alert illuminates an factory equipped trailer tow module and it amber alert indicator in the outside mirror is towing a trailer, the sensors will on the side of your vehicle the approaching automatically turn the Cross Traffic Alert vehicle is coming from. Cross Traffic Alert off. If your vehicle has a tow bar but no also sounds an audible alert and a factory equipped trailer tow module, it is message appears in the information recommended to turn the Cross Traffic Alert display indicating a vehicle is coming from off manually. Operating Cross Traffic Alert the right or left. Cross Traffic Alert works with a trailer attached will cause poor Cross with the reverse sensing system that Traffic Alert performance. sounds its own series of tones. See Parking Aid (page 200). There may be certain instances when there is a false alert by the Cross Traffic Alert The system uses radar sensors that are system that illuminates the alert indicator located behind the bumper fascia on each with no vehicle in the coverage zone. Some side of your vehicle. Do not allow mud, amount of false alerts are normal; they are snow or bumper stickers to obstruct these temporary and self-correct. areas, this can cause degraded system performance. See Blind Spot System Errors Information System (page 223). In case the Blind Spot Information System is If Cross Traffic Alert senses a problem with blocked, Cross Traffic Alert is blocked at the left or right sensor a message will the same time. A corresponding message appear in the information display. See appears in the information display as soon Information Messages (page 118). as you shift the transmission into reverse (R).

227

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Driving Aids

Switching the System Off and On Your vehicle has an electric power steering system. There is no fluid reservoir. No You can temporarily switch Cross Traffic maintenance is required. Alert off in the information display. See General Information (page 103). When If your vehicle loses electrical power while you switch Cross Traffic Alert off, you will you are driving, electric power steering not receive alerts and the information assistance is lost. The steering system still display will display a system off message. operates and you can steer your vehicle manually. Manually steering your vehicle Note: The Cross Traffic Alert switches on requires more effort. whenever the ignition is switched on and ready to provide appropriate alerts when Extreme continuous steering may increase the transmission is in reverse (R). Cross the effort required for you to steer your Traffic Alert will not remember the last vehicle. This increased effort prevents selected on or off setting. overheating and permanent damage to the steering system. You do not lose the You can also have Cross Traffic Alert ability to steer your vehicle manually. switched off permanently at an authorized Typical steering and driving maneuvers dealer. Once switched off permanently, allow the system to cool and return to the system can only be switched back on normal operation. at an authorized dealer. Steering Tips STEERING If the steering wanders or pulls, check for: • Correct tire pressures. Electric Power Steering • Uneven tire wear. WARNINGS • Loose or worn suspension The electric power steering system components. has diagnostic checks that • Loose or worn steering components. continuously monitor the system. If • Improper vehicle alignment. a fault is detected, a message displays in the information display. Stop your vehicle Note: A high crown in the road or high as soon as it is safe to do so. Switch the crosswinds may also make the steering ignition off. After at least 10 seconds, seem to wander or pull. switch the ignition on and watch the information display for a steering system Adaptive Learning warning message. If a steering system The electronic power steering system warning message returns, have the system adaptive learning helps correct road checked by an authorized dealer. irregularities and improves overall handling If the system detects an error, you and steering feel. It communicates with may not feel a difference in the the brake system to help operate steering, however a serious condition advanced stability control and accident may exist. Obtain immediate service from avoidance systems. Additionally, whenever an authorized dealer, failure to do so may the battery is disconnected or a new result in loss of steering control. battery installed, you must drive your vehicle a short distance before the system relearns the strategy and reactivates all systems.

228

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Driving Aids

COLLISION WARNING SYSTEM

(If Equipped)

Principle Of Operation (If Equipped)

WARNINGS This system is an extra driving aid. It does not replace your attention and

judgment, or the need to apply the E156131 brakes. This system does NOT automatically brake your vehicle. If you fail When your vehicle rapidly approaches to press the brake pedal when necessary, another vehicle, a red warning light flashes you may collide with another vehicle. and a tone sounds. The collision warning system with The brake support system assists you in brake support cannot help prevent reducing any collision speed by all collisions. Do not rely on this pre-charging the brakes. If the risk of system to replace your judgment and the collision continues to increases after the need to maintain correct distance and audio-visual warning, the brake support speed. prepares the brake system for rapid braking. The system does not automatically activate the brakes, but if Note: The system does not detect, warn or the brake pedal is pressed even lightly, the respond to potential collisions with vehicles brakes apply full stopping power. to the rear or sides of your vehicle. Note: The collision warning system is active Using the Collision Warning System at speeds above approximately 5 mph (8 km/h). WARNING Note: The collision warning system will be The collision warning system’s brake unavailable if you disable the electronic support reduces collision speed only stability control. See Using Stability if you brake your vehicle before any Control (page 197). collision. As in any typical braking situation, you must press your brake pedal.

You can use your information display E156130 control to adjust the collision warning The system alerts you of certain collision system's sensitivity or to turn the system risks. The system's sensor detects your On or Off. Your vehicle will remember vehicle's rapid approach to other vehicles these settings across key cycles. You may traveling in the same direction as your change the collision warning system vehicle. sensitivity to any one of three possible settings. See General Information (page 103).

229

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Driving Aids

Note: It is recommended that you turn the Blocked Sensors collision warning system off if a snow plow or similar object is installed in such a way that it may block the radar sensor. Your vehicle will remember the selected setting across key cycles. Note: When possible, the manufacturer recommends using the highest sensitivity setting. If warnings are too frequent, you can reduce your system's sensitivity. Reduced sensitivity causes fewer and later system warnings. See General Information (page 103). E183741 If a blocked sensor message appears in the information display, dirt, water, or an object is blocking the sensor. The sensor is located behind a cover near the driver side of the lower grille. If anything blocks the sensor, your vehicle cannot see through the sensor, and the collision warning system will not work. Possible causes for the blocked sensor message and corrective actions are listed below.

Cause Action The radar sensor cover in the grille is dirty Clean the radar sensor cover or remove the or obstructed obstruction The surface of the radar sensor cover is Wait a short time. The radar may take clean but the message remains in the several minutes to reset after you remove display the obstruction Heavy rain, spray, snow or fog in the air The collision warning system is temporarily interferes with the radar signals disabled. Shortly after weather conditions improve, the collision warning system automatically reactivates Swirling water, snow or ice on the road The collision warning system is temporarily surface interferes with the radar signals disabled. Shortly after weather conditions improve, the collision warning system automatically reactivates

230

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Driving Aids

System Limitations WARNING The collision warning system’s brake support only reduces collision speed if you first apply your brakes. You must brake as you would in any typical braking situation.

Due to the nature of radar technology, there may be certain instances where vehicles do not provide a collision warning. These include: • Stationary vehicles or vehicles moving below 6 mph (10 km/h). • Pedestrians or objects in the roadway. • Oncoming vehicles in the same lane. • Severe weather conditions (see blocked sensor section). • Debris build-up on the grille near the headlamps (see blocked sensor section). • Small distance to vehicle ahead. • Large steering wheel and pedal movements (very active driving style). Damage to the front end of your vehicle may alter the radar sensor's coverage area. This may result in missed or false collision warnings. Have an authorized dealer check your radar sensor for proper coverage and operation.

231

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Load Carrying

LOAD LIMIT the following terms for determining your vehicle’s weight Vehicle Loading - with and ratings, with or without a trailer, without a Trailer from the vehicle’s Tire Label or Safety Compliance Certification This section will guide you in the Label: proper loading of your vehicle, trailer or both, to keep your loaded Base Curb Weight - is the weight vehicle weight within its design of the vehicle including a full tank rating capability, with or without of fuel and all standard a trailer. Properly loading your equipment. It does not include vehicle will provide maximum passengers, cargo, or optional return of vehicle design equipment. performance. Before loading your Vehicle Curb Weight - is the vehicle, familiarize yourself with weight of your new vehicle when you picked it up from your authorized dealer plus any aftermarket equipment.

PAYLOAD

E143816

Payload - is the combined weight kg OR XXX lb.” for maximum of cargo and passengers that the payload. The payload listed on the vehicle is carrying. The maximum Tire Label is the maximum payload for your vehicle can be payload for the vehicle as built by found on the Tire Label on the the assembly plant. If you install B-Pillar or the edge of the driver any aftermarket or door (vehicles exported outside authorized-dealer installed the US and Canada may not have equipment on the vehicle, you a Tire Label). Look for “THE must subtract the weight of the COMBINED WEIGHT OF equipment from the payload listed OCCUPANTS AND CARGO on the Tire Label in order to SHOULD NEVER EXCEED XXX determine the new payload.

232

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Load Carrying

WARNING Example only: The appropriate loading capacity of your vehicle can be limited either by volume capacity (how much space is available) or by payload capacity (how much weight the vehicle should carry). Once you have reached the maximum payload of your vehicle, do not add more

cargo, even if there is space E210944 available. Overloading or improperly loading your vehicle can contribute to loss of vehicle control and vehicle rollover.

E210945

CARGO

E143817

233

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Load Carrying

Cargo Weight - includes all Certification Label. The label shall weight added to the Base Curb be affixed to either the door hinge Weight, including cargo and pillar, door-latch post, or the door optional equipment. When towing, edge that meets the door-latch trailer tongue load or king pin post, next to the driver seating weight is also part of cargo weight. position. The total load on each GAW (Gross Axle Weight) - is axle must never exceed its the total weight placed on each Gross Axle Weight Rating. axle (front and rear) including Note: For trailer towing vehicle curb weight and all information refer to the RV and payload. Trailer Towing Guide available at GAWR (Gross Axle Weight an authorized dealer. Rating) - is the maximum allowable weight that can be carried by a single axle (front or rear). These numbers are shown on the Safety Compliance

GVW

E143818 Safety Compliance Certification GVW (Gross Vehicle Weight) - Label. The label shall be affixed is the Vehicle Curb Weight, plus to either the door hinge pillar, cargo, plus passengers. door-latch post, or the door edge GVWR (Gross Vehicle Weight that meets the door-latch post, Rating) - is the maximum next to the driver seating position. allowable weight of the fully The Gross Vehicle Weight must loaded vehicle (including all never exceed the Gross Vehicle options, equipment, passengers Weight Rating. and cargo). It is shown on the

234

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Load Carrying

Example only:

E198828 WARNING Exceeding the Safety Compliance Certification Label vehicle weight rating limits could result in substandard vehicle handling or performance, engine, transmission and/or structural damage, serious damage to the vehicle, loss of control and personal injury.

GCW GVW

E143819

235

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Load Carrying

GCW (Gross Combined Weight) Tongue Load or Fifth Wheel - is the Gross Vehicle Weight plus King Pin Weight - refers to the the weight of the fully loaded amount of the weight that a trailer trailer. pushes down on a trailer hitch. GCWR (Gross Combined Examples: For a 5000 pound Weight Rating) - is the maximum (2268 kilogram) conventional allowable weight of the vehicle trailer, multiply 5000 by 0.10 and and the loaded trailer, including 0.15 to obtain a proper tongue all cargo and passengers, that the load range of 500 to 750 pounds vehicle can handle without risking (227 to 340 kilograms). For an damage. (Important: The towing 11500 pound (5216 kilogram) fifth vehicle’s braking system is rated wheel trailer, multiply by 0.15 and for operation at Gross Vehicle 0.25 to obtain a proper king pin Weight Rating, not at Gross load range of 1725 to 2875 pounds Combined Weight Rating.) (782 to 1304 kilograms). Separate functional brakes should be used for safe control of towed WARNINGS vehicles and for trailers where the Do not exceed the GVWR or Gross Combined Weight of the the GAWR specified on the towing vehicle plus the trailer Safety Compliance Certification exceed the Gross Vehicle Weight Label. Rating of the towing vehicle. The Do not use replacement tires Gross Combined Weight must with lower load carrying never exceed the Gross capacities than the original tires Combined Weight Rating. because they may lower the Maximum Loaded Trailer vehicle’s GVWR and GAWR Weight - is the highest possible limitations. Replacement tires weight of a fully loaded trailer the with a higher limit than the original vehicle can tow. It assumes a tires do not increase the GVWR vehicle with mandatory options, and GAWR limitations. driver and front passenger weight Exceeding any vehicle weight (150 pounds [68 kilograms] rating limitation could result each), no cargo weight (internal in serious damage to the vehicle or external) and a tongue load of and/or personal injury. 10–15% (conventional trailer) or king pin weight of 15–25% (fifth wheel trailer). Consult an authorized dealer (or the RV and Steps for determining the Trailer Towing Guide available at correct load limit: an authorized dealer) for more detailed information.

236

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Load Carrying

1. Locate the statement "The *Suppose your vehicle has a combined weight of occupants 1400-pound (635-kilogram) cargo and cargo should never exceed and luggage capacity. You decide XXX kg or XXX lb." on your to go golfing. Is there enough load vehicle’s placard. capacity to carry you, four of your 2. Determine the combined friends and all the golf bags? You weight of the driver and and four friends average 220 passengers that will be riding pounds (99 kilograms) each and in your vehicle. the golf bags weigh approximately 30 pounds (13.5 kilograms) each. 3. Subtract the combined weight The calculation would be: 1400 - of the driver and passengers (5 x 220) - (5 x 30) = 1400 - 1100 from XXX kg or XXX lb. - 150 = 150 pounds. Yes, you have 4. The resulting figure equals the enough load capacity in your available amount of cargo and vehicle to transport four friends luggage load capacity. For and your golf bags. In metric units, example, if the “XXX” amount the calculation would be: 635 equals 1,400 lb. and there will kilograms - (5 x 99 kilograms) - be five 150 lb. passengers in (5 x 13.5 kilograms) = 635 - 495 - your vehicle, the amount of 67.5 = 72.5 kilograms. available cargo and luggage *Suppose your vehicle has a load capacity is 650 lb. 1400-pound (635-kilogram) cargo (1400-750 (5 x 150) = 650 lb.). and luggage capacity. You and 5. Determine the combined one of your friends decide to pick weight of luggage and cargo up cement from the local home being loaded on the vehicle. improvement store to finish that That weight may not safely patio you have been planning for exceed the available cargo and the past two years. Measuring the luggage load capacity inside of the vehicle with the rear calculated in Step 4. seat folded down, you have room for twelve 100-pound 6. If your vehicle will be towing a (45-kilogram) bags of cement. Do trailer, load from your trailer you have enough load capacity to will be transferred to your transport the cement to your vehicle. Consult this manual to home? If you and your friend each determine how this reduces the weigh 220 pounds (99 kilograms), available cargo and luggage the calculation would be: 1400 - load capacity of your vehicle. (2 x 220) - (12 x 100) = 1400 - 440 The following gives you a few - 1200 = - 240 pounds. No, you do examples on how to calculate the not have enough cargo capacity available amount of cargo and to carry that much weight. In luggage load capacity: metric units, the calculation would

237

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Load Carrying be: 635 kilograms - (2 x 99 Special Loading Instructions kilograms) - (12 x 45 kilograms) = for Owners of Pick-up Trucks 635 - 198 - 540 = -103 kilograms. and Utility-type Vehicles You will need to reduce the load weight by at least 240 pounds WARNING (104 kilograms). If you remove Loaded vehicles may handle three 100-pound (45-kilogram) differently than unloaded cement bags, then the load vehicles. Extra precautions, such calculation would be: 1400 - (2 x as slower speeds and increased 220) - (9 x 100) = 1400 - 440 - stopping distance, should be 900 = 60 pounds. Now you have taken when driving a heavily the load capacity to transport the loaded vehicle. cement and your friend home. In metric units, the calculation would be: 635 kilograms - (2 x 99 Your vehicle can haul more cargo kilograms) - (9 x 45 kilograms) = and people than most passenger 635 - 198 - 405 = 32 kilograms. cars. Depending upon the type and placement of the load, The above calculations also hauling cargo and people may assume that the loads are raise the center of gravity of the positioned in your vehicle in a vehicle. manner that does not overload the Front or the Rear Gross Axle TAILGATE Weight Rating specified for your vehicle on the Safety Compliance Tailgate Lock (If Equipped) Certification Label. The label shall be affixed to either the door hinge The tailgate lock can help prevent tailgate pillar, door-latch post, or the door theft. edge that meets the door-latch Manual Tailgate Lock post, next to the driver seating position.

E163087

238

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Load Carrying

Insert the ignition key into the tailgate lock. The electronic tailgate release will not Turn it clockwise to lock the tailgate. Turn operate when: it counterclockwise to unlock the tailgate. • The battery voltage is below the Remote Control Tailgate Lock (If minimum operating voltage. Equipped) • The vehicle speed is at or above 3 mph (5 km/h). Use the lock and unlock buttons on your remote control to lock and unlock the With the Remote Control tailgate. Press the remote control button Manual Tailgate Opening twice within three seconds. E191530 Manual Tailgate Release With the Outside Control Button 1. Unlock the vehicle with the remote control or power door unlock control. If an intelligent access transmitter is within 3 ft (1 m) of the tailgate, the tailgate will unlock when you press the tailgate release button.

E187692 1. Unlock the tailgate. 2. Pull up on the manual tailgate handle to release the tailgate.

Electronic Tailgate Opening (If Equipped) E187693 WARNING 2. Press the button in the top of the It is extremely dangerous to ride in a tailgate handle. cargo area, inside or outside of a 3. Push the tailgate up to close the vehicle. In a crash, people riding in tailgate. these areas are more likely to be seriously injured or killed. Do not allow people to ride Note: The electronic tailgate is not a in any area of your vehicle that is not powered tailgate. The use of a tonneau equipped with seats and safety belts. Make cover or other aftermarket accessories, sure everyone in your vehicle is in a seat freezing conditions or being parked downhill and properly using a safety belt. Failure to may stop your tailgate from opening follow this warning could result in serious automatically after it is unlatched. You may personal injury or death. need to pull the handle to open the tailgate if the tailgate does not automatically lower after being unlatched.

239

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Load Carrying

Tailgate Removal

WARNING Always properly secure cargo to prevent shifting cargo or cargo falling from vehicle, which could result in compromised vehicle stability and serious personal injury to vehicle occupants or others.

You can remove the tailgate for more loading room. E163092 Note: Skip to Step 4 if your vehicle does 5. Use a screwdriver to gently pry the not have a rearview camera. spring clip on each connector past the head of the support screw. Disconnect the cable. 6. Disconnect the other cable. 7. Lift the tailgate to 45° from horizontal. 8. Lift the right side off its hinge. 9. Lift the tailgate to 80° from horizontal. 10. Remove the tailgate from the left side hinge by sliding it to the right. Reverse the steps to reinstall the tailgate.

E189556 Tailgate Step (If Equipped) 1. Locate and disconnect the rearview Use the step to make entering the truck camera in-line connector. It is under bed easier. the pickup box on the right-hand side of the vehicle near the spare tire. To reduce the risk of falling: 2. There is a protective cap in the glove • Only operate the step when your box. Install it on the in-line connector vehicle is on a level surface. that remains under the pickup box. • Only operate the step in areas with 3. Partially lower the tailgate. Carefully sufficient lighting. feed the tailgate harness up through • Always open the step panel to widen the gap between the pickup box and the step. the bumper and place it out of the way • Always use the grab handle when under the pickup box. climbing on the step. 4. Lower the tailgate. • Do not use the step with bare feet. • Make sure the step is clean before use. • Keep the step load, you plus the load, below 350 lb (159 kg).

240

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Load Carrying

Opening the Step Replace the slip resistance tape or grab handle molding if it appears worn or Note: Make sure to close and fully latch the damaged. step before moving your vehicle. Never drive with the step or grab handle open. Closing the Step 1. Lower the tailgate. 1. Press handle button 1 to lower the 2. Push the button in the center of the telescoping handle extension, and then step molding. The step will pop out press button 2 to release the handle. slightly. Rotate the handle down from vertical to horizontal. 2. Push the handle back into the tailgate. 3. Rotate the step up until it is horizontal, then push it back into the tailgate, until the step is secure.

Box Side Step (If Equipped) Use the step for easier access to the truck bed. Note: Close the step before driving. E187718 Note: Do not exceed 500 lb (227 kg) on the 3. Pull the step out fully. Lower the step step. This includes you plus cargo. to its lowest position. Note: Do not use the step to lift the vehicle. Only use proper jacking points. Note: The step may operate more slowly in cool temperatures. Note: The step mechanism may trap debris such as mud, dirt, snow, ice and salt. This may prevent the step from deploying automatically when you press the button. If this happens, make sure that you press the button down and carefully pull out the step manually. Wash off the debris with a high-pressure car wash wand and stow the E189557 step. 4. Pull the yellow handle stop backward out of the tailgate. 5. Rotate the handle up from horizontal to vertical until you hear a click. You have locked the handle in place. Note: Do not tow with the step or grab the handle.

241

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Load Carrying

Deploying the Step Note: Do not keep the bed extender in the tailgate mode when you are not using it for restraining cargo. Always keep the bed extender in the grocery mode or the stowed position with the tailgate closed. Tailgate Mode

E167268

Push down on the button with your foot. The step will automatically extend from the stowed position. Stowing the Step E163095 1. Pull the locking pin toward the center of your vehicle.

E167269

Push the step under the truck with your foot until it fully latches. Do not push on E163096 the button while stowing the step. 2. Open the latches to release the panels. Bed Extender (If Equipped) Note: Do not use the bed extender when driving off road. Note: Make sure to engage the locking pins and knobs fully before driving your vehicle. Note: Make sure to secure all cargo. Note: Do not exceed 150 lb (68 kg) on the tailgate when your vehicle is moving.

242

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Load Carrying

5. Make sure to insert the latch rod into the tailgate hole. Make sure to engage both sides of the locking pins into their holes in the pick-up box. Reverse the steps to store the bed extender. Grocery Mode

E163097

3. Rotate the panels toward the tailgate. Repeat Steps 1-3 on the other side of your vehicle.

E163100 Follow Steps 1-4 of the tailgate mode instructions by rotating the panels away from the tailgate. Close the tailgate.

BoxLink™ Cleats (If Equipped)

E163098 These cleats attach to the inner box walls to help you to tie down cargo. The cleats 4. Connect the two panels. Rotate both can be locked to prevent removal or knobs one-quarter turn clockwise to unlocked for removal. secure the panels. BoxLink Cleats Note: Leave the key in the lock when removing or installing the cleats. The key cannot be removed from the lock unless it is in the locked position.

E163099

243

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Load Carrying

Installing Locking BoxLink Cleats

E184885

A. 275 lb (1,223 N) maximum force E189558 between directly opposed cleats. 1. Insert the key into lock and turn B. 600 lb (2,669 N) maximum force clockwise to unlock. between diagonally opposed cleats. 2. Insert the cleat into the mounting slot Secure cargo with up to 275 lb (1,223 N) and push upward. Make sure the cleat force applied between opposing box link is fully engaged. 600 lb (2,669 N) force cleats, or up to 3. Turn the key counterclockwise to lock. applied between diagonal box link cleats. 4. Remove the key. Removing Locking BoxLink Cleats Bed Ramp (If Equipped) 1. Insert the key into the lock and turn clockwise to unlock. WARNINGS 2. Pull bottom of the cleat outward while The slide action of the ramp is a pushing top of cleat down. pinch point. Do not place fingers or 3. Hold on to the cleat as it clears the hands in the pinch point. mounting slot. Extend and retract the ramp only when connected to the tailgate plate.

244

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Load Carrying

WARNINGS Be sure the ramp is installed correctly when loading and unloading equipment on and off the ramp. Do not step or sit on the ramp when it is in the stowed position. Install the ramp only within the prescribed ramp angles.

Note: The ramp maximum capacity is E211150 800 lb (363 kg). Note: A smooth surface tool can be used Note: Verify the ramp is on stable ground to rotate the stops. before usage. 4. Rotate the stops at the underside of Note: For loading and unloading the ramp to the open position. equipment, your ramp should be set between 10° upward and 26° downward to avoid damage to the ramp claw and tailgate plate. Using the Bed Ramp 1. Remove the front and rear cables.

E194382 5. Slide the ramp claw onto the tailgate plate.

E194380 2. Open the cam lever arms and unscrew the cam bolts. 3. Remove the ramp from the ramp holder.

245

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Load Carrying

E194391 5. Place the ramp into the ramp holder. 6. Install the cam bolts and close the cam lever arms. 7. Attach the front and rear cables. Installing the Ramp Holder

E194383 6. Pull the location pin outward and extend the ramp until the pin is seated in the usage position, then set the ramp on even ground. Stowing the Bed Ramp E194387 1. Pick up the ramp. Pull the location pin outward. 1. Hook the top of the ramp holder over the mounting plate and rotate the 2. Slide the ramp into the storage position ramp holder into position. until the location pin locks. Note: Make sure the proper pin location has been applied for your bed size. 3. Slide the ramp claw off of the tailgate plate. 4. Rotate the stops at the underside of the ramp to the closed position.

246

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Load Carrying

E194388 2. Slide the ramp holder studs upwards into the installed position. 3. Tighten the ramp holder nut. Note: The nut should be on the upper stud.

247

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Towing

TOWING A TRAILER Load Placement To help minimize how trailer WARNINGS movement affects your vehicle Do not exceed the GVWR or when driving: the GAWR specified on the certification label. • Load the heaviest items closest to the trailer floor. Towing trailers beyond the • Load the heaviest items maximum recommended centered between the left and gross trailer weight exceeds the right side trailer tires. limit of the vehicle and could result in engine damage, • Load the heaviest items above transmission damage, structural the trailer axles or just slightly damage, loss of vehicle control, forward toward the trailer vehicle rollover and personal tongue. Do not allow the final injury. trailer tongue weight to go above or below 10-15% of the loaded trailer weight. Your vehicle may have electrical • Select a tow bar with the items, such as fuses or relays, correct rise or drop. When both related to towing. See the Fuses the loaded vehicle and trailer chapter. are connected, the trailer frame should be level, or slightly Your vehicle's load capacity angled down toward your designation is by weight, not by vehicle, when viewed from the volume, so you cannot necessarily side. use all available space when loading a vehicle or trailer. When driving with a trailer or payload, a slight takeoff vibration Towing a trailer places an extra or shudder may be present due to load on your vehicle's engine, the increased payload weight. transmission, axle, brakes, tires Additional information regarding and suspension. Inspect these proper trailer loading and setting components periodically during, your vehicle up for towing is and after, any towing operation. located in another chapter of this manual. See Load Limit (page 232). You can also find information in the RV & Trailer Towing Guide available at your authorized dealer, or online.

248

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Towing

RV & Trailer Towing Guide Online Website http://www.fleet.ford.com/towing-guides/

RECOMMENDED TOWING TRAILER SWAY CONTROL (If WEIGHTS Equipped) Note: Do not exceed a trailer WARNING weight of 5,100 lb (2,313 kg) when Turning off trailer sway control towing with, or by, bumper only. increases the risk of loss of vehicle control, serious injury or death. Ford Note: Do not exceed a trailer does not recommend disabling this feature weight of 5,100 lb (2,313 kg) if your except in situations where speed reduction vehicle is not equipped with a may be detrimental (such as hill climbing), Heavy Duty Trailer Towing the driver has significant trailer towing Package. experience, and can control trailer sway and maintain safe operation. Note: Make sure to take into consideration trailer frontal area. Note: This feature does not prevent trailer Vehicles not equipped with the sway, but reduces it once it begins. Trailer Tow Package or the Heavy Duty Payload Package should not Note: This feature cannot stop all trailers 2 2 from swaying. exceed 36.6 feet (3.4 meters ) Note: In some cases, if vehicle speed is too trailer frontal area. Vehicles high, the system may activate multiple equipped with the Trailer Tow times, gradually reducing vehicle speed. Package or the Heavy Duty Payload Package should not exceed 60 This feature applies your vehicle brakes at 2 2 individual wheels and, if necessary, reduces feet (5.6 meters ) trailer frontal engine power. If the trailer begins to sway, area. the stability control light flashes and the message TRAILER SWAY REDUCE Note: Exceeding this limitation SPEED appears in the information display. may significantly reduce the The first thing to do is slow your vehicle performance of your towing down, then pull safely to the side of the vehicle. Selecting a trailer with a road and check for proper tongue load and low aerodynamic drag and rounded trailer load distribution. See Load front design helps optimize Carrying (page 232). performance and fuel economy.

249

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Towing

Note: For high altitude operation, Your vehicle may tow a trailer reduce the gross combined weight provided the maximum trailer by 2% per 1,000 ft (305 m) starting weight is less than or equal to the at the 1,000 ft (305 m) elevation maximum trailer weight listed for point. your vehicle configuration on the Note: Certain states require following charts. electric trailer brakes for trailers over a specified weight. Be sure to check state regulations for this specified weight. The maximum trailer weights listed may be limited to this specified weight, as your vehicle's electrical system may not include the wiring connector needed to use electric trailer brakes.

Driveline – 4x21 Cab – wheel- Engine Axle ratio Maximum base (inches) GCWR2, 3 3.55 9500 lb (4309 kg)4 3.5L TiVCT 3.73 12000 lb (5443 kg) 3.31 12200 lb (5533 Regular cab – kg) 122 2.7L GTDI 3.73 13100 lb (5942 kg) 3.31 13000 lb (5897 kg) 5.0L TiVCT 3.55 13800 lb (6260 kg) 3.55 9600 lb (4354 Regular cab – 3.5L TiVCT 141 kg)4

250

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Towing

Driveline – 4x21 Cab – wheel- Engine Axle ratio Maximum base (inches) GCWR2, 3 3.73 12100 lb (5488 kg) 3.31 12300 lb (5579 kg) 3.73 13100 lb (5942 2.7L GTDI kg) 3.73 13300 lb (6032 kg)5 3.31 13900 lb (6305 kg) 3.55 14900 lb (6758 5.0L TiVCT kg) 3.73 16000 lb (7257 kg)6 3.15 15500 lb (7030 kg) 3.55 17000 lb (7711 3.5L GTDI kg)7 3.73 17100 lb (7756 kg)6, 7 3.55 9900 lb (4491 kg)4 3.5L TiVCT Super Cab – 145 3.73 12200 lb (5534 kg) 3.31 12500 lb (5670 2.7L GTDI kg)

251

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Towing

Driveline – 4x21 Cab – wheel- Engine Axle ratio Maximum base (inches) GCWR2, 3 3.73 13100 lb (5942 kg) 3.73 13300 lb (6032 kg)5 3.31 14200 lb (6441 kg) 5.0L TiVCT 3.55 15200 lb (6895 kg) 3.15 15800 lb (7167 kg) 3.5L GTDI 3.55 17100 lb (7756 kg)7 3.31 12600 lb (5715 kg) 3.73 13100 lb (5942 2.7L GTDI kg) 3.73 13300 lb (6032 kg)5 Super Cab – 163 3.31 14300 lb (6486 kg) 3.55 15300 lb (6940 5.0L TiVCT kg) 3.73 16200 lb (7348 kg) 3.15 15900 lb (7212 3.5L GTDI kg)

252

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Towing

Driveline – 4x21 Cab – wheel- Engine Axle ratio Maximum base (inches) GCWR2, 3 3.55 17100 lb (7756 kg)7 3.73 17100 lb (7756 kg)6, 7 3.5L TiVCT 3.73 12200 lb (5534 kg) 3.31 12600 lb (5715 kg) 3.73 13100 lb (5942 2.7L GTDI kg) 3.73 13100 lb (5942 kg)5 Crew cab – 145 3.31 14200 lb (6441 kg) 5.0L TiVCT 3.55 15200 lb (6895 kg) 3.15 15800 lb (7167 kg) 3.5L GTDI 3.55 17000 lb (7711 kg)7 3.31 12600 lb (5715 kg) 3.73 13100 lb (5942 Crew cab – 157 2.7L GTDI kg) 3.73 13300 lb (6032 kg)5

253

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Towing

Driveline – 4x21 Cab – wheel- Engine Axle ratio Maximum base (inches) GCWR2, 3 3.31 14200 lb (6441 kg) 3.55 15200 lb (6895 5.0L TiVCT kg) 3.73 16200 lb (7348 kg)6 3.15 15900 lb (7212 kg) 3.55 17100 lb (7756 3.5L GTDI 7 kg) 3.73 17100 lb (7756 kg)6, 7 1Do not exceed a trailer weight of 5100 pounds (2313 kilograms) unless the vehicle is equipped with the Heavy Duty Trailer Tow package or the MAX Trailer Tow package. 2Calculated with SAE J2807 method. 3Heavy Duty Trailer Tow Payload Package (unless stated otherwise). 4Medium Duty Trailer Tow package – 5100 pound (2313 kilogram) maximum trailer weight. 52.7L EcoBoost Payload Package. 6Heavy Duty Payload Package. 7MAX Trailer Tow Payload Package.

254

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Towing

Driveline – 4x41 Cab – wheel- Engine Axle ratio Maximum base (inches) GCWR2, 3 3.73 12200 lb (5534 3.5L TiVCT kg) 3.55 12500 lb (5670 kg) 2.7L GTDI Regular cab – 3.73 13300 lb (6032 122 kg) 3.31, 3.55 13200 lb (5987 kg) 5.0L TiVCT 3.73 14600 lb (6622 kg) 3.73 12200 lb (5534 3.5L TiVCT kg) 3.55 12500 lb (5670 kg) 3.73 13300 lb (6032 2.7L GTDI kg) 3.73 13300 lb (6032 4 Regular cab – kg) 141 3.31, 3.55 14100 lb (6396 kg) 3.73 16200 lb (7348 5.0L TiVCT kg) 3.73 16200 lb (7348 kg)5 3.31 15800 lb (7167 3.5L GTDI kg)

255

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Towing

Driveline – 4x41 Cab – wheel- Engine Axle ratio Maximum base (inches) GCWR2, 3 3.55 15800 lb (7167 kg) 3.55 17100 lb (7756 kg)6 3.73 17000 lb (7711 kg)5, 6 3.73 12200 lb (5534 3.5L TiVCT kg) 3.55 12700 lb (5761 kg) 3.73 13300 lb (6032 2.7L GTDI kg) 3.73 13300 lb (6032 kg)4 3.31 14300 lb (6486 kg) Super Cab – 145 3.55 14400 lb (6532 5.0L TiVCT kg) 3.73 16200 lb (7348 kg) 3.31 16000 lb (7167 kg) 3.55 16000 lb (7167 3.5L GTDI kg) 3.55 16900 lb (7665 kg)6

256

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Towing

Driveline – 4x41 Cab – wheel- Engine Axle ratio Maximum base (inches) GCWR2, 3 3.31 14300 lb (6486 kg) 3.55 14500 lb (6577 kg) 5.0L TiVCT 3.73 16200 lb (7348 kg) 3.73 16200 lb (7348 kg)5 Super Cab – 163 3.31 16200 lb (7348 kg) 3.55 16200 lb (7348 kg) 3.5L GTDI 3.55 17100 lb (7756 kg)6 3.73 17100 lb (7756 kg)5, 6 3.5L TiVCT 3.73 12200 lb (5534 kg) 3.55 12800 lb (5806 kg) 3.73 13300 lb (6033 Crew cab – 145 2.7L GTDI kg) 3.73 13300 lb (6033 kg)4 3.31 14300 lb (6486 5.0L TiVCT kg)

257

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Towing

Driveline – 4x41 Cab – wheel- Engine Axle ratio Maximum base (inches) GCWR2, 3 3.55 14400 lb (6532 kg) 3.73 16200 lb (7348 kg) 3.31 16100 lb (7303 kg) 3.55 16100 lb (7303 3.5L GTDI kg) 3.55 16900 lb (7666 kg) 3.31 14300 lb (6486 kg) 3.55 14500 lb (6577 kg) 5.0L TiVCT 3.73 16200 lb (7348 kg) Crew cab – 157 3.73 16200 lb (7348 kg)5 3.31 16100 lb (7303 kg) 3.5L GTDI 3.55 16100 lb (7303 kg)

258

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Towing

Driveline – 4x41 Cab – wheel- Engine Axle ratio Maximum base (inches) GCWR2, 3 3.55 17100 lb (7756 kg)6 3.73 17000 lb (7711 kg)5, 6 1Do not exceed a trailer weight of 5100 pounds (2313 kilograms) unless the vehicle is equipped with the Heavy Duty Trailer Tow package or the MAX Trailer Tow package. 2Calculated with SAE J2807 method. 3Heavy Duty Trailer Tow Payload Package (unless stated otherwise). 42.7L EcoBoost Payload Package. 5Heavy Duty Payload Package. 6MAX Trailer Tow Payload Package.

Calculating the Maximum • Passenger(s) weight. Loaded Trailer Weight for Your • Payload, cargo and luggage Vehicle weight. • Aftermarket equipment weight. 1. Start with the gross combined weight rating for your vehicle This equals the maximum loaded model and axle ratio. See the trailer weight for this combination. previous charts. Note: The trailer tongue load is 2. Subtract all of the following considered part of the payload for that apply to your vehicle: your vehicle. Reduce the total • Vehicle curb weight. payload by the final trailer tongue weight. • Hitch hardware weight, such as a draw bar, ball, locks or weight Note: Consult an authorized dealer distributing hardware. to determine the maximum trailer • Driver weight. weight allowed for your vehicle if you are not sure.

259

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Towing

ESSENTIAL TOWING CHECKS Trailer Towing Connector

Follow these guidelines for safe towing: • Do not tow a trailer until you drive your vehicle at least 1000 miles (1600 kilometers). • Consult your local motor vehicle laws for towing a trailer. • See the instructions included with towing accessories for the proper installation and adjustment specifications. • Service your vehicle more frequently if you tow a trailer. See your scheduled maintenance information. • If you use a rental trailer, follow the instructions the rental agency gives you. See Load limits in the Load Carrying chapter for load specification terms found on the tire label and Safety Compliance label and instructions on calculating your E193232 vehicle's load. When attaching the trailer wiring connector Remember to account for the trailer to your vehicle, only use a proper fitting tongue weight as part of your vehicle load connector that works with the vehicle and when calculating the total vehicle weight. trailer functions. Some seven-position connectors may have the SAE J2863 logo, which confirms that it is the proper wiring connector and works correctly with your vehicle.

Color Function Yellow Left turn signal and stop lamp White Ground (-) Blue Electric brakes Green Right turn signal and stop lamp

260

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Towing

Color Function 5. Install and adjust the tension in the weight-distributing bars so that the Orange Battery (+) height of your vehicle's front wheel opening on the fender is approximately Brown Running lights a quarter the way down from H2, toward H1. Grey Reverse lights 6. Check that the trailer is level or slightly Hitches nose down toward your vehicle. If not, adjust the ball height accordingly and Do not use a hitch that either clamps onto repeat Steps 2-6. the bumper or attaches to the axle. You Once the trailer is level or slightly nose must distribute the load in your trailer so down toward the vehicle: that 10-15% of the total weight of the trailer is on the tongue. • Lock the bar tension adjuster in place. • Check that the trailer tongue securely Weight-distributing Hitches attaches and locks onto the hitch. WARNING • Install safety chains, lighting, and trailer brake controls as required by law or the Do not adjust a weight-distributing trailer manufacturer. hitch to any position where the rear bumper of the vehicle is higher than Safety Chains it was before attaching the trailer. Doing so will defeat the function of the Note: Do not attach safety chains to the weight-distributing hitch, which may cause bumper. unpredictable handling, and could result Always connect the safety chains to the in serious personal injury. frame or hook retainers of your vehicle hitch. When hooking-up a trailer using a To connect the safety chains, cross the weight-distributing hitch, always use the chains under the trailer tongue and allow following procedure: enough slack for turning tight corners. Do 1. Park the loaded vehicle, without the not allow the chains to drag on the ground. trailer, on a level surface. Trailer Brakes 2. Measure the height to the top of your vehicle's front wheel opening on the WARNING fender. This is H1. Do not connect a trailer's hydraulic 3. Attach the loaded trailer to your vehicle brake system directly to your without the weight-distributing bars vehicle's brake system. Your vehicle connected. may not have enough braking power and 4. Measure the height to the top of your your chances of having a collision greatly vehicle's front wheel opening on the increase. fender a second time. This is H2.

261

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Towing

Electric brakes and manual, automatic or When used properly, the trailer brake surge-type trailer brakes are safe if you controller assists in smooth and effective install them properly and adjust them to trailer braking by powering the trailer’s the manufacturer's specifications. The electric or electric-over-hydraulic brakes trailer brakes must meet local and federal with a proportional output based on the regulations. towing vehicle’s brake pressure. The rating for the tow vehicle's braking The controller user interface consists of system operation is at the gross vehicle the following: weight rating, not the gross combined A: + and - (Gain adjustment buttons): weight rating. Pressing these buttons adjusts the Separate functioning brake systems controller's power output to the trailer are required for safe control of towed brakes in 0.5 increments. You can increase vehicles and trailers weighing more the gain setting to 10.0 (maximum trailer than 1500 pounds (680 kilograms) braking) or decrease it to 0 (no trailer when loaded. braking). The gain setting displays in the message center. Integrated Trailer Brake Controller (If Equipped) The controller shows gain setting, output bar graph, and trailer connectivity status WARNING in the information display. They appear in the information display as follows: The Ford trailer brake controller has been verified to be compatible with • Trailer Brake Controller Gain (without trailers having electric-actuated trailer connected): Shows the current drum brakes (one to four axles) and gain setting during a given ignition cycle electric-over-hydraulic brakes. It will not and when adjusting the gain. This also activate hydraulic surge-style trailer displays if you use the manual control brakes. It is the responsibility of the lever or make gain adjustments with customer to ensure that the trailer brakes no trailer connected. are adjusted appropriately, functioning • Trailer Brake Controller Gain Output: normally and all electric connections are Displays when you push your vehicle's properly made. Failure to do so may result brake pedal, or upon use of the manual in loss of vehicle control, crash or serious control. Bar indicators illuminate in the injury. information display to indicate the amount of power going to the trailer brakes relative to the brake pedal or manual control input. One bar indicates the least amount of output; six bars indicate maximum output.

E183395

262

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Towing

• Trailer Connected: Displays when the The gain setting sets the trailer brake system senses a correct trailer wiring controller for the specific towing condition. connection (a trailer with electric trailer You should change the setting as towing brakes) during a given ignition cycle. conditions change. Changes to towing • Trailer Disconnected: Displays, conditions include trailer load, vehicle load, accompanied by a single audible time, road conditions and weather. when the system senses a trailer The gain should be set to provide the connection and then a disconnection, maximum trailer braking assistance while either intentional or unintentional, making sure the trailer wheels do not lock during a given ignition cycle. It also when using the brakes. Locked trailer displays if a truck or trailer-wiring fault wheels may lead to trailer instability. occurs causing the trailer to appear disconnected. This message can also 1. Make sure the trailer brakes are in good display if you use the manual control working condition, functioning normally lever without a trailer connected. After and properly adjusted. See your trailer disconnecting the trailer connector, dealer if necessary. press the brake pedal for 2. Hook up the trailer and make the approximately five seconds to allow electrical connections according to the the system to detect and update the trailer manufacturer's instructions. trailer status. 3. When you plug in a trailer with electric B: Manual control lever: Slide the control or electric-over-hydraulic brakes, a lever to the left to turn on the trailer's message confirming connection electric brakes independent of the tow appears in the information display. vehicle's. See the following Procedure for 4. Use the gain adjustment (+ and -) adjusting gain section for instructions on buttons to increase or decrease the proper use of this feature. If you use the gain setting to the desired starting manual control while the brake is also point. A gain setting of 6.0 is a good applied, the greater of the two inputs starting point for heavier loads. determines the power sent to the trailer brakes. 5. In a traffic-free environment, tow the trailer on a dry, level surface at a speed • Stop lamps: Using the manual control of 20-25 mph (30-40 km/h) and lever illuminates both the trailer brake squeeze the manual control lever lamps and your vehicle brake lamps completely. except the center high-mount stop 6. If the trailer wheels lock up, indicated lamp, if you make the proper electrical by squealing tires, reduce the gain connection to the trailer. Pressing your setting. If the trailer wheels turn freely, vehicle brake pedal also illuminates increase the gain setting. Repeat Steps both trailer and vehicle brake lamps. 5 and 6 until the gain setting is at a Procedure for Adjusting Gain point just below trailer wheel lock-up. If towing a heavier trailer, trailer wheel Note: Only perform this procedure in a lock-up may not be attainable even traffic-free environment at speeds of with the maximum gain setting of 10. approximately 20-25 mph (30-40 km/h).

263

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Towing

Explanation of Information Display • Only use the manual control lever for Warning Messages proper adjustment of the gain during Note: An authorized dealer can diagnose trailer setup. Misuse, such as the trailer brake controller to determine application during trailer sway, could exactly which trailer fault has occurred. cause instability of trailer or tow However, your Ford warranty does not cover vehicle. this diagnosis if the fault is with the trailer. • Avoid towing in adverse weather conditions. The trailer brake controller A message indicating a trailer brake does not provide anti-lock control of module fault may display in response to the trailer wheels. Trailer wheels can faults sensed by the trailer brake controller, lock up on slippery surfaces, resulting accompanied by a single tone. If this in reduced stability of trailer and tow message appears, contact an authorized vehicle. dealer as soon as possible for diagnosis and repair. The controller may still • The trailer brake controller is equipped function, but performance may be with a feature that reduces output at degraded. vehicle speeds below 11 mph (18 km/h) so trailer and vehicle braking is not jerky A message indicating a trailer wiring fault or harsh. This feature is only available may display when there is a short circuit when applying the brakes using your on the electric brake output wire. If this vehicle's brake pedal, not the message displays, accompanied by a controller. single tone, with no trailer connected, the problem is with your vehicle wiring • The controller interacts with the brake between the trailer brake controller and control system and powertrain control the 7-pin connector at the bumper. If the system of your vehicle to provide the message only displays with a trailer best performance on different road connected, the problem is with the trailer conditions. wiring. Consult your trailer dealer for • Your vehicle's brake system and the assistance. This can be a short to ground trailer brake system work (such as a chaffed wire), short to voltage independently of each other. Changing (such as a pulled pin on trailer emergency the gain setting on the controller does breakaway battery) or the trailer brakes not affect the operation of your may be drawing too much current. vehicle's brakes whether you attach a trailer or not. Points to Remember • When you switch the engine off, the Note: Do not attempt removal of the trailer controller output is disabled and the brake controller without consulting the display and module shut down. The Workshop Manual. Damage to the unit may controller module and display turn on result. when you switch the ignition on. • Adjust gain setting before using the • The trailer brake controller is only a trailer brake controller for the first time. factory-installed or dealer-installed item. Ford is not responsible for • Adjust gain setting, using the procedure warranty or performance of the above, whenever road, weather and controller due to misuse or customer trailer or vehicle loading conditions installation. change from when the gain was initially set.

264

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Towing

Trailer Lamps • Check your hitch, electrical connections and trailer wheel lug nuts thoroughly WARNING after you have traveled 50 miles (80 Never connect any trailer lamp wiring kilometers). to the vehicle's tail lamp wiring; this • When stopped in congested or heavy may damage the electrical system traffic during hot weather, place the resulting in fire. Contact your authorized gearshift in position P to aid engine and dealer as soon as possible for assistance transmission cooling and to help A/C in proper trailer tow wiring installation. performance. Additional electrical equipment may be • Turn off the speed control with heavy required. loads or in hilly terrain. The speed control may turn off automatically Trailer lamps are required on most towed when you are towing on long, steep vehicles. Make sure all running lights, brake grades. lights, turn signals and hazard lights are • Shift to a lower gear when driving down working. a long or steep hill. Do not apply the brakes continuously, as they may Using a Step Bumper (If Equipped) overheat and become less effective. The rear bumper is equipped with an • If your transmission is equipped with a integral hitch and only requires a ball with Grade Assist or Tow/Haul feature, use a one-inch (25.4 millimeter) shank this feature when towing. This provides diameter. The bumper has a 5000-pound engine braking and helps eliminate (2268 kilogram) trailer weight and a excessive transmission shifting for 500-pound (227 kilogram) tongue weight optimum fuel economy and capacity. transmission cooling. If it is necessary to relocate the hitch ball • If your vehicle is equipped with position, you must install a frame-mounted AdvanceTrac with RSC, this system trailer hitch. may turn on during typical cornering maneuvers with a heavily loaded trailer. Before Towing a Trailer This is normal. Turning the corner at a slower speed while towing may reduce Practice turning, stopping and backing up this tendency. to get the feel of your vehicle-trailer • If you are towing a trailer frequently in combination before starting on a trip. hot weather, hilly conditions, at the When turning, make wider turns so the gross combined weight rating (or any trailer wheels clear curbs and other combination of these factors), consider obstacles. refilling your rear axle with synthetic When Towing a Trailer gear lubricant (if the axle is not already filled with it). See Capacities and • Do not drive faster than 70 mph (113 Specifications (page 358). km/h) during the first 500 miles (800 • Allow more distance for stopping with kilometers). a trailer attached. Anticipate stops and • Do not make full-throttle starts. brake gradually. • Avoid parking on a grade. However, if you must park on a grade:

265

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Towing

1. Turn the steering wheel to point your Replace the rear axle lubricant anytime vehicle tires away from traffic flow. the rear axle has been submerged in water. 2. Set your vehicle parking brake. Water may have contaminated the rear axle lubricant, which is not normally 3. Place the automatic transmission in checked or changed unless a leak is position P. suspected or other axle repair is required. 4. Place wheel chocks in front and back of the trailer wheels. (Chocks not included with vehicle.) TOWING POINTS Your vehicle may be equipped with a WARNINGS temporary or conventional spare tire. A Using recovery hooks is dangerous "temporary" spare tire is different in size and should only be done by a person (diameter or width), tread-type familiar with proper vehicle recovery (All-Season or All Terrain) or is from a safety practices. Improper use of recovery different manufacturer than the road tires hooks may cause hook failure or separation on your vehicle. Consult information on the from the vehicle and could result in serious tire label or Safety Compliance label for injury or death. limitations when using. Always slowly remove the slack from Launching or Retrieving a Boat or the recovery strap prior to pulling. Personal Watercraft (PWC) Failure to do so can introduce significantly higher loads which can cause Note: Disconnect the wiring to the trailer the recovery hooks to break off, or the before backing the trailer into the water. recovery strap to fail which can cause Note: Reconnect the wiring to the trailer serious injury or death. after removing the trailer from the water. Never link two straps together with When backing down a ramp during boat a clevis pin. These heavy metal launching or retrieval: objects could become projectiles if • Do not allow the static water level to the strap breaks and can cause serious rise above the bottom edge of the rear injury or death. bumper. • Do not allow waves to break higher Your vehicle comes equipped with than 6 inches (15 centimeters) above frame-mounted front recovery hooks. the bottom edge of the rear bumper. These hooks should never have a load applied to them greater than the gross Exceeding these limits may allow water to vehicle weight rating of your vehicle. enter vehicle components: Before using recovery hooks: • Causing internal damage to the components. • Make sure all attaching points are secure and capable of withstanding • Affecting driveability, emissions, and the applied load. reliability. • Never use chains, cables or tow straps with metal hook ends.

266

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Towing

• Only use recovery straps that have a TRANSPORTING THE VEHICLE minimum breaking strength two to three times the gross vehicle weight of the stuck vehicle. • Make sure the recovery strap is in good condition and free of visible cuts, tears or damage. • Use a damper device such as a tarp, heavy blanket or piece of carpet draped over the recovery strap to help absorb the energy in the event the strap breaks. • Make sure the stuck vehicle is not loaded heavier than its gross vehicle weight rating specified on the certification label. • Always align the tow vehicle and stuck vehicle in a straight line (within 10 degrees). • Keep bystanders to the sides of the vehicle, at a distance of at least twice the length of the recovery strap. This helps avoid injury from the hazard of a recovery hook or strap breaking, or a vehicle lurching into their path.

E143886 If you need to have your vehicle towed, contact a professional towing service or, if you are a member of a roadside assistance program, your roadside assistance service provider. We recommend the use of a wheel lift and dollies or flatbed equipment to tow your vehicle. Do not tow with a slingbelt. Ford Motor Company has not approved a slingbelt towing procedure. Vehicle damage may occur if towed incorrectly, or by any other means. Ford Motor Company produces a towing manual for all authorized tow truck operators. Have your tow truck operator refer to this manual for proper hook-up and towing procedures for your vehicle.

267

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Towing

It is acceptable to have your two-wheel Follow these guidelines if you have a need drive vehicle towed with the front wheels for recreational towing, such as towing on the ground (without dollies) and the your vehicle behind a motorhome. We rear wheels off the ground. designed these guidelines to prevent damage to your transmission. We recommend towing a four-wheel drive vehicle with all wheels off the ground, such Two-wheel Drive Vehicles as using a wheel lift and dollies or flatbed equipment. You cannot tow a two-wheel drive vehicle with any wheels on the ground as vehicle or transmission damage may occur. You TOWING THE VEHICLE ON must tow your vehicle with all four wheels FOUR WHEELS off the ground, such as when using a car-hauling trailer. WARNING Four-wheel Drive Vehicles If your vehicle has a steering wheel lock make sure the ignition is in the You can only tow a four-wheel drive accessory or on position when being vehicle with all wheels on the ground by towed. placing the transfer case in its neutral position and engaging the four-wheel-down towing feature. Perform Emergency Towing the steps outlined in the following section If your vehicle becomes inoperable after positioning your vehicle behind the (without access to wheel dollies, tow vehicle and properly securing them car-hauling trailer, or flatbed transport together. vehicle), it can be flat-towed (all wheels Note: Make sure you properly secure your on the ground, regardless of the powertrain vehicle to the tow vehicle. and transmission configuration) under the following conditions: Four-wheel-down Towing • Your vehicle is facing forward for 1. Put the ignition in the on position, but towing in a forward direction. do not start the engine. If your vehicle • Place the transmission in position N. If has an ignition key, turn the key to on. you cannot move the transmission into If your vehicle has intelligent access, N, you may need to override it. See press the engine START/STOP button Transmission (page 174). once without pressing the brake pedal. • Maximum speed is 35 mph (56 km/h). 2. Press and hold the brake pedal. • Maximum distance is 50 mi (80 km). 3. Rotate the four-wheel drive switch to 2H. Recreational Towing 4. Shift the transmission to position N. Note: Put your climate control system in 5. Rotate the four-wheel drive switch recirculated air mode to prevent exhaust from 2H to 4L and back to 2H five fumes from entering your vehicle. See times within seven seconds. Climate Control (page 131).

268

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Towing

Note: If completed successfully, the WARNINGS information display shows NEUTRAL TOW Failing to put the transfer case in its LEAVE IN N or NEUTRAL TOW ENABLED neutral position will damage vehicle LEAVE TRANSMISSION IN NEUTRAL. components. This indicates that your vehicle is safe to tow with all wheels on the ground. Note: You can check four-wheel-down Note: If you do not see the message in the towing status at any time by opening the display, you must perform the procedure driver's door or turning the ignition to the again from the beginning. accessory or on position and verifying the Note: You may hear an audible noise as the NEUTRAL TOW ENABLED message transfer case shifts into its neutral position. displays in the cluster. This is normal. To exit four-wheel-down towing and return 6. Leave the transmission in position N the transfer case to its 2H position: and turn the ignition as far as it will go 1. With your vehicle still properly secured toward the off position (it will not turn to the tow vehicle, put the ignition in fully off when the transmission is in the on position, but do not start the position N). If your vehicle has an engine. If your vehicle has an ignition ignition key, you must leave the key in key, turn the key to on. If your vehicle the ignition while towing. To lock and has intelligent access, press the engine unlock your vehicle, use the keyless START/STOP button once without entry keypad or extra set of keys. If your pressing the brake pedal. vehicle has intelligent access, press the engine START/STOP button once 2. Press and hold the brake pedal. without pressing the brake pedal. You 3. Shift the transmission out of N and into do not need to leave your keys in the any gear. vehicle. You can lock and unlock your 4. Release the brake pedal. vehicle as you normally do. Note: If completed successfully, the 7. Release the brake pedal. instrument cluster displays 4X2, and WARNINGS NEUTRAL TOW DISABLED. Do not disconnect the battery during Note: If the indicator light and message do recreational towing. Doing so will not display, you must perform the procedure prevent the transfer case from again from the beginning. shifting properly and may cause the vehicle Note: You may hear an audible noise as the to roll even if the transmission is in P transfer case shifts out of its neutral (Park). position. This is normal. Shifting the transfer case to its SHIFT DELAY PULL FORWARD neutral position for recreational Note: If displays in the instrument cluster, transfer towing may cause the vehicle to be case gear tooth blockage is present. See the able to roll even if the transmission is in P instructions after this section. (Park). The driver or others could be injured. Make sure the foot brake is 5. Apply the parking brake, and then depressed and the vehicle is in a secure disconnect the vehicle from the tow and safe position while the transfer case vehicle. is being shifted to its neutral position.

269

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Towing

6. Release the parking brake, start the engine, and shift the transmission to position D to make sure the transfer case is out of position N. 7. If the transfer case does not successfully shift out of position N, set the parking brake until you can have your vehicle serviced. Resolving the SHIFT DELAY PULL FORWARD Message If the instrument cluster displays SHIFT DELAY PULL FORWARD perform the following: 1. Press and hold the brake pedal. 2. Put the transmission into position N, and then start the engine. 3. With the engine running, shift the transmission to position D and let the vehicle roll forward, up to 3 feet (1 meter). You may hear an audible noise as the transfer case shifts out of its neutral position. This is normal. 4. Make sure the instrument cluster displays NEUTRAL TOW DISABLED.

270

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Driving Hints

BREAKING-IN Avoid these actions; they reduce your fuel economy: You need to break in new tires for • Sudden accelerations or hard approximately 300 miles (480 accelerations. kilometers). During this time, your vehicle • Revving the engine before turning it off. may exhibit some unusual driving characteristics. • Idle for periods longer than one minute. Avoid driving too fast during the first 1000 • Warm up your vehicle on cold miles (1600 kilometers). Vary your speed mornings. frequently and change up through the • Use the air conditioner or front gears early. Do not labor the engine. defroster. Do not tow during the first 1000 miles • Use the speed control in hilly terrain. (1600 kilometers). • Rest your foot on the brake pedal while driving. ECONOMICAL DRIVING • Drive a heavily loaded vehicle or tow a trailer. Your fuel economy is affected by several • Carry unnecessary weight things, such as how you drive, the (approximately 1 mpg [0.4 km/L] is conditions you drive under, and how you lost for every 400 lb [180 kilogram] of maintain your vehicle. weight carried). You may improve your fuel economy by • Driving with the wheels out of keeping these things in mind: alignment. • Accelerate and slow down in a smooth, Conditions moderate fashion. • Heavily loading a vehicle or towing a • Drive at steady speeds without trailer may reduce fuel economy at any stopping. speed. • Anticipate stops; slowing down may • Adding certain accessories to your eliminate the need to stop. vehicle (for example bug deflectors, • Combine errands and minimize rollbars, light bars, running boards, ski stop-and-go driving. racks or luggage racks) may reduce fuel economy. • Close the windows for high-speed driving. • To maximize the fuel economy, drive with the tonneau cover installed (if • Drive at reasonable speeds (traveling equipped). at 55 mph [88 km/h] uses 15% less fuel than traveling at 65 mph [105 • Using fuel blended with alcohol may km/h]). lower fuel economy. • Keep the tires properly inflated and use • Fuel economy may decrease with lower only the recommended size. temperatures during the first 8–10 miles (12–16 kilometers) of driving. • Use the recommended engine oil. • Driving on flat terrain offers improved • Perform all regularly scheduled fuel economy as compared to driving maintenance. on hilly terrain.

271

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Driving Hints

• Transmissions give their best fuel • Lightly press the brake pedal to dry the economy when operated in the top brakes and to check that they work. cruise gear and with steady pressure • Check that the horn works. on the gas pedal. • Check that the exterior lights work. • Four-wheel-drive operation (if equipped) is less fuel efficient than • Turn the steering wheel to check that two-wheel-drive operation. the steering power assist works. • Close the windows for high-speed driving. FLOOR MATS

DRIVING THROUGH WATER WARNINGS Always use floor mats that are WARNING designed to fit the foot well of your vehicle. Only use floor mats that Do not drive through flowing or deep leave the pedal area unobstructed. Only water as you may lose control of your use floor mats that are firmly secured to vehicle. retention posts so that they cannot slip out of position and interfere with the pedals Note: Driving through standing water can or impair safe operation of your vehicle in cause vehicle damage. other ways. Note: Engine damage can occur if water Pedals that cannot move freely can enters the air filter. cause loss of vehicle control and increase the risk of serious personal Before driving through standing water, injury. check the depth. Never drive through water that is higher than the bottom of the wheel Always make sure that the floor hubs. mats are properly attached to the retention posts in the carpet that are supplied with your vehicle. Floor mats must be properly secured to both retention posts to make sure mats do not shift out of position. Never place floor mats or any other covering in the vehicle foot well that cannot be properly secured to prevent them from moving and interfering with the pedals or the ability to control the vehicle. Never place floor mats or any other E176913 covering on top of already installed When driving through standing water, drive floor mats. Floor mats should always very slowly and do not stop your vehicle. rest on top of vehicle carpeting surface and Your brake performance and traction may not another floor mat or other covering. be limited. After driving through water and Additional floor mats or any other covering as soon as it is safe to do so: will reduce the pedal clearance and potentially interfere with pedal operation.

272

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Driving Hints

WARNINGS Do not use F-150 vehicles equipped with Check attachment of floor mats on the 2.7L or 3.5L engines for snowplowing. a regular basis. Always properly Installing the Snowplow reinstall and secure floor mats that have been removed for cleaning or Weight limits and guidelines for selecting replacement. and installing the snowplow are in the Ford Always make sure that objects Truck Body Builders Layout Book, cannot fall into the driver foot well snowplow section, found at while the vehicle is moving. Objects www.fleet.ford.com/truckbbas. that are loose can become trapped under A typical installation affects the following: the pedals causing a loss of vehicle control. • Certification to government safety laws Failure to properly follow floor mat such as occupant protection and airbag installation or attachment deployment, braking, and lighting. Look instructions can potentially cause for an Alterer’s Label on your vehicle interference with pedal operation causing from the snowplow installer certifying a loss of vehicle control. that the installation meets all applicable Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards (FMVSS). • The Front Gross Axle Weight Rating (GAWR) is on the upper left side of the vehicle’s Safety Compliance Certification Label. This is the total weight that front axle supports, which includes the vehicle weight plus any auxiliary equipment such as snowplow frame-mounted hardware that can be added to the vehicle and satisfy Ford compliance certification to FMVSS. Do not exceed FGAWR or Gross Vehicle E142666 Weight Rating (GVWR). To install floor mats, position the floor mat • Rear ballast weight behind the rear so that the eyelet is over the retention post axle may be required to prevent and press down to lock in. exceeding the FGAWR, and provide front-to-rear weight balance for proper To remove the floor mat, reverse the braking and steering. installation procedure. • Front wheel toe may require re-adjustment to prevent premature SNOWPLOWING uneven tire wear. Specifications are in the Ford Workshop Manual. We recommend the four-wheel drive F-150 in XL, XLT or Lariat trim levels with the 5.0L • Headlight aim may require adjustment. engine and snowplow option for residential snowplowing only. We do not recommend the F-150 with the automatic four-wheel drive system for snowplowing.

273

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Driving Hints

• The tire air pressures recommended Note: The electrical system is designed to for general driving are on the vehicle’s support the addition of a residential Safety Certification Label. The snowplow (up to 60 Amps continuous) and maximum cold inflation pressure for snowplow lights (up to 20 Amps the tire and associated load rating are continuous) using snowplow mode. The on the tire sidewall. Tire air pressure system is not designed to support snowplow may require re-adjustment within these usage with additional electrical aftermarket pressure limits to accommodate the accessories. additional weight of the snowplow installation. Operating the Vehicle with the • Federal and some local regulations Snowplow Attached require additional exterior lamps for Note: Drive the vehicle at least 500 miles snowplow-equipped vehicles. Contact (800 kilometers) before using your vehicle an authorized dealer for additional for snow removal. information. We recommend vehicle speed does not Snowplow Mode (If Equipped) exceed 45 mph (72 km/h) when snowplowing. Press the snowplow button on the The attached snowplow blade restricts instrument panel to switch on snowplow airflow to the radiator, and may cause the mode. The button illuminates when in engine to run at a higher temperature. snowplow mode. A message appears in Attention to engine temperature is the information display indicating that especially important when outside features are turned off when in snowplow temperatures are above freezing. Angle mode. the blade to maximize airflow to the The following features are disabled when radiator and monitor engine temperature in snowplow mode: to determine whether a left or right angle • 110V inverter. provides the best performance. • Fog lamps. Follow the severe duty schedule in your Scheduled Maintenance information for • Heated steering wheel. engine oil and transmission fluid change • Heated front and rear seats. intervals. • Massaging seats. Snowplowing with your Airbag The body module also activates the Equipped Vehicle snowplow relay that provides power to aftermarket snowplow controls. WARNINGS Switch off snowplow mode by pressing Do not attempt to service, repair, or the snowplow button or switching off the modify the airbag supplemental ignition. The snowplow button is no longer restraint system (SRS) or its fuses. illuminated and features are turned on. Contact a Ford or Lincoln dealer.

274

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Driving Hints

WARNINGS • If you are driving more than 15 mi Additional equipment such as (24 km) at temperatures above snowplow equipment may affect the freezing, angle the plow blade either performance of the airbag sensors full left or full right to provide increasing the risk of injury. Please refer to maximum airflow to the radiator. the Body Builders Layout Book for • If you are driving less than 15 mi instructions about the appropriate (24 km) at speeds up to 45 mph installation of additional equipment. (72 km/h) in cold weather, you do not need to worry about blade position to All occupants of the vehicle, provide maximum airflow. including the driver, should always properly wear their safety belts, even Transmission Operation while when provided with an airbag Plowing supplemental restraint system (SRS). WARNING Your vehicle is equipped with a driver and Do not spin the wheels at over 35 passenger airbag supplemental restraint mph (55 km/h). The tires may fail system. The supplemental restraint system and injure a passenger or bystander. activates in certain frontal and offset frontal collisions when the vehicle sustains sufficient longitudinal deceleration. • Shift transfer case to 4L (4WD Low) when plowing in small areas at speeds Careless or high speed driving while below 5.0 mph (8 km/h). snowplowing, which results in significant • Shift transfer case to 4H (4WD High) vehicle decelerations, can deploy the when plowing larger areas or light snow airbag. Such driving also increases the risk at higher speeds. Do not exceed 15 mph of accidents. (24 km/h). Never remove or defeat the tripping • Do not shift the transmission from a mechanisms designed into the snow forward gear to R (Reverse) until the removal equipment by its manufacturer. engine is at idle and the wheels have Doing so may cause damage to the vehicle stopped. and the snow removal equipment as well as possible airbag deployment. Outside Air Temperature While Plowing Engine Temperature while Plowing While plowing with your vehicle, the plow Your engine may run at a higher blade can block the sensor airflow and temperature than normal because the cause the outside air temperature reading attached snowplow blade restricts airflow to be inaccurate. to the radiator: A Ford wiring kit is available to relocate the Outside Air Temperature sensor to the plow blade frame to provide more accurate outside air temperature readings. Contact an authorized dealer for more information.

275

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Roadside Emergencies

ROADSIDE ASSISTANCE authorized dealer. If a member requests a tow to an authorized dealer Vehicles Sold in the United States: that is more than 35 mi (56 km) from Getting Roadside Assistance the disablement location, the member shall be responsible for any mileage To fully assist you should you have a costs in excess of 35 mi (56 km). vehicle concern, Ford Motor Company Roadside Assistance includes up to $200 offers a complimentary roadside for a towed trailer if the disabled eligible assistance program. This program is vehicle requires service at the nearest separate from the New Vehicle Limited authorized dealer. If the towing vehicle is Warranty. The service is available: operational but the trailer is not, then the • 24 hours a day, seven days a week. trailer does not qualify for any roadside • For the coverage period listed on the services. Roadside Assistance Card included in Vehicles Sold in the United States: your Owner's Manual portfolio. Using Roadside Assistance Roadside Assistance covers: Complete the roadside assistance • A flat tire change with a good spare, if identification card and place it in your provided with the vehicle (except wallet for quick reference. This card is in vehicles supplied with a tire inflation the owner's information portfolio in the kit). glove compartment. • Battery jump start. United States Ford vehicle customers who • Lock-out assistance (key replacement require Roadside Assistance, call cost is the customer's responsibility). 1-800-241-3673. • Fuel delivery — independent service If you need to arrange roadside assistance contractors, if not prohibited by state, for yourself, Ford Motor Company local or municipal law, shall deliver up reimburses a reasonable amount for to 2 gal (7.6 L) of gasoline or 5 gal towing to the nearest dealership within (18.9 L) of diesel fuel to a disabled 35 mi (56 km). To obtain reimbursement vehicle. Roadside Assistance limits fuel information, United States Ford vehicle delivery service to two no-charge customers call 1-800-241-3673. occurrences within a 12-month period. Customers need to submit their original • Winch out — available within 100 ft receipts. (30.5 m) of a paved or county maintained road, no recoveries. Vehicles Sold in Canada: Getting • Towing — independent service Roadside Assistance contractors, if not prohibited by state, Canadian customers who require roadside local or municipal law, shall tow Ford assistance, call 1-800-665-2006. eligible vehicles to an authorized dealer within 35 mi (56 km) of the Vehicles Sold in Canada: Using disablement location or to the nearest Roadside Assistance For your convenience, you may complete the roadside assistance identification card found in the centerfold of your warranty guide and retain for future reference.

276

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Roadside Emergencies

Canadian roadside coverage and benefits HAZARD WARNING FLASHERS may differ from the U.S. coverage. If you require more information, please refer to Note: The hazard warning flashers will the coverage section of your warranty operate when the ignition is in any position guide, call us in Canada at or if the key is not in the ignition. If used 1-800-665-2006, or visit our website at when the engine is not running, the battery www.ford.ca. will lose charge. As a result, there may be Sykes Assistance Services Corporation insufficient power to restart your engine. administers the Roadside Assistance The hazard flasher control is program. You must receive covered located on the instrument panel services in Canada or the continental E142663 by the radio. Use it when your United States. Coverage extends to vehicle is disabled and is creating a safety vehicles that use public, non-seasonal, hazard for other motorists. annually traveled roadways. Roadside Assistance coverage does not extend to • Press the flasher control and all front vehicles involved in cross-country driving, and rear direction indicators flash. logging, autocross and any other form of • Press the flasher control again to turn off-road use. Well maintained roads and them off. surfaces help ensure safe travel for the supplier, and allow their representatives to perform service as per the standard FUEL SHUTOFF operating procedures. WARNING In Remote Locations Failure to inspect and, if necessary, If our supplier cannot take your vehicle by repair fuel leaks after a collision may road to the nearest authorized dealership, increase the risk of fire and serious transportation by rail or water may be injury. Ford Motor Company recommends necessary. The program covers a tow to that the fuel system be inspected by an the dock or rail terminal and also to the authorized dealer after any collision. dealership at the end of the trip. For rail or water transportation, however, In the event of a moderate to severe contact your authorized dealer to confirm collision, this vehicle is equipped with a if you are eligible for additional coverage fuel pump shut-off feature that stops the before you authorize or pay for the service. flow of fuel to the engine. Not every impact Call Ford Roadside Assistance at will cause a shut-off. 1-800-665-2006 for additional Should your vehicle shut off after a information. collision, you may restart your vehicle. For vehicles equipped with a key system: 1. Switch off the ignition. 2. Switch on the ignition. 3. Repeat Steps 1 and 2 to re-enable the fuel pump.

277

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Roadside Emergencies

For vehicles equipped with a push button WARNINGS start system: Keep batteries out of reach of 1. Press the START/STOP button to children. Batteries contain sulfuric switch off the ignition. acid. Avoid contact with skin, eyes or 2. Press the brake pedal and press the clothing. Shield your eyes when working START/STOP button to switch on the near the battery to protect against possible ignition. splashing of acid solution. In case of acid contact with skin or eyes, flush 3. Remove your foot from the brake pedal immediately with water for a minimum of and press the START/STOP button 15 minutes and get prompt medical to switch off the ignition. attention. If acid is swallowed, call a 4. You can either attempt to start the physician immediately. engine by pressing the brake pedal and the START/STOP button, or switch Use only adequately sized cables on the ignition only by pressing the with insulated clamps. START/STOP button without pressing the brake pedal. Both ways Preparing Your Vehicle re-enable the fuel system. Do not attempt to push-start your Note: When you try to restart your vehicle automatic transmission vehicle. after a fuel shutoff, the vehicle makes sure that various systems are safe to restart. Note: Attempting to push-start a vehicle Once your vehicle determines that the with an automatic transmission may cause systems are safe, then the vehicle will allow transmission damage. you to restart. Note: Use only a 12-volt supply to start your Note: In the event that your vehicle does vehicle. not restart after your third attempt, contact Note: Do not disconnect the battery of the an authorized dealer. disabled vehicle as this could damage the vehicle electrical system. JUMP STARTING THE VEHICLE Park the booster vehicle close to the hood of the disabled vehicle, making sure the WARNINGS two vehicles do not touch. Batteries normally produce explosive gases which can cause personal Connecting the Jumper Cables injury. Therefore, do not allow WARNINGS flames, sparks or lighted substances to come near the battery. When working near Do not attach the cables to fuel lines, the battery, always shield your face and engine rocker covers, the intake protect your eyes. Always provide correct manifold or electrical components ventilation. as grounding points. Stay clear of moving parts. To avoid reverse polarity connections, make sure that you correctly identify the positive (+) and negative (-) terminals on both the disabled and booster vehicles before connecting the cables.

278

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Roadside Emergencies

WARNINGS 2. Connect the other end of the positive Do not attach the end of the positive (+) cable to the positive (+) terminal cable to the studs or L-shaped eyelet of the booster vehicle battery. located above the positive (+) 3. Connect the negative (-) cable to the terminal of your vehicle’s battery. High negative (-) terminal of the booster current may flow through and cause vehicle battery. damage to the fuses. 4. Make the final connection of the Do not connect the end of the negative (-) cable to an exposed metal second cable to the negative (-) part of the stalled vehicle's engine, terminal of the battery to be jumped. away from the battery and the fuel A spark may cause an explosion of the injection system, or connect the gases that surround the battery. negative (-) cable to a ground connection point if available. Note: In the illustration, the bottom vehicle Jump Starting represents the booster vehicle. 1. Start the engine of the booster vehicle and rev the engine moderately, or press the accelerator gently to keep your engine speed between 2000 and 3000 RPM, as shown in your tachometer. 2. Start the engine of the disabled vehicle. 1 3. Once the disabled vehicle has been started, run both vehicle engines for an additional three minutes before disconnecting the jumper cables. Removing the Jumper Cables 3 4 Remove the jumper cables in the reverse order that they were connected. 2

E142664 1. Connect the positive (+) jumper cable to the positive (+) terminal of the discharged battery.

279

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Roadside Emergencies

POST-CRASH ALERT SYSTEM

The system flashes the direction indicators 4 and sounds the horn (intermittently) in the event of a serious impact that deploys an airbag (front, side, side curtain or Safety Canopy) or the safety belt pretensioners. The horn and indicators will turn off when: • You press the hazard control button. • You press the panic button on the remote entry transmitter (if equipped). 1 2 • Your vehicle runs out of power.

E142665

1. Remove the negative (-) jumper cable from the disabled vehicle. 2. Remove the jumper cable on the negative (-) terminal of the booster vehicle battery. 3. Remove the jumper cable from the positive (+) terminal of the booster vehicle battery. 4. Remove the jumper cable from the positive (+) terminal of the disabled vehicle battery. 5. Allow the engine to idle for at least one minute.

280

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Customer Assistance

GETTING THE SERVICES YOU These are some of the items that can be NEED found online: • U.S. dealer locator by Dealer Name, Warranty repairs to your vehicle must be City/State or Zip Code. performed by an authorized dealer. While • Owner Manuals. any authorized dealer handling your vehicle • Maintenance Schedules. line will provide warranty service, we recommend you return to your selling • Recalls. authorized dealer who wants to ensure • Ford Extended Service Plans. your continued satisfaction. • Ford Genuine Accessories. Please note that certain warranty repairs • Service specials and promotions. require special training and equipment, so not all authorized dealers are authorized In Canada: to perform all warranty repairs. This means Mailing address that, depending on the warranty repair Customer Relationship Centre needed, you may have to take your vehicle Ford Motor Company of Canada, Limited to another authorized dealer. P.O. Box 2000 A reasonable time must be allowed to Oakville, Ontario L6K 0C8 perform a repair after taking your vehicle Telephone to the authorized dealer. Repairs will be made using Ford or Motorcraft® parts, or 1-800-565-3673 (FORD) remanufactured or other parts that are Online authorized by Ford. www.ford.ca Away From Home Twitter If you are away from home when your @FordServiceCA (English Canada) vehicle needs service, contact the Ford @FordServiceQC (Quebec) Customer Relationship Center or use the online resources listed below to find the Additional Assistance nearest authorized dealer. If you have questions or concerns, or are In the United States: unsatisfied with the service you are Mailing address receiving, follow these steps: Ford Motor Company 1. Contact your Sales Representative or Customer Relationship Center Service Advisor at your selling/servicing P.O. Box 6248 authorized dealer. Dearborn, MI 48121 2. If your inquiry or concern remains Telephone unresolved, contact the Sales Manager, Service Manager or Customer Relations 1-800-392-3673 (FORD) Manager. (TDD for the hearing impaired: 1-800-232-5952) 3. If you require assistance or clarification on Ford Motor Company policies, Online please contact the Ford Customer Additional information and resources are Relationship Center. available online at www.fordowner.com

281

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Customer Assistance

In order to help us serve you better, please California Civil Code Section 1793.22(b) have the following information available presumes that the manufacturer has had when contacting a Customer Relationship a reasonable number of attempts to Center: conform the vehicle to its applicable • Vehicle Identification Number. express warranties if, within the first 18 months of ownership of a new vehicle or • Your telephone number (home and the first 18000 miles (29 000 km), business). whichever occurs first: • The name of the authorized dealer and 1. Two or more repair attempts are made city where located. on the same non-conformity likely to • The vehicle’s current odometer reading. cause death or serious bodily injury OR In some states, you must directly notify 2. Four or more repair attempts are made Ford in writing before pursuing remedies on the same nonconformity (a defect under your state’s warranty laws. Ford is or condition that substantially impairs also allowed a final repair attempt in some the use, value or safety of the vehicle) states. OR In the United States, a warranty dispute 3. The vehicle is out of service for repair must be submitted to the BBB AUTO LINE of nonconformities for a total of more before taking action under the than 30 calendar days (not necessarily Magnuson-Moss Warranty Act, or to the all at one time). extent allowed by state law, before In the case of 1 or 2 above, the consumer pursuing replacement or repurchase must also notify the manufacturer of the remedies provided by certain state laws. need for the repair of the nonconformity This dispute handling procedure is not at the following address: required prior to enforcing state created rights or other rights which are independent Ford Motor Company of the Magnuson-Moss Warranty Act or 16800 Executive Plaza Drive state replacement or repurchase laws. Mail Drop 3NE-B Dearborn, MI 48126 IN CALIFORNIA (U.S. ONLY) You are required to submit your warranty dispute to BBB AUTO LINE before asserting California Civil Code Section 1793.2(d) in court any rights or remedies conferred requires that, if a manufacturer or its by California Civil Code Section 1793.22(b). representative is unable to repair a motor You are also required to use BBB AUTO vehicle to conform to the vehicle’s LINE before exercising rights or seeking applicable express warranty after a remedies created by the Federal reasonable number of attempts, the Magnuson-Moss Warranty Act, 15 U.S.C. manufacturer shall be required to either sec. 2301 et seq. If you choose to seek replace the vehicle with one substantially redress by pursuing rights and remedies identical or repurchase the vehicle and not created by California Civil Code Section reimburse the buyer in an amount equal to 1793.22(b) or the Magnuson-Moss the actual price paid or payable by the Warranty Act, resort to BBB AUTO LINE is consumer (less a reasonable allowance not required by those statutes. for consumer use). The consumer has the right to choose whether to receive a refund or replacement vehicle.

282

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Customer Assistance

THE BETTER BUSINESS already taken to try to resolve them. A Customer Claim Form will be mailed that BUREAU (BBB) AUTO LINE will need to be completed, signed and PROGRAM (U.S. ONLY) returned to the BBB along with proof of ownership. Upon receipt, the BBB will Your satisfaction is important to Ford review the claim for eligibility under the Motor Company and to your dealer. If a Program Summary Guidelines. warranty concern has not been resolved You can get more information by using the three-step procedure outlined calling BBB AUTO LINE at earlier in this chapter in the Getting the 1-800-955-5100, or writing to: Services you need section, you may be eligible to participate in the BBB AUTO BBB AUTO LINE LINE program. 3033 Wilson Boulevard, Suite 600 Arlington, Virginia 22201 The BBB AUTO LINE program consists of two parts – mediation and arbitration. BBB AUTO LINE applications can also be During mediation, a representative of the requested by calling the Ford Motor BBB will contact both you and Ford Motor Company Customer Relationship Center Company to explore options for settlement at 1-800-392-3673. of the claim. If an agreement is not reached Note: Ford Motor Company reserves the during mediation or you do not want to right to change eligibility limitations, modify participate in mediation, and if your claim procedures, or to discontinue this process is eligible, you may participate in the at any time without notice and without arbitration process. An arbitration hearing obligation. will be scheduled so that you can present your case in an informal setting before an impartial person. The arbitrator will UTILIZING THE consider the testimony provided and make MEDIATION/ARBITRATION a decision after the hearing. PROGRAM (CANADA ONLY) Disputes submitted to the BBB AUTO LINE program are usually decided within forty For vehicles delivered to authorized days after you file your claim with the BBB. Canadian dealers. In those cases where You are not bound by the decision, and you continue to feel that the efforts by Ford may reject the decision and proceed to of Canada and the authorized dealer to court where all findings of the BBB Auto resolve a factory-related vehicle service Line dispute, and decision, are admissible concern have been unsatisfactory, Ford of in the court action. Should you choose to Canada participates in an impartial third accept the BBB AUTO LINE decision, Ford party mediation/arbitration program is then bound by the decision, and must administered by the Canadian Motor comply with the decision within 30 days Vehicle Arbitration Plan (CAMVAP). of receipt of your acceptance letter. The CAMVAP program is a straight forward BBB AUTO LINE Application: Using the and relatively speedy alternative to resolve information provided below, please call or a disagreement when all other efforts to write to request a program application. produce a settlement have failed. This You will be asked for your name and procedure is without cost to you and is address, general information about your designed to eliminate the need for lengthy new vehicle, information about your and expensive legal proceedings. warranty concerns, and any steps you have

283

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Customer Assistance

In the CAMVAP program, impartial If your vehicle must be serviced while you third-party arbitrators conduct hearings at are traveling or living in Asia-Pacific Region, mutually convenient times and places in Sub-Saharan Africa, U.S. Virgin Islands, an informal environment. These impartial Central America, the Caribbean, and Israel, arbitrators review the positions of the contact the nearest authorized dealer. If parties, make decisions and, when the authorized dealer cannot help you, appropriate, render awards to resolve contact: disputes. CAMVAP decisions are fast, fair, FORD MOTOR COMPANY and final as the arbitrator’s award is Customer Relationship Center binding on both you and Ford of Canada. 1555 Fairlane Drive CAMVAP services are available in all Fairlane Business Park #3 Canadian territories and provinces. For Allen Park, Michigan 48101 more information, without charge or U.S.A. obligation, call your CAMVAP Provincial Telephone: (313) 594-4857 Administrator directly at 1-800-207-0685 Fax: (313) 390-0804 or visit www.camvap.ca. Email: [email protected] For customers in Guam, the GETTING ASSISTANCE Commonwealth of the Northern Mariana Islands (CNMI), America Samoa, and the OUTSIDE THE U.S. AND U.S. Virgin Islands, please feel free to call CANADA our Toll-Free Number: (800) 841-FORD (3673). Before exporting your vehicle to a foreign country, contact the appropriate foreign If your vehicle must be serviced while you embassy or consulate. These officials can are traveling or living in Puerto Rico, inform you of local vehicle registration contact the nearest authorized dealer. If regulations and where to find unleaded the authorized dealer cannot help you, fuel. contact: If you cannot find unleaded fuel or can only FORD MOTOR COMPANY get fuel with an anti-knock index lower Customer Relationship Center than is recommended for your vehicle, 1555 Fairlane Drive contact our Customer Relationship Center. Fairlane Business Park #3 Allen Park, Michigan 48101 The use of leaded fuel in your vehicle U.S.A. without proper conversion may damage Telephone: (800) 841-FORD (3673) the effectiveness of your emission control FAX: (313) 390-0804 system and may cause engine knocking or Email: [email protected] serious engine damage. Ford Motor www.ford.com.pr Company or Ford of Canada is not responsible for any damage caused by use If your vehicle must be serviced while you of improper fuel. Using leaded fuel may are traveling or living in the Middle East, also result in difficulty importing your contact the nearest authorized dealer. If vehicle back into the United States. the authorized dealer cannot help you, contact:

284

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Customer Assistance

FORD MOTOR COMPANY Or to order a free publication catalog, call Customer Relationship Center toll free: 1-800-782-4356 1555 Fairlane Drive Monday-Friday 8:00 a.m. - 6:00 p.m. EST Fairlane Business Park #3 Allen Park, Michigan 48101 Helm, Incorporated can also be reached U.S.A. by their website: Ford: 80004443673 www.helminc.com Lincoln: 80004441067 (Items in this catalog may be purchased If calling from the UAE: 80004441066 by credit card, check or money order.) If calling from the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia: 8008443673 Obtaining a French Owner’s If calling from Kuwait: 22280384 Manual FAX: +971 4 3327266 French Owner’s Manual can be obtained Email: [email protected] from your authorized dealer or by www.me.ford.com contacting Helm, Incorporated using the If you buy your vehicle in North America contact information listed previously in this and then relocate to any of the above section. locations, register your vehicle identification number (VIN) and new address with Ford Motor Company Export REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS Operations & Global Growth Initiatives by (U.S. ONLY) emailing [email protected]. If you are in another foreign country, contact the nearest authorized dealer. In the event your inquiry is unresolved, communicate your concern with the E142557 dealership’s Sales Manager, Service Manager or Customer Relations Manager. If you believe that your vehicle has If you require additional assistance or a defect which could cause a clarification, please contact the respective crash or could cause injury or Customer Relationship Center as death, you should immediately previously listed. inform the National Highway Customers in the U.S. should call Traffic Safety Administration 1-800-392-3673. (NHTSA) in addition to notifying Ford Motor Company. ORDERING ADDITIONAL OWNER'S LITERATURE

To order the publications in this portfolio, contact Helm, Incorporated at: HELM, INCORPORATED 47911 Halyard Drive Plymouth, Michigan 48170 Attention: Customer Service

285

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Customer Assistance

If NHTSA receives similar 1200 New Jersey Avenue, complaints, it may open an Southeast investigation, and if it finds that a safety defect exists in a group of Washington, D.C. 20590 vehicles, it may order a recall and You can also obtain other remedy campaign. However, information about motor vehicle NHTSA cannot become involved safety from in individual problems between http://www.safercar.gov. you, your dealer, or Ford Motor Company. REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS To contact NHTSA, you may call (CANADA ONLY) the Vehicle Safety Hotline toll-free at 1-888-327-4236 (TTY: If you believe that your vehicle has 1-800-424-9153); go to a defect which could cause a http://www.safercar.gov; or write crash or could cause injury or to: death, you should immediately Administrator inform Transport Canada.

Transport Canada Contact Information Website http://www.tc.gc.ca/eng/roadsafety/menu.htm Phone 1–800–333–0510

286

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Fuses

FUSE SPECIFICATION CHART The power distribution box is located in the engine compartment. It has Power Distribution Box high-current fuses that protect your vehicle's main electrical systems from WARNINGS overloads. Always disconnect the battery before If you disconnect and reconnect the servicing high current fuses. battery, you will need to reset some features. See Changing the 12V Battery To reduce risk of electrical shock, (page 307). always replace the cover to the power distribution box before reconnecting the battery or refilling fluid reservoirs.

E176315

Fuse or relay number Fuse amp rating Protected components 1 — Not used. 2 — Not used. 3 — Not used.

287

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Fuses

Fuse or relay number Fuse amp rating Protected components 4 — Telescoping side-view mirror. 5 40A* Rear window defroster. 6 — Not used. 7 — Not used. 8 — Telescoping side-view mirror. 9 — Not used. 10 — Not used. 11 60A* Automatic brake system motor. 12 50A* Body control module 1. 13 60A* Body control module 2. 14 20A** Amplifier. 15 25A** 4x4. 16 10A** Spot light module. 17 15A** Heated seat. 18 10A** Steering-column lock. 19 10A** Power seats. 20 15A** Snow plow. Rear heated seats. 21A — Not used. 21B — Not used. 22 30A* Windshield wiper motor. 23 15A* Rain sensor. 24 25A* Series fan feed. 25 — Not used. 26 30A* Driver seat motors. 27 30A* Passenger power seat. 28 30A* Climate controlled seat.

288

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Fuses

Fuse or relay number Fuse amp rating Protected components 29 — Not used. 30 — Air conditioner clutch relay. 31 — Not used. 32 — Not used. 33 50A* Electric fan 3. 34 25A* Trailer tow park lamps. 35 20A* Trailer tow stop-turn relay fuse. 36 25A* Trailer tow lamps module. 37 50A* Electric fan 1. 38 10A** Alt A sensor. 39 10A** Integrated wheel end solenoid. 40 15A** E-locker. 41 10A** Telescoping mirror. 42 30A** Transmission fluid pump. 43 25A** Horn. 44 10A** Air conditioner clutch. 45 10A** Powertrain control module relay coil. 46 10A** Wiper relay coil. 47 — Not used. 48 — Not used. 49 30A* Trailer brake control module. 50 30A* Power running boards. 51 — Fuel pump relay. 52 — Not used. 53 — Not used. 54 30A* Voltage quality module. Body-control-module voltage-quality- module feed.

289

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Fuses

Fuse or relay number Fuse amp rating Protected components 55 40A* Body control module RP2 feed. 56 20A* Fuel pump. 57 30A* Right-hand EPB actuator. 58 30A* Left-hand EPB actuator. 59 30A* Starter. 60 40A* Blower motor. 61 30A* Brake control module. Automatic brake system valves. 62 — Power seat relay. 63 15A** Heated mirrors. 64 — Not used. 65 — Starter relay. 66 — Powertrain control module relay. 67 — Windshield wiper relay. 68 — Blower motor relay. 69 — Power sliding back window relay. 70 — Electric fan 1 relay. 71 — Not used. 72 25A* 4x4. 73 — Not used. 74 30A* PDRG motor. 75 — Horn relay. 76 — Not used. 77 — Steering column lock relay. 78 — Not used. 79 — Trailer tow parking lamp relay. 80 — Rear window defroster relay.

290

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Fuses

Fuse or relay number Fuse amp rating Protected components 81 — Not used. 82 — PDRG close relay. 83 — Not used. 84 — Not used. 85 — Not used. 86 — Not used. 87 10A* Trailer tow backup lamps. 88 — Not used. 89 20A** Cigar lighter power point 1. 90 20A** Power point 2. 91 20A** Power point 3. 92 20A** Power point 4. 93 25A** GTDI vehicle power 1. 10A** PFI vehicle power 1. 94 — Not used. 95 25A** Vehicle power 2. 96 — Not used. 97 10A** Vehicle power 3. 98 — Not used. 99 20A** Vehicle power 4 (PFI). 15A** Vehicle power 4 (GTDI). 100 — Not used. 101 — Not used. 102 — Snow plow relay. 103 — Not used. 104 — Electic fan 3 relay. 105 10A** Power steering.

291

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Fuses

Fuse or relay number Fuse amp rating Protected components 106 — Not used. 107 10A** Anti-lock brakes. 108 — Not used. 109 10A** Powertrain control module. 110 10A** 4x4 run/start. Adaptive cruise control. 111 10A** Transmission pump run-start. 112 — Not used. 113 7.5A** Blind spot information system. Rear view camera. Front view camera. Voltage quality module. 114 — Electric fan 2 relay. 115 — Not used. 116 — Not used.

*Cartridge fuses **Mini fuses

To remove the fuse panel cover, press in Passenger Compartment Fuse the tabs on both sides of the cover, and Panel then pull it off. The fuse panel is in the right-hand side of To reinstall the fuse panel cover, place the the passenger footwell behind a trim panel. top part of the cover on the fuse panel and push the bottom part until it latches. To remove the trim panel, pull it toward Gently pull on the cover to make sure it has you and swing it away from the side. To latched properly. reinstall it, line up the tabs with the grooves on the panel, and then push it shut.

292

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Fuses

E145984

Fuse or relay number Fuse amp rating Protected components 1 10A Demand lamp relay. Power seats relay. Glove box. Vanity lamps. Overhead console. Dome. Courtesy. Map lamps. 2 7.5A Memory module logic. Memory seat switches. Lumbar motor. 3 20A Driver door lock motor. 4 5A Trailer brake control. 5 20A Not used. 6 10A Not used. 7 10A Not used. 8 10A Not used. 9 10A Not used.

293

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Fuses

Fuse or relay number Fuse amp rating Protected components 10 5A Not used (spare). 11 5A Combined sensor module. 12 7.5A Climate head module. Smart datalink converter. 13 7.5A Cluster. SCCM. 14 10A Brake. 15 10A Smart datalink converter. 16 15A Tailgate release. 17 5A HUD. 18 5A Ignition switch and passive-entry passive- start start stop switch. Key inhibit solenoid. 19 7.5A Tow haul (O/D) cancel for floor or column shifter. 20 7.5A Not used. 21 5A HUD. In car temperature with humidity sensor. 22 5A EPB. Power seat. 23 10A PDRG switch. Inverter. Driver side window. Moonroof. 24 20A Central lock/unlock. 25 30A Driver door control module. 26 30A Passenger door control module. 27 30A Vista roof. Moonroof. 28 20A Not used. 29 30A Not used.

294

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Fuses

Fuse or relay number Fuse amp rating Protected components 30 30A Not used. 31 15A Adjustable pedal switch and motor. 32 10A Multi-function display. Global position system. Sync 1. Sync 2. Radio frequency receiver. 33 20A Radio. 34 30A Run-start relay. 35 5A Restraints module. 36 15A 360 camera module. Heated steering wheel module. Rear-view mirror. Rear heated seats. 37 15A Power distribution box run-start relay. 38 30A Circuit breaker. Rear window switches and motors.

A fuse may fail if electrical components in the vehicle are not properly working. A CHANGING A FUSE broken wire inside the fuse indicates a failed fuse. Check the appropriate fuses Fuses before replacing any electrical components. WARNING You must replace a failed fuse with one that has the specified amperage rating. If you use a fuse with a higher amperage rating, you may cause severe wire damage and may start a fire.

E142430

295

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Maintenance

GENERAL INFORMATION Working with the Engine Off 1. Set the parking brake and shift to park Have your vehicle serviced regularly to help (P). maintain its roadworthiness and resale value. There is a large network of 2. Switch off the engine. authorized dealers that are there to help 3. Block the wheels. you with their professional servicing expertise. We believe that their specially Working with the Engine On trained technicians are best qualified to service your vehicle properly and expertly. WARNING They are supported by a wide range of To reduce the risk of vehicle damage highly specialized tools developed and/or personal burn injuries, do not specifically for servicing your vehicle. start your engine with the air cleaner To help you service your vehicle, we removed and do not remove it while the provide scheduled maintenance engine is running. information which makes tracking routine service easy. See Scheduled 1. Set the parking brake and shift to park Maintenance (page 498). (P). If your vehicle requires professional service, 2. Block the wheels an authorized dealer can provide the necessary parts and service. Check your warranty information to find out which OPENING AND CLOSING THE parts and services are covered. HOOD Use only recommended fuels, lubricants, fluids and service parts conforming to 1. Inside the vehicle, pull the hood release specifications. Motorcraft® parts are handle located under the left hand side designed and built to provide the best of the instrument panel. performance in your vehicle. Precautions • Do not work on a hot engine. • Make sure that nothing gets caught in moving parts. • Do not work on a vehicle with the engine running in an enclosed space, unless you are sure you have enough ventilation.

• Keep all open flames and other burning E166491 material (such as cigarettes) away from the battery and all fuel related 2. Go to the front of your vehicle and parts. locate the secondary release lever under the front of the hood near the center of your vehicle.

296

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Maintenance

3. Raise the hood until the lift cylinders hold it open. 4. To close, lower the hood and make sure that it is closed properly and fully latched.

E190266

UNDER HOOD OVERVIEW - 2.7L ECOBOOST™

2.7L EcoBoost

E176046

297

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Maintenance

A. Power distribution box. See Fuses (page 287). B. Battery. See Changing the 12V Battery (page 307). C. Engine oil filler cap. See Engine Oil Check (page 301). D. Engine oil dipstick. See Engine Oil Dipstick (page 301). E. Brake fluid reservoir. See Brake Fluid Check (page 307). F. Air filter assembly. See Changing the Engine Air Filter (page 317). G. Engine coolant reservoir. See Engine Coolant Check (page 302). H. Windshield washer fluid reservoir. See Washer Fluid Check (page 307).

UNDER HOOD OVERVIEW - 3.5L ECOBOOST™

A B C D E F

H GA E166496

A. Windshield washer fluid reservoir. See Washer Fluid Check (page 307). B. Battery. See Changing the 12V Battery (page 307). C. Engine oil filler cap. See Engine Oil Check (page 301).

298

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Maintenance

D. Engine oil dipstick. See Engine Oil Dipstick (page 301). E. Brake fluid reservoir. See Brake Fluid Check (page 307). F. Engine coolant reservoir. See Engine Coolant Check (page 302). G. Air filter assembly. See Changing the Engine Air Filter (page 317). H. Power distribution box. See Fuses (page 287).

UNDER HOOD OVERVIEW - 3.5L

E176214

299

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Maintenance

G. Engine coolant reservoir. See Engine Coolant Check (page 302). H. Windshield washer fluid reservoir. See Washer Fluid Check (page 307).

UNDER HOOD OVERVIEW - 5.0L

A AB AC AD AE AF

E166494 HA GA

A. Windshield washer fluid reservoir. See Washer Fluid Check (page 307). B. Battery. See Changing the 12V Battery (page 307). C. Engine oil filler cap. See Engine Oil Check (page 301). D. Engine oil dipstick. See Engine Oil Dipstick (page 301). E. Brake fluid reservoir. See Brake Fluid Check (page 307). F. Engine coolant reservoir. See Engine Coolant Check (page 302). G. Air filter assembly. See Changing the Engine Air Filter (page 317). H. Power distribution box. See Fuses (page 287).

300

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Maintenance

ENGINE OIL DIPSTICK 6. Wipe the dipstick clean. Insert the dipstick fully, then remove it again. • If the oil level is between the lower and upper holes, the oil level is A B acceptable. DO NOT ADD OIL. • If the oil level is below the lower hole, add enough oil to raise the level within the lower and upper holes. • Oil levels above the upper hole may cause engine damage. Some oil must be removed from the engine by an authorized dealer. E161560 7. Put the oil level dipstick back into the oil dipstick tube and ensure it is fully MINA seated. B MAX Adding Engine Oil Note: Do not remove the filler cap when ENGINE OIL CHECK the engine is running. 1. Make sure that your vehicle is on level Note: Do not remove the engine oil level ground. dipstick when the engine is running. 2. Switch the engine off and wait 15 Note: Do not add oil further than the MAX minutes for the oil to drain into the oil mark. Oil levels above the MAX mark may pan. cause engine damage. 3. Set the parking brake and ensure the gearshift is in park (P). 4. Open the hood. Protect yourself from engine heat. 5. Locate and carefully remove the engine oil level dipstick. See Under Hood Overview (page 299).

E142732

301

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Maintenance

Only use oils certified for gasoline engines WARNINGS by the American Petroleum Institute (API). To reduce the risk of personal injury, An oil with this trademark symbol make sure the engine is cool before conforms to the current engine and unscrewing the coolant pressure emission system protection standards and relief cap. The cooling system is under fuel economy requirements of the pressure. Steam and hot liquid can come International Lubricants Specification out forcefully when you loosen the cap Advisory Council (ILSAC), comprised of slightly. U.S. and Japanese automobile manufacturers. Do not add coolant further than the MAX mark. 1. Check the engine oil level. 2. If the engine oil level is not within the normal range, add engine oil that Checking the Engine Coolant meets Ford specifications. See When the engine is cold, check the Capacities and Specifications (page concentration and level of the engine 358). coolant at the intervals listed in the 3. Remove the engine oil filler cap and scheduled maintenance information. See use a funnel to pour the engine oil into Scheduled Maintenance (page 498). the opening. Note: Make sure that the coolant level is 4. Wipe off any spilled oil. between the MIN and MAX marks on the 5. Recheck the engine oil level. Make sure coolant reservoir. the oil level is not above the normal Note: Coolant expands when it is hot. The operating range on the engine oil level level may extend beyond the MAX mark. dipstick. Note: If the level is at the MIN mark, below 6. Install the engine oil level dipstick and the MIN mark, or empty, add coolant ensure it is fully seated. immediately. 7. Fully install the engine oil filler cap by turning the filler cap clockwise until Maintain coolant concentration within three clicks are heard or until the cap 48% to 50%, which equates to a freeze is fully seated. point between -30°F (-34°C) and -34°F (-37°C). Note: For best results, coolant ENGINE COOLANT CHECK concentration should be tested with a refractometer such as Robinair® Coolant WARNINGS and Battery Refractometer 75240. We do Do not add engine coolant when the not recommend the use of hydrometers or engine is hot. Steam and scalding coolant test strips for measuring coolant liquids released from a hot cooling concentrations. system can burn you badly. Also, spilling Note: Automotive fluids are not coolant on hot engine parts can burn you. interchangeable. Do not use engine coolant, Do not put engine coolant in the antifreeze or windshield washer fluid outside windshield washer fluid container. If of its specified function and vehicle location. sprayed on the windshield, engine coolant could make it difficult to see through the windshield.

302

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Maintenance

Adding Engine Coolant • Brine. Note: Do not use stop leak pellets, cooling • Any engine coolant mixed with alcohol system sealants or additives as they can or methanol antifreeze or coolant. cause damage to the engine cooling or Alcohol and other liquids can cause engine heating systems. Your warranty may not damage from overheating or freezing. cover these damages. Do not add extra inhibitors or additives to Note: During normal vehicle operation, the the coolant. These can be harmful and coolant may change color from orange to compromise the corrosion protection of pink or light red. As long as the coolant is the engine coolant. clear and uncontaminated, this color change When adding coolant: does not indicate the coolant has degraded nor does it require the coolant to be drained, 1. Unscrew the cap slowly. Any pressure the system to be flushed, or the coolant to will escape as you unscrew the cap. be replaced. 2. Add prediluted engine coolant meeting Do not mix different colors or types of the Ford specification. See Capacities coolant in your vehicle. Mixing of engine and Specifications (page 358). coolants may harm your engine’s cooling 3. Check the coolant level in the coolant system. The use of an improper coolant reservoir the next few times you drive may harm engine and cooling system your vehicle. components and may void the warranty. Use prediluted engine coolant meeting the 4. If necessary, add enough prediluted Ford specification. See Capacities and engine coolant to bring the coolant Specifications (page 358). level to the proper level. In case of emergency, you can add a large Recycled Engine Coolant amount of water without engine coolant in order to reach a vehicle service location. Ford Motor Company does not recommend In this instance, qualified personnel: the use of recycled engine coolant since a Ford-approved recycling process is not yet 1. Must drain the cooling system. available. 2. Chemically clean the cooling system Used engine coolant should be disposed with Motorcraft Premium Cooling of in an appropriate manner. Follow your System Flush. community’s regulations and standards 3. Refill with engine coolant as soon as for recycling and disposing of automotive possible. fluids. Water alone, without engine coolant, can cause engine damage from corrosion, overheating or freezing. Do not use the following as a coolant substitute: • Alcohol. • Methanol.

303

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Maintenance

Severe Climates the service engine soon indicator will illuminate. If you drive in extremely cold climates: If the engine reaches a preset • It may be necessary to have a Ford over-temperature condition, the engine authorized dealer increase the coolant automatically switches to alternating concentration above 50%. cylinder operation. Each disabled cylinder • A coolant concentration of 60% acts as an air pump and cools the engine. provides improved freeze point protection. Engine coolant When this occurs, your vehicle will still concentrations above 60% decrease operate. However: the overheat protection characteristics • The engine power will be limited. of the engine coolant and may cause engine damage. • This will disable the air conditioning system. If you drive in extremely hot climates: Continued operation increases the engine • It may be necessary to have a Ford temperature, causing the engine to authorized dealer decrease the coolant completely shut down. Your steering and concentration to 40%. braking effort increases in this situation. • A coolant concentration of 40% When the engine temperature cools, you provides improved overheat protection. can re-start your engine. Take your vehicle Engine coolant concentrations below to an authorized dealer as soon as possible 40% decrease the freeze and corrosion to minimize engine damage. protection characteristics of the engine coolant and may cause engine When Fail-Safe Mode Is Activated damage. Vehicles driven year-round in non-extreme WARNINGS climates should use prediluted engine Fail-safe mode is for use during coolant for optimum cooling system and emergencies only. Operate your engine protection. vehicle in fail-safe mode only as long as necessary to bring your vehicle to rest What You Should Know About Fail- in a safe location and seek immediate Safe Cooling repairs. When in fail-safe mode, your vehicle will have limited power, will not be If you deplete the engine coolant supply, able to maintain high-speed operation, and fail-safe cooling allows you to temporarily may completely shut down without drive your vehicle before you incur warning, potentially losing engine power, incremental component damage. The power steering assist, and power brake fail-safe distance depends on ambient assist, which may increase the possibility temperatures, vehicle load and terrain. of a crash resulting in serious injury. How Fail-Safe Cooling Works Never remove the coolant reservoir cap while the engine is running or hot. If the engine begins to overheat, the engine coolant temperature gauge will move to the red (hot) area and: the coolant temperature warning light will illuminate

304

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Maintenance

You have limited engine power when in the At this time, you may notice your engine fail-safe mode, so drive your vehicle with coolant temperature gauge needle move caution. Your vehicle will not maintain toward the H and the POWER REDUCED high-speed operation and the engine will TO LOWER TEMP message may appear operate poorly. in the information display. Remember that the engine is capable of You may notice a reduction in vehicle automatically shutting down to prevent speed caused by reduced engine power. engine damage. In this situation: In order to manage the engine fluid temperatures, your vehicle may enter this 1. Pull off the road as soon as safely mode if certain high-temperature and possible and switch off the engine. high-load conditions take place. The 2. Tow your vehicle to an authorized amount of speed reduction depends on dealer. many factors such as vehicle loading, 3. If this is not possible, wait a short towing, grade and ambient temperature. period for the engine to cool. If this occurs, there is no need to pull off the road. You can continue to drive your 4. Check the coolant level and add if low. vehicle while this message is active. 5. Re-start the engine and drive your vehicle to an authorized dealer. The air conditioning may also cycle on and off during severe operating conditions to Note: Driving your vehicle without repair protect overheating of the engine. When increases the chance of engine damage. the engine coolant temperature decreases Contact an authorized dealer as soon as to a normal operating temperature, the air possible. conditioning will turn on once again. Engine Fluid Temperature If the engine coolant temperature gauge Management (If Equipped) moves fully into the red (hot) area, or if the coolant temperature warning or service WARNINGS engine soon messages appear in your To reduce the risk of crash and injury, information display: be prepared that the vehicle speed 1. Pull off the road as soon as safely may reduce and the vehicle may not possible and shift the transmission into be able to accelerate with full power until P. the fluid temperatures reduce. 2. Leave the engine running until the Never remove the coolant reservoir coolant temperature gauge needle cap while the engine is running or hot. moves away from the red (hot) area. After several minutes, if the Your vehicle can pull a trailer, but because temperature does not drop, follow the of the added load, your vehicle’s engine remaining steps. may temporarily reach higher 3. Switch the engine off and wait for it to temperatures during severe operating cool before checking the coolant level. conditions such as ascending a long or 4. If the coolant level is normal, restart steep grade while pulling a trailer in high your engine and continue. temperatures.

305

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Maintenance

5. If the coolant is low, add coolant, and TRANSFER CASE FLUID restart the engine. See Adding Engine Coolant or How Fail-Safe Cooling CHECK Works in this chapter for more information.

AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION FLUID CHECK

If required, have an authorized dealer check and change the transmission fluid at the correct service interval. See Scheduled Maintenance (page 498). The automatic transmission does not have a transmission fluid dipstick. Refer to your scheduled maintenance information for scheduled intervals for fluid checks and changes. Your transmission does not consume fluid. However, if the transmission slips, shifts slowly or if you notice a sign of leaking fluid, contact an authorized dealer. Do not use supplemental transmission fluid additives, treatments or cleaning agents. The use of these materials may affect transmission operation and result in damage to internal transmission E170444 components. 1. Clean the area around the filler plug. 2. Remove the filler plug. 3. Inspect the fluid level. The fluid level should be within 0.20 in (5mm) from the bottom of the hole. 4. Add fluid through the filler opening. Fill to the bottom of the opening. Use only fluid that meets Ford specifications. See Capacities and Specifications (page 358).

306

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Maintenance

BRAKE FLUID CHECK FUEL FILTER

Fluid levels between the MIN and MAX Your vehicle is equipped with a lifetime lines are within the normal operating range; fuel filter that is integrated with the fuel there is no need to add fluid. If the fluid tank. Regular maintenance or replacement levels are outside of the normal operating is not needed. range, the performance of the system could be compromised; seek service from your authorized dealer immediately. CHANGING THE 12V BATTERY WARNINGS POWER STEERING FLUID Batteries normally produce explosive CHECK gases that can cause personal injury. Therefore, do not allow flames, Your vehicle is equipped with an electric sparks or lighted substances to come near power steering (EPS) system. There is no the battery. When working near the fluid reservoir to check or fill. battery, always shield your face and protect your eyes. Always provide proper WASHER FLUID CHECK ventilation. This vehicle may be equipped with WARNING more than one battery, removal of cable from only one battery does not If you operate your vehicle in disconnect your vehicle electrical system. temperatures below 40°F (5°C), use Be sure to disconnect cables from all washer fluid with antifreeze batteries when disconnecting power. protection. Failure to use washer fluid with Failure to do so may cause serious antifreeze protection in cold weather could personal injury or property damage. result in impaired windshield vision and increase the risk of injury or accident. When lifting a plastic-cased battery, excessive pressure on the end walls could cause acid to flow through the Add fluid to fill the reservoir if the level is vent caps, resulting in personal injury and low. Only use a washer fluid that meets damage to the vehicle or battery. Lift the Ford specifications. See Capacities and battery with a battery carrier or with your Specifications (page 358). hands on opposite corners. State or local regulations on volatile Keep batteries out of reach of organic compounds may restrict the use children. Batteries contain sulfuric of methanol, a common windshield washer acid. Avoid contact with skin, eyes or antifreeze additive. Washer fluids clothing. Shield your eyes when working containing non-methanol antifreeze near the battery to protect against possible agents should be used only if they provide splashing of acid solution. In case of acid cold weather protection without damaging contact with skin or eyes, flush the vehicle’s paint finish, wiper blades or immediately with water for a minimum of washer system. 15 minutes and get prompt medical attention. If acid is swallowed, call a physician immediately.

307

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Maintenance

Note: If your battery has a cover/shield, 3. Start the engine. Run the engine until make sure it is reinstalled after the battery it reaches normal operating has been cleaned or replaced. temperature. Note: Battery posts, terminals and related 4. Allow the engine to idle for at least one accessories contain lead and lead minute. compounds. Wash hands after handling. 5. Turn the air conditioning on and allow Note: Electrical or electronic accessories the engine to idle for at least one or components added to your vehicle by the minute. dealer or the owner may adversely affect 6. Release the parking brake. With your battery performance and durability. foot on the brake pedal and with the Your vehicle is equipped with a Motorcraft air conditioning on, put your vehicle in maintenance-free battery which normally D (Drive) and allow the engine to idle does not require additional water during for at least one minute. its life of service. • If you do not allow the engine to relearn its idle trim, the idle quality For longer, trouble-free operation, keep the of your vehicle may be adversely top of the battery clean and dry. Also, affected until the idle trim is make certain the battery cables are always eventually relearned. tightly fastened to the battery terminals. 7. Drive your vehicle to complete the If you see any corrosion on the battery or relearning process terminals, remove the cables from the terminals and clean with a wire brush. You • Your vehicle may need to be driven can neutralize the acid with a solution of 10 miles (16 kilometers) or more to baking soda and water. relearn the idle and fuel trim strategy along with the ethanol It is recommended that the negative content for flexible fuel vehicles. battery cable terminal be disconnected • For flexible fuel vehicles, if you are from the battery if you plan to store your operating on E85, you may vehicle for an extended period of time. experience poor starts or an Because your vehicle’s engine is inability to start the engine and electronically controlled by a computer, driveability problems until the fuel some control conditions are maintained trim and ethanol content have been by power from the battery. When the relearned. battery is disconnected or a new battery If the battery has been disconnected or a is installed, the engine must relearn its idle new battery has been installed, the clock and fuel trim strategy for optimum and radio settings must be reset once the driveability and performance. Flexible fuel battery is reconnected. vehicles (FFV) must also relearn the ethanol content of the fuel for optimum Always dispose of automotive driveability and performance. To begin this batteries in a responsible manner. process: Follow your local authorized standards for disposal. Call your local authorized 1. With your vehicle at a complete stop, recycling center to find out more about set the parking brake. recycling automotive batteries. 2. Put the gearshift in P(Park), turn off all accessories.

308

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Maintenance

Battery Management System (If of vehicle sleep time (key off with doors Equipped) closed) to relearn the new battery state of charge. Prior to relearning the state of The battery management system (BMS) charge, the Battery Management System monitors battery conditions and takes may disable electrical features (to protect actions to extend battery life. If excessive the battery) earlier than normal. battery drain is detected, the system may temporarily disable certain electrical features to protect the battery. Those CHECKING THE WIPER electrical accessories affected include the BLADES rear defrost, heated/cooled seats, climate control fan, heated steering wheel, audio and navigation system. A message may be shown in the information displays to alert the driver that battery protection actions are active. These messages are only for notification that an action is taking place, and not intended to indicate an electrical problem or that the battery requires replacement. E142463 Electrical accessory installation Run the tip of your fingers over the edge of To ensure proper operation of the Battery the blade to check for roughness. Management System, any electrical Clean the wiper blades with washer fluid devices that are added to your vehicle or water applied with a soft sponge or should not have their ground connection cloth. made directly at the negative battery post. A connection at the negative battery post can cause inaccurate measurements of CHANGING THE WIPER the battery condition and potential BLADES incorrect system operation. Note: Electrical or electronic accessories Note: Do not hold the wiper blade when added to your vehicle by the dealer or the lifting the wiper arm. owner, may adversely affect battery performance and durability, and may affect the performance of other electrical systems in your vehicle. When a battery replacement is required, the battery should only be replaced with a Ford-recommended replacement battery that matches the electrical requirements of your vehicle. After battery replacement, or in some cases after charging the battery with the external charger, the Battery

Management System requires eight hours E165804

309

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Maintenance

1. Pull the wiper blade and arm away Headlamp Aiming Target from the glass.

E142592

A 8 feet (2.4 meters). 4 B Center height of lamp to ground. C 25 feet (7.6 meters). D Horizontal reference line.

3 Vertical Aim Adjustment 1. Park your vehicle directly in front of a E205141 wall or screen on a level surface, 2. Lift the wiper blade primary locking clip. approximately 25 feet (7.6 meters) away. 3. Press the wiper blade secondary locking clip. 2. Measure the height from the center of your headlamp (indicated by a 3.0 4. Remove the wiper blade. millimeter circle on the lens) to the Note: Make sure that the wiper arm does ground and mark an 8 foot (2.4 meter) not spring back against the glass when the horizontal reference line on the vertical wiper blade is not attached. wall or screen at this height (a piece of 5. Install in the reverse order. masking tape works well). Note: Make sure that the wiper blade locks Note: To see a clearer light pattern for into place. adjusting, you may want to block the light from one headlamp while adjusting the other. ADJUSTING THE HEADLAMPS 3. Switch on the low beam headlamps to illuminate the wall or screen and open Vertical Aim Adjustment the hood. Cover one of the headlamps The headlamps on your vehicle are so no light hits the wall. properly aimed at the assembly plant. If your vehicle has been in an accident, contact an authorized dealer to check and realign your headlamps.

310

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Maintenance

Horizontal Aim Adjustment Horizontal aim is not required for this vehicle and is not adjustable.

CHANGING A BULB

WARNING Handle a halogen headlamp bulb carefully and keep out of children’s reach. Grasp the bulb only by its E167358 plastic base and do not touch the glass. 4. For halogen or LED headlamps: On The oil from your hand could cause the the wall or screen you will observe a bulb to break the next time the headlamps light pattern with a distinct horizontal are operated. edge toward the right. If this edge is not at the horizontal reference line, you will Note: If the bulb is accidentally touched, need to adjust the beam so the edge clean it with rubbing alcohol before is at the same height as the horizontal installing it. reference line. Lamp Assembly Condensation Exterior lamps are vented to accommodate normal changes in pressure. Condensation can be a natural by-product of this design. When moist air enters the lamp assembly through the vents, there is a possibility that condensation can occur when the temperature is cold. When normal condensation occurs, a thin film of mist can form on the interior of the lens. The thin mist eventually clears and exits E163806 through the vents during normal operation. Clearing time may take as long as 48 hours 5. Locate the vertical adjuster on each under dry weather conditions. headlamp. Use a #2 Phillips Examples of acceptable condensation are: screwdriver to turn the adjuster either counterclockwise or clockwise in order • Presence of thin mist (no streaks, drip to adjust the vertical aim of the marks or droplets). headlamp. • Fine mist covers less than 50% of the 6. Repeat Steps 3 through 7 to adjust the lens. other headlamp. 7. Close the hood and turn off the lamps.

311

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Maintenance

Examples of unacceptable moisture 3. Pull the wheel liner back towards the (usually caused by a lamp water leak) are: tire to gain access to the bulbs. • Water puddle inside the lamp. Replacing the Halogen High Beam, • Large water droplets, drip marks or Low Beam and Direction Indicator streaks present on the interior of the Bulbs lens. Take your vehicle to a dealer for service if any of the above conditions of unacceptable moisture are present. Accessing the Halogen High Beam, Low Beam and Direction Indicator Bulbs 1. Rotate the steering wheel to the opposite side of the bulb needing replacement. 2. Remove two screws and one push pin from the front of the wheel liner.

E183500

A. Low beam headlamp bulb. B. Direction indicator bulb. C. High beam headlamp bulb.

E183762

312

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Maintenance

Replacing Side Marker Bulb

E183764 1. Make sure the headlamps are off. 2. With the hood open, locate the side marker on the top of the headlamp assembly. 3. Remove the bulb holder from the lamp assembly by turning it counterclockwise and pulling it straight out. 4. Install the new bulb in reverse order. E183763 Replacing Fog Lamp Bulbs (If Equipped) 1. Make sure the headlamps are off. 2. For the high beam and low beam bulbs, remove the rubber cap to access the bulbs. 3. Remove the bulb holder from the lamp assembly by turning it counterclockwise and pulling it straight out. 4. Disconnect the bulb from the electrical connector. 5. Install the new bulb in reverse order. E163826

1. Make sure the fog lamps are off. 2. Disconnect the electrical connector from the fog lamp bulb. 3. Turn the bulb counterclockwise and remove it from the fog lamp. 4. Install the new bulb in reverse order.

313

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Maintenance

Replacing LED Headlamp Bulbs (If Equipped)

These lamps have LED bulbs. Contact an authorized dealer. Replacing LED Direction Indicator and Side Marker Bulbs (If Equipped) These lamps have LED bulbs. Contact an authorized dealer.

Replacing Brake, Rear, Direction E187289 Indicator and Reverse Lamp Bulbs A. Brake, rear and direction 1. Make sure the headlamps are off. indicator bulb. 2. Open the tailgate to access the rear lamp assemblies B. Reverse lamp bulb. 1. Rotate the bulb socket counterclockwise and remove it from the rear lamp assembly. 2. Install the new bulb in reverse order. Replacing LED Brake, Rear, Direction Indicator and Reverse Lamp Bulbs (If Equipped) These lamps have LED bulbs. Contact an authorized dealer.

E187288 Replacing Cargo Lamp and High- 3. Remove the two bolts from the tail mount Brake Lamp Bulbs lamp assembly. Then, carefully pull the 1. Make sure the lamps are off. lamp assembly from the tailgate pillar by releasing the two retaining tabs. 2. Remove the four screws and move the lamp assembly away from the vehicle 4. Disconnect the electrical connector to expose the bulb sockets. from the bulb.

314

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Maintenance

E187290 E187794 3. Remove the bulb socket by rotating it 1. Reach behind the rear bumper to counterclockwise and pulling it out of locate the bulb. the lamp assembly. 2. Twist the bulb socket counterclockwise 4. Pull the bulb straight out of the socket. and carefully pull to remove it from the 5. Install the new bulb in reverse order. lamp assembly. 3. Pull the bulb straight out of the socket. Replacing LED Cargo Lamp, Spot Lamp and High-mount Brake Lamp 4. Install the new bulb in reverse order. Bulbs (If Equipped) Replacing Exterior Mounted Mirror These lamps have LED bulbs. Contact an Direction Indicator Lamp Bulbs authorized dealer. These lamps have LED bulbs. Contact an authorized dealer. Replacing the License Plate Lamp Bulb BULB SPECIFICATION CHART Note: The license plate bulbs are located behind the rear bumper. Replacement bulbs are specified in the chart below. Headlamp bulbs must be marked with an authorized “D.O.T.” for North America and an “E” for Europe to ensure lamp performance, light brightness and pattern and safe visibility. The correct bulbs will not damage the lamp assembly or void the lamp assembly warranty and will provide quality bulb illumination time.

Function Number of Bulbs Trade name Halogen high beam headlamps 2 9005 / HB3 Halogen low beam headlamps 2 H11 LED Headlamps (if equipped)* 2 LED

315

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Maintenance

Function Number of Bulbs Trade name Direction indicators and park 2 T20 / 7444NA lamps Side markers 2 W5W High-mount brake lamp 1 912 Front row map lamps* 2 LED Rear dome and courtesy 3 LED lamps* Fog lamps (if equipped) 2 9140 Backup lamp 2 921 Rear, stop, direction indicator 4 3057K LCP and side marker License plate lamp 2 194 High mount cargo box lamps 2 912 Exterior mounted mirror direc- 2 LED tion indicator (if equipped)* Puddle lamp (if equipped)* 2 LED Spot lamps 2 LED To replace all instrument panel lights, contact an authorized dealer. • Contact an authorized dealer to replace the bulb.

316

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Maintenance

CHANGING THE ENGINE AIR FILTER

WARNING To reduce the risk of vehicle damage and personal burn injuries, do not start your engine with the air cleaner removed and do not remove it while the engine is running.

Note: Failure to use the correct air filter element may result in severe engine damage. Resulting component damage may not be covered by the vehicle Warranty. Note: When servicing the air cleaner, do not allow foreign material to enter the air induction system. The engine is susceptible to damage from even small particles. When changing the air filter element, use only the air filter element listed. See Capacities and Specifications (page x2 358). E191820 Change the air filter element at the proper 1. Release the clamps that secure the air intervals. See Scheduled Maintenance filter cover to the housing. (page 498). 2. Carefully lift the air filter housing cover. 3. Remove the air filter element from the air filter housing. 4. Install in the reverse order.

317

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Vehicle Care

GENERAL INFORMATION CLEANING THE EXTERIOR

Your Ford or Lincoln authorized dealer has Wash your vehicle regularly with cool or many quality products available to clean lukewarm water and a neutral pH your vehicle and protect its finishes. shampoo, we recommend Motorcraft Detail Wash. CLEANING PRODUCTS • Never use strong household detergents or soap, for example dish washing or For best results, use the following products laundry liquid. These products can or products of equivalent quality: discolor and spot painted surfaces. • Motorcraft Bug and Tar Remover • Never wash your vehicle when is hot to (ZC-42) the touch, or during strong or direct sunlight. • Motorcraft Custom Bright Metal Cleaner (ZC-15) • Dry your vehicle with a chamois or soft terry cloth towel to eliminate water • Motorcraft Detail Wash (ZC-3-A) spotting. • Motorcraft Dusting Cloth (ZC-24) • Immediately remove fuel spillages, bird • Motorcraft Engine Shampoo and droppings, insect deposits and road tar. Degreaser (U.S. only) (ZC-20) These may cause damage to your • Motorcraft Engine Shampoo (Canada vehicle’s paintwork or trim over time. only) (CXC-66-A) We recommend Motorcraft Bug and Tar Remover. • Motorcraft Multi-Purpose Cleaner (Canada only) (CXC-101) • Remove any exterior accessories, for example antennas, before entering a • Motorcraft Premium Glass Cleaner car wash. (Canada only) (CXC-100) • Motorcraft Premium Quality Note: Suntan lotions and insect repellents Windshield Washer Fluid (Canada can damage painted surfaces. If these only) [CXC-37-(A, B, D or F)] substances come in contact with your vehicle, wash the affected area as soon as • Motorcraft Premium Windshield Wash possible. Concentrate with Bitterant (U.S. only) (ZC-32-B2) Exterior Chrome Parts • Motorcraft Professional Strength Carpet & Upholstery Cleaner (ZC-54) • Apply a high quality-cleaning product to bumpers and other chrome parts. • Motorcraft Premium Leather and Vinyl Follow the manufacturer’s instructions. Cleaner (ZC-56) We recommend Motorcraft Custom • Motorcraft Spot and Stain Remover Bright Metal Cleaner. (U.S. only) (ZC-14) • Do not apply the cleaning product to • Motorcraft Ultra-Clear Spray Glass hot surfaces. Do not leave the cleaning Cleaner (ZC-23) product on chrome surfaces longer • Motorcraft Wheel and Tire Cleaner than the time recommended. (ZC-37-A) • Using other non-recommended cleaners can result in severe and permanent cosmetic damage.

318

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Vehicle Care

Note: Never use abrasive materials, for • Do not allow wax to come in contact example steel wool or plastic pads as they with any non-body (low-gloss black) can scratch the chrome surface. colored trim. The wax will discolor or Note: Do not use chrome cleaner, metal stain the parts over time. cleaner or polish on wheels or wheel covers. • Roof racks. • Bumpers. Exterior Plastic Parts • Grained door handles. For routine cleaning we recommend • Side moldings. Motorcraft Detail Wash. If tar or grease spots are present, we recommend • Mirror housings. Motorcraft Bug and Tar Remover. • Windshield cowl area. • Do not apply wax to glass areas. Stripes or Graphics (If Equipped) • After waxing, your car's paint should Do not use a commercial or high-pressure feel smooth, and be free of streaks and sprayer on the surface or edge of stripes smudges. and graphics. This can damage them and cause the edges to peel away from the vehicle surface. CLEANING THE ENGINE Underbody Engines are more efficient when they are clean because grease and dirt buildup keep Flush the complete underside of your the engine warmer than normal. vehicle frequently. Keep body and door When washing: drain holes free of debris or foreign material. • Take care when using a power washer to clean the engine. The high-pressure fluid could penetrate the sealed parts WAXING and cause damage. • Do not spray a hot engine with cold Regular waxing is necessary to protect your water to avoid cracking the engine car's paint from the elements. We block or other engine components. recommend that you wash and wax the painted surface once or twice a year. • Spray Motorcraft Engine Shampoo and Degreaser on all parts that require When washing and waxing, park your cleaning and pressure rinse clean. In vehicle in a shaded area out of direct Canada, use Motorcraft Engine sunlight. Always wash your vehicle before Shampoo. applying wax. • Never wash or rinse the engine while it • Use a quality wax that does not contain is hot or running; water in the running abrasives. engine may cause internal damage. • Follow the manufacturer’s instructions to apply and remove the wax. • Apply a small amount of wax in a back-and-forth motion, not in circles.

319

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Vehicle Care

• Never wash or rinse any ignition coil, CLEANING THE INTERIOR spark plug wire or spark plug well, or the area in and around these locations. WARNINGS • Cover the battery, power distribution Do not use cleaning solvents, bleach box, and air filter assembly to prevent or dye on the vehicle’s safety belts, water damage when cleaning the as these actions may weaken the engine. belt webbing. On vehicles equipped with CLEANING THE WINDOWS AND seat-mounted airbags, do not use WIPER BLADES chemical solvents or strong detergents. Such products could Car wash chemicals and environmental contaminate the side airbag system and fallout can result in windshield and wiper affect performance of the side airbag in a blade contamination. Dirty windshield and collision. wipers will result in poor windshield wiper operation. Keep the windshield and wiper For fabric, carpets, cloth seats, safety belts blades clean to maintain windshield wiper and seats equipped with side airbags: performance. • Remove dust and loose dirt with a To clean the windshield and wiper blades: vacuum cleaner. • Clean the windshield with a • Remove light stains and soil with non-abrasive glass cleaner. When Motorcraft Professional Strength cleaning the interior of the windshield, Carpet & Upholstery Cleaner. avoid getting any glass cleaner on the • If grease or tar is present on the instrument panel or door panels. Wipe material, spot-clean the area first with any glass cleaner off these surfaces Motorcraft Spot and Stain Remover. In immediately. Canada, use Motorcraft Multi-Purpose • For windshields contaminated with Cleaner. tree sap, chemicals, wax or bugs, clean • If a ring forms on the fabric after spot the entire windshield using steel wool cleaning, clean the entire area (no greater than 0000 grade) in a immediately (but do not oversaturate) circular motion and rinse with water. or the ring will set. • Clean the wiper blades with isopropyl • Do not use household cleaning rubbing alcohol or windshield washer products or glass cleaners, which can concentrate. stain and discolor the fabric and affect Note: Do not use razor blades or other the flame retardant abilities of the seat sharp objects to clean or remove decals materials. from the inside of the heated rear window. The vehicle warranty does not cover damage caused to the heated rear window grid lines.

320

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Vehicle Care

CLEANING THE INSTRUMENT 2. Wipe the surface with a damp, clean, white cotton cloth. For more thorough PANEL AND INSTRUMENT cleaning, use a mild soap and water CLUSTER LENS solution. If the spot cannot be completely cleaned by this method, WARNING the area may be cleaned using a commercially available cleaning Do not use chemical solvents or product designed for automotive strong detergents when cleaning the interiors. steering wheel or instrument panel to avoid contamination of the airbag 3. If necessary, apply more soap and system. water solution or cleaning product to a clean, white, cotton cloth and press the cloth onto the soiled area. Allow Clean the instrument panel and cluster this to set at room temperature for 30 lens with a clean, damp, white cotton minutes. cloth, then use a clean and dry white cotton cloth to dry these areas. 4. Remove the soaked cloth and if it is not soiled badly, use this cloth to clean the • Avoid cleaners or polishes that increase area by using a rubbing motion for 60 the gloss of the upper portion of the seconds. instrument panel. The dull finish in this area helps protect you from 5. Following this, wipe area dry with a undesirable windshield reflection. clean, white, cotton cloth. • Be certain to wash or wipe your hands clean if you have been in contact with CLEANING LEATHER SEATS (If certain products such as insect Equipped) repellent and suntan lotion in order to avoid possible damage to the interior painted surfaces. Without King Ranch Edition • Do not use household or glass cleaners Note: Follow the same procedure as as these may damage the finish of the cleaning leather seats for cleaning leather instrument panel, interior trim and instrument panels and leather interior trim cluster lens. surfaces. • Do not allow air fresheners and hand For routine cleaning, wipe the surface with sanitizers to spill onto interior surfaces. a soft, damp cloth and a mild soap and If a spill occurs, wipe off immediately. water solution. Dry the area with a clean, Damage may not be covered by your soft cloth. warranty. For cleaning and removing spots and stains If a staining liquid like coffee or juice has such as dye transfer, use Motorcraft been spilled on the instrument panel or on Premium Leather and Vinyl Cleaner or a interior trim surfaces, clean as follows: commercially available leather cleaning 1. Wipe up spilled liquid using a clean, product for automotive interiors. white, cotton cloth. Note: Test any cleaner or stain remover on an inconspicuous area. You should:

321

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Vehicle Care

• Remove dust and loose dirt with a Scratches vacuum cleaner. Because the leather in the seat comes • Clean and treat spills and stains as from genuine steer hides, there may be soon as possible. evidence of naturally occurring markings, Do not use the following products as these such as small scars. These markings give may damage the leather: character to the seating covers and are considered to be proof of a genuine leather • Oil and petroleum or silicone-based product. leather conditioners. In order to lessen the appearance of • Household cleaners. certain scratches and other wear marks, • Alcohol solutions. apply conditioner on the affected area • Solvents or cleaners intended following the same instructions as in the specifically for rubber, vinyl and Conditioning section. plastics. Conditioning With King Ranch Edition Bottles of King Ranch Leather Conditioner Your vehicle has seating covered in are available at the King Ranch Saddle premium, top-grain leather that is Shop. Visit the website at extremely durable, but still requires special www.krsaddleshop.com, or call care and maintenance in order to preserve 1–800–282–KING (5464) in the United longevity and comfort. States. If you are unable to obtain King Ranch Leather Conditioner, use another Regular cleaning and conditioning premium leather conditioner. maintains the appearance of the leather. • Clean the surfaces using the steps Cleaning outlined in the Cleaning section. For dirt, use a vacuum cleaner then use a • Make sure the leather is dry then apply clean, damp cloth or soft brush. a nickel-sized amount of conditioner to a clean, dry cloth. For routine cleaning, wipe the surface with • Rub the conditioner into the leather a soft, damp cloth. For more thorough until it disappears. Allow the cleaning, wipe the surface with a mild soap conditioner to dry, then repeat the and water solution. process for the entire interior. If a film • Clean spills as quickly as possible. appears, wipe it off with a dry, clean • Test any cleaner or stain remover on cloth. an inconspicuous part of the leather as cleaners may darken the leather. REPAIRING MINOR PAINT • Do not spill coffee, ketchup, mustard, DAMAGE orange juice or oil-based products on the leather as they may permanently Authorized dealers have touch-up paint to stain the leather. match your vehicle’s color. Your vehicle • Do not use household cleaning color code is printed on a sticker on the products, alcohol solutions, solvents front, left-hand side door jamb. Take your or cleaners intended for rubber, vinyl color code to your authorized dealer to or plastics. make sure you get the correct color.

322

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Vehicle Care

Before repairing minor paint damage, use • Rinse thoroughly with a strong stream a cleaner such as Motorcraft Bug and Tar of water when you have completed the Remover to remove particles such as bird cleaning process. droppings, tree sap, insect deposits, tar • To remove tar and grease, use spots, road salt and industrial fallout. Motorcraft Bug and Tar Remover. Always read the instructions before using cleaning products. VEHICLE STORAGE

CLEANING THE ALLOY If you plan on storing your vehicle for 30 days or more, read the following WHEELS (If Equipped) maintenance recommendations to make sure your vehicle stays in good operating Note: Do not apply a cleaning chemical to condition. warm or hot wheel rims and covers. We engineer and test all motor vehicles Note: Some automatic car washes may and their components for reliable, regular cause damage to the finish on your wheel driving. Under various conditions, rims and covers. long-term storage may lead to degraded Note: Industrial-strength or heavy-duty engine performance or failure unless you cleaners in combination with brush agitation use specific precautions to preserve engine to remove brake dust and dirt, could wear components. away the clear coat finish over a period time. General Note: Do not use hydrofluoric acid-based or high caustic-based wheel cleaners, steel • Store all vehicles in a dry, ventilated wool, fuels or strong household detergents. place. Note: If you intend parking your vehicle for • Protect from sunlight, if possible. an extended period after cleaning the • If vehicles are stored outside, they wheels with a wheel cleaner, drive your require regular maintenance to protect vehicle for a few minutes before doing so. against rust and damage. This will reduce the risk of increased corrosion of the brake discs. Body Alloy wheels and wheel covers are coated • Wash your vehicle thoroughly to with a clear coat paint finish. To maintain remove dirt, grease, oil, tar or mud from their condition we recommend that you: exterior surfaces, rear-wheel housing • Clean the wheels weekly using and the underside of front fenders. Motorcraft Wheel and Tire Cleaner. • Periodically wash your vehicle if it is Apply using manufacturer's stored in exposed locations. instructions. • Touch-up exposed or primed metal to • Use a sponge to remove heavy prevent rust. deposits of dirt and brake dust • Cover chrome and stainless steel parts accumulation. with a thick coat of auto wax to prevent discoloration. Re-wax as necessary when you wash your vehicle.

323

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Vehicle Care

• Lubricate all hood, door and luggage Battery compartment hinges and latches with a light grade oil. • Check and recharge as necessary. Keep connections clean. • Cover interior trim to prevent fading. • If storing your vehicle for more than 30 • Keep all rubber parts free from oil and days without recharging the battery, solvents. we recommend that you disconnect Engine the battery cables to maintain battery charge for quick starting. • Change the engine oil and filter prior to Note: It is necessary to reset memory storage because used engine oil features if battery cables are disconnected. contains contaminates which may cause engine damage. Brakes • Start the engine every 15 days for a minimum of 15 minutes. Run at fast idle • Make sure the brakes and parking brake with the climate controls set to defrost release fully. until the engine reaches normal Tires operating temperature. • With your foot on the brake, shift • Maintain recommended air pressure. through all the gears while the engine is running. Miscellaneous • We recommend that you change the • Make sure all linkages, cables, levers engine oil before you use your vehicle and pins under your vehicle are covered again. with grease to prevent rust. • Move vehicles at least 25 ft (7.5 m) Fuel system every 15 days to lubricate working parts • Fill the fuel tank with high-quality fuel and prevent corrosion. until the first automatic shutoff of the fuel pump nozzle. Removing Vehicle From Storage When your vehicle is ready to come out of Cooling system storage, do the following: • Protect against freezing temperatures. • Wash your vehicle to remove any dirt • When removing your vehicle from or grease film build-up on window storage, check coolant fluid level. surfaces. Confirm that there are no cooling • Check windshield wipers for any system leaks and that fluid is at the deterioration. recommended level. • Check under the hood for any foreign material that may have collected during storage such as mice or squirrel nests. • Check the exhaust for any foreign material that may have collected during storage.

324

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Vehicle Care

• Check tire pressures and set tire inflation per the Tire Label. • Check brake pedal operation. Drive your vehicle 15 ft (4.5 m) back and forth to remove rust build-up. • Check fluid levels (including coolant, oil and gas) to make sure there are no leaks, and fluids are at recommended levels. • If you remove the battery, clean the battery cable ends and check for damage. Contact an authorized dealer if you have any concerns or issues.

325

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Wheels and Tires

GENERAL INFORMATION Utility vehicles and trucks handle differently than passenger cars in the Notice to utility vehicle and truck various driving conditions that are owners encountered on streets, highways and off-road. Utility vehicles and trucks are not WARNINGS designed for cornering at speeds as high Utility vehicles have a significantly as passenger cars any more than low-slung higher rollover rate than other types sports cars are designed to perform of vehicles. To reduce the risk of satisfactorily under off-road conditions. serious injury or death from a rollover or Study your owner's manual and any other crash you must avoid sharp turns and supplements for specific information about abrupt maneuvers, drive at safe speeds for equipment features, instructions for safe the conditions, keep tires properly inflated, driving and additional precautions to never overload or improperly load your reduce the risk of an accident or serious vehicle, and make sure every passenger is injury. properly restrained. Four-wheel drive system (if In a rollover crash, an unbelted equipped) person is significantly more likely to die than a person wearing a seat belt. A vehicle equipped with four-wheel drive All occupants must wear seat belts, and (when selected) has the ability to use all children and infants must use appropriate four wheels to power itself. This increases restraints to minimize the risk of injury or traction which may enable you to safely ejection. drive over terrain and road conditions that Do not become overconfident in the a conventional two-wheel drive vehicle ability of four-wheel drive vehicles. cannot. Although a four-wheel drive vehicle On some four-wheel drive models, the may accelerate better than a two-wheel initial shift from two-wheel drive to drive vehicle in low traction situations, it four-wheel drive while the vehicle is won't stop any faster than two-wheel drive moving can cause a momentary clunk and vehicles. Always drive at a safe speed. ratcheting sound. These sounds are normal as the front drivetrain comes up to speed and are not cause for concern. How your vehicle differs from other vehicles Sport utility vehicles and trucks can differ from some other vehicles in a few noticeable ways. Your vehicle may be:

E145298

326

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Wheels and Tires

E145299 E168583

• Higher - to allow higher load carrying As a result of the above dimensional capacity and to allow it to travel over differences, Sport utility vehicles and rough terrain without getting hung up trucks often will have a higher center of or damaging underbody components. gravity and a greater difference in center • Shorter - to give it the capability to of gravity between the loaded and approach inclines and drive over the unloaded condition. These differences that crest of a hill without getting hung up make your vehicle so versatile also make or damaging underbody components. it handle differently than an ordinary All other things held equal, a shorter passenger car. wheelbase may make your vehicle quicker to respond to steering inputs than a vehicle with a longer wheelbase. • Narrower - to provide greater maneuverability in tight spaces, particularly in off-road use.

327

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Wheels and Tires

TIRE CARE U.S. Department of Transportation Tire quality Information About Uniform grades: The U.S. Department of Tire Quality Grading Transportation requires Ford Motor Company to give you the following information about tire grades exactly as the government has written it. Treadwear The treadwear grade is a comparative rating based on the wear rate of the tire when tested under controlled conditions on a specified government test course. E142542 For example, a tire graded 150 Tire Quality Grades apply to new would wear one and one-half (1 pneumatic passenger car tires. ½) times as well on the The Quality grades can be found government course as a tire where applicable on the tire graded 100. The relative sidewall between tread shoulder performance of tires depends and maximum section width. For upon the actual conditions of their example: Treadwear 200 use, however, and may depart Traction AA Temperature A. significantly from the norm due to variations in driving habits, service These Tire Quality Grades are practices, and differences in road determined by standards that the characteristics and climate. United States Department of Transportation has set. Traction AA A B C Tire Quality Grades apply to new pneumatic passenger car tires. WARNING They do not apply to deep tread, The traction grade assigned winter-type snow tires, to this tire is based on space-saver or temporary use straight-ahead braking traction spare tires, light truck or LT type tests, and does not include tires, tires with nominal rim acceleration, cornering, diameters of 10 to 12 inches or hydroplaning or peak traction limited production tires as defined characteristics. in Title 49 Code of Federal Regulations Part 575.104 (c)(2).

328

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Wheels and Tires

The traction grades, from highest Federal Motor Vehicle Safety to lowest are AA, A, B, and C. The Standard No. 139. Grades B and A grades represent the tire’s ability represent higher levels of to stop on wet pavement as performance on the laboratory measured under controlled test wheel than the minimum conditions on specified required by law. government test surfaces of asphalt and concrete. A tire Glossary of Tire Terminology marked C may have poor traction *Tire label: A label showing the performance. original equipment tire sizes, Temperature A B C recommended inflation pressure and the maximum weight the WARNING vehicle can carry. The temperature grade for *Tire Identification Number this tire is established for a (TIN): A number on the sidewall tire that is properly inflated and of each tire providing information not overloaded. Excessive speed, about the tire brand and underinflation, or excessive manufacturing plant, tire size and loading, either separately or in date of manufacture. Also referred combination, can cause heat to as DOT code. buildup and possible tire failure. *Inflation pressure: A measure of the amount of air in a tire. The temperature grades are A (the highest), B and C, *Standard load: A class of representing the tire’s resistance P-metric or Metric tires designed to the generation of heat and its to carry a maximum load at set ability to dissipate heat when pressure. For example: For tested under controlled conditions P-Metric tires 35 psi (2.4 bar) or on a specified indoor laboratory 36 psi (2.5 bar) depending on tire test wheel. Sustained high size and for Metric 36 psi (2.5 bar). temperature can cause the Increasing the inflation pressure material of the tire to degenerate beyond this pressure will not and reduce tire life, and excessive increase the tire’s load carrying temperature can lead to sudden capability. tire failure. The grade C *Extra load: A class of P-metric corresponds to a level of or Metric tires designed to carry a performance which all passenger heavier maximum load at 42 psi car tires must meet under the (2.9 bar). Increasing the inflation pressure beyond this pressure will not increase the tire’s load carrying capability.

329

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Wheels and Tires

*kPa: Kilopascal, a metric unit of Information Contained on the air pressure. Tire Sidewall *PSI: Pounds per square inch, a Both United States and Canada standard unit of air pressure. Federal regulations require tire *Cold tire pressure: The tire manufacturers to place pressure when the vehicle has standardized information on the been stationary and out of direct sidewall of all tires. This sunlight for an hour or more and information identifies and prior to the vehicle being driven for describes the fundamental 1 mile (1.6 kilometers). characteristics of the tire and also provides a U.S. DOT Tire *Recommended inflation Identification Number for safety pressure: The cold inflation standard certification and in case pressure found on the Safety of a recall. Compliance Certification Label (affixed to either the door hinge Information on P Type Tires pillar, door-latch post, or the door edge that meets the door-latch D E post, next to the driver's seating C F G position), or Tire Label located on B the B-pillar or the edge of the H driver's door. A B-pillar: The structural member I at the side of the vehicle behind the front door. *Bead area of the tire: Area of the tire next to the rim. M J * Sidewall of the tire: Area between the bead area and the tread. L *Tread area of the tire: Area of K the perimeter of the tire that E142543 contacts the road when mounted on the vehicle. P215/65R15 95H is an example of a tire size, load index and speed *Rim: The metal support (wheel) rating. The definitions of these for a tire or a tire and tube items are listed below. (Note that assembly upon which the tire the tire size, load index and speed beads are seated. rating for your vehicle may be different from this example.)

330

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Wheels and Tires

A. P: Indicates a tire, designated G. H: Indicates the tire's speed by the Tire and Rim Association, rating. The speed rating denotes that may be used for service on the speed at which a tire is cars, sport utility vehicles, designed to be driven for extended minivans and light trucks. Note: If periods of time under a standard your tire size does not begin with condition of load and inflation a letter this may mean it is pressure. The tires on your vehicle designated by either the European may operate at different Tire and Rim Technical conditions for load and inflation Organization or the Japan Tire pressure. These speed ratings may Manufacturing Association. need to be adjusted for the B. 215: Indicates the nominal difference in conditions. The width of the tire in millimeters ratings range from 81 mph from sidewall edge to sidewall (130 km/h) to 186 mph edge. In general, the larger the (299 km/h). These ratings are number, the wider the tire. listed in the following chart. C. 65: Indicates the aspect ratio Note: You may not find this which gives the tire's ratio of information on all tires because it height to width. is not required by federal law. D. R: Indicates a radial type tire. Letter mph ( km/h) E. 15: Indicates the wheel or rim rating diameter in inches. If you change M 81 (130) your wheel size, you will have to purchase new tires to match the N 87 (140) new wheel diameter. Q 99 (159) F. 95: Indicates the tire's load index. It is an index that relates to R 106 (171) how much weight a tire can carry. S 112 (180) You may find this information in your owner’s manual. If not, T 118 (190) contact a local tire dealer. U 124 (200) Note: You may not find this information on all tires because it H 130 (210) is not required by federal law. V 149 (240)

331

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Wheels and Tires

Letter mph ( km/h) J. Tire Ply Composition and rating Material Used: Indicates the number of plies or the number of W 168 (270) layers of rubber-coated fabric in the tire tread and sidewall. Tire Y 186 (299) manufacturers also must indicate Note: For tires with a maximum the ply materials in the tire and the speed capability over 149 mph sidewall, which include steel, (240 km/h), tire manufacturers nylon, polyester, and others. sometimes use the letters ZR. For K. Maximum Load: Indicates the those with a maximum speed maximum load in kilograms and capability over 186 mph pounds that can be carried by the (299 km/h), tire manufacturers tire (affixed to either the door always use the letters ZR. hinge pillar, door-latch post, or the door edge that meets the H. U.S. DOT Tire Identification door-latch post, next to the Number: This begins with the driver's seating position), or Tire letters DOT and indicates that the Label located on the B-pillar or tire meets all federal standards. the edge of the driver's door. The next two numbers or letters L. Treadwear, Traction and are the plant code designating Temperature Grades: where it was manufactured, the next two are the tire size code and *Treadwear: The treadwear the last four numbers represent grade is a comparative rating the week and year the tire was based on the wear rate of the tire built. For example, the numbers when tested under controlled 317 mean the 31st week of 1997. conditions on a specified After 2000 the numbers go to four government test course. For digits. For example, 2501 means example, a tire graded 150 would the 25th week of 2001. The wear 1½ times as well on the numbers in between are government course as a tire identification codes used for graded 100. traceability. This information is used to contact customers if a tire defect requires a recall. I. M+S or M/S: Mud and Snow, or AT: All Terrain, or AS: All Season.

332

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Wheels and Tires

*Traction: The traction grades, The tire suppliers may have from highest to lowest are AA, A, additional markings, notes or B, and C. The grades represent the warnings such as standard load tire's ability to stop on wet or radial tubeless. pavement as measured under controlled conditions on specified Additional Information government test surfaces of Contained on the Tire Sidewall asphalt and concrete. A tire for LT Type Tires marked C may have poor traction Note: Tire Quality Grades do not performance. apply to this type of tire. *Temperature: The temperature grades are A (the highest), B and B C, representing the tire's C resistance to the generation of heat and its ability to dissipate A heat when tested under controlled conditions on a specified indoor laboratory test wheel. M. Maximum Inflation Pressure: Indicates the tire manufacturers' maximum permissible pressure or the pressure at which the maximum load can be carried by the tire. This pressure is normally higher than the vehicle manufacturer's D recommended cold inflation B pressure which can be found on E142544 the Safety Compliance LT type tires have some additional Certification Label (affixed to information beyond those of P either the door hinge pillar, type tires. These differences are door-latch post, or the door edge described below. that meets the door-latch post, next to the driver's seating A. LT: Indicates a tire, designated position), or Tire Label located on by the Tire and Rim Association, the B-pillar or the edge of the that is intended for service on light driver's door. The cold inflation trucks. pressure should never be set lower B. Load Range and Load than the recommended pressure Inflation Limits: Indicates the on the vehicle label. tire's load-carrying capabilities and its inflation limits.

333

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Wheels and Tires

C. Maximum Load Dual lb (kg) at psi (kPa) cold: Indicates the maximum load and tire pressure when the tire is used as a dual; B C D defined as four tires on the rear E axle (a total of six or more tires on A the vehicle). D. Maximum Load Single lb (kg) at psi (kPa) cold: Indicates the maximum load and tire pressure when the tire is used as a single; defined as two tires (total) on the rear axle. Information on T Type Tires T145/80D16 is an example of a tire size. Note: The temporary tire size for your vehicle may be different from this example. Tire Quality Grades do not apply to this type of tire. E142545 T type tires have some additional information beyond those of P type tires. These differences are described below: A. T: Indicates a type of tire, designated by the Tire and Rim Association, that is intended for temporary service on cars, sport utility vehicles, minivans and light trucks. B. 145: Indicates the nominal width of the tire in millimeters from sidewall edge to sidewall edge. In general, the larger the number, the wider the tire.

334

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Wheels and Tires

C. 80: Indicates the aspect ratio You are strongly urged to buy a which gives the tire's ratio of reliable tire pressure gauge, as height to width. Numbers of 70 or automatic service station gauges lower indicate a short sidewall. may be inaccurate. Ford recommends the use of a digital D. D: Indicates a diagonal type tire. or dial-type tire pressure gauge R: Indicates a radial type tire. rather than a stick-type tire E. 16: Indicates the wheel or rim pressure gauge. diameter in inches. If you change Use the recommended cold your wheel size, you will have to inflation pressure for optimum tire purchase new tires to match the performance and wear. new wheel diameter. Under-inflation or over-inflation may cause uneven treadwear Location of the Tire Label patterns. You will find a Tire Label WARNING containing tire inflation pressure by tire size and other important Under-inflation is the most information located on the B-Pillar common cause of tire failures or the edge of the driver's door. and may result in severe tire See Load Carrying (page 232). cracking, tread separation or blowout, with unexpected loss of Inflating Your Tires vehicle control and increased risk of injury. Under-inflation increases Safe operation of your vehicle sidewall flexing and rolling requires that your tires are resistance, resulting in heat properly inflated. Remember that buildup and internal damage to a tire can lose up to half of its air the tire. It also may result in pressure without appearing flat. unnecessary tire stress, irregular Every day before you drive, check wear, loss of vehicle control and your tires. If one looks lower than accidents. A tire can lose up to the others, use a tire gauge to half of its air pressure and not check pressure of all tires and appear to be flat! adjust if required. At least once a month and before Always inflate your tires to the long trips, inspect each tire and Ford recommended inflation check the tire pressure with a tire pressure even if it is less than the gauge (including spare, if maximum inflation pressure equipped). Inflate all tires to the information found on the tire. The inflation pressure recommended Ford recommended tire inflation by Ford Motor Company. pressure is found on the Safety Compliance Certification Label or

335

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Wheels and Tires

Tire Label (affixed to either the the manufacturer’s recommended door hinge pillar, door-latch post, cold inflation pressure which can or the door edge that meets the be found on the Safety door-latch post, next to the Compliance Certification Label driver's seating position), or Tire (affixed to either the door hinge Label located on the B-pillar or pillar, door-latch post, or the door the edge of the driver's door. edge that meets the door-latch Failure to follow the tire pressure post, next to the driver's seating recommendations can cause position), or Tire Label located on uneven treadwear patterns and the B-pillar or the edge of the adversely affect the way your driver's door. The cold inflation vehicle handles. pressure should never be set lower Note: Do not reduce tire pressure than the recommended pressure to change the ride characteristics on the Safety Compliance of the vehicle. If you do not Certification Label or Tire Label. maintain the inflation pressure at When weather temperature the levels specified by Ford, your changes occur, tire inflation vehicle may experience a condition pressures also change. A 10°F known as shimmy. Shimmy is a (6°C) temperature drop can severe vibration and oscillation in cause a corresponding drop of 1 the steering wheel after the vehicle psi (7 kPa) in inflation pressure. travels over a bump or dip in the Check your tire pressures road that does not dampen out by frequently and adjust them to the itself. Shimmy may result from proper pressure which can be significant under-inflation of the found on the Safety Compliance tires, improper tires (load range, Certification Label or Tire Label. size, or type), or vehicle modifications such as lift-kits. In To check the pressure in your the event that your vehicle tire(s): experiences shimmy, you should 1. Make sure the tires are cool, slowly reduce speed by either lifting meaning they are not hot from off the accelerator pedal or lightly driving even a mile. applying the brakes. The shimmy will cease as the vehicle speed decreases. Maximum Inflation Pressure is the tire manufacturer's maximum permissible pressure and the pressure at which the maximum load can be carried by the tire. This pressure is normally higher than

336

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Wheels and Tires

Note: If you are checking tire Note: Some spare tires operate at pressure when the tire is hot, (for a higher inflation pressure than the example, driven more than 1 mile other tires. For T type mini-spare [1.6 kilometers]), never bleed or tires, see the Dissimilar spare wheel reduce air pressure. The tires are and tire assembly information for hot from driving and it is normal for a description. Store and maintain pressures to increase above at 60 psi (4.15 bar). For full-size recommended cold pressures. A and dissimilar spare tires, see the hot tire at or below recommended Dissimilar spare wheel and tire cold inflation pressure could be assembly information for a significantly under-inflated. description. Store and maintain at Note: If you have to drive a the higher of the front and rear distance to get air for your tire(s), inflation pressure as shown on the check and record the tire pressure Safety Compliance Certification first and add the appropriate air Label or Tire Label. pressure when you get to the 6. Visually inspect the tires to pump. It is normal for tires to heat make sure there are no nails or up and the air pressure inside to go other objects embedded that up as you drive. could poke a hole in the tire and 2. Remove the cap from the valve cause an air leak. on one tire, then firmly press the 7. Check the sidewalls to make tire gauge onto the valve and sure there are no gouges, cuts or measure the pressure. bulges. 3. Add enough air to reach the Inspecting Your Tires and recommended air pressure. Wheel Valve Stems Note: If you overfill the tire, release Periodically inspect the tire treads air by pressing on the metal stem for uneven or excessive wear and in the center of the valve. Then remove objects such as stones, recheck the pressure with your tire nails or glass that may be wedged gauge. in the tread grooves. Check the tire 4. Replace the valve cap. and valve stems for holes, cracks, or cuts that may permit air 5. Repeat this procedure for each leakage and repair or replace the tire, including the spare. tire and replace the valve stem. Inspect the tire sidewalls for cracking, cuts, bruises and other signs of damage or excessive wear. If internal damage to the tire is suspected, have the tire demounted and inspected in case

337

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Wheels and Tires it needs to be repaired or replaced. When the tire tread wears down For your safety, tires that are to the same height as these wear damaged or show signs of bars, the tire is worn out and must excessive wear should not be used be replaced. because they are more likely to blow out or fail. Damage Improper or inadequate vehicle Periodically inspect the tire treads maintenance can cause tires to and sidewalls for damage (such wear abnormally. Inspect all your as bulges in the tread or sidewalls, tires, including the spare, cracks in the tread groove and frequently, and replace them if separation in the tread or one or more of the following sidewall). If damage is observed conditions exist: or suspected have the tire inspected by a tire professional. Tire Wear Tires can be damaged during off-road use, so inspection after off-road use is also recommended.

E142546 When the tread is worn down to one sixteenth of an inch (2 millimeters), tires must be replaced to help prevent your vehicle from skidding and hydroplaning. Built-in treadwear indicators, or wear bars, which look like narrow strips of smooth rubber across the tread will appear on the tire when the tread is worn down to one sixteenth of an inch (2 millimeters).

338

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Wheels and Tires

Age This begins with the letters DOT and indicates that the tire meets WARNING all federal standards. The next Tires degrade over time two numbers or letters are the depending on many factors plant code designating where it such as weather, storage was manufactured, the next two conditions, and conditions of use are the tire size code and the last (load, speed, inflation pressure) four numbers represent the week the tires experience throughout and year the tire was built. For their lives. example, the numbers 317 mean the 31st week of 1997. After 2000 In general, tires should be the numbers go to four digits. For replaced after six years regardless example, 2501 means the 25th of tread wear. However, heat week of 2001. The numbers in caused by hot climates or between are identification codes frequent high loading conditions used for traceability. This can accelerate the aging process information is used to contact and may require tires to be customers if a tire defect requires replaced more frequently. a recall. Tire Replacement You should replace your spare tire Requirements when you replace the road tires or after six years due to aging even if Your vehicle is equipped with tires it has not been used. designed to provide a safe ride and handling capability. U.S. DOT Tire Identification Number WARNINGS Only use replacement tires Both United States and Canada and wheels that are the same Federal regulations require tire size, load index, speed rating and manufacturers to place type (such as P-metric versus standardized information on the LT-metric or all-season versus sidewall of all tires. This all-terrain) as those originally information identifies and provided by Ford. The describes the fundamental recommended tire and wheel size characteristics of the tire and also may be found on either the Safety provides a U.S. DOT Tire Compliance Certification Label or Identification Number for safety the Tire Label. If this information standard certification and in case is not found on these labels then of a recall. you should contact your authorized dealer as soon as possible. Use of any tire or wheel

339

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Wheels and Tires

WARNINGS WARNINGS not recommended by Ford can 3. Stand at a minimum of 12 ft affect the safety and performance (3.6 m) away from the wheel and of your vehicle, which could result tire assembly. in an increased risk of loss of vehicle control, vehicle rollover, 4. Use both eye and ear personal injury and death. protection. Additionally the use of non-recommended tires and For a mounting pressure more wheels could cause steering, than 20 psi (1.38 bar) greater than suspension, axle, transfer case or the maximum pressure, a Ford power transfer unit failure. If you dealer or other tire service have questions regarding tire professional should do the replacement, contact your mounting. authorized dealer as soon as possible. Always inflate steel carcass tires To reduce the risk of serious with a remote air fill with the injury, when mounting person inflating standing at a replacement tires and wheels, you minimum of 12 ft (3.6 m) away should not exceed the maximum from the wheel and tire assembly. pressure indicated on the sidewall of the tire to set the beads without additional precautions listed Important: Remember to replace below. If the beads do not seat at the wheel valve stems when the the maximum pressure indicated, road tires are replaced on your re-lubricate and try again. vehicle. The two front tires or two rear tires When inflating the tire for should generally be replaced as a mounting pressures up to 20 psi pair. (1.38 bar) greater than the maximum pressure on the tire The tire pressure sensors mounted sidewall, the following in the wheels are not designed to precautions must be taken to be used in aftermarket wheels. protect the person mounting the The use of wheels or tires not tire: recommended by Ford Motor Company may affect the 1. Make sure that you have the operation of your tire pressure correct tire and wheel size. monitoring system. 2. Lubricate the tire bead and wheel bead seat area again.

340

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Wheels and Tires

If the tire pressure monitoring Highway Hazards system indicator is flashing, the system is malfunctioning. Your No matter how carefully you drive replacement tire might be there’s always the possibility that incompatible with your tire you may eventually have a flat tire pressure monitoring system, or on the highway. Drive slowly to the some component of the system closest safe area out of traffic. may be damaged. This may further damage the flat tire, but your safety is more Safety Practices important. WARNINGS If you feel a sudden vibration or ride disturbance while driving, or If your vehicle is stuck in you suspect your tire or vehicle snow, mud, or sand, do not has been damaged, immediately rapidly spin the tires; spinning the reduce your speed. Drive with tires can tear the tire and cause caution until you can safely pull an explosion. A tire can explode in off the road. Stop and inspect the as little as three to five seconds. tires for damage. If a tire is Do not spin the wheels at under-inflated or damaged, over 35 mph (56 km/h). The deflate it, remove wheel and tires may fail and injure a replace it with your spare tire and passenger or bystander. wheel. If you cannot detect a cause, have the vehicle towed to the nearest repair facility or tire Driving habits have a great deal dealer to have the vehicle to do with your tire mileage and inspected. safety. Tire and Wheel Alignment *Observe posted speed limits A bad jolt from hitting a curb or *Avoid fast starts, stops and turns pothole can cause the front end of your vehicle to become *Avoid potholes and objects on misaligned or cause damage to the road your tires. If your vehicle seems to *Do not run over curbs or hit the pull to one side when you’re tire against a curb when parking driving, the wheels may be out of alignment. Have an authorized dealer check the wheel alignment periodically.

341

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Wheels and Tires

Wheel misalignment in the front Note: Your vehicle may be or the rear can cause uneven and equipped with a dissimilar spare rapid treadwear of your tires and wheel and tire assembly. A should be corrected by an dissimilar spare wheel and tire authorized dealer. Front-wheel assembly is defined as a spare drive vehicles and those with an wheel and tire assembly that is independent rear suspension may different in brand, size or require alignment of all four appearance from the road tires and wheels. wheels. If you have a dissimilar The tires should also be balanced spare wheel and tire assembly it is periodically. An unbalanced tire intended for temporary use only and wheel assembly may result in and should not be used in a tire irregular tire wear. rotation. Note: After having your tires Tire Rotation rotated, inflation pressure must be checked and adjusted to the WARNING vehicle requirements. If the tire label shows Rotating your tires at the different tire pressures for the recommended interval (as front and rear tires and the vehicle indicated in the Scheduled is equipped with a tire pressure Maintenance chapter) will help monitoring system, then the your tires wear more evenly, settings for the system sensors providing better tire performance need to be updated. Always and longer tire life. perform the system reset procedure after tire rotation. If the Rear-wheel drive vehicles and system is not reset, it may not four-wheel drive vehicles (front provide a low tire pressure tires at left of diagram) warning when necessary. See the tire pressure monitoring system reset procedure in this chapter.

Note: If your tires show uneven wear ask an authorized dealer to check for and correct any wheel misalignment, tire imbalance or mechanical problem involved before tire rotation.

E142548

342

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Wheels and Tires

Sometimes irregular tire wear can • Only certain snow cables or chains be corrected by rotating the tires. have been approved by Ford/Lincoln as safe for use on your vehicle with the following tires: 245/70R17, USING SNOW CHAINS LT245/70R17, 265/70R17 and 265/60R18. WARNING • You should install snow cables or Snow tires must be the same size, chains that have been rated as SAE load index, speed rating as those Class S. originally provided by Ford. Use of • Install chains securely, verifying that any tire or wheel not recommended by the chains do not touch any wiring, Ford can affect the safety and brake lines, or fuel lines. performance of your vehicle, which could • Do not exceed 30 mph (50 km/h) or result in an increased risk of loss of vehicle less if recommended by the chain control, vehicle rollover, personal injury and manufacturer while using snow chains. death. Additionally, the use of non-recommended tires and wheels could • Drive cautiously. If you hear the chains cause steering, suspension, axle, transfer rub or bang against your vehicle, stop case or power transfer unit failure. and retighten the chains. If this does not work, remove the chains to prevent damage to your vehicle. Note: The suspension insulation and bumpers will help prevent vehicle damage. • Remove the tire chains when they are Do not remove these components from your no longer needed. Do not use tire vehicle when using snow tires and chains. chains on dry roads. The tires on your vehicle have all-weather • Purchase chains or cables from a treads to provide traction in rain and snow. manufacturer that clearly labels body However, in some climates, you may need to tire dimension restrictions. The snow to use snow tires and cables. If you need chains or cables must be mounted in to use cables, it is recommended that steel pairs on the rear tires only. wheels (of the same size and If you have any questions regarding snow specifications) be used, as cables may chip chains or cables, please contact your aluminum wheels. Ford/Lincoln authorized dealer. Follow these guidelines when using snow tires and chains: • If possible, avoid fully loading your vehicle. • Use only cable type chains or chains offered by Ford/Lincoln as an accessory or equivalent. Other conventional link type chains may contact and cause damage to the vehicle's wheel house and/or body. • Do not install chains on the front tires as this may interfere with suspension components.

343

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Wheels and Tires

TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING Please note that the TPMS is not a substitute for proper tire maintenance, and SYSTEM it is the driver’s responsibility to maintain correct tire pressure, even if under-inflation WARNING has not reached the level to trigger The tire pressure monitoring system illumination of the TPMS low tire pressure is not a substitute for manually telltale. checking the tire pressure. The tire Your vehicle has also been equipped with pressure should be checked periodically a TPMS malfunction indicator to indicate (at least monthly) using a tire pressure when the system is not operating properly. gauge. Failure to properly maintain your The TPMS malfunction indicator is tire pressure could increase the risk of tire combined with the low tire pressure failure, loss of control, vehicle rollover and telltale. When the system detects a personal injury. malfunction, the telltale will flash for approximately one minute and then remain Each tire, including the spare (if continuously illuminated. This sequence provided), should be checked will continue upon subsequent vehicle monthly when cold and inflated start-ups as long as the malfunction exists. to the inflation pressure recommended by When the malfunction indicator is the vehicle manufacturer on the vehicle illuminated, the system may not be able placard or tire inflation pressure label. (If to detect or signal low tire pressure as your vehicle has tires of a different size intended. TPMS malfunctions may occur than the size indicated on the vehicle for a variety of reasons, including the placard or tire inflation pressure label, you installation of replacement or alternate should determine the proper tire inflation tires or wheels on the vehicle that prevent pressure for those tires.) the TPMS from functioning properly. Always check the TPMS malfunction As an added safety feature, your vehicle telltale after replacing one or more tires or has been equipped with a Tire Pressure wheels on your vehicle to ensure that the Monitoring System (TPMS) that replacement or alternate tires and wheels illuminates a low tire pressure telltale allow the TPMS to continue to function when one or more of your tires is properly. significantly under-inflated. Accordingly, when the low tire pressure telltale The tire pressure monitoring system illuminates, you should stop and check complies with part 15 of the FCC rules and your tires as soon as possible, and inflate with RSS-210 of Industry Canada. them to the proper pressure. Driving on a Operation is subject to the following two significantly under-inflated tire causes the conditions: (1) This device may not cause tire to overheat and can lead to tire failure. harmful interference, and (2) This device Under-inflation also reduces fuel efficiency must accept any interference received, and tire tread life, and may affect the including interference that may cause vehicle’s handling and stopping ability. undesired operation.

344

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Wheels and Tires

This device complies with part 15 of the Understanding Your Tire Pressure FCC Rules and with Licence exempt RSS Monitoring System Standards of Industry Canada. Operation is subject to the following two conditions: The tire pressure monitoring system measures pressure in your four road tires • This device may not cause harmful and sends the tire pressure readings to interference. your vehicle. The low tire pressure warning • This device must accept any light will turn on if the tire pressure is interference received, including significantly low. Once the light is interference that may cause undesired illuminated, your tires are under-inflated operation. and need to be inflated to the manufacturer’s recommended tire Changing Tires With a Tire pressure. Even if the light turns on and a Pressure Monitoring System short time later turns off, your tire pressure still needs to be checked. When Your Temporary Spare Tire is Installed When one of your road tires needs to be replaced with the temporary spare, the system will continue to identify an issue to remind you that the damaged road wheel and tire assembly needs to be repaired and put back on your vehicle. To restore the full function of the tire E142549 pressure monitoring system, have the damaged road wheel and tire assembly Note: Each road tire is equipped with a tire repaired and remounted on your vehicle. pressure sensor located inside the wheel and tire assembly cavity. The pressure When You Believe Your System is Not sensor is attached to the valve stem. The Operating Properly pressure sensor is covered by the tire and is not visible unless the tire is removed. Take The main function of the tire pressure care when changing the tire to avoid monitoring system is to warn you when damaging the sensor. your tires need air. It can also warn you in the event the system is no longer capable You should always have your tires serviced of functioning as intended. See the by an authorized dealer. following chart for information concerning Check the tire pressure periodically (at your tire pressure monitoring system: least monthly) using an accurate tire gauge. See Inflating Your Tires in this chapter.

345

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Wheels and Tires

Low tire pressure Possible cause Customer action required warning light Solid warning light Tire(s) under-inflated Make sure tires are at the proper pressure. See Inflating your tires in this chapter. After inflating your tires to the manufacturer’s recommended pressure as shown on the Tire Label (located on the edge of driver’s door or the B-Pillar), the vehicle must be driven for at least two minutes over 20 mph (32 km/h) before the light turns off. Spare tire in use Repair the damaged road wheel and tire assembly and reinstall it on the vehicle to restore system function. For a description on how the system functions, see When your temporary spare tire is installed in this section. Tire pressure monitoring If the tires are properly inflated and the system malfunction spare tire is not in use but the light remains on, contact your authorized dealer as soon as possible. Tire rotation without On vehicles with different front and rear sensor training tire pressures, the system must be retrained following every tire rotation. See Tire Care (page 328). Flashing warning Spare tire in use Repair the damaged road wheel and tire light assembly and reinstall it on the vehicle to restore system function. For a description on how the system functions, see When your temporary spare tire is installed in this section. Tire pressure monitoring If the tires are properly inflated and the system malfunction spare tire is not in use but the light remains on, contact your authorized dealer as soon as possible.

346

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Wheels and Tires

When Inflating Your Tires Tire Pressure Monitoring System Reset Procedure When putting air into your tires (such as at a gas station or in your garage), the tire WARNING pressure monitoring system may not respond immediately to the air added to To determine the required your tires. pressure(s) for your vehicle, see the Safety Compliance Certification It may take up to two minutes of driving Label (affixed to either the door hinge over 20 mph (32 km/h) for the light to turn pillar, door-latch post, or the door edge off after you have filled your tires to the that meets the door-latch post, next to the recommended inflation pressure. driver's seating position), or Tire Label located on the B-Pillar or the edge of the How Temperature Affects Your Tire driver's door. Pressure The tire pressure monitoring system Note: You need to perform the tire pressure monitors tire pressure in each pneumatic monitoring system reset procedure after tire. While driving in a normal manner, a each tire rotation on vehicles that require typical passenger tire inflation pressure different recommended tire pressures in the may increase about 2 to 4 psi (14 to 28 front tires as compared to the rear tires. kPa) from a cold start situation. If the vehicle is stationary overnight with the Overview outside temperature significantly lower To provide the vehicle's load carrying than the daytime temperature, the tire capability, some vehicles require different pressure may decrease about 3 psi (21 recommended tire pressures in the front kPa) for a drop of 30°F (17°C) in ambient tires as compared to the rear tires. The tire temperature. This lower pressure value pressure monitoring system equipped on may be detected by the tire pressure these vehicles is designed to illuminate the monitoring system as being significantly low tire pressure warning light at two lower than the recommended inflation different pressures; one for the front tires pressure and activate the system warning and one for the rear tires. light for low tire pressure. Since tires need to be rotated to provide If the low tire pressure warning light is on, consistent performance and maximum tire visually check each tire to verify that no tire life, the tire pressure monitoring system is flat. If one or more tires are flat, repair as needs to know when the tires are rotated necessary. Check the air pressure in the to determine which set of tires are on the road tires. If any tire is under-inflated, front and which are on the rear. With this carefully drive the vehicle to the nearest information, the system can detect and location where air can be added to the properly warn of low tire pressures. tires. Inflate all the tires to the recommended inflation pressure. System reset tips:

347

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Wheels and Tires

• To reduce the chances of interference 5. Train the tire pressure monitoring from another vehicle, perform the system sensors in the tires using the system reset procedure at least three following system reset sequence feet (one meter) away from another starting with the left front tire in the Ford Motor Company vehicle following clockwise order: Left front undergoing the system reset procedure (driver's side front tire), Right front at the same time. (passenger's side front tire), Right rear • Do not wait more than two minutes (passenger's side rear tire), Left rear between resetting each tire sensor or (driver's side rear tire). the system will time-out and the entire 6. Remove the valve cap from the valve procedure will have to be repeated on stem on the left front tire. Decrease the all four wheels. air pressure until the horn sounds. • A double horn will sound indicating the Note: The single horn chirp confirms need to repeat the procedure. that the sensor identification code has been learned by the module for this Performing the System Reset Procedure position. If a double horn is heard, the reset procedure was unsuccessful, and Read the entire procedure before you must repeat it. attempting. 7. Remove the valve cap from the valve 1. Drive the vehicle above 20 mph (32 stem on the right front tire. Decrease km/h) for at least two minutes, then the air pressure until the horn sounds. park in a safe location where you can easily get to all four tires and have 8. Remove the valve cap from the valve access to an air pump. stem on the right rear tire. Decrease the air pressure until the horn sounds. 2. Place the ignition in the off position and keep the key in the ignition. 9. Remove the valve cap from the valve stem on the left rear tire. Decrease the 3. Cycle the ignition to the on position air pressure until the horn sounds. with the engine off. Training is complete after the horn 4. Turn the hazard flashers on then off sounds for the last tire trained (driver's three times. You must accomplish this side rear tire), the system indicator within 10 seconds. If the reset mode stops flashing, and a message is shown has been entered successfully, the horn in the information display. will sound once, the system indicator 10. Turn the ignition off. If two short horn will flash and a message is shown in beeps are heard, the reset procedure the information display. If this does not was unsuccessful and you must occur, please try again starting at Step repeat it. If after repeating the 2. If after repeated attempts to enter procedure and two short beeps are the reset mode, the horn does not heard when the ignition is turned to sound, the system indicator does not off, seek assistance from your flash and no message is shown in the authorized dealer. information display, seek service from your authorized dealer.

348

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Wheels and Tires

11. Set all four tires to the recommended Have a flat serviced by an authorized air pressure as indicated on the dealer in order to prevent damage to the Safety Compliance Certification system sensors See Tire Pressure Label (affixed to either the door hinge Monitoring System (page 344). Replace pillar, door-latch post, or the door the spare tire with a road tire as soon as edge that meets the door-latch post, possible. During repairing or replacing of next to the driver's seating position) the flat tire, have the authorized dealer or Tire Label located on the B-Pillar inspect the system sensor for damage. or the edge of the driver's door. Dissimilar Spare Wheel and Tire Assembly Information CHANGING A ROAD WHEEL WARNING WARNINGS Failure to follow these guidelines The use of tire sealant may damage could result in an increased risk of your tire pressure monitoring system loss of vehicle control, injury or death. and should only be used in roadside emergencies. If you must use a sealant, the If you have a dissimilar spare wheel and Ford Tire Mobility Kit sealant should be tire, then it is intended for temporary use used. The tire pressure monitoring system only. This means that if you need to use it, sensor and valve stem on the wheel must you should replace it as soon as possible be replaced by an authorized dealer after with a road wheel and tire assembly that use of the sealant. is the same size and type as the road tires If the tire pressure monitor sensor and wheels that were originally provided becomes damaged, it will no longer by Ford. If the dissimilar spare tire or wheel function. See Tire Pressure is damaged, it should be replaced rather Monitoring System (page 344). than repaired. A dissimilar spare wheel and tire assembly Note: The tire pressure monitoring system is defined as a spare wheel and tire indicator light will illuminate when the spare assembly that is different in brand, size or tire is in use. To restore the full function of appearance from the road tires and wheels the monitoring system, all road wheels and can be one of three types: equipped with tire pressure monitoring sensors must be mounted on this vehicle. 1. T-type mini-spare: This spare tire begins with the letter T for tire size and If you get a flat tire while driving, do not may have Temporary Use Only molded in apply the brake heavily. Instead, gradually the sidewall. decrease your speed. Hold the steering wheel firmly and slowly move to a safe 2. Full-size dissimilar spare with label place on the side of the road. on wheel: This spare tire has a label on the wheel that states: THIS WHEEL AND TIRE ASSEMBLY FOR TEMPORARY USE ONLY

349

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Wheels and Tires

When driving with one of the dissimilar • Use commercial car washing spare tires listed above, do not: equipment. • Exceed 50 mph (80 km/h). • Use snow chains on the end of the • Load the vehicle beyond maximum vehicle with the dissimilar spare wheel vehicle load rating listed on the Safety and tire assembly. Compliance Label. The usage of a full-size dissimilar spare • Tow a trailer. wheel and tire assembly can lead to impairment of the following: • Use snow chains on the end of the vehicle with the dissimilar spare tire. • Handling, stability and braking performance. • Use more than one dissimilar spare tire at a time. • Comfort and noise. • Use commercial car washing • Ground clearance and parking at curbs. equipment. • Winter weather driving capability. • Try to repair the dissimilar spare tire. • Wet weather driving capability. Use of one of the dissimilar spare tires • All-wheel driving capability. listed above at any one wheel location can When driving with the full-size dissimilar lead to impairment of the following: spare wheel and tire assembly additional • Handling, stability and braking caution should be given to: performance. • Towing a trailer. • Comfort and noise. • Driving vehicles equipped with a • Ground clearance and parking at curbs. camper body. • Winter weather driving capability. • Driving vehicles with a load on the • Wet weather driving capability. cargo rack. • All-wheel driving capability. Drive cautiously when using a full-size dissimilar spare wheel and tire assembly 3. Full-size dissimilar spare without and seek service as soon as possible. label on wheel When driving with the full-size dissimilar Location of the Spare Tire and spare wheel and tire assembly, do not: Tools • Exceed 70 mph (113 km/h). The spare tire is located under the vehicle, • Use more than one dissimilar spare just forward of the rear bumper. The jack, wheel and tire assembly at a time. jack handle and lug wrench are located in the following locations:

Body style Location Regular Cab Attached to the floor behind the passenger seat (for easier access, move the passenger seat forward) Super Cab and Crew Cab Attached behind the rear seat on the passenger side

350

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Wheels and Tires

Tire Change Procedure WARNINGS Disable the power running boards WARNINGS before jacking, lifting, or placing any When one of the front wheels is off object under the vehicle. Never place the ground, the transmission alone your hand between the power running will not prevent the vehicle from board and the vehicle as extended power moving or slipping off the jack. running boards will retract when the doors To help prevent the vehicle from are closed. Failure to follow these moving when you change a tire, be instructions may result in personal injury. sure to place the transmission in park Failure to follow these instructions (P), set the parking brake and block (in when using the spare tire carrier both directions) the wheel that is could cause loss of the wheel and diagonally opposite (other side and end of tire and lead to personal injury: Only use the vehicle) to the tire being changed. the spare tire carrier to stow the tire and Never get underneath a vehicle that wheel combination specified on the Tire is supported only by a jack. If the Label or Safety Compliance Certification vehicle slips off the jack, you or Label on the B-Pillar or the edge of the someone else could be seriously injured. driver door. Other tire and wheel combinations could cause the carrier to Do not attempt to change a tire on fail if it does not fit securely or is too heavy. the side of the vehicle close to Do not use impact tools or power tools moving traffic. Pull far enough off the operating over 200 RPM, which may cause road to avoid the danger of being hit when winch malfunction and prevent a secure operating the jack or changing the wheel. fit. Override the winch at least three times Always use the jack provided as (there will be an audible click each time) original equipment with your vehicle. to ensure a tight secure fit of the wheel and If using a jack other than the one tire. provided as original equipment with your vehicle, make sure the jack capacity is Note: Passengers should not remain in the adequate for the vehicle weight, including vehicle when the vehicle is being jacked. any vehicle cargo or modifications. Park on a level surface, activate the hazard flashers and set the parking brake. Then, place the transmission in park (P) and turn the engine off.

351

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Wheels and Tires

Removing the Jack and Tools

E206264

1. From the passenger side of the vehicle, Removing the Spare Tire unstrap the large center strap securing the jacking kit to the floor posts. 2. Remove the fuel funnel. 3. With slight downward pressure, slide the jacking kit outward, toward the passenger side of the vehicle. 4. Lift the jacking kit off the floor posts.

E188735

352

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Wheels and Tires

1. Use your key to remove the lock 6. Obtain the spare tire and jack from cylinder from the access hole of the their storage locations. bumper to allow access to the guide 7. Loosen each wheel lug nut on the tube. Assemble the jack handle as affected flat tire one-half turn shown in the illustration. counterclockwise, but do not remove them. Jacking the Vehicle Front Jacking Points

E184020 2. Fully insert the jack handle through the bumper hole and into the guide tube through the access hole in the rear bumper. 3. Turn the handle counterclockwise until the tire is lowered to the ground, the tire can be slid rearward and the cable is slightly slack. 4. Remove the retainer from the center of the wheel.

E183709 Note: Use the frame rail as the jacking location point, not the control arm. The frame rail is marked with an arrow.

E175447 5. Block both the front and rear of the wheel diagonally opposite the flat tire. For example, if the left front tire is flat, block the right rear wheel.

353

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Wheels and Tires

Rear Jacking Points 5. Remove the jack and fully tighten the lug nuts in the order shown. See Technical Specifications (page 357). 6. Stow the flat tire. See the Stowing the Flat or Spare Tire. 7. Stow the jack and lug wrench. Make sure the jack is fastened securely before you drive. See Stowing the Jack and Tools. 8. Unblock the wheels.

1 4

3 6

5 2

E166719

Stowing the Flat or Spare Tire E183403 Note: Failure to follow the spare tire Note: Jack at the specified locations to stowage instructions may result in failure of avoid damage to the vehicle. the cable or loss of the spare tire. 1. Place the jack at the jacking point next 1. Lay the tire on the ground with the to the tire you are changing. Turn the valve stem facing up. jack handle clockwise until the wheel 2. Slide the wheel partially under the is completely off the ground. vehicle and install the retainer through 2. Remove the lug nuts with the lug the wheel center. Pull on the cable to wrench. align the components at the end of the 3. Replace the flat tire with the spare tire, cable. making sure the valve stem is facing 3. Turn the jack handle clockwise until outward. Reinstall the lug nuts until the the tire is raised to its stowed position wheel is snug against the hub. Do not underneath the vehicle. The effort to fully tighten the lug nuts until the wheel turn the jack handle increases has been lowered. significantly and the spare tire carrier 4. Lower the wheel by turning the jack ratchets or slips when the tire is raised handle counterclockwise. to the maximum tightness. Tighten to

354

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Wheels and Tires

the best of your ability, to the point where the ratchet or slip occurs, if possible. The spare tire carrier will not allow you to overtighten. If the spare tire carrier ratchets or slips with little effort, contact your authorized dealer. 4. Check that the tire lies flat against the frame and is properly tightened. Try to push or pull, then turn the tire to be sure it will not move. Loosen and retighten, if necessary. Failure to

properly stow the spare tire may result E184021 in failure of the winch cable and loss of the tire. 2. Adjust the jack up or down by rotating 5. Repeat this tightness check procedure the lead screw located on the end of when servicing the spare tire pressure the jack. The stowage markings should (every six months, as per your line up with the bottom channel. scheduled maintenance information), 3. Place the jack in the vehicle so that the or at any time that the spare tire is lead screw adjustment is facing the disturbed through service of other driver side of the vehicle. components. 4. Place the tool bag on top of the jack. 6. If removed, install the spare tire lock The jack base fits within the opening into the bumper drive tube with the of the jack tool bag. spare tire lock key and jack handle. 5. Attach the flap around the lead screw and secure the flap to the velcro. Stowing the Jack and Tools 6. Secure the two D-ring straps tightly. 1. Place the jacking tools in the tool bag and secure the velcro flaps. 7. Secure the velcro straps through the hole of the lead screw tightly. 8. Place the jack so the lug wrench faces the rear of the vehicle. Position the jack base so the key hole slots align with the jacking posts.

355

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Wheels and Tires

E184022

9. With slight downward pressure, slide 10. Secure the large strap. the jack and tool assembly toward the 11. Clip the fuel funnel back in place. driver side of the vehicle until it stops.

356

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Wheels and Tires

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Wheel Lug Nut Torque Specifications WARNING When a wheel is installed, always remove any corrosion, dirt or foreign materials present on the mounting surfaces of the wheel or the surface of the wheel hub, brake drum or brake disc that contacts the wheel. Make sure that any fasteners that attach the rotor to the hub are secured so they do not interfere with the mounting surfaces of the wheel. Installing wheels without correct metal-to-metal contact at the wheel mounting surfaces can cause the wheel nuts to loosen and the wheel to come off while your vehicle is in motion, resulting in loss of control.

Bolt size lb.ft (Nm) M14 x 1.5 150 lb.ft (204 Nm)

*Torque specifications are for nut and bolt threads free of dirt and rust. Use only Ford recommended replacement fasteners. Retighten the lug nuts to the specified torque within 100 miles (160 kilometers) after any wheel disturbance (such as tire rotation, changing a flat tire, wheel removal).

E145950

A Wheel pilot bore Inspect the wheel pilot hole and mounting surface prior to installation. Remove any visible corrosion or loose particles.

357

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Capacities and Specifications

ENGINE SPECIFICATIONS

Engine 2.7L EcoBoost 3.5L V6 Ecoboost 3.5L V6 TiVCT 5.0L V8 Cubic inches 164 214 214 302 Required Minimum 87 Minimum 87 Minimum 87 Minimum 87 fuel octane octane octane or E85 octane or E85 Firing order 1-4-2-5-3-6 1-4-2-5-3-6 1-4-2-5-3-6 1-5-4-8-6-3-7-2 Ignition Coil on plug Coil on plug Coil on plug Coil on plug system Spark plug .028-.031 (0.7 - .030-.033 in. .049-.053 in. .049-.053 in. gap 0.8 mm) (0.75 - 0.85 mm) (1.25 - 1.35 mm) (1.25 - 1.35 mm) Compres- 10.0:1 10.0:1 10.8:1 10.5:1 sion ratio

3.5L V6 Engines with A/C Drivebelt Routing 2.7L Ecoboost Engines with A/C

E167467 5.0L V8 Engines with A/C E176088

E167465

358

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Capacities and Specifications

MOTORCRAFT PARTS

Component 2.7L Ecoboost 3.5L V6 3.5L V6 TiVCT 5.0L V8 Ecoboost Air filter FA-1883 FA-1883 FA-1883 FA-1883 element Oil filter FL-2062 FL-500-S FL-500-S FL-500-S Battery BAGM-48H6- BXT-48H6-610 BXT-48H6-610 BXT-48H6-610 760 BAGM-94RH7- BXT-94RH7-730 BXT-94RH7- BXT-94RH7- 800 (King Ranch, 730 730 (King Ranch, Lariat and (King Ranch, (King Ranch, Lariat and Premium) Lariat and Lariat and Premium) Premium) Premium) Spark plugs SP-542 SP-534 SP-520 SP-519 Windshield WW-2242 wiper blade Cabin air filter FP-79

We recommend Motorcraft replacement parts available at your Ford dealer or at VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION fordparts.com for scheduled maintenance. NUMBER These parts meet or exceed Ford Motor Company’s specifications and are The vehicle identification number is engineered for your vehicle. Use of other located on the left-hand side of the parts may impact vehicle performance, instrument panel. emissions and durability. Your warranty may be void for any damage related to use of other parts. If a Motorcraft oil filter is not available, use an oil filter that meets industry performance specification SAE/USCAR-36. For spark plug replacement, contact an authorized dealer. Replace the spark plugs at the appropriate intervals. See Scheduled Maintenance (page 498).

359

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Capacities and Specifications

F Model year G Assembly plant H Production sequence number

VEHICLE CERTIFICATION LABEL

E142476

Please note that in the graphic, XXXX is representative of your vehicle identification number. The Vehicle Identification Number contains the following information:

E167469 The National Highway Traffic Safety Administration Regulations require that a Safety Compliance Certification Label be affixed to a vehicle and prescribe where the Safety Compliance Certification Label may be located. The Safety Compliance Certification Label shall be affixed to either the door hinge pillar, the door latch post, E142477 or the edge of the door near the door latch, next to the driver's seating position. A World manufacturer identifier B Brake system, Gross Vehicle Weight Rating, Restraint Devices and their locations C Make, vehicle line, series, body type D Engine type E Check digit

360

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Capacities and Specifications

TRANSMISSION CODE The transmission code is on the Safety Compliance Certification Label. The DESIGNATION following table shows the transmission code along with the transmission description.

E167814

Description Code Six-speed automatic transmission 6R80E 6

361

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Capacities and Specifications

CAPACITIES AND SPECIFICATIONS - 2.7L ECOBOOST™

Capacities WARNING The air conditioning refrigerant system contains refrigerant R-134a under high pressure. Opening the air conditioning refrigerant system can cause personal injury. Have the air conditioning refrigerant system serviced only by qualified personnel.

Item Capacity Engine oil 6.0 qt (5.7 L) Engine coolant 16.4 qt (15.5 L) Brake fluid Between MIN/MAX on brake fluid reservoir Front axle fluid (Four-wheel drive) 3.5 pt (1.7 L) Rear axle fluid 5.5 pt (2.6 L) Automatic transmission fluid* 13.1 qt (12.4 L) Transfer case fluid 1.5 qt (1.4 L) Four-wheel drive (Electronic Shift-on-the- Fly) Transfer case fluid 1.5 qt (1.4 L) Automatic four-wheel drive (Torque on demand) Windshield washer fluid Fill as required Fuel tank 23 gal (87.1 L) Fuel tank 36.0 gal (136.2 L) (Optional) A/C Refrigerant 1.5 lb (0.68 kg) A/C Refrigerant Compressor Oil 3.4 fl oz (100.5 ml)

*Approximate dry fill capacity. Actual amount may vary during fluid changes.

362

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Capacities and Specifications

Specifications

Materials

Name Specification Recommended motor oil (U.S.): WSS-M2C946-A Motorcraft SAE 5W-30 Premium Synthetic Blend Motor Oil XO-5W30-QSP Recommended Motor oil (Canada): WSS-M2C946-A Motorcraft SAE 5W-30 Super Premium Motor Oil CXO-5W30-LSP12 Recommended motor oil (Mexico): WSS-M2C946-A Motorcraft SAE 5W-30 Synthetic Motor Oil MXO-5W30-QSP Optional motor oil (U.S. and Mexico): WSS-M2C946-A Motorcraft SAE 5W-30 Full Synthetic Motor Oil XO-5W30-QFS Optional Motor oil (Canada): WSS-M2C946-A Motorcraft SAE 5W-30 Synthetic Motor Oil CXO-5W30-LFS12 Engine coolant (U.S. and Mexico): WSS-M97B44-D2 Motorcraft Orange Antifreeze/Coolant Prediluted VC-3DIL-B Engine coolant (Canada): WSS-M97B44-D2 Motorcraft Orange Antifreeze/Coolant Prediluted CVC-3DIL-B Brake fluid: WSS-M6C65-A2 Motorcraft DOT 4 Low Viscosity (LV) High Performance Motor Vehicle Brake Fluid PM-20 Front axle fluid (U.S.): WSP-M2C197-A Motorcraft SAE 80W-90 Premium Rear Axle Lubricant XY-80W90-QL Front axle fluid (Canada): WSP-M2C197-A Motorcraft SAE 80W-90 Premium Rear Axle Lubricant CXY-80W90-1L Front axle fluid (Mexico): WSP-M2C197-A Motorcraft SAE 80W-90 Premium Rear Axle Lubricant MXY-80W90-QL

363

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Capacities and Specifications

Name Specification Rear axle fluid: WSS-M2C942-A Motorcraft SAE 75W-85 Premium Synthetic Hypoid Gear Lubricant XY-75W85-QL Automatic transmission fluid (U.S. and Mexico): WSS-M2C938-A Motorcraft MERCON LV Automatic Transmission Fluid MERCON LV XT-10-QLVC Automatic transmission fluid (Canada): WSS-M2C938-A Motorcraft MERCON LV Automatic Transmission Fluid MERCON LV CXT-10-LV12 Transfer case fluid (Electronic Shift-On-the-Fly) (U.S. ESP-M2C166-H and Mexico): Motorcraft Transfer Case Fluid XL-12 Transfer case fluid (Electronic Shift-On-the-Fly) ESP-M2C166-H (Canada): Motorcraft Transfer Case Fluid CXL-12 Transfer case fluid (Torque On Demand) (U.S. and WSS-M2C938-A Mexico): MERCON LV Motorcraft MERCON LV Automatic Transmission Fluid XT-10-QLVC Transfer case fluid (Torque On Demand) (Canada): WSS-M2C938-A Motorcraft MERCON LV Automatic Transmission Fluid MERCON LV CXT-10-LV12 Windshield washer fluid (U.S. and Mexico): WSS-M14P19-A Motorcraft Premium Windshield Wash Concentrate with Bitterant ZC-32-B2 Windshield washer fluid (Canada): WSS-M14P19-A Motorcraft Premium Quality Windshield Washer Fluid CXC-37-(A, B, D, F) A/C refrigerant (U.S.): WSH-M17B19-A Motorcraft R-134a Refrigerant YN-19 A/C refrigerant (Canada): WSH-M17B19-A Motorcraft R-134a Refrigerant CYN-16-R

364

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Capacities and Specifications

Name Specification A/C refrigerant (Mexico): WSH-M17B19-A Motorcraft R-134a Refrigerant MYN-19 A/C refrigerant compressor oil: WSH-M1C231-B Motorcraft PAG Refrigerant Compressor Oil YN-12-D Transmission, parking brake linkage and pivots and brake ESA-M1C75-B pedal shift grease: Premium Long-Life Grease XG-1-E1 Multi-purpose grease: ESB-M1C93-B Motorcraft Multi-Purpose Grease Spray XL-5 Lock cylinders (U.S.): -- Penetrating and Lock Lubricant XL-1 Lock cylinders (Canada): -- Penetrating Fluid CXC-51-A Lock cylinders (Mexico): -- Penetrating and Lock Lubricant MXL-1

If you use oil and fluids that do not meet Only use fluid that meets Ford the defined specification and viscosity specifications. Motor oils of the grade, this may lead to: recommended viscosity grade that meet API SN requirements and display the API • Component damage which is not Certification Mark for gasoline engines are covered by the vehicle warranty. also acceptable. Do not use oil labeled • Longer engine cranking periods. with API SN service category unless the • Increased emission levels. label also displays the API certification mark. • Reduced engine performance. • Reduced fuel economy. • Degraded brake performance.

365

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Capacities and Specifications

Do not use supplemental engine oil additives because they are unnecessary and could lead to engine damage that may not be covered by your vehicle warranty. Note: Ford recommends using DOT 4 Low Viscosity (LV) High Performance Brake Fluid or equivalent meeting WSS-M6C65-A2. Use of any fluid other than the recommended fluid may cause degraded brake performance and not meet the Ford performance standards. Keep brake fluid

E142732 clean and dry. Contamination with dirt, water, petroleum products or other An oil that displays this symbol conforms materials may result in brake system to current engine, emission system and damage and possible failure. fuel economy performance standards of the International Lubricants Specification Note: Automatic transmissions that require Advisory Council (ILSAC). MERCON LV transmission fluid should only use MERCON LV transmission fluid. The use of any other fluid may cause transmission damage.

CAPACITIES AND SPECIFICATIONS - 3.5L ECOBOOST™

Item Capacity Engine oil 6.0 qt (5.7 L) Engine coolant 15.6 qt (14.75 L) Brake fluid Between MIN/MAX on brake fluid reservoir Front axle fluid (Four-wheel drive) 3.5 pt (1.7 L) Rear axle fluid 5.5 pt (2.6 L) Automatic transmission fluid* 13.1 qt (12.4 L) Transfer case fluid 1.5 qt (1.4 L) Four-wheel drive (Electronic Shift-on-the- Fly)

366

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Capacities and Specifications

Item Capacity Transfer case fluid 1.5 qt (1.4 L) Automatic four-wheel drive (Torque on demand) Windshield washer fluid Fill as required Fuel tank 23 gal (87.1 L) Fuel tank 36.0 gal (136.2 L) (Optional) A/C Refrigerant 1.5 lb (0.68 kg) A/C Refrigerant Compressor Oil 3.4 fl oz (100.5 ml)

*Approximate dry fill capacity. Actual amount may vary during fluid changes.

Specifications

Materials

367

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Capacities and Specifications

Name Specification Motorcraft Orange Antifreeze/Coolant Prediluted CVC-3DIL-B Brake fluid: WSS-M6C65-A2 Motorcraft DOT 4 Low Viscosity (LV) High Performance Motor Vehicle Brake Fluid PM-20 Front axle fluid (U.S.): WSP-M2C197-A Motorcraft SAE 80W-90 Premium Rear Axle Lubricant XY-80W90-QL Front axle fluid (Canada): WSP-M2C197-A Motorcraft SAE 80W-90 Premium Rear Axle Lubricant CXY-80W90-1L Front axle fluid (Mexico): WSP-M2C197-A Motorcraft SAE 80W-90 Premium Rear Axle Lubricant MXY-80W90-QL Rear axle fluid: WSS-M2C942-A Motorcraft SAE 75W-85 Premium Synthetic Hypoid Gear Lubricant XY-75W85-QL Automatic transmission fluid (U.S. and Mexico): WSS-M2C938-A Motorcraft MERCON LV Automatic Transmission Fluid MERCON LV XT-10-QLVC Automatic transmission fluid (Canada): WSS-M2C938-A Motorcraft MERCON LV Automatic Transmission Fluid MERCON LV CXT-10-LV12 Transfer case fluid (Electronic Shift-On-the-Fly) (U.S. ESP-M2C166-H and Mexico): Motorcraft Transfer Case Fluid XL-12 Transfer case fluid (Electronic Shift-On-the-Fly) ESP-M2C166-H (Canada): Motorcraft Transfer Case Fluid CXL-12 Transfer case fluid (Torque On Demand) (U.S. and WSS-M2C938-A Mexico): MERCON LV Motorcraft MERCON LV Automatic Transmission Fluid XT-10-QLVC Transfer case fluid (Torque On Demand) (Canada): WSS-M2C938-A

368

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Capacities and Specifications

Name Specification Motorcraft MERCON LV Automatic Transmission Fluid MERCON LV CXT-10-LV12 Windshield washer fluid (U.S. and Mexico): WSS-M14P19-A Motorcraft Premium Windshield Wash Concentrate with Bitterant ZC-32-B2 Windshield washer fluid (Canada): WSS-M14P19-A Motorcraft Premium Quality Windshield Washer Fluid CXC-37-(A, B, D, F) A/C refrigerant (U.S.): WSH-M17B19-A Motorcraft R-134a Refrigerant YN-19 A/C refrigerant (Canada): WSH-M17B19-A Motorcraft R-134a Refrigerant CYN-16-R A/C refrigerant (Mexico): WSH-M17B19-A Motorcraft R-134a Refrigerant MYN-19 A/C refrigerant compressor oil: WSH-M1C231-B Motorcraft PAG Refrigerant Compressor Oil YN-12-D Transmission, parking brake linkage and pivots and brake ESA-M1C75-B pedal shift grease: Premium Long-Life Grease XG-1-E1 Multi-purpose grease: ESB-M1C93-B Motorcraft Multi-Purpose Grease Spray XL-5 Lock cylinders (U.S.): -- Penetrating and Lock Lubricant XL-1 Lock cylinders (Canada): -- Penetrating Fluid CXC-51-A Lock cylinders (Mexico): -- Penetrating and Lock Lubricant MXL-1

369

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Capacities and Specifications

If you use oil and fluids that do not meet An oil that displays this symbol conforms the defined specification and viscosity to current engine, emission system and grade, this may lead to: fuel economy performance standards of • Component damage which is not the International Lubricants Specification covered by the vehicle warranty. Advisory Council (ILSAC). • Longer engine cranking periods. Do not use supplemental engine oil additives because they are unnecessary • Increased emission levels. and could lead to engine damage that may • Reduced engine performance. not be covered by your vehicle warranty. • Reduced fuel economy. Note: Ford recommends using DOT 4 Low • Degraded brake performance. Viscosity (LV) High Performance Brake Fluid or equivalent meeting WSS-M6C65-A2. Use Only use fluid that meets Ford of any fluid other than the recommended specifications. Motor oils of the fluid may cause degraded brake recommended viscosity grade that meet performance and not meet the Ford API SN requirements and display the API performance standards. Keep brake fluid Certification Mark for gasoline engines are clean and dry. Contamination with dirt, also acceptable. Do not use oil labeled water, petroleum products or other with API SN service category unless the materials may result in brake system label also displays the API certification damage and possible failure. mark. Note: Automatic transmissions that require MERCON LV transmission fluid should only use MERCON LV transmission fluid. The use of any other fluid may cause transmission damage.

E142732

CAPACITIES AND SPECIFICATIONS - 3.5L

370

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Capacities and Specifications

Item Capacity Engine oil 6.3 qt (6 L) Engine coolant (with engine oil cooler) 15.3 qt (14.5 L) Engine coolant (without engine oil cooler) 15.1 qt (14.25 L) Brake fluid Between MIN/MAX on brake fluid reservoir Front axle fluid (Four-wheel drive) 3.5 pt (1.7 L) Rear axle fluid 5.5 pt (2.6 L) Automatic transmission fluid* 13.1 qt (12.4 L) Transfer case fluid 1.5 qt (1.4 L) Four-wheel drive (Electronic Shift-on-the- Fly) Transfer case fluid 1.5 qt (1.4 L) Automatic four-wheel drive (Torque on demand) Windshield washer fluid Fill as required Fuel tank 23 gal (87.1 L) Fuel tank 36.0 gal (136.2 L) (Optional) A/C Refrigerant 1.5 lb (0.68 kg) A/C Refrigerant Compressor Oil 3.4 fl oz (100.5 ml)

*Approximate dry fill capacity. Actual amount may vary during fluid changes.

371

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Capacities and Specifications

Specifications

Materials

Name Specification Recommended motor oil (U.S.): WSS-M2C945-A Motorcraft SAE 5W-20 Premium Synthetic Blend Motor Oil XO-5W20-QSP Recommended Motor oil (Canada): WSS-M2C945-A Motorcraft SAE 5W-20 Super Premium Motor Oil CXO-5W20-LSP12 Recommended motor oil (Mexico): WSS-M2C945-A Motorcraft SAE 5W-20 Synthetic Motor Oil MXO-5W20-QSP Optional motor oil (U.S. and Mexico): WSS-M2C945-A Motorcraft SAE 5W-20 Full Synthetic Motor Oil XO-5W20-QFS Optional Motor oil (Canada): WSS-M2C945-A Motorcraft SAE 5W-20 Synthetic Motor Oil CXO-5W20-LFS12 Engine coolant (U.S. and Mexico): WSS-M97B44-D2 Motorcraft Orange Antifreeze/Coolant Prediluted VC-3DIL-B Engine coolant (Canada): WSS-M97B44-D2 Motorcraft Orange Antifreeze/Coolant Prediluted CVC-3DIL-B Brake fluid: WSS-M6C65-A2 Motorcraft DOT 4 Low Viscosity (LV) High Performance Motor Vehicle Brake Fluid PM-20 Front axle fluid (U.S.): WSP-M2C197-A Motorcraft SAE 80W-90 Premium Rear Axle Lubricant XY-80W90-QL Front axle fluid (Canada): WSP-M2C197-A Motorcraft SAE 80W-90 Premium Rear Axle Lubricant CXY-80W90-1L Front axle fluid (Mexico): WSP-M2C197-A Motorcraft SAE 80W-90 Premium Rear Axle Lubricant MXY-80W90-QL

372

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Capacities and Specifications

373

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Capacities and Specifications

Name Specification A/C refrigerant (Mexico): WSH-M17B19-A Motorcraft R-134a Refrigerant MYN-19 A/C refrigerant compressor oil: WSH-M1C231-B Motorcraft PAG Refrigerant Compressor Oil YN-12-D Transmission, parking brake linkage and pivots and brake ESA-M1C75-B pedal shift grease: Premium Long-Life Grease XG-1-E1 Multi-purpose grease: ESB-M1C93-B Motorcraft Multi-Purpose Grease Spray XL-5 Lock cylinders (U.S. and Mexico): -- Penetrating and Lock Lubricant XL-1 Lock cylinders (Canada): -- Penetrating Fluid CXC-51-A Lock cylinders (Mexico): -- Penetrating and Lock Lubricant MXL-1

374

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Capacities and Specifications

CAPACITIES AND SPECIFICATIONS - 5.0L

Item Capacity Engine oil 7.7 qt (7.3 L) Engine coolant 15.9 qt (15 L) Brake fluid Between MIN/MAX on brake fluid reservoir Front axle fluid (Four-wheel drive) 3.5 pt (1.7 L) Rear axle fluid 5.5 pt (2.6 L) Automatic transmission fluid* 13.1 qt (12.4 L) Transfer case fluid 1.5 qt (1.4 L) Four-wheel drive (Electronic Shift-on-the- Fly)

375

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Capacities and Specifications

*Approximate dry fill capacity. Actual amount may vary during fluid changes.

Specifications

Materials

376

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Capacities and Specifications

377

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Capacities and Specifications

378

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Capacities and Specifications

If you use oil and fluids that do not meet Note: Ford recommends using DOT 4 Low the defined specification and viscosity Viscosity (LV) High Performance Brake Fluid grade, this may lead to: or equivalent meeting WSS-M6C65-A2. Use • Component damage which is not of any fluid other than the recommended covered by the vehicle warranty. fluid may cause degraded brake performance and not meet the Ford • Longer engine cranking periods. performance standards. Keep brake fluid • Increased emission levels. clean and dry. Contamination with dirt, • Reduced engine performance. water, petroleum products or other materials may result in brake system • Reduced fuel economy. damage and possible failure. • Degraded brake performance. Note: Automatic transmissions that require Only use fluid that meets Ford MERCON LV transmission fluid should only specifications. Motor oils of the use MERCON LV transmission fluid. The recommended viscosity grade that meet use of any other fluid may cause API SN requirements and display the API transmission damage. Certification Mark for gasoline engines are also acceptable. Do not use oil labeled with API SN service category unless the label also displays the API certification mark.

E142732 An oil that displays this symbol conforms to current engine, emission system and fuel economy performance standards of the International Lubricants Specification Advisory Council (ILSAC). Do not use supplemental engine oil additives because they are unnecessary and could lead to engine damage that may not be covered by your vehicle warranty.

379

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Audio System

GENERAL INFORMATION AM and FM frequencies are established by the Federal Communications Commission Radio Frequencies and Reception (FCC) and the Canadian Radio and Factors Telecommunications Commission (CRTC). Those frequencies are: • AM: 530, 540-1700, 1710 kHz • FM: 87.9-107.7, 107.9 MHz

Radio Reception Factors Distance and strength The further you travel from an AM or FM station, the weaker the signal and the weaker the reception. Terrain Hills, mountains, tall buildings, bridges, tunnels, freeway overpasses, parking garages, dense tree foliage and thunderstorms can interfere with the reception. Station overload When you pass a ground-based broadcast repeating tower, a stronger signal may overtake a weaker one and result in the audio system muting.

Do not expose discs to direct sunlight or CD and CD Player Information heat sources for extended periods. Note: CD units play commercially pressed MP3 Track and Folder Structure 4.75-inch (12 centimeter) audio compact discs only. Due to technical incompatibility, Audio systems capable of recognizing and certain recordable and re-recordable playing MP3 individual tracks and folder compact discs may not function correctly structures work as follows: when used in Ford CD players. • There are two different modes for MP3 Note: Do not insert CDs with homemade disc playback: MP3 track mode paper (adhesive) labels into the CD player (system default) and MP3 folder as the label may peel and cause the CD to mode. become jammed. You should use a • MP3 track mode ignores any folder permanent felt tip marker rather than structure on the MP3 disc. The player adhesive labels on your homemade CDs. numbers each MP3 track on the disc Ballpoint pens may damage CDs. Please (noted by the .mp3 file extension) from contact an authorized dealer for further T001 to a maximum of T255. The information. maximum number of playable MP3 Note: Do not use any irregularly shaped files may be less depending on the discs or discs with a scratch protection film structure of the CD and exact model attached. of radio present. Always handle discs by their edges only. Clean the disc with an approved CD cleaner only. Wipe it from the center of the disc toward the edge. Do not clean in a circular motion.

380

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Audio System

• MP3 folder mode represents a folder AUDIO UNIT - VEHICLES WITH: structure consisting of one level of folders. The CD player numbers all MP3 AM/FM tracks on the disc (noted by the .mp3 file extension) and all folders WARNING containing MP3 files, from F001 Driving while distracted can result in (folder) T001 (track) to F253 T255. loss of vehicle control, crash and • Creating discs with only one level of injury. We strongly recommend that folders helps with navigation through you use extreme caution when using any the disc files. device that may take your focus off the road. Your primary responsibility is the safe If you are burning your own MP3 discs, it is operation of your vehicle. We recommend important to understand how the system against the use of any hand-held device reads the structures you create. While while driving and encourage the use of various files may be present, (files with voice-operated systems when possible. extensions other than mp3), only files with Make sure you are aware of all applicable the .mp3 extension are played; other files local laws that may affect the use of are ignored by the system. This enables electronic devices while driving. you to use the same MP3 disc for a variety of tasks on your work computer, home computer and your in-vehicle system. Note: Your audio system may not be equipped with a CD player. In track mode, the system displays and plays the structure as if it were only one level deep (all .mp3 files play, regardless of being in a specific folder). In folder mode, the system only plays the .mp3 files in the current folder.

381

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Audio System

E176101

A Display screen: View audio and SYNC options. B Number block: Store your favorite radio stations. To store a radio station, tune to the station, then press and hold a preset button until sound returns. C Function buttons: Select different functions of the audio system depending on which mode you are in (such as Radio mode). D Cursor arrows and OK: Use the up and down arrow buttons to select the various settings. When you make your selection, press the left and right arrow buttons to change the settings. Press OK to set or press MENU to exit. E TUNE: Turn to search the frequency band in individual increments. F Seek: Select a frequency band and press these buttons. The system stops at the first station up or down the band. Press and hold the button to move quickly to the next strong radio station or memory preset. G VOL and Power: Press this button to switch the system off and on. Turn it to adjust the volume.

382

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Audio System

H MEDIA: Press this button to access your auxiliary input jack or switch between devices you plug into the input jack or USB port. I MENU: Press this button to access different audio system features. J RADIO: Press this button to listen to the radio or change radio frequency bands. Press the function buttons below the radio screen to select different radio functions. K Clock: Press this button to access the clock setting. Use the center arrow controls to change the hours and minutes. You can also set the clock by pressing the MENU button and scrolling to Clock Settings. L Mute: Press this button to mute the playing media. M Sound: Press this button to access settings for Treble, Midrange, Bass, Fade and Balance.

AUDIO UNIT - VEHICLES WITH: AM/FM/CD

WARNING Driving while distracted can result in loss of vehicle control, crash and injury. We strongly recommend that you use extreme caution when using any device that may take your focus off the road. Your primary responsibility is the safe operation of your vehicle. We recommend against the use of any hand-held device while driving and encourage the use of voice-operated systems when possible. Make sure you are aware of all applicable local laws that may affect the use of electronic devices while driving.

383

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Audio System

E176104

384

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Audio System

In radio mode, select a frequency band and press these buttons. The system stops at the first station up the band. Press and hold the button to move quickly to the next strong radio station or memory preset. In CD mode, press this button to select the next track. Press and hold the button to move quickly forward through the current track. G CD slot: Insert a CD. H Eject: Press this button to eject a CD. I VOL and Power: Press this button to switch the system off and on. Turn it to adjust the volume. J MEDIA: Press this button to access your auxiliary input jack or switch between devices you plug into the input jack or USB port. K MENU: Press this button to access different audio system features. L RADIO: Press this button to listen to the radio or change radio frequency bands. Press the function buttons below the radio screen to select different radio functions. M Clock: Press this button to access the clock setting. Use the center arrow controls to change the hours and minutes. You can also set the clock by pressing the MENU button and scrolling to Clock Settings. N CD: Press this button to listen to a CD. Press the function buttons below the radio screen to select on-screen options of Repeat or Shuffle. O Sound: Press this button to access settings for Treble, Midrange, Bass, Fade and Balance.

385

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Audio System

AUDIO UNIT - VEHICLES WITH: WARNING AM/FM/SYNC Driving while distracted can result in loss of vehicle control, crash and injury. We strongly recommend that you use extreme caution when using any device that may take your focus off the road. Your primary responsibility is the safe operation of your vehicle. We recommend against the use of any hand-held device while driving and encourage the use of voice-operated systems when possible. Make sure you are aware of all applicable local laws that may affect the use of electronic devices while driving.

E176102

386

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Audio System

In phone mode, press the buttons to dial a phone number. C Function buttons: Select different functions of the audio system depending on which mode you are in (such as Radio mode). D Cursor arrows and OK: Use the up and down arrow buttons to select the various settings. When you make your selection, press the left and right arrow buttons to change the settings. Press OK to set or press MENU to exit. E TUNE: Turn to search the frequency band in individual increments. F Seek: Select a frequency band and press these buttons. The system stops at the first station up the band. Press and hold the button to move quickly to the next strong radio station or memory preset. G VOL and Power: Press this button to switch the system off and on. Turn it to adjust the volume. H PHONE: Press this button to access the phone features of the SYNC system. See SYNC™ (page 399). I MENU: Press this button to access different audio system features. J MEDIA: Press this button to access your auxiliary input jack or switch between devices you plug into the input jack or USB port. K Clock: Press this button to access the clock setting. Use the center arrow controls to change the hours and minutes. You can also set the clock by pressing the MENU button and scrolling to Clock Settings. L RADIO: Press this button to listen to the radio or change radio frequency bands. Press the function buttons below the radio screen to select different radio functions. M Sound: Press this button to access settings for Treble, Midrange, Bass, Fade and Balance.

387

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Audio System

AUDIO UNIT - VEHICLES WITH: WARNING AM/FM/CD/SYNC/SATELLITE Driving while distracted can result in RADIO loss of vehicle control, crash and injury. We strongly recommend that you use extreme caution when using any device that may take your focus off the road. Your primary responsibility is the safe operation of your vehicle. We recommend against the use of any handheld device while driving and encourage the use of voice-operated systems when possible. Make sure you are aware of all applicable local laws that may affect the use of electronic devices while driving.

Note: Some features, such as Sirius satellite radio, may not be available in your location. Check with an authorized dealer.

E176103

388

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Audio System

A Display screen: View audio and SYNC options. B Number block: In radio mode, store your favorite stations for later access. When tuned to any station, press and hold a preset button until sound returns. In CD mode, press a button to select a track. In phone mode, press the buttons to dial a phone number. C Function buttons: Select different functions of the audio system depending on which mode you are in (such as Radio mode or CD mode). D Cursor arrows and OK: Use the up and down arrow buttons to select the various settings. When you make your selection, press the left and right arrow buttons to change the settings. Press OK to set or press MENU to exit. E TUNE: Turn to search the frequency band in individual increments. F Seek: In radio mode, select a frequency band and press these buttons. The system stops at the first station up the band. Press and hold the button to move quickly to the next strong radio station or memory preset. In CD mode, press this button to select the next track. Press and hold the button to move quickly forward through the current track. G CD slot: Insert a CD. H Eject: Press this button to eject a CD. I VOL and Power: Press this button to switch the system off and on. Turn it to adjust the volume. J PHONE: Press this button to access the phone features of the SYNC system. See SYNC™ (page 399). K MENU: Press this button to access different audio system features. L MEDIA: Press this button to access your auxiliary input jack or switch between devices you plug into the input jack or USB port. M Clock: Press this button to access the clock setting. Use the center arrow controls to change the hours and minutes. You can also set the clock by pressing the MENU button and scrolling to Clock Settings. N RADIO: Press this button to listen to the radio or change radio frequency bands. Press the function buttons below the radio screen to select different radio functions.

389

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Audio System

O SIRIUS or MUTE: If your vehicle is equipped with Sirius satellite radio, press this button to listen to Sirius satellite radio. If your vehicle is not equipped with Sirius satellite radio, press the button to mute the playing media. P CD: Press this button to listen to a CD. Press the function buttons below the radio screen to select on-screen options of Repeat or Shuffle. Q Sound: Press this button to access settings for Treble, Midrange, Bass, Fade and Balance.

Note: The MyFord Touch system controls most of the audio features. See AUDIO UNIT - VEHICLES WITH: Entertainment (page 450). SONY AM/FM/CD

390

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Audio System

E176105

A VOL and Power: Press this button to switch the system off and on. Turn it to adjust the volume. B Seek, Reverse and Fast Forward: In radio mode, select a frequency band and press one of these buttons. The system stops at the first station it finds in that direction. In CD mode, press these buttons to select the previous or next track. C Memory presets: Store your favorite radio stations. To store a radio station, tune to the station, then press and hold a preset button until sound returns. D TUNE: Turn to search the frequency band in individual increments. E MEDIA: Press this button to access different audio modes, such as AM, FM and Line In. F CD slot: Insert a CD. G Eject: Press this button to eject a CD.

391

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Audio System

DIGITAL RADIO The multicast indicator appears in FM mode (only) if the current station is Note: HD Radio broadcasts are not broadcasting multiple digital broadcasts. available in all markets. The highlighted numbers signify available digital channels where new or different HD Radio technology is the digital content is available. HD1 signifies the main evolution of analog AM/FM radio. Your programming status and is available in system has a special receiver that allows analog and digital broadcasts. Other it to receive digital broadcasts (where multicast stations (HD2 through HD7) are available) in addition to the analog only available digitally. broadcasts, it already receives. Digital broadcasts provide a better sound quality When HD Radio broadcasts are active, you than analog broadcasts with free, can access the following functions: crystal-clear audio and no static or • Scan allows you to hear a brief distortion. For more information, and a sampling of all available stations. This guide to available stations and feature still works when HD Radio programming, please visit reception is on, although it does not www.hdradio.com. scan for HD2-HD7 channels. You may When HD Radio is on and you tune to a see the HD logo appear if the station station broadcasting HD Radio technology, has a digital broadcast. you may notice the HD Radio logo on your • Memory presets allow you to save an screen. When this logo is available, you active channel as a memory preset. may also see Title and Artist fields Touch and hold a memory preset slot on-screen. until the sound returns. There is a brief mute while the radio saves the station. Sound returns when finished. When switching to an HD2 or HD3 memory preset, the sound mutes before the digital audio plays, because the system has to reacquire the digital signal. Note: As with any saved radio station, you cannot access the saved station if your vehicle is outside the station’s reception area.

392

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Audio System

HD Radio Reception and Station Troubleshooting

Potential reception issues Reception area If you are listening to a multicast station and you are on the fringe of the reception area, the station may mute due to weak signal strength. If you are listening to HD1, the system switches back to the analog broadcast until the digital broadcast is available again. However, if you are listening to any of the possible HD2-HD7 multicast channels, the station mutes and stays muted unless it is able to connect to the digital signal again. Station blending When the system first receives a station (aside from HD2- HD7 multicast stations), it first plays the station in the analog version. Once the receiver verifies the station is an HD Radio station, it shifts to the digital version. Depending on the station quality, you may hear a slight sound change when the station changes from analog to digital. Blending is the shift from analog to digital sound or digital back to analog sound.

In order to provide the best possible experience, use the contact form to report any station issues found while listening to a station broadcasting with HD Radio technology. Independent entities own and operate each station. These stations are responsible for ensuring all audio streams and data fields are accurate.

393

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Audio System

Potential station issues

Issues Cause Action Echo, stutter, skip or repeat This is poor time alignment No action required. This is a in audio. by the radio broadcaster. broadcast issue. Increase or decrease in audio volume. Sound fading or blending in The radio is shifting between No action required. The and out. analog and digital audio. reception issue may clear up as you continue to drive. There is an audio mute The digital multicast is not No action required. This is delay when selecting HD2 or available until the HD Radio normal behavior. Wait until HD3, multicast preset or broadcast is decoded. Once the audio is available. Direct Tune. decoded, the audio is available. Cannot access HD2 or HD3 The previously stored No action required. The multicast channel when multicast preset or direct station is not available in recalling a preset or from a tune is not available in your your current location. direct tune. current reception area. Text information does not Data service issue by the Fill out the station issue match currently playing radio broadcaster. form at website listed audio. below.* There is no text information Data service issue by the Fill out the station issue shown for currently selected radio broadcaster. form at website listed frequency. below.* HD2-HD7 stations not found Pressing Scan disables No action required. This is when Scan is pressed. HD2-HD7 channel search. normal behavior.

* http://www.ibiquity.com/automotive/report_radio_station_experiences

HD Radio Technology manufactured under license from iBiquity Digital Corp. U.S. and SATELLITE RADIO (If Equipped) foreign patents. HD Radio and the HD and HD Radio logos are proprietary trademarks SIRIUS® broadcasts a variety of music, of iBiquity Digital Corp. Ford Motor news, sports, weather, traffic and Company and iBiquity Digital Corp. are not entertainment satellite radio channels. For responsible for the content sent using HD more information and a complete list of Radio technology. Content may be SIRIUS satellite radio channels, visit changed, added or deleted at any time at www.siriusxm.com in the United States, the station owner's discretion. www.sirius.ca in Canada, or call SIRIUS at 1-888-539-7474.

394

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Audio System

Note: This receiver includes the eCos real-time operating system. eCos is published under the eCos License. Satellite Radio Reception Factors

Potential satellite radio reception issues Antenna obstructions For optimal reception performance, keep the antenna clear of snow and ice build-up and keep luggage and other material as far away from the antenna as possible. Terrain Hills, mountains, tall buildings, bridges, tunnels, freeway overpasses, parking garages, dense tree foliage and thunderstorms can interfere with your reception. Station overload When you pass a ground-based broadcast-repeating tower, a stronger signal may overtake a weaker one and the audio system may mute. Satellite radio signal interfer- Your display may show ACQUIRING . . . to indicate the ence interference and the audio system may mute.

SIRIUS satellite radio is a SIRIUS® Satellite Radio Service subscription-based satellite radio service that broadcasts a variety of music, sports, Note: SIRIUS reserves the unrestricted right news, weather, traffic and entertainment to change, rearrange, add or delete programming. Your factory-installed programming including canceling, moving SIRIUS satellite radio system includes or adding particular channels, and its prices, hardware and a limited subscription term, at any time, with or without notice to you. which begins on the date of sale or lease Ford Motor Company shall not be of your vehicle. See an authorized dealer responsible for any such programming for availability. changes. For more information on extended subscription terms (a service fee is required), the online media player and a complete list of SIRIUS satellite radio channels, and other features, please visit www.siriusxm.com in the United States, www.sirius.ca in Canada, or call SIRIUS at E142593 1-888-539-7474.

395

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Audio System

Satellite Radio Electronic Serial satellite radio mode, you can view this Number (ESN) number by pressing SIRIUS and memory preset 1 at the same time, or tuning to You need your ESN to activate, modify or channel 0. track your satellite radio account. When in Troubleshooting

Radio display Condition Possible action Acquiring Radio requires more than No action required. This two seconds to produce message should disappear audio for the selected shortly. channel. Sat Fault/SIRIUS system There is an internal module If this message does not failure or system failure present. clear shortly, or with an ignition key cycle, your receiver may have a fault. See an authorized dealer for service. Invalid Channel The channel is no longer Tune to another channel or available. choose another preset. Unsubscribed Channel Your subscription does not Contact SIRIUS at 1-888- include this channel. 539-7474 to subscribe to the channel, or tune to another channel. No Signal The signal is lost from the The signal is blocked. When SIRIUS satellite or SIRIUS you move into an open area, tower to your vehicle the signal should return. antenna. Updating Update of channel No action required. The programming in progress. process may take up to three minutes. Call SIRIUS 1-888-539-7474 Your satellite service is no Contact SIRIUS at 1-888- longer available. 539-7474 to resolve subscription issues. None found. Check Channel All the channels in the Use the channel guide to Guide. selected category are either turn off the Lock or Skip skipped or locked. function on that station. Subscription Updated SIRIUS has updated the No action required. channels available for your vehicle.

396

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Audio System

AUDIO INPUT JACK Your audio extension cable must have male 1/8th-inch (3.5 millimeter) WARNINGS connectors at each end. Driving while distracted can result in 1. Switch off the engine, radio and loss of vehicle control, crash and portable music player. Set the parking injury. We strongly recommend that brake and put the transmission in you use extreme caution when using any position P. device that may take your focus off the 2. Plug the extension cable from the road. Your primary responsibility is the safe portable music player into the audio operation of your vehicle. We recommend input jack. against the use of any hand-held device 3. Switch the radio on. Select either a while driving and encourage the use of tuned FM station or a CD. voice-operated systems when possible. Make sure you are aware of all applicable 4. Adjust the volume as desired. local laws that may affect the use of 5. Switch your portable music player on electronic devices while driving. and adjust its volume to half its Do not connect or adjust the settings maximum level. on your portable music player when 6. Press AUX or MEDIA until LINE or your vehicle is moving. LINE IN appears in the display. You Do not place your portable music should hear music from your device player on the instrument panel. Hard even if it is low. objects may become projectiles in a 7. Adjust the volume on your portable crash or sudden stop, which may increase music player until it reaches the volume the risk of serious injury. level of the FM station or CD. Do this by switching back and forth between the AUX and FM or CD controls.

USB PORT (If Equipped)

E191758 The audio input jack allows you to connect and play music from a portable music player through your vehicle speakers. You E191759 can use any portable music player designed for use with headphones.

397

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Audio System

The USB port allows you to plug in media playing devices, memory sticks and charge devices (if supported). See SYNC™ (page 399).

MEDIA HUB (If Equipped)

The media hub is located in a compartment inside the center console. A B

E170492 C

A Line in B USB ports C SD card slot

See Entertainment (page 450).

398

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing SYNC™

GENERAL INFORMATION

E142598

SYNC is an in-vehicle communications • Text message. system that works with your • Use the advanced voice recognition Bluetooth-enabled cellular phone and system. portable media player. This allows you to: • Charge your USB device (if your device • Make and receive calls. supports this). • Access and play music from your *These features are not available in all portable music player. markets and may require activation. • Use 911 Assist, Vehicle Health Report ** and SYNC Services (Traffic, Directions Available AppLink enabled apps vary by & Information).* market. • Use applications, such as Pandora and Make sure that you review your device's Stitcher, via SYNC AppLink.** manual before using it with SYNC. • Access phonebook contacts and music Support using voice commands. The SYNC support team is available to • Stream music from your connected help you with any questions you cannot phone. answer on your own.

399

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing SYNC™

Monday-Saturday, 8:30am-9:00pm EST. When using SYNC: Sunday, 10:30am-7:30pm EST. • Do not operate playing devices if the power cords or cables are broken, split In the United States, call 1-800-392-3673. or damaged. Place cords and cables In Canada, call 1-800-565-3673. out of the way, so they do not interfere with the operation of pedals, seats, Times are subject to change due to compartments or safe driving abilities. holidays. • Do not leave playing devices in your SYNC Owner Account vehicle during extreme conditions as it could cause them damage. See your Why do I need a SYNC owner account? device's manual for further information. • Required to activate Vehicle Health • Do not attempt to service or repair the Report and to view the reports online. system. See an authorized dealer. • Required to activate the subscription-based SYNC Services and Privacy Information to personalize your Saved Points and When a cellular phone is connected to Favorites. SYNC, the system creates a profile within • Essential for keeping up with the latest your vehicle that is linked to that cellular software downloads available for phone. This profile is created in order to SYNC. offer you more cellular features and to • Access to customer support for any operate more efficiently. Among other questions you may have. things, this profile may contain data about your cellular phone book, text messages Driving Restrictions (read and unread), and call history, including history of calls when your cellular For your safety, certain features are phone was not connected to the system. speed-dependent and restricted when your In addition, if you connect a media device, vehicle is traveling over 3 mi (5 km). the system creates and retains an index of supported media content. The system also Safety Information records a short development log of WARNING approximately 10 minutes of all recent system activity. The log profile and other Driving while distracted can result in system data may be used to improve the loss of vehicle control, crash and system and help diagnose any problems injury. We strongly recommend that that may occur. you use extreme caution when using any device that may take your focus off the The cellular profile, media device index, road. Your primary responsibility is the safe and development log will remain in the operation of your vehicle. We recommend vehicle unless you delete them and are against the use of any hand-held device generally accessible only in the vehicle while driving and encourage the use of when the cellular phone or media player voice-operated systems when possible. is connected. If you no longer plan to use Make sure you are aware of all applicable the system or the vehicle, we recommend local laws that may affect the use of you perform a Master Reset to erase all electronic devices while driving. stored information.

400

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing SYNC™

System data cannot be accessed without special equipment and access to the Global voice commands vehicle's SYNC module. Ford Motor Company and Ford of Canada will not "Cancel" This command access the system data for any purpose ends the voice other than as described absent consent, a session. You can court order, or where required by law also cancel a enforcement, other government session by holding authorities, or other third parties acting the voice button for with lawful authority. Other parties may two or more seek to access the information seconds. independently of Ford Motor Company and Ford of Canada. For further privacy "Help" This command information, see the sections on 911 Assist, provides you with Vehicle Health Report, and Traffic, hints, examples and Directions and Information. instructions. "Main menu" This command USING VOICE RECOGNITION restarts the voice session from the This system helps you control many initial starting point. features using voice commands. This allows you to keep your hands on the Helpful Hints wheel and focus on what is around you. • Make sure the interior of your vehicle is Initiating a Voice Session as quiet as possible. Wind noise from open windows and road vibrations may Press the voice button. A list of prevent the system from correctly available voice commands recognizing spoken commands. E142599 appears in the display. • Before giving a voice command, wait for the system announcement to finish, Global Voice Commands followed by a single tone. Any command spoken before this does not These voice commands are always register with the system. available. You can say them at any time. • Speak naturally, without long pauses between words. • You can interrupt the system at any time while it is speaking by pressing the voice button. You can cancel a voice session by pressing and holding the voice button.

401

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing SYNC™

System Interaction and Feedback Command The system: The system provides feedback through audible tones, prompts, questions and "Confirmation Makes a best guess spoken confirmations depending on the prompts off" from the command; situation and the chosen level of you may still occa- interaction. You can customize the voice sionally be asked to recognition system to provide more or less confirm settings. instruction and feedback. "Confirmation Clarifies your voice The default setting is to a higher level of prompts on" command with a interaction in order to help you learn to use short question. the system. You can change these settings at any time. Candidate Lists Adjusting the Interaction Level The system creates suggestion lists when Press the voice button. When it has the same confidence level of several prompted, say "voice settings", options based on your voice commands. E142599 then any of the following: When switched on, the system may prompt you with as many as four possibilities for clarification. Command The system: You can switch this feature on or off by "Interaction mode Provides more speaking one of the following voice novice" detailed interaction commands: and guidance. (Recommended for Command The system: first time users.) "Media candidate Makes a best guess "Interaction mode Provides less lists off" from the media advanced" audible interaction candidate list. The and guidance. system may still occasionally ask Confirmation Prompts you questions. Confirmation prompts are short questions "Media candidate Clarifies your voice the system asks when it is not sure of your lists on" command for request or when there is more than one media candidates. possible response to your request. For example, the system may ask if the "Phone candidate Makes a best guess command "Phone" is correct. lists off" from the phone candidate list. The To adjust this setting, press the voice system may still button. When prompted, say "voice occasionally ask settings", then any of the following: you questions. "Phone candidate Clarifies your voice lists on" command for phone candidates

402

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing SYNC™

Changing the Voice Settings Note: Make sure to switch on the ignition and the radio. Put the transmission in park In addition to using voice commands to (P). change the voice settings, you can also use the menu in the audio display. Using the Audio System 1. Press the MENU button. Note: To scroll through the menus, press 2. Select SYNC-Settings. the up and down arrows on your audio 3. Select Voice Settings. system. 1. Make sure to switch on your phone's Bluetooth feature before starting the USING SYNC™ WITH YOUR search. See your device's manual if PHONE necessary. 2. Press the PHONE button. When the Hands-free calling is one of the main audio display indicates there is no features of SYNC. While the system paired phone, select the option to add. supports a variety of features, many are dependent on your cellular phone's 3. When a message to begin pairing functionality. At a minimum, most cellular appears in the audio display, search for phones with Bluetooth wireless technology SYNC on your phone to start the pairing support the following functions: process. • Answering an incoming call. 4. When prompted on your phone's display, enter the six-digit PIN provided • Ending a call. by the system in the radio display. The • Using privacy mode. display indicates when the pairing is • Dialing a number. successful. • Redialing. Depending on your phone's capability and • Call waiting notification. your market, the system may prompt you with questions, such as setting the current • Caller ID. phone as the primary phone (the phone Other features, such as text messaging SYNC automatically tries to connect with using Bluetooth and automatic phonebook first upon vehicle start-up) and download, are phone-dependent features. downloading your phonebook. To check your phone's compatibility, see your phone's manual and visit Using Voice Commands www.SYNCMyRide.com, www.SYNCMyRide.ca or www.syncmaroute.ca. E142599 1. Make sure to switch on your phone's Pairing a Phone for the First Time Bluetooth feature before starting the Wirelessly pairing your phone with SYNC search. See your device's manual if allows you to make and receive hands-free necessary. calls. 2. Start a voice session, and then say Note: SYNC can support downloading up "Pair device". to approximately 4000 entries per 3. Follow the instructions on the audio Bluetooth-enabled cellular phone. display.

403

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing SYNC™

Depending on your phone's capability and Phone Voice Commands your market, the system may prompt you with questions, such as setting the current Press the voice button. When phone as the primary phone (the phone prompted, say any of the SYNC automatically tries to connect with E142599 following: first upon vehicle start-up) and downloading your phonebook. "PHONE" Pairing Subsequent Phones "Call " Note: Make sure to switch on the ignition "Call at home" and the radio. Put the transmission in park (P). "Call at work" Note: To scroll through the menus, press "Call on cell" the up and down arrows on your audio system. "Call on other"

1. Make sure to switch on your phone's 1 Bluetooth feature before starting the "Dial"

search. See your device's manual if 2 necessary. "Go to handsfree" 2. Press the PHONE button. "Hold call "2 3. Select the option for Bluetooth Devices. "Join calls"2 4. Press the OK button. "Messages"3 5. Select the option to add. This starts

the pairing process. 2 "Mute call" 6. When a message to begin pairing appears in the audio display, search for "Phone help" SYNC on your device. 2 7. When prompted on your phone's "Privacy on" display, enter the six-digit PIN provided "Turn ringer " by the system in the audio display. The display indicates when the pairing is "Unmute call"2 successful. 1 Depending on your phone's capability and See Dial table below. your market, the system may prompt you 2 These commands are only valid while in with questions, such as setting the current a phone call. phone as the primary phone (the phone SYNC automatically tries to connect with 3 See Messages table below. first upon vehicle start-up) and downloading your phonebook.

404

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing SYNC™

Phone book commands: When you ask Making Calls SYNC to access things such as a phonebook name or number, the Press the voice button. When requested information appears in the prompted, say: display to view. Press the phone button E142599 and say, "Call" to call the contact. 1. Say "Call " or "Dial", then the desired number. "DIAL" 2. When the system confirms the number, say, "Dial" again to initiate the call. "411 (four-one-one)", "911" (nine-one- one) To erase the last spoken digit, say, "Delete". To erase all spoken digits, say, "700" (seven hundred) "Clear". "800" (eight hundred) To end the call, press the end call button on the steering wheel or select the end call "900" (nine hundred) option in the audio display. "Clear" (deletes all entered digits) Receiving Calls "Delete" (deletes last set of digits When receiving a call, you can: entered) • Answer the call by pressing the accept "Number <0-9>" call button on the steering wheel or by selecting the accept call option in the "Plus" audio display. "Pound" (#) • Reject the call by pressing the reject call button on the steering wheel or by "Star" (*) selecting the reject call option in the audio display. Note: To exit dial mode, press and hold the • Ignore the call by doing nothing. phone button or press any button on the audio system. Phone Options during an Active Call "MESSAGES" During an active call, you have more menu "Listen to text message <#>" features that become available, such as putting a call on hold or joining calls. "Forward text message" To access this menu, choose one of the "Reply to text message" options available at the bottom of the audio display or select More to choose "Call sender" from the following options:

405

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing SYNC™

Display Description and action Mic. off Turn your vehicle's microphone off. To turn the microphone on, select the option again. Privacy Switch a call from an active hands-free environment to your cellular phone for a more private conversation. When selected, the audio display indicates the call is private. Hold Put an active call on hold. When selected, the audio display indicates the call is on hold. Dial a number Enter numbers using the audio system's numeric keypad (for example, numbers for passwords). Join calls Join two separate calls. The system supports a maximum of three callers on a multiparty or conference call. 1. Select the More option. 2. Access the desired contact through the system or use voice commands to place the second call. Once actively in the second call, select the More option. 3. Scroll to the option to join calls and press the OK button. Phonebook Access your phonebook contacts. 1. Select the More option. 2. Scroll to the option for phonebook and press the OK button. 3. Scroll through your phonebook contacts. 4. Press the OK button again when the desired contact appears in the audio display. 5. Press the OK button or dial button to call the selection. Call history Access your call history log. 1. Select the More option. 2. Scroll to the option for call history and press the OK button. 3. Scroll through your call history options (incoming, outgoing or missed). 4. Press the OK button again when the desired selection appears in the audio display. 5. Press the OK button or dial button to call the selection.

1. Press the PHONE button to enter the Accessing Features through the phone menu. Phone Menu 2. Select one of the options available You can access your call history, phonebook, sent text messages, as well as access phone and system settings.

406

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing SYNC™

Display Description and action Dial a number Enter numbers using the audio system's numeric keypad. Phonebook Access your downloaded phonebook. 1. Press the OK button to confirm and enter. You can use the options at the bottom of the screen to access an alphabetical category quickly. You can also use the letters on the audio system's numeric keypad to jump in the list. 2. Scroll through your phonebook contacts. 3. Press the OK button again when the desired selection appears in the audio display. 4. Press the OK button or dial button to call the selection. Call history Access any previously dialed, received or missed calls. 1. Press the OK button to select. 2. Scroll to select incoming, outgoing or missed calls. Press the OK button to make your selection. 3. Press the OK button or dial button to call the selection. Speed dial Select 1 of 10 speed dial entries. To set a speed dial entry, go to the phonebook and then press and hold one of the numbers on the audio system's numeric keypad. Text messaging Send, download and delete text messages. BT devices Access the option for Bluetooth Device menu listings (add, connect, set as primary, on or off, delete). Phone settings View various settings and features on your phone.

Note: This is a speed-dependent feature Text Messaging and is only available when your vehicle is traveling at 3 mph (5 km/h) or less. Note: This is a phone-dependent feature. When a new message arrives, an audible SYNC allows you to receive, send, tone sounds and the audio display download and delete text messages. The indicates you have a new message. system can also read incoming text messages to you so that you do not have You have these options: to take your eyes off the road. • Press the voice button and say, "Read message". Receiving a Text Message • Select the listen option to have the Note: This is a phone-dependent feature. system read the message to you. Your phone must support downloading text • Select the ignore option, or do nothing, messages using Bluetooth to receive and the message goes into your text incoming text messages. message inbox.

407

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing SYNC™

• Select the view option to open the text • If you select the More option, use the message. Once selected, you have the arrow button to scroll through the ability to have the message read to you, following options: to view other messages, or to select the More option.

Display Description and action Reply to sender Press the OK button to access, and then scroll through a list of pre-defined messages to send. Call sender Press the OK button to call the sender of the message. Forward msg. Press the OK button to forward the message to anyone in your phonebook or call history. You can also choose to enter a number.

2. Select the text messaging option, and Sending, Downloading and Deleting then press the OK button. Your Text Messages Choose from the following options: 1. Press the PHONE button.

Display Description and action New Allows you to send a new text message based on a pre-defined set of 15 messages. View Allows you to read the full message and, in addition, provides the option to have the system read the message to you. To go to the next message, select the More option. This allows you to reply to the sender, call the sender or forward the message. Delete Allows you to delete current text messages from the system (not your cellular phone). The audio display indicates when the system has deleted all your text messages. More... Allows you to delete all messages or manually trigger a download of all unread messages from your cellular phone.

408

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing SYNC™

Sending a Text Message Note: You can send text messages either by choosing a contact from the phonebook Note: You can only send a text message to and selecting the text option from the audio one recipient at a time. display or by replying to a received message 1. Select the send option when the in the inbox. desired selection highlights in the audio display. Accessing Your Phone Settings 2. Select the confirmation option when These are phone-dependent features. Your the contact appears. phone settings allow you to access and 3. Press the OK button again to confirm adjust features such as your ring tone, text when the system asks if you want to message notification, modify your send the message. A pre-defined phonebook and set up automatic signature appears on each text download. message. 1. Press the PHONE button. 2. Scroll until the phone settings option appears, and then press the OK button. 3. Scroll to select from the following options:

Display Description and action Set as master If this option is checked, the system uses the cellular phone as the master when there is more than one cellular phone paired to the system. This option can be changed for all cellular phones (not only the active phone) using the Bluetooth Devices menu. Phone status See the cellular phone name, provider name, cellular phone number, and signal level. When done, press the left arrow buttons to return to the phone status menu. Set ringtone Select which ringtone sounds during an incoming call (one of the system's tones or your cellular phone's). If your phone supports in-band ringing, your phone's ringtone sounds when you choose the cellular phone ringtone option. 1. Press the OK button to select and scroll to hear each ringtone.

409

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing SYNC™

Display Description and action 2. Press the OK button to select a ringtone. Text msg notify Have the option of hearing an audible tone to notify you when a text message arrives. Press the OK button to turn the audible tone off or on. Phonebook pref. Modify the contents of your phonebook (such as add, delete or download). Press the OK button to select and scroll between the choices in the phonebook preferences table below.

Phonebook preferences Add contacts Push the desired contacts on your cellular phone. See your device's manual on how to push contacts. Press the OK button to add more contacts from your phonebook. Delete When a message asking you to delete appears, select the option to confirm. Press the OK button to delete the current phonebook and call history. The system takes you back to the menu for phone settings. Download now Press the OK button to select and download your phonebook to the system. Auto-download When automatic download is on, the system deletes any changes (additions or deletions) saved in the system since your last download. When automatic download is off, the system does not download your phonebook when your cellular phone connects to SYNC. You can only access your phonebook, call history and text messages when your paired cellular phone connects to the system. Check or uncheck this option to download your phonebook automatically each time your phone connects to the system. Download times are phone- dependent and quantity-dependent.

1. Press the PHONE button. Bluetooth Devices 2. Scroll until Bluetooth Devices appears, The Bluetooth Devices menu allows you and then press the OK button. to add, connect and delete devices as well 3. Select from the following options: as set a phone as primary.

410

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing SYNC™

Phonebook preferences Add Pair additional phones to the system. 1. Select the option to add to start the pairing process. 2. When a message to begin pairing appears in the audio display, search for SYNC on your phone. See your phone's manual if necessary. 3. When prompted on your phone's display, enter the six- digit PIN provided by the system in the radio display. The display indicates when the pairing is successful. 4. When the option to set the phone as primary appears, select either yes or no. 5. Depending on the functionality of your phone, the system may prompt you with questions (such as if you want to download your phonebook). Select either yes or no to confirm your responses. Delete Select the delete option and confirm when the system asks to delete the selected device. After deleting a phone from the list, you have to repeat the pairing process to pair it again. Master The system attempts to connect with the primary cellular phone each time you switch on the ignition. When you select a cellular phone as primary, it appears first in the list, marked with an asterisk. Set a previously paired phone as master by selecting the master option and confirming it as the primary. Conn. Connect a previously connected phone. You can only have one phone connected at a time to use the phone's functionality. When you connect another phone, the previous phone disconnects from the telephone services. The system allows you to use different Bluetooth devices for the cellular phone functionality and the Bluetooth audio music playback feature at the same time. Discon. Disconnects the selected cellular phone. Select this option and confirm when asked. After disconnecting a phone, you can reconnect it again without repeating the full pairing process.

2. Select the SYNC settings option, and System Settings then press the OK button. 1. Press the MENU button. 3. Scroll to select from the following options:

411

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing SYNC™

Display Description and action Bluetooth on Check or uncheck this option to switch the system's Bluetooth interface off or on. Select this option, and then press the OK button to change the option's status. Set defaults Return to the factory default settings without erasing your indexed information (such as phonebook, call history, text messages and paired devices). Select this option and confirm when prompted in the audio display. Master reset Completely erase all information stored in the system (such as phonebook, call history, text messages and paired devices) and return to factory default settings. Install on SYNC Install downloaded applications or software updates. Select this option and confirm when prompted in the audio display. There must be a valid SYNC application or update available on the USB drive in order to finish an installation successfully. System info Display the system's version numbers as well as its serial number. Press the OK button to select. Voice settings The voice settings submenu contains various options. See Using Voice Recognition (page 401). Browse USB Browse the actual menu structure of the connected USB device. Press the OK button and use the up and down arrow buttons to scroll through the folders and files. Use the left or right arrow buttons to enter or leave a folder. You can select media content for playback from this menu.

412

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing SYNC™

SYNC™ APPLICATIONS AND Note: The SYNC 911 Assist feature must be set on before the incident. SERVICES (If Equipped) Note: Before setting this feature on, make In order for the following features to work, sure that you read the 911 Assist Privacy your cellular phone must be compatible Notice later in this section for important with SYNC. To check your phone's information. compatibility, visit www.SYNCMyRide.com, Note: If any user turns 911 Assist on or off, www.SYNCMyRide.ca or that setting applies for all paired phones. If www.syncmaroute.ca. 911 Assist is turned off, either a voice • 911 Assist: Can alert 911 in the event of message plays or a display message (or an emergency. icon) comes on (or both) when your vehicle is started after a previously paired phone • SYNC AppLink: Allows you to connect connects. to and use certain applications such as Pandora and Stitcher (if your phone is Note: Every phone operates differently. compatible). While SYNC 911 Assist works with most cellular phones, some may have trouble These features may require activation. using this feature. Available AppLink enabled apps varies by market. If a crash deploys an airbag (excluding knee airbags and rear inflatable safety 911 Assist (If Equipped) belts [if equipped]) or activates the fuel pump shut-off, your SYNC-equipped WARNINGS vehicle may be able to contact emergency Unless the 911 Assist setting is set on services by dialing 911 through a paired and before a crash, the system will not connected Bluetooth-enabled phone. You dial for help which could delay can learn more about the 911 Assist response time, potentially increasing the feature, visit www.SYNCMyRide.com, risk of serious injury or death after a crash. www.SYNCMyRide.ca or www.syncmaroute.ca. Do not wait for 911 Assist to make an emergency call if you can do it See Supplementary Restraints System yourself. Dial emergency services (page 43). Important information about immediately to avoid delayed response airbag deployment is in this chapter. time which could increase the risk of See Roadside Emergencies (page 276). serious injury or death after a crash. If you Important information about the fuel pump do not hear 911 Assist within five seconds shut-off is in this chapter. of the crash, the system or phone may be damaged or non-functional. Switching 911 Assist On or Off Always place your phone in a secure 1. Press the phone button to enter the location in your vehicle so it does not phone menu. become a projectile or get damaged in a crash. Failure to do so may cause 2. Scroll to select 911 Assist. serious injury to someone or damage the 3. Press OK to confirm and enter the 911 phone which could prevent 911 Assist from Assist menu. working properly. 4. Scroll to select between On or Off.

413

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing SYNC™

5. Press OK when the desired option Before making the call: appears in the radio display. Set On or • SYNC provides a short window of time Set Off appears in the display as (about 10 seconds) to cancel the call. confirmation. If you fail to cancel the call, SYNC Off selections include: attempts to dial 911. • Off with reminder: Provides a display • SYNC says the following, or a similar and voice reminder at phone message: "SYNC will attempt to call connection at vehicle start. 911, to cancel the call, press Cancel on • Off without reminder: Provides a your screen or press and hold the display reminder only without a voice phone button on your steering wheel." reminder at phone connection. If you do not cancel the call, and SYNC To make sure that 911 Assist works makes a successful call, a pre-recorded correctly: message plays for the 911 operator, and then the occupant(s) in your vehicle is able • SYNC must be powered and working to talk with the operator. Be prepared to properly at the time of the incident and provide your name, phone number and throughout feature activation and use. location immediately, because not all 911 • The 911 Assist feature must be set on systems are capable of receiving this before the incident. information electronically. • You must pair and connect a 911 Assist May Not Work If Bluetooth-enabled and compatible cell phone to SYNC. • Your cellular phone or 911 Assist • A connected Bluetooth-enabled phone hardware sustains damage in a crash. must have the ability to make and • The vehicle's battery or the SYNC maintain an outgoing call at the time system has no power. of the incident. • The phones(s) previously paired or • A connected Bluetooth-enabled phone connected to the system are thrown must have adequate network coverage, from the vehicle battery power and signal strength. 911 Assist Privacy Notice • The vehicle must have battery power and be located in the U.S., Canada or When you turn on 911 Assist, it may in a territory in which 911 is the disclose to emergency services that your emergency number. vehicle has been in a crash involving the deployment of an airbag or activation of In the Event of a Crash the fuel pump shut-off. Certain versions or Not all crashes will deploy an airbag or updates to 911 Assist may also be capable activate the fuel pump shut-off (the of electronically or verbally disclosing to triggers for 911 Assist). If a connected cell 911 operators your vehicle location or other phone sustains damage or loses its details about your vehicle or crash to assist connection to SYNC during a crash, SYNC 911 operators to provide the most will search for and try to connect to a appropriate emergency services. If you do previously paired cell phone; SYNC will not want to disclose this information, do then attempt to call the emergency not turn the feature on. services.

414

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing SYNC™

SYNC Mobile Apps Accessing an App's Menu The system enables voice and steering Once an app is running through SYNC, wheel control of SYNC AppLink enabled press the right arrow button on the steering smartphone apps. Once an app is running wheel control to access the app menu. through AppLink, you can control main You can access various app features from features of the app through voice here, for example thumbs up and thumbs commands and steering wheel controls. down. Note: You must pair and connect your Press the left arrow button on the steering smartphone to SYNC to access AppLink. wheel control to exit the app menu. Note: iPhone users need to connect the phone to the USB port. To Access Using Voice Commands Note: Android users need to connect the 1. Press the voice icon. phone to SYNC using Bluetooth. 2. When prompted, say "Mobile Apps". Note: For information on available apps, 3. Say the name of the application after supported smartphone devices and the tone. troubleshooting tips please visit the Ford 4. The app should start. While an app is website. running through SYNC, you can press Note: Make sure you have an active account the voice button and speak commands for the app that you have downloaded. specific to the app, for example "Play Some apps work automatically with no Playlist Road Trip". Say, "Help" to setup. Other apps want you to configure discover the available voice your personal settings and personalize your commands. experience by creating stations or favorites. We recommend you do this at home or SYNC Mobile App Voice Commands outside of your vehicle. The following voice commands are always Note: AppLink is not available if your available: vehicle is equipped with the MyFordTouch • "Mobile apps": SYNC prompts you to system. say the name of an app to start it on SYNC. To Access Using the SYNC Menu • "List mobile apps": SYNC lists all of the 1. Press the MENU button to access the currently available mobile apps. menu on-screen. • "Find new apps": searches your 2. Select SyncApplications. connected mobile device for 3. Select Mobile Apps. SYNC-compatible mobile apps. 4. Scroll through the list of available • "": At any time applications and select a particular app you can say the name of a mobile app or select Find New Apps. to start the mobile app on SYNC. Note: If a SYNC AppLink compatible app • " help": SYNC cannot be found, make sure the required lists the available voice commands for app is running on the mobile device. the specified app if the app is running on SYNC.

415

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing SYNC™

App Permissions 2. Select SyncApplications > Mobile Apps > App Settings. App permissions are organized by groups. You can grant these group permissions 3. Select the specific app or All Apps. individually. You can change a permission 4. If push notifications are supported, this group status any time when not driving, by setting is listed. Select to enable or using the settings menu. disable the feature as required. When you launch an app using SYNC, the Enabling SYNC Mobile Apps system may ask you to grant certain permissions, for example: In order to enable mobile apps, SYNC • To allow your vehicle to provide vehicle requires user consent to send and receive information to the app such as, but not app authorization information and updates limited to: Fuel level, fuel economy, fuel using the data plan associated with the consumption, engine speed, rain connected device. sensor, odometer, VIN, external Data is sent to Ford in the United States temperature, gear position, tire through the connected device. The pressure, and head lamp status. information is encrypted and includes your • To allow your vehicle to provide driving VIN, SYNC module number, anonymous characteristic information such as, but usage statistics and debugging not limited to: MyKey, seat belt status, information. Updates may take place engine revolutions per minute, gear automatically. position, braking events, steering wheel Note: You must enable mobile apps for angle, and accelerator pedal position. each connected device the first time you • To allow your vehicle to provide select a mobile app using the system. location information, including: GPS Note: Standard data rates apply. Ford is and speed. not responsible for any additional charges • To allow the app to send push you may receive from your service provider, notifications using the vehicle display when your vehicle sends or receives data and voice capabilities while running in through the connected device. This includes a background state. Push notifications any additional charges incurred due to may be particularly useful for news or driving in areas when roaming out of a home location based apps. network. Note: You only need to grant permissions App Status the first time you use an app with SYNC. Note: Ford is not responsible or liable for You can view the current status of an app any damages or loss of privacy relating to in the settings menu. usage of an app, or dissemination of any There are three possible statuses: vehicle data that you approve Ford to • Update Needed: The system has provide to an app. detected a new app requiring Enabling and Disabling App authorization or a general permissions Permissions Using the SYNC Menu update is required. • Up-To-Date: No update is required. 1. Press the MENU button to access the SYNC menu. • Updating: The system is trying to receive an update.

416

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing SYNC™

If an update is required and you want to 3. You can now play music by saying any request this update manually, for example of the appropriate voice commands. when in a Wi-Fi hotspot, select Request See the media voice commands. Update in the settings menu. Using the System Menu You can disable automatic updates by selecting Disable Updates in the settings 1. Plug the device into your vehicle's USB menu. Doing so also disables the use of port. Mobile Apps on SYNC. 2. Press the AUX button until an "initializing" message appears in the USING SYNC™ WITH YOUR display. Depending on how many media files are on your connected MEDIA PLAYER device, an indexing message may appear in the display. When indexing You can access and play music from your is complete, the screen returns to the digital music player over your vehicle's playback menu. speaker system using the system's media menu or voice commands. You can also You can browse the files on the USB device sort and play your music by specific in categories. Choose from the following: categories, such as artist and album. • Play all Note: The system is capable of indexing up • Playlists to 15,000 songs. • Songs SYNC is capable of hosting nearly any • Artists digital media player including: iPod, Zune, • Albums plays from device players, and most USB drives. SYNC also supports audio formats, • Genres such as MP3, WMA, WAV and ACC. • Browse USB Connecting Your Digital Media • Reset USB Player to the USB Port What's Playing? Note: If your digital media player has a At any time during playback, you can press power switch, make sure you switch it on the voice button and ask the system what before plugging it in. is playing. The system reads the metadata Using Voice Commands tags (if populated) of the current track. 1. Plug the device into your vehicle's USB Media Voice Commands port. Press the voice button. When 2. Press the voice button and when prompted, say "USB" or "iPod", prompted, say "USB" or "iPod". E142599 and then any of the following:

417

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing SYNC™

Command Description and action "Pause" Pauses device playback. "Play" Resumes device playback. "Play album " are dynamic, which means it name>" could be the name of anything such as album, artist or song. This voice command is not available until indexing is complete on your device. "Play all" Play all media on the device from the first track to the last. "Play artist " Commands inside the "< >" are dynamic, which means it could be the name of anything such as album, artist or song. This voice command is not available until indexing is complete on your device. "Play genre " Commands inside the "< >" are dynamic, which means it could be the name of anything such as album, artist or song. This voice command is not available until indexing is complete on your device. "Play playlist " are dynamic, which means it name>" could be the name of anything such as album, artist or song. This voice command is not available until indexing is complete on your device. "Play next track" Plays the next track on the current media. "Play previous track" Plays the previous track on current media. "Play similar music" Creates a playplan of similar genre to the one currently playing. "Play song " Commands inside the "< >" are dynamic, which means it could be the name of anything such as album, artist or song. This voice command is not available until indexing is complete on your device. "Repeat off" "Repeat one" Repeats the current track. "Shuffle all" Plays the current playplan in a random order. (Not all devices support this command.) "Shuffle off" "What's playing?" or "What's this?"

418

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing SYNC™

Examples of USB Commands To switch on Bluetooth audio, use the AUX or SOURCE button. You can also press SYNC provides the user with many intuitive the voice button and, when prompted, say, ways to find and play a song using voice. "Bluetooth audio". For example, if we have a song called "Penny Lane" from the album "Magical Mystery Tour" we can say the following to "BLUETOOTH AUDIO" play this song: "Pause" • Play song "Penny Lane". "Play" • Play "Penny Lane". "Play next track" If we wanted to play the entire album, we can say: "Play previous track" • Play album "Magical Mystery Tour". • Play "Magical Mystery Tour". Media Menu Features Bluetooth Audio The media menu allows you to select how to play your music (such as by artist, genre, The system is also capable of playing shuffle or repeat), find similar music or music from your cellular phone through reset the index of your USB devices. Bluetooth. 1. Press AUX to select USB playback. 2. Select Options to enter the media menu, and then any of the following:

419

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing SYNC™

Display Description and action Shuffle Choose to have the system play your music in random order. Once you make your choice, it remains on until you switch it off. Repeat track Choose to have the system repeat the current track. Once you make your choice, it remains on until you switch it off. Similar music You can play music similar to the current type of music in the playlist. The system uses metadata information of each track to compile a playlist, creates a new list of similar tracks, and then begins playing that list. (Each track must have populated metadata tags for this feature.) With some devices, unpopulated metadata tags make the tracks unavailable for voice recognition, play menu or this option. However, if you place these tracks onto your playing device in mass storage device mode, they are available for voice recognition, play menu and this option. The system places unknowns into any unpopulated metadata tag. Reset SYNC USB Resets the USB index. After the new indexing is complete, you can choose what to play from the USB song library.

Accessing Your USB Song Library Accessing and viewing USB media "Browse all songs" Using Voice Commands "Browse album " You can access and view your USB songs using voice commands. "Browse artist " 1. Plug the device into your vehicle's USB "Browse genre " port. 2. Press the voice button and when "Browse playlist " prompted, say any of the following commands: Using the System Menu 1. Plug the device into your vehicle's USB Accessing and viewing USB media port. "Browse all albums" 2. Press the AUX button to select USB playback. "Browse all artists" "Browse all genres" "Browse all playlists"

420

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing SYNC™

3. Select Browse USB. If there are no media files, you have the following media files to access, the display options: indicates there is no media. If there are

Display Description and action Play all Play all indexed media files from your device one at a time in numerical order.* Press the OK button to select. The first track title appears in the display. Playlists Access your playlists (from formats like ASX, M3U, WPL, or MTP).* 1. Press the OK button to select. 2. Scroll to select the desired playlist, and then press the OK button.

Songs Search for and play a specific indexed track.* 1. Press the OK button to select. 2. Scroll to select the desired track, and then press the OK button. Artists Sort all indexed media files by artist. The system then lists and plays all artists and tracks alphabetically.* 1. Press the OK button to select. 2. Scroll to select the desired artist, and then press the OK button.

Albums Sort all indexed media files by album.* 1. Press the OK button to select. 2. Scroll to select the desired album, and then press the OK button.

Genres Sort all indexed media files by genre (category) type.* 1. Press the OK button to select. 2. Scroll to select the desired genre, and then press the OK button. Browse USB Browse all supported media files on your media player connected to the USB port. You can only view media files that are compatible with SYNC. (Other files are not visible.) 1. Press the OK button to select.

421

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing SYNC™

Display Description and action 2. Scroll to browse indexed media files on the device, and then press the OK button. Reset USB Resets the USB index. After the new indexing is complete, you can choose what to play from the USB song library.

*You can use the buttons at the bottom of the audio display to jump to a certain alphabetical category quickly. You can also use the letters on the audio system's numeric keypad to jump in the list.

Voice Commands for Audio USB 2 (If Equipped) Sources Your vehicle may come equipped with an Your voice system allows you to change additional USB port. If so, USB 1 will be audio sources with a simple voice located at the front of the vehicle at the command. bottom of the instrument panel. USB 2 will be located inside the storage compartment Press the voice button and say, of the vehicle's center console. "Audio" when prompted, and E142599 then any of the following You can plug in an additional USB device commands: into the second USB port. To switch between the two connected USB devices using voice commands, say, "USB1" or "AUDIO" "USB2". Saying "USB" defaults to the most recently played USB device. "AM" Note: SYNC only supports one connected "AM1" iOS (Apple) devices at a time (whichever one you plug in first). When you connect a "AM autoset" or "AM2" second iOS device, the systems charges it, but does not support playback from it. "Bluetooth

422

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing SYNC™

"AUDIO" "RADIO" "USB" "Preset " "What's playing" "Tune" "Help" "Help"

Radio Voice Commands Sirius Satellite Radio Voice Commands If you are listening to the radio, If you are listening to Sirius press the voice button, and then satellite radio, press the voice E142599 any of the commands in the button, and then any of the following table. If you are not listening to commands in the following table. If you the radio, press the voice button and, after are not listening to Sirius satellite radio, the tone, say, "Radio", and then any of the press the voice button and, after the tone, following voice commands: say, "Sirius", and then any of the following voice commands:

"RADIO" "SIRIUS" "AM" "<0-233>" "AM1" "SAT" "AM autoset" or "AM2" "SAT1" "AM <530-1710>" "SAT2" "AM preset " "SAT3" "AM [1] [autoset] preset " "Preset " "FM" "SAT1 preset " "FM1" "SAT2 preset " "FM autoset" or "FM2" "SAT3 preset " "FM <87.9-107.9>" "Tune" "FM [autoset] preset " "Help" "FM HD <1-7>" "FM1 preset " "FM2 preset " "HD <1-7>"

423

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing SYNC™

CD Voice Commands "CD"

If you are listening to a CD, press * the voice button, and then any "Shuffle" E142599 of the commands in the "Shuffle CD" following table. If you are not listening to a CD, press the voice button and, after the "Shuffle folder" tone, say, "CD", and then any of the following voice commands: "Shuffle off" *You need to indicate to the system which "CD" track or folder to repeat or shuffle when using these commands. "Pause" "Play" SYNC™ TROUBLESHOOTING "Play next track" Your SYNC system is easy to use. However, "Play previous track" should questions arise, see the tables below. "Play track <1-512>" Use the website at any time to check your "Repeat"* phone's compatibility, register your account and set preferences as well as "Repeat folder" access a customer representative via an online chat (during certain hours). Visit "Repeat off" www.SYNCMyRide.com, www.SYNCMyRide.ca or "Repeat track" www.syncmaroute.ca for more information.

Phone issues

Issue Possible cause(s) Possible solution(s) The audio control settings Review your phone's manual There is excessive back- on your phone may be about audio adjustments. ground noise during a phone affecting SYNC perform- call. ance. Try turning off the device, During a call, I can hear the This may be a possible resetting the device, other person but they phone malfunction. removing the device's cannot hear me. battery, then trying again. SYNC is not able to down- This is a phone-dependent Go to the website to review load my phonebook. feature. your phone's compatibility.

424

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing SYNC™

Phone issues

Issue Possible cause(s) Possible solution(s) Try turning off the device, resetting the device or removing the device's battery, then trying again. Try pushing your phonebook contacts to SYNC by using This may be a possible the Add Contacts feature. phone malfunction. Use the SYNCmyphone feature available on the website. Try pushing your phonebook contacts to SYNC by using the Add Contacts feature. If the missing contacts are stored on your SIM card, try moving them to the device memory.

The system says Phonebook Remove any pictures or Downloaded but the This may be a limitation on special ring tones associ- phonebook in SYNC is your phone's capability. ated with the missing empty or missing contacts. contact. Depending upon your phone, you may have to grant SYNC permission to access your phonebook contacts. Make sure to confirm when prompted by your phone during the phonebook download. Go to the website to review your phone's compatibility. I am having trouble This is a phone-dependent connecting my phone to Try turning off the device, feature. SYNC. resetting the device or removing the device's battery, then trying again.

425

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing SYNC™

Phone issues

Issue Possible cause(s) Possible solution(s) Try deleting your device from SYNC, deleting SYNC from your device and trying again. Check the security and auto accept and prompt always settings relative to the SYNC Bluetooth connection on This may be a possible your phone. phone malfunction. Update your device's firmware. Turn off the Auto phonebook download setting. This is a phone-dependent Go to the website to review feature. your phone's compatibility. Text messaging is not Try turning off the device, working on SYNC. This may be a possible resetting the device or phone malfunction. removing the device's battery, then trying again.

USB and media issues

Issue Possible cause(s) Possible solution(s) Try turning off the device, resetting the device, removing the device's battery, then trying again. Make sure you are using the manufacturer's cable. I am having trouble This may be a possible connecting my device. device malfunction. Make sure you insert the USB cable correctly into the device and the USB port. Make sure that the device does not have an auto- install program or active security settings.

426

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing SYNC™

USB and media issues

Issue Possible cause(s) Possible solution(s) Make sure you are not SYNC does not recognize leaving the device in your my device when I turn on the This is a device limitation. vehicle during very hot or car. cold temperatures. Review the device compatibility chart on the SYNC This is a phone-dependent website to confirm your feature. phone supports the Bluetooth audio does not Bluetooth audio streaming stream. function. Make sure you correctly connect the device to SYNC, The device is not connected. and that you have pressed play on your device. Your music files may not contain the correct artist, song title, album or genre Make sure that all song information. details are populated. SYNC does not recognize The file may be corrupted. music that is on my device. Some devices require you to The song may have copy- change the USB settings right protection, which does from mass storage to MTP not allow it to play. class.

427

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing SYNC™

Voice command issues

Issue Possible cause(s) Possible solution(s) Review the phone voice commands and the media You may be using the wrong voice commands at the voice commands. beginning of their respective sections. SYNC does not understand After pressing the voice icon, what I am saying. wait until after the tone sounds and Listening You may be speaking too appears before saying a soon or at the wrong time. command. Any command spoken before this does not register with the system. Review the media voice You may be using the wrong commands at the beginning voice commands. of the media section. Say the song or artist exactly as listed. If you say "Play Artist Prince", the system does not play music You may be saying the by Prince and the Revolution name differently than the or Prince and the New way you saved it. Power Generation. SYNC does not understand Make sure you are saying the the name of a song or artist. complete title, such as "California remix featuring Jennifer Nettles". If the song titles are in all CAPS, you have to spell The system may not be them. LOLA requires you to reading the name the same say "L-O-L-A". way you are saying it. Do not use special characters in the title. The system does not recognize them. SYNC does not understand Review the Phone voice You may be using the wrong or is calling the wrong commands at the beginning voice commands. contact when I want to of the phone section. make a call.

428

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing SYNC™

Voice command issues

Issue Possible cause(s) Possible solution(s) Make sure you are saying the contacts exactly as they are listed. For example, if you save a contact as Joe Wilson, say "Call Joe Wilson". Using the SYNC phone menu, open the phonebook and scroll to the name You may be saying the SYNC is having trouble name differently than the understanding. SYNC will way you saved it. read the name to you, giving you some idea of the pronunciation SYNC is expecting. The system works better if The system may not be you list full names, such as reading the name the same "Joe Wilson" rather than way you are saying it. "Joe". Contacts in your phonebook Do not use special charac- may be very short and ters, such as 123 or ICE, as similar, or they may contain the system does not recog- special characters. nize them. If a contact is in CAPS, you Your phonebook contacts have to spell it. JAKE may be in CAPS. requires you to say "Call J- A-K-E".

AppLink issues

Issue Possible cause(s) Possible solution(s) Ensure you have a compatible smartphone; an Android AppLink Mobile Applica- with OS 2.3 or higher or an tions: When I select "Find An AppLink capable phone iPhone 3GS or newer with New Apps," SYNC does not is not connected to SYNC. iOS 5.0 or higher. Addition- find any applications. ally, ensure your phone is paired and connected to

429

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing SYNC™

AppLink issues

Issue Possible cause(s) Possible solution(s) SYNC in order to find AppLink-capable apps on your device. iPhone users must also connect to SYNC's USB port with an Apple USB cable. Ensure you have downloaded and installed the latest version of the app from your phone's app store. Ensure the app is running on AppLink-enabled apps are your phone. Some apps My phone is connected, but not installed and running on require you to register or I still cannot find any apps. your mobile device. login on the app on the phone before using them with AppLink. Also, some may have a "Ford SYNC" setting, so check the app's settings menu on the phone. Closing and restarting apps may help SYNC find the application if you cannot discover it inside the vehicle. On an Android device, if apps have an "Exit' or 'Quit' option, select that then Sometime apps do not restart the app. If the app My phone is connected, my properly close and re-open does not have that option, app(s) are running, but I still their connection to SYNC, you can also manually cannot find any apps. over ignition cycles, for "Force Close" the app by example. going to the phone's settings menu, selecting 'Apps.' then finding the particular app and choosing 'Force stop.' Don't forget to restart the app afterwards, then select "Find New Apps" on SYNC.

430

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing SYNC™

AppLink issues

Issue Possible cause(s) Possible solution(s) On an iPhone with iOS7+, to force close an app, double tab the home button then swipe up on the app to close it. Tab the home button again, then select the app again to restart it. After a few seconds, the app should then appear in SYNC's Mobile App's Menu. My Android phone is There is a Bluetooth bug on Reset the Bluetooth on your connected, my app(s) are some order versions of the phone by turning it off and running, I restarted them, Android operating system then turning Bluetooth back but I still cannot find any that may cause apps that on. If you are in your vehicle, apps. were found on your previous SYNC should be able to vehicle drive to not be found automatically re-connect to again if you have not turned your phone if you press the off Bluetooth. "Phone" button.

431

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing SYNC™

AppLink issues

Issue Possible cause(s) Possible solution(s) Unplug the USB cable from the phone, wait a moment, My iPhone phone is and plug the USB cable connected, my app is back in to the phone. After a The USB connection to running, I restarted the app few seconds, the app should SYNC may need to be reset. but I still cannot find it on appear in SYNC's Mobile SYNC. Apps Menu. If not, "Force Close" the application and restart it. Try increasing the Bluetooth I have an Android phone. I volume of the device by found and started my media The bluetooth volume on using the device's volume app on SYNC, but there is no the phone may be low. control buttons which are sound or the sound is very most often found on the low. side of the device. Some Android devices have Force close or uninstall the a limited number of apps you do not want SYNC bluetooth ports apps can to find. If the app has a "Ford I can only see some of the use to connect. If you have SYNC" setting, disable that AppLink apps running on my more AppLink apps on your setting in the app's settings phone listed in SYNC's phone than the number of menu on the phone. Mobile Apps Menu. availble Bluetooth ports, you will not see all of your apps listed in SYNC's mobile apps menu.

SYNC System Reset The SYNC system in your vehicle has System Reset feature that can be performed if the function of a SYNC feature is lost. This reset is intended to restore functionality and will not erase any information previously stored in the system (Such as paired devices, phonebook, call history, text messages, or user settings). To perform a System Reset, press and hold the Seek Up (>>) button while pressing and holding the Radio Power button. Release both buttons after 2-3 seconds. Please allow a few minutes for the reset to complete. After a few minutes has passed you can resume using the SYNC system.

432

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing MyFord Touch™ (If Equipped)

GENERAL INFORMATION WARNING Driving while distracted can result in loss of vehicle control, crash and injury. We strongly recommend that you use extreme caution when using any device that may take your focus off the road. Your primary responsibility is the safe operation of your vehicle. We recommend against the use of any hand-held device while driving and encourage the use of voice-operated systems when possible. Make sure you are aware of all applicable local laws that may affect the use of electronic devices while driving.

A B

E G F D C

E161891

A Phone B Navigation (or Information if your vehicle is not equipped with Navigation) C Climate (or Settings, if your vehicle is equipped with manual climate control) D Settings (if your vehicle is equipped with automatic climate control) E Home F Information G Entertainment

433

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing MyFord Touch™ (If Equipped)

This system uses a four-corner strategy to Press to select any of the following: provide quick access to several vehicle • Driver Settings features and settings. The touchscreen provides easy interaction with your cellular • Recirculated Air phone, multimedia, climate control and • Auto navigation system. The corners display any • Dual active modes within those menus, such as phone status or the climate temperature. • Passenger Settings • A/C Note: Some features are not available while your vehicle is moving. • Defrost Note: Your system is equipped with a SETTINGS feature that allows you to access and E142607 control audio features for 30 minutes after you switch the ignition off (and no doors Press to select any of the following: open). • Clock PHONE • Display Press to select any of the following: • Sound • Phone • Vehicle • Quick Dial • Settings • Phonebook • Help • History HOME • Messaging E142613 Press to access your home • Settings screen. Depending on your NAVIGATION vehicle’s option package and software, your screens may vary in appearance from Press to select any of the following: the descriptions in this section. Your • My Home features may also be limited depending on your market. Check with an authorized • Favorites dealer for availability. • Previous Destinations • Point of Interest INFORMATION • Emergency E142608 • Street Address Press to select any of the following: • Intersection • Services • City Center • Travel Link • Map • Alerts • Edit Route • Calendar • Cancel Route • Apps CLIMATE ENTERTAINMENT

434

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing MyFord Touch™ (If Equipped)

Press to select any of the following: Using Your Steering Wheel • AM Controls • FM Depending on your vehicle and option • SIRIUS package, you can use your steering wheel controls to interact with the touchscreen • CD system. See Steering Wheel (page 73). • USB • BT Stereo Support • SD Card The SYNC support team is available to • Line In help you with any questions you are not able to answer on your own. Cleaning the Touchscreen Display Monday-Saturday, 8:30am-9:00pm EST. Use a clean, soft cloth such as one used Sunday, 10:30am-7:30pm EST. for cleaning glasses. If dirt or fingerprints are still visible, apply a small amount of In the United States, call: 1-800-392-3673. alcohol to the cloth. Do not pour or spray In Canada, call: 1-800-565-3673. alcohol onto the display. Do not use Times are subject to change due to detergent or any type of solvent to clean holidays. the display. Safety Information Using Your Bezel Controls Depending on your vehicle and option WARNING package, you may also have these controls Driving while distracted can result in on your bezel: loss of vehicle control, crash and • Power: Switch the media or climate injury. We strongly recommend that features off and on. you use extreme caution when using any device that may take your focus off the • VOL: Control the volume of playing road. Your primary responsibility is the safe media. operation of your vehicle. We recommend • Seek and Tune: Use as you normally against the use of any hand-held device would in media modes. while driving and encourage the use of • Presets: Press and hold a numbered voice-operated systems when possible. button to store a radio or Sirius station; Make sure you are aware of all applicable press to recall the stored station." local laws that may affect the use of electronic devices while driving. • MEDIA: Touch repeatedly to see all available media modes. The screen does not change, but you see the • Do not attempt to service or repair the media change in the lower left status system. See an authorized dealer. bar. • Do not operate playing devices if the • Eject: Eject a CD from the power cords or cables are broken, split entertainment system. or damaged. Place cords and cables out of the way, so they do not interfere • Climate Control: Control the with the operation of pedals, seats, temperature, fan speed or settings of compartments or safe driving abilities. the climate control system.

435

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing MyFord Touch™ (If Equipped)

• Do not leave playing devices in your Speed-restricted Features vehicle during extreme conditions as it could cause them damage. See your Some features of this system may be too device's user guide for further difficult to use while your vehicle is moving information. so they are restricted from use unless your vehicle is stationary. • For your safety, some SYNC functions are speed-dependent. Their use is • Screens crowded with information, limited to when your vehicle is traveling such as Point of Interest reviews and at speeds under 3 mph (5 km/h). ratings, SIRIUS Travel Link sports scores, movie times or ski conditions. Make sure that you review your device's manual before using it with SYNC. • Any action that requires you to use a keyboard is restricted, such as entering a navigation destination or editing information. • All lists are limited so the user can view fewer entries (such as phone contacts or recent phone call entries). See the following chart for more specific examples.

Restricted features Cellular Phone Pairing a Bluetooth phone Adding phonebook contacts or uploading phonebook contacts (from a USB) List entries are limited for phone contacts and recent phone call entries System Functionality Editing the keypad code Enabling Valet Mode Editing settings while the rear view camera or active park assist are active Wi-Fi and Wireless Editing wireless settings Editing the list of wireless networks Videos, Photos and Graphics Playing video Editing the screen's wallpaper or adding new wallpaper Text Messages Composing text messages Viewing received text messages Editing preset text messages

436

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing MyFord Touch™ (If Equipped)

Restricted features Navigation Using the keyboard to enter a destination Demo navigation route Adding or editing Address Book entries or Avoid Areas

with lawful authority. Other parties may Privacy Information seek to access the information independently of Ford Motor Company and When you connect a cellular phone to Ford of Canada. For further privacy SYNC, the system creates a profile within information, see the sections on 911 Assist, your vehicle that links to that cellular Vehicle Health Report, and Traffic, phone. This profile helps in offering you Directions and Information. more cellular features and operating more efficiently. Among other things, this profile Using Voice Recognition may contain data about your cellular phone book, text messages (read and This system helps you control many unread), and call history, including history features using voice commands. This of calls when your cell phone was not allows you to keep your hands on the connected to the system. In addition, if you wheel and focus on what is in front of you. connect a media device, the system The system provides feedback through creates and retains an index of supported audible tones, prompts, questions and media content. The system also records a spoken confirmations depending on the short development log of approximately situation and the chosen level of 10 minutes of all recent system activity. interaction (voice settings). The log profile and other system data may The system also asks short questions be used to improve the system and help (confirmation prompts) when it is not sure diagnose any problems that may occur. of your request or when there are multiple The cellular profile, media device index, possible responses to your request. and development log remain in your When using voice commands, words and vehicle unless you delete them and are icons may appear in the lower left status generally accessible only in your vehicle bar indicating the status of the voice when the cellular phone or media player session (such as Listening, Success, Failed, is connected. If you no longer plan to use Paused or Try Again). the system or your vehicle, we recommend you perform a Master Reset to erase all How to Use Voice Commands with Your stored information. System System data cannot be accessed without Press the voice icon. After the special equipment and access to your tone, speak your command vehicle's SYNC module. Ford Motor E142599 clearly. Company and Ford of Canada do not access the system data for any purpose other than as described absent consent, a court order, or where required by law enforcement, other government authorities, or other third parties acting

437

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing MyFord Touch™ (If Equipped)

• Speak naturally, without long pauses These commands can be said at any time between words. during a voice session • At any time, you can interrupt the system while it is speaking by pressing "Cancel" the voice icon. "Exit" Accessing a List of Available Commands "Go back" • If you use the touchscreen, press the "List of commands" Settings icon > Help > Voice Command List. "Main menu" • If you use the steering wheel control, press the voice icon. After the tone, "Next page" speak your command clearly. "Previous page" Available voice commands "What can I say?" "Audio list of commands" "Help" "Bluetooth audio list of commands" What Can I Say? "Browse list of commands" To access the available voice commands for the current session, do one of the "CD list of commands" following: "Climate control list of commands" • During a voice session, press the Help icon (?) in the lower left status bar of "List of commands" the screen. "Navigation list of commands" * • Say, "What can I say?" for an on-screen listing of the possible voice "Phone list of commands" commands associated with your current voice session. "Radio list of commands" • Press the voice icon. After the tone, say, "SD card list of commands" "Help" to hear a list of possible voice commands. "Sirius satellite list of commands" ** Helpful Hints "Travel link list of commands" * • Make sure the interior of your vehicle is as quiet as possible. Wind noise from "USB list of commands" open windows and road vibrations may "Voice instructions list of commands" prevent the system from correctly recognizing spoken commands. • After pressing the voice icon, wait until after the tone sounds and Listening appears before saying a command. Any command spoken prior to this does not register with the system.

438

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing MyFord Touch™ (If Equipped)

Available voice commands 2. Select from: • Interaction Mode "Voice settings list of commands" • Confirmation Prompts "Help" • Media Candidate Lists * This command is only available when • Phone Candidate Lists your vehicle is equipped with the • Voice Control Volume. navigation system, and the navigation To access these settings using voice system SD card is in the card slot. commands: ** This command is only available when 1. Press the voice icon. Wait for the you have an active SIRIUS satellite radio prompt "Please say a command". subscription. Another tone sounds to let you know the system is listening. Voice Settings 2. Say any of the following commands: Voice settings allow you to customize the level of system interaction, help and Voice settings using voice commands feedback. The system defaults to standard interaction that uses candidate lists and "Confirmation prompts off" confirmation prompts as these provide the highest level of guidance and feedback. "Confirmation prompts on" • Interaction Mode: Novice mode "Interaction mode advanced" provides detailed interaction and guidance while the advanced mode "Interaction mode novice" has less audible interaction and more "Media candidate lists off" tone prompts. • Confirmation Prompts: The system "Media candidate lists on" uses these short questions to confirm your voice request. If turned off, the "Phone candidate lists off" system simply makes a best guess as "Phone candidate lists on" to what you requested. The system may still occasionally ask you to "Help" confirm settings. • Phone and Media Candidate Lists: Using Voice Commands with the Candidate lists are lists of possible Touchscreen Options results from your voice commands. The Your voice system has a dual mode feature system creates these lists when it has which allows you to switch between using the same confidence level of several voice commands and making on-screen options based on your voice command. selections. This is available only when the To access these settings using the system displays a list of candidates touchscreen: generated during a voice session. For example, when entering in a street address 1. Press the Settings icon > Settings > or trying to call a contact from the phone Voice Control. you paired to the system.

439

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing MyFord Touch™ (If Equipped)

SETTINGS

A B C D E F

E161968

A Clock B Display C Sound D Vehicle E Settings HelpF

Under this menu, you can set Note: If the battery has been disconnected, your clock, access and adjust the your vehicle needs to acquire a GPS signal E142607 display, sound and vehicle to update the clock. Once your vehicle settings as well as access settings for acquires the signal, it may take a few specific modes or the help feature. minutes for the update to display the correct time. Clock Note: You cannot manually set the date. Your vehicle’s GPS does this for you. 1. Press the Settings icon > Clock. 2. Press + and - to adjust the time.

440

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing MyFord Touch™ (If Equipped)

From this screen, you can also make other • Auto Dim Manual Offset allows you adjustments such as 12-hour or 24-hour to adjust screen dimming as the mode, activate GPS time synchronization outside lighting conditions change from and have the system automatically update day to night. This feature also allows new time zones. you to adjust screen brightness using the instrument panel dimming control. You can also turn the outside air temperature display off and on. It appears • Edit Wallpaper at the top center of the touchscreen, next • You can have your touchscreen to the time and date. display the default photo or upload The system automatically saves any your own. updates you make to the settings. Uploading Photos for Your Home Display Screen Wallpaper You can adjust the touchscreen display Note: You cannot load photos directly from through the touchscreen or by pressing the your camera. You must access the photos voice button on your steering wheel either from your USB mass storage device controls and when prompted, say, "Display or from an SD card. settings". Note: Photographs with extremely large Press the Settings icon > dimensions (such as 2048 x 1536) may not Display, to access and make be compatible and appear as a blank E142607 adjustments using the (black) image on the display. touchscreen. Your system allows you to upload and view up to 32 photos. • Brightness allows you to make the screen display brighter or dimmer. To access, press the Settings icon > Display > Edit • Auto DIM, when set to On, lets you use Wallpaper, and then follow the the Auto Dim Manual Offset feature. system prompts to upload your When set to Off, screen brightness photographs. does not change. • Mode allows you to set the screen to Only photographs that meet the following a certain brightness or have the system conditions display: automatically change based on the • Compatible file formats are as follows: outside light level, or turn the display .jpg, .gif, .png, .bmp off. • Each file must be 1.5 MB or less. • If you select AUTO or NIGHT, you have the options of turning the • Recommended dimensions: 800 x 384 display's Auto Dim feature on or off and changing the Auto Dim Manual Sound Offset feature. Press the Settings icon > Sound, then select from the following:

441

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing MyFord Touch™ (If Equipped)

Vehicle Health Report (If Equipped, US Sound Only) Bass Turn Automatic Reminders on and off and set the mileage interval at which you Midrange would like to receive the reports. Press ? for more information on these selections. Treble When done making your selections, press Set Balance and Fade Run Vehicle Health Report Now if you want your report. * DSP You can find more information on Vehicle

* Health Report in this chapter. See Occupancy Mode Information (page 473). Speed Compensated Volume Camera Settings * Your vehicle may not have these sound This menu allows you to access settings settings. for your rear view camera. Vehicle Press the Settings icon > Vehicle > Camera Settings, Press the Settings icon > then select from the following Vehicle, then select from the settings: E142607 following: • Enhanced Park Aids. • Ambient Lighting. • Rear Camera Delay. • Vehicle Health Report. You can find more information on the rear • Camera Settings. view camera in another chapter. See Rear • Enable Valet Mode. View Camera (page 205). Ambient Lighting (If Equipped) Enable Valet Mode When you turn this feature on, ambient Valet mode allows you to lock the system. lighting illuminates various places, such as No information is accessible until the the footwells, with a choice of colors. To system is unlocked with the correct PIN. access and make adjustments:

1. Press the Settings icon > Vehicle > 1. Press the Settings icon > Vehicle > Enable Valet Mode. Ambient Lighting. 2. Enter a four-digit pin twice, as 2. Touch the desired color. prompted. 3. Use the scroll bar to increase or After you press Continue, the system locks decrease the intensity. until you enter the PIN again. To turn the feature on or off, press the Note: If the system locks, and you need to power button. reset the PIN, please contact the Customer Relationship Center.

442

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing MyFord Touch™ (If Equipped)

United States: 1-800-392-3673 System Canada: 1-800-565-3673 Press the Settings icon > Settings Settings > System, then select E142607 from the following: Access and adjust system settings, voice features, as well as phone, navigation and wireless settings.

System Language Select to have the touchscreen display in English, Spanish or French. Distance Select to display units in kilometers or miles. Temperature Select to display units in Celsius or Fahrenheit. System Prompt Volume Adjust the volume of voice prompts from the system. Touch Screen Button Beep Select to have the system beep to confirm choices made through the touchscreen. Touch Panel Button Beep Select to have the system beep to confirm button choices made through the climate or audio system. Keyboard Layout Have the touchscreen keyboard display in QWERTY or ABC format. Install Applications Install any downloaded applications or view the current software licenses. Master Reset Select to restore factory defaults. This erases all personal settings and personal data.

Voice Control Press the Settings icon > Settings > Voice Control, then select from the following:

443

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing MyFord Touch™ (If Equipped)

Voice control Interaction Mode Standard interaction mode provides more detailed interaction and guidance. Advanced mode has less audible interaction and more tone prompts. Confirmation Prompts Have the system ask you short questions if it has not clearly heard or understood your request.* Media Candidate Lists Candidate lists are possible results from your voice commands. The system simply makes a best guess at your request with these turned off. Phone Candidate Lists Candidate lists are possible results from your voice commands. The system simply makes a best guess at your request with these turned off. Voice Control Volume This allows you to adjust the system’s voice volume level.

* Even with confirmation prompts turned off, the system may occasionally ask you to confirm settings.

Media Player Press the Settings icon > Settings > Media Player, then E142607 select from the following:

Media player Autoplay When this feature is on, the system automatically switches to the media source upon initial connection. This allows you to listen to music during the indexing process. When this feature is off, the system does not automatically switch to the inserted media source. Bluetooth Devices Select to connect, disconnect, add or delete a device. You can also set a device as your favorite so that the system automatically attempts to connect to that device at every ignition cycle. Index Bluetooth Audio When this feature is on, the system automatically indexes Devices media on your connected Bluetooth device.

444

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing MyFord Touch™ (If Equipped)

Media player Gracenote Database Info This allows you to view the version level of the Gracenote Database. Gracenote Management With this feature on, the Gracenote Database supplies metadata information for your music files. This overrides information from your device. This feature defaults to off. Cover Art Priority With this feature on, the Gracenote Database supplies cover art for your music files. This overrides any art from your device. This feature defaults to Media Player.

Navigation Press the Settings icon > Settings > Navigation, then E142607 select from the following:

Navigation Map Preferences Switch breadcrumbs on and off. Have the system display your turn list top to bottom or bottom to top. Switch the Parking POI notification on and off. Route Preferences Choose to have the system display the Shortest, Fastest or most Ecological route first. If you set Always Use Preferred Route to Yes, the system uses the selected route type to calculate only one route to the desired destination. Always Use Preferred Route bypasses route selection in destination programming. The system only calculates one route based on the preferred route setting. Eco Time Penalty allows you to select a low, medium or high cost for the calculated Eco Route. The higher the setting, the longer the time allotment is for the route. Have the system avoid freeways. Have the system avoid tollroads. Have the system avoid ferries or car trains. Have the system use HOV (high-occupancy vehicle) lanes. Navigation Preferences Have the system use guidance prompts.

445

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing MyFord Touch™ (If Equipped)

Navigation Have the system automatically fill in State/Province information. Traffic Preferences Have the system display areas where roadwork occurs. Have the system display incident icons. Have the system display areas where difficult driving conditions may occur. Have the system display areas where snow and ice on the road may occur. Have the system display any smog alerts. Have the system display weather warnings. Have the system display where there may be reduced visibility. Have the system switch on your radio for traffic announcements. Have the system avoid traffic problems automatically. Switch traffic alert notifications on and off. Have the system display accident icons. Have the system display traffic jam icons. Have the system display closed roads. Avoid Areas Enter specific areas that you would like to avoid on planned navigation routes.

Phone Press the Settings icon > Settings > Phone, then select E142607 from the following:

446

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing MyFord Touch™ (If Equipped)

Phone Bluetooth Devices Connect, disconnect, add or delete a device, as well as save it as a favorite. Bluetooth Turn Bluetooth on and off. Do Not Disturb Have all calls go directly to your voice mail and not ring inside your vehicle. With this feature turned on, text message notifications are also suppressed and do not ring inside your vehicle. 911 Assist Turn on or turn off the 911 Assist feature. See Information (page 473). Phone Ringer Select the type of notification for phone calls - ring tone, beep, text to speech, or have it be silent. Text Message Notification Select the type of notification for text messages - alert tone, beep, text to speech, or have it be silent. Internet Data Connection If compatible with your phone, you can adjust your internet data connection. Select to make your connection profile with the personal area network or to turn off your connection. You can also choose to adjust your settings or have the system always connect, never connect when roaming or query on connect. Press ? for more information. Manage Phonebook Access features, such as automatic phonebook download, re-download your phonebook, add contacts from your phone as well as delete or upload your phonebook. Roaming Warning Have the system alert you when in Roaming mode.

feature, everyone in your vehicle can also Wireless & Internet gain access the internet if you have a USB Your system has a Wi-Fi feature that mobile broadband connection inside your creates a wireless network within your vehicle, your phone supports personal area vehicle, thereby allowing other devices networking and if you park outside a (such as personal computers or phones) wireless hotspot. in your vehicle to speak to each other, Press the Settings icon > share files or play games. Using this Wi-Fi Settings > Wireless & E142607 Internet, then select from the following:

447

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing MyFord Touch™ (If Equipped)

Wi-Fi Wi-Fi Settings Wi-Fi Network (Client) Mode turns the Wi-Fi feature on and off in your vehicle. Make sure you turn it on for connectivity purposes. Choose a Wireless Network allows you to use a previously stored wireless network. You can categorize by alphabetical listing, priority and signal strength. You can also choose to search for a network, connect to a network, disconnect from a network, receive more information, prioritize a network or delete a network. Gateway (Access Point) Mode makes SYNC an access point for a phone or a computer when turned on. This forms the local area network within your vehicle for things, such as game playing, file transfer and internet browsing. Press ? for more information. Gateway (Access Point) Settings allows you to view and change settings for using SYNC as the internet gateway. Gateway (Access Point) Device List allows you to view recent connections to your Wi-Fi system. USB Mobile Broadband Instead of using Wi-Fi, your system can also use a USB mobile broadband connection to access the internet. (You must turn on your mobile broadband device on your personal computer before connecting it to the system.) This screen allows you to set up what is your typical area for your USB mobile broadband connection. (USB mobile broadband settings may not display if the device is already on.) You can select the following: Country, Carrier, Phone Number, User Name and Password. Bluetooth Settings Shows you the currently paired devices as well as giving you your typical Bluetooth options to connect, disconnect, set as favorite, delete and add device. Bluetooth is a registered trademark of the Bluetooth SIG. Prioritize Connection Choose your connection methods and change them as Methods needed. You can select to Change Order and have the system either always attempt to connect using a USB mobile broadband or using Wi-Fi.

448

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing MyFord Touch™ (If Equipped)

The Wi-Fi CERTIFIED Logo is a certification mark of the Wi-Fi Alliance. Help Press the Settings icon > Help, then select from the following: E142607

E142626

Help System Information Touchscreen system serial number Your vehicle identification number (VIN) Touchscreen system software version Navigation system version Map database version Sirius satellite radio ESN Gracenote Database Information and Library version Software Licenses View the licenses for any software and applications installed on your system. Driving Restrictions Certain features are not accessible when your vehicle is moving. 911 Assist Turn on and turn off the 911 Assist feature. See Informa- tion (page 473). In Case of Emergency (ICE) Quick Dial: allows you to save up to two numbers as ICE contacts for quick access if there is an emergency. Select Edit to access your phonebook and then select the desired contacts. The numbers then appear as options on this screen for the ICE 1 and ICE 2 buttons. The ICE contacts you select appear at the end of the 911 Assist call process. Voice Command List View categorized lists of voice commands.

449

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing MyFord Touch™ (If Equipped)

To access Help using the voice commands, say "Help". The system provides allowable press the voice button, then, after the tone, voice commands for the current mode.

ENTERTAINMENT

A B G C D E H F

E161892

A AM 1 and AM AST B FM 1, FM 2 and FM AST C SIRIUS CDD USBE F Touch this button to scroll down for more options, such as SD Card, BT Stereo and Line In G These buttons change with the media mode you are in. H Radio memory presets and CD controls.

Note: Some features may not be available Browsing Device Content in your area. Contact an authorized dealer for more information. When listening to audio on a device, you You can access these options using the can browse through other devices without touchscreen or voice commands. having to change sources. For example, if you are currently listening to audio on an SD card, you can browse all the artists that are stored on your USB device.

450

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing MyFord Touch™ (If Equipped)

Press the voice icon on the Your voice system allows you to change steering wheel. When prompted, audio sources with a simple voice E142599 you can say: command. For example, if you are listening to music on a USB device, then want to switch to a satellite radio channel, simply "BROWSE" within devices press the voice button on the steering

* wheel controls and say the name of the "Browse" SIRIUS station (such as, "the Highway"). The following voice commands are ** "Browse games" available at the top level of the voice session no matter which current audio "Browse channels"** source you are listening to (such as a USB device or SIRIUS satellite radio). "Browse SD card" Note: This is only available when your "Browse Sirius channel guide"** MyFord Touch system language is set to North American English. "Browse USB" "Help" Sample commands

* "<87.9-107.9>" If you only say, "Browse", you can then say any commands in the following chart. "<530-1710>" **This command is only usable if you have ""* an active subscription to SIRIUS satellite radio. "AM <530-1710>"

"BROWSE" "FM <87.9-107.9>"

** " Games"* "Play [album] "

** " channels"* "Play [artist] "

** "SD card"** "Play [genre] "

** "Sirius Channel Guide"* "Play [playlist] "

** "USB"** "Play [song] " "Help" "Play "

* "Play by " an active subscription to SIRIUS satellite radio. ** For more commands in SD card or USB mode, see the "SD Card and USB Port" section of this chapter.

451

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing MyFord Touch™ (If Equipped)

Sample commands Options Sound Settings "Sirius <0-223>"* Touch this button to adjust settings for: * "Sports games" • Bass * This command is only usable if you have • Midrange an active subscription to SIRIUS satellite • Treble radio. • Balance and Fade ** The commands that have [ ] around the • DSP (Digital Signal Processing) word means that the word is optional. For • Occupancy Mode example, if you say, "Play Metallica", this is the same as the voice command, "Play • Speed Compensated Volume. [artist] ". Note: Your vehicle may not have all these sound settings. AM/FM Radio Set PTY for Seek/Scan Touch the AM or FM tab to listen to the radio. This allows you to select a category of E142611 music you would like to search for. You can To change between AM and FM presets, then choose to either seek or scan for the just touch the AM or FM tab. stations playing that category. RDS Text Display Memory Presets This allows you to view the information Save a station by pressing and holding one broadcast by FM stations. of the memory preset areas. There is a brief mute while the radio saves the station. AST Sound returns when finished. AST (Autostore) allows you to have the HD Radio system automatically store the six strongest stations in your current location. Touch this button to turn HD Radio on. The light on the button illuminates when the TAG Button feature is on. HD Radio allows you to receive radio broadcasts digitally, where This feature is available when HD Radio is available, providing free, crystal-clear on, and allows you to tag a song to sound. See HD Radio information later in download later. When you select On, TAG this chapter. appears on-screen when HD Radio is active. You can touch TAG to save the Scan information of the song that is playing. When you plug in your portable music Touch this button to go to the next strong player, the information transfers, if AM or FM radio station. The light on the supported by your device. When you are button illuminates when the feature is on. connected to iTunes, the tags appear to remind you of the songs you would like to download. See HD Radio information later in this chapter.

452

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing MyFord Touch™ (If Equipped)

Direct Tune The multicast indicator appears in FM mode (only) if the current station is Touch this button to manually enter the broadcasting multiple digital broadcasts. desired station number. Touch Enter when The highlighted numbers signify available you are done. digital channels where new or different HD Radio™ Information (If Available) content is available. HD1 signifies the main programming status and is available in Note: HD Radio broadcasts are not analog and digital broadcasts. Other available in all markets. multicast stations (HD2 through HD7) are only available digitally. HD Radio technology is the digital evolution of analog AM/FM radio. Your TAG allows you to save a song to system has a special receiver that allows download later when you are on an it to receive digital broadcasts (where acquired HD Radio station and the feature available) in addition to the analog is on. To turn the feature on and use it: broadcasts, it already receives. Digital 1. Press AM or FM > Options > TAG broadcasts provide a better sound quality Button > On. than analog broadcasts with free, crystal-clear audio and no static or 2. When you hear a song you like, touch distortion. For more information, and a TAG. guide to available stations and 3. The system automatically saves the programming, please visit song's information and transfers it to www.hdradio.com. your portable music player (if When HD Radio is on and you tune to a supported) when you connect it to the station broadcasting HD Radio technology, system. The system automatically you may notice the following indicators on transfers the tag to your player (if your screen: already connected) and a pop-up confirms the transfer. 4. When you access iTunes with your portable music player, the tags appear to you as a reminder. The system allows you to tag up to approximately 100 songs. For a list of devices that support tagging, see www.SYNCMyRide.com, www.SYNCMyRide.ca or E142616 www.syncmaroute.ca. The HD Radio logo is grey when acquiring a digital station, and then changes to orange when digital audio is playing. When this logo is available, you may also see Title and Artist fields on-screen.

453

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing MyFord Touch™ (If Equipped)

When HD Radio broadcasts are active, you • Memory presets allow you to save an can access the following functions: active channel as a memory preset. • Scan allows you to hear a brief Touch and hold a memory preset slot sampling of all available stations. This until the sound returns. There is a brief feature still works when HD Radio mute while the radio saves the station. reception is on, although it does not Sound returns when finished. When scan for HD2-HD7 channels. You may switching to an HD2 or HD3 memory see the HD logo appear if the station preset, the sound mutes before the has a digital broadcast. digital audio plays, because the system has to reacquire the digital signal. Note: As with any saved radio station, you cannot access the saved station if your vehicle is outside the station’s reception area.

HD Radio Reception and Station Troubleshooting

454

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing MyFord Touch™ (If Equipped)

Potential station issues

* http://www.ibiquity.com/automotive/report_radio_station_experiences

HD Radio Technology manufactured under Radio Voice Commands license from iBiquity Digital Corp. U.S. and If you are listening to the radio, foreign patents. HD Radio and the HD and press the voice button on the HD Radio logos are proprietary trademarks E142599 steering wheel controls. When of iBiquity Digital Corp. Ford Motor prompted, say any of the following Company and iBiquity Digital Corp. are not commands. responsible for the content sent using HD Radio technology. Content may be If you are not listening to the radio, press changed, added or deleted at any time at the voice button and, after the tone, say the station owner's discretion. "Radio", then any of the following commands.

455

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing MyFord Touch™ (If Equipped)

"RADIO" "RADIO" "Tune"3 "<87.9-107.9>" "Help" "<87.9-107.9> HD"1 1 If available. "<530-1710>" 2 If you have said "Browse", see the "AM" "Browse" chart later in this section. "AM <530-1710>" 3 If you have said "Tune", see the following "Tune" chart. "AM autoset" "AM autoset preset <#>" "TUNE" "AM preset <#>" "<530-1710>"

"Browse"2 "<87.9-107.9>" "FM" "<87.9-107.9> HD <#>"* "FM <87.9-107.9>" "AM"

"FM <87.9-107.9> HD <#>"1 "AM <530-1710>" "FM autoset" "AM autoset" "FM autoset preset <#>" "AM autoset preset <#>" "FM preset <#>" "AM preset <#>" "FM 1" "FM" "FM 1 preset <#>" "FM <87.9-107.9>" "FM 2" "FM <87.9-107.9> HD <#>"* "FM 2 preset <#>" "FM autoset"

"HD <#>"1 "FM autoset preset <#>" "Preset <#>" "FM preset <#>" "Radio off" "FM 1" "Radio on" "FM 1 preset <#>" "Set PTY" "FM 2" "FM 2 preset <#>"

456

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing MyFord Touch™ (If Equipped)

"TUNE" Replay

* Replay audio on the current channel. You "HD <#>" can replay approximately 45 minutes of audio as long as you have remained tuned "Preset <#>" to the current station. Changing stations "Help" erases the previous audio. While in replay mode: * If available. • Press and release the seek buttons to SIRIUS® Satellite Radio (If hear the previous or next song. Activated) • Press and hold the seek buttons to reverse or fast forward in the current Press the lower left corner of the track. touchscreen, and then select the E142611 SIRIUS tab. • Press play or pause to play or pause the audio. Memory Presets • Press Replay to return to live audio if you have been using the feature to Save a channel by pressing and holding replay audio. one of the memory preset areas. There is a brief mute while the radio saves the Scan channel. Sound returns when finished. Touch this button to hear a brief sampling ALERT of channels. Save the current song, artist, or team as a Options favorite. Touch this button to view and adjust If you are listening to music, you can save various media settings. the song or artist, so the system can alert you when they are playing on a satellite Sound Settings radio channel. If you are listening to a Touch this button to adjust settings for: sporting event, you can save your favorite teams so the system can alert you when • Bass they are playing on a satellite radio • Midrange channel. You can also edit alerts or turn • Treble alerts on or off. • Balance and Fade When an alert appears on the screen, you can choose to tune to the channel, cancel • DSP (Digital Signal Processing) the alert or turn off alerts. • Occupancy Mode Note: SIRIUS does not support the Alert • Speed Compensated Volume. feature on all channels. Ford Motor Note: Your vehicle may not have all these Company shall not be responsible for Alert sound settings. feature variation.

457

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing MyFord Touch™ (If Equipped)

Set Category for Seek/Scan SIRIUS Satellite Radio Information This allows you to select a category of Note: SIRIUS reserves the unrestricted right music you would like to search for. You can to change, rearrange, add or delete then choose to either seek or scan for the programming including canceling, moving stations playing that category. or adding particular channels, and its prices, at any time, with or without notice to you. Parental Lockout Ford Motor Company shall not be This allows you to lock and unlock responsible for any such programming channels, change or reset your PIN or changes. unlock all channels. To use this feature, you need your initial PIN, which is 1234. Artist/Title/Team Alerts This feature allows you turn alerts on and off. E142593 Electronic Serial Number (ESN) SIRIUS satellite radio is a SIRIUS requires this number when subscription-based satellite radio service communicating with you about your that broadcasts a variety of music, sports, account. news, weather, traffic and entertainment programming. Your factory-installed Direct Tune SIRIUS satellite radio system includes Touch this button to manually enter the hardware and a limited subscription term desired satellite channel number. Touch that begins on the date of sale or lease of Enter when you are done. your vehicle. See an authorized dealer for availability. Browse For more information on extended Touch this button to view a list of all subscription terms (a service fee is available stations. Scroll to see more required), the online media player and a categories. Touch the station you want to list of SIRIUS satellite radio channels, and listen to. other features, please visit www.siriusxm.com in the United States, Touch Skip if you want to skip this www.sirius.ca in Canada, or call SIRIUS at channel. 1-888-539-7474. Touch Lock if you do not want anyone to Note: This receiver includes the eCos listen to this channel. real-time operating system. eCos is Touch Title or Artist to see song and published under the eCos License. artists on other stations.

458

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing MyFord Touch™ (If Equipped)

Satellite Radio Electronic Serial Number is on the System Information Screen (SR (ESN) ESN:XXXXXXXXXXXX). To access your You need your ESN to activate, modify or ESN, touch the bottom left corner of the SIRIUS > Options. track your satellite radio account. The ESN touchscreen. Touch SIRIUS Satellite Radio Reception Factors and Troubleshooting

Potential reception issues Antenna obstructions For optimal reception performance, keep the antenna clear of snow and ice build-up and keep luggage and other materials as far away from the antenna as possible. Terrain Hills, mountains, tall buildings, bridges, tunnels, freeway overpasses, parking garages, dense tree foliage and thunderstorms can interfere with your reception. Station overload When you pass a ground-based broadcast-repeating tower, a stronger signal may overtake a weaker one and the audio system may mute. Satellite radio signal interfer- Your display may show ACQUIRING... to indicate the ence interference and the audio system may mute.

Troubleshooting tips

Radio display Cause Action Acquiring... Radio requires more than No action required. This two seconds to produce message should disappear audio for the selected shortly. channel. Sat Fault/SIRIUS System There is an internal module If this message does not Failure. or system failure present. clear shortly, or with an ignition key cycle, your receiver may have a fault. See an authorized dealer for service. Invalid Channel. The channel is no longer Tune to another channel or available. choose another preset. Unsubscribed Channel. Your subscription does not Contact SIRIUS at 1-888- include this channel. 539-7474 to subscribe to the channel, or tune to another channel.

459

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing MyFord Touch™ (If Equipped)

Troubleshooting tips

Radio display Cause Action No Signal. The signal is lost from the The signal is blocked. When SIRIUS satellite or SIRIUS you move into an open area, tower to your vehicle the signal should return. antenna. Updating. Update of channel No action required. The programming in progress. process may take up to three minutes. Call SIRIUS Your satellite service is no Contact SIRIUS at 1-888- 1-888-539-7474. longer available. 539-7474 to resolve subscription issues. None found. Check Channel All the channels in the Use the channel guide to Guide. selected category are either turn off the Lock or Skip skipped or locked. function on that station. Subscription Updated. SIRIUS has updated the No action required. channels available for your vehicle.

SIRIUS Satellite Radio Voice "SIRIUS" Commands "SAT 1" If you are listening to SIRIUS "SAT 1 Preset <#>" satellite radio, press the voice E142599 button on the steering wheel "SAT 2" controls. When prompted, say any of the following commands. "SAT 2 preset <#>" If you are not listening to SIRIUS satellite "SAT 3" radio, press the voice button and, after the tone, say "SIRIUS", then any of the "SAT 3 preset <#>" following commands. "Sirius <0-223>" "Sirius off" "SIRIUS" "Sirius on" "" * "Preset <#>" "Sports game" "SAT" "SAT preset <#>"

460

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing MyFord Touch™ (If Equipped)

"SIRIUS" CD

** Press the lower left corner of the "Tune" touchscreen, and then select the E142611 "Help" CD tab.

* If you have said "Sports game", see the You can also advance and reverse the current track or current folder, if applicable. following "Sports game" chart. ** If you have said "Tune", see the following Repeat "Tune" chart. Touch this button to repeat the currently playing track, all tracks on the disc or turn "SPORTS GAME" the feature off if already on. "Tune to the game" Shuffle "Tune to the game" Touch this button to play the tracks or entire albums in random order, or turn the "Tune to the feature off if already on. game" "Tune to the game" Scan Touch this button to hear a brief sampling "Help" of all available tracks.

"TUNE" More Info "" Touch this button to see disc information. "Preset <#>" Options "SAT" Sound Settings "SAT 1" Touch this button to adjust settings for: • Bass "SAT 1 preset <#>" • Midrange "SAT 2" • Treble "SAT 2 preset <#>" • Balance and Fade • DSP (Digital Signal Processing) "SAT 3" • Occupancy Mode "SAT 3 preset <#>" • Speed Compensated Volume. "Sirius <0-223>" Note: Your vehicle may not have all these sound settings. "Help" Compression Touch this button to turn the compression feature on and off.

461

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing MyFord Touch™ (If Equipped)

Browse SD Card Slot and USB Port Touch this button to look through all SD Card available CD tracks. Note: Your SD card slot is spring-loaded. CD Voice Commands To remove the SD card, press the card in and the system ejects it. Do not attempt to If you are listening to a CD, press pull the card to remove it as this could cause the voice button on the steering damage. E142599 wheel controls. When prompted, say any of the following commands. Note: The navigation system also uses this card slot. See Navigation (page 485). If you are not listening to a CD, press the voice button and, after the tone, say "CD", then any of the following commands.

"CD" "Pause" "Play" "Play next track" "Play previous track" E175710 "Play track <1-512>" The SD card slot is located in the center "Repeat" console. To access and play music from your device, press the lower left corner of "Repeat folder"* the touchscreen. "Repeat off" "Repeat track" "Shuffle"

"Shuffle CD"*

"Shuffle folder"* E142620 "Shuffle off" SD logo is a trademark of SD-3C, LLC. "Help"

*This applies to WMA or MP3 files only.

462

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing MyFord Touch™ (If Equipped)

USB Port More Info Touch this button to see disc information such as current track, artist name, album and genre. Options Touch this button to view and adjust various media settings. Sound Settings allows you to adjust settings for: • Bass

E175711 • Midrange • Treble The USB ports are located in the center console. To access and play music from • Balance and Fade your device, press the lower left corner of • DSP (Digital Signal Processing) the touchscreen. • Occupancy Mode This feature allows you to plug in media • Speed Compensated Volume. playing devices, memory sticks, flash drives or thumb drives, and charge devices if they Note: Your vehicle may not have all these support this feature. sound settings. Media Player Settings allows you to Playing Music from Your Device select more settings, which is under Media Note: The system is capable of indexing up Player. See Settings (page 440). to 30,000 songs. Device Information displays software Insert your device and select the and firmware information about the SD Card or USB tab once the currently connected media device. E142611 system recognizes it. You can Update Media Index indexes your device then select from the following options: when you connect it for the first time and each time the content changes (such as Repeat adding or removing tracks) to make sure you have the latest voice commands This feature replays the currently playing available for all media on the device. song or album. Browse Shuffle This feature allows you to view the Touch this button to play music on the contents of the device. It also allows you selected album or folder in random order. to search by categories, such as genre, artist or album. Similar Music If you want to view song information such This feature allows you to choose music as Title, Artist, File, Folder, Album, and similar to what is currently playing. Genre, touch the on-screen album art.

463

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing MyFord Touch™ (If Equipped)

You can also touch What’s Playing to "USB" or "SD CARD" hear how the system pronounces the current band and song. This can be helpful "Play podcast " when using voice commands to make sure the system correctly plays your request. "Play podcast episode " SD Card and USB Voice Commands "Play similar music" If you are listening to a USB "Play song " device or an SD card, press the ** E142599 voice button on the steering "Play TV show " wheel controls. When prompted, say any ** of the following commands. "Play TV show episode "

If you are not listening to a USB device or ** "Play video " an SD card, press the voice button and, after the tone, say "USB" or "SD card", ** then any of the following commands. "Play video podcast " "Play video podcast episode "** "USB" or "SD CARD" "Play video playlist "** "Browse"* "Previous" "Next" "Repeat all" "Pause" "Repeat off" "Play" "Repeat one" "Play album " "Shuffle" "Play all" "Shuffle album" "Play artist " "Shuffle off" "Play audiobook " "What's this?" "Play author " "Help" "Play composer " * If you have said you would like to browse "Play folder " your USB or SD card, the system prompts you to specify what you would like to "Play genre " browse. When prompted, see the following

** "Browse" chart. "Play movie " ** These commands are only available in "Play music video "** USB mode and are device-dependent. "Play playlist "

464

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing MyFord Touch™ (If Equipped)

"BROWSE" "BROWSE" "TV show "* "Album "

* "All albums" "Video "

"All artists" "Video playlist "*

"All audiobooks" * "Video podcast " "All authors" "Help" "All composers" * This command is only available in USB "All folders" mode and is device-dependent. "All genres" Supported Media Players, Formats and Metadata Information "All movies"* SYNC is capable of hosting nearly any "All music videos"* digital media player, including iPod, Zune™, plays from device players, and "All playlists" most USB drives. Supported audio formats include MP3, WMA, WAV and AAC. "All podcasts" It is also able to organize your indexed "All songs" media from your playing device by metadata tags. Metadata tags, which are * "All TV shows" descriptive software identifiers embedded in the media files, provide information "All video playlists"* about the file.

* If your indexed media files contain no "All video podcasts" information embedded in these metadata

* tags, SYNC may classify the empty "All videos" metadata tags as Unknown. "Artist " Bluetooth Audio "Audiobook " Your system allows you to stream audio "Author " over your vehicle's speakers from your connected, Bluetooth-enabled cellular "Composer " phone. "Folder " To access, press the lower left corner on the touchscreen, then "Genre " E142611 select the BT Stereo tab. "Playlist " "Podcast "

465

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing MyFord Touch™ (If Equipped)

Bluetooth Audio Voice Commands Your auxiliary input jack allows you to play music from your portable music player over If you are listening to a Bluetooth your vehicle's speakers. The jack is located audio device, press the voice in your center console. E142599 button on the steering wheel control. When prompted, say "Next song", Press the lower left corner of the "Pause", "Play" or "Previous song". touchscreen, and then select Line In. If you are not listening to a Bluetooth audio To use the auxiliary input jack feature, device, press the voice button and, after make sure that your portable music player the tone, say "Next song", "Pause", "Play" is designed for use with headphones and or "Previous song". that it is fully charged. You also need an audio extension cable with stereo male Line In 1/8-inch (3.5 millimeter) connectors at both ends. WARNINGS 1. Switch off the engine, radio and Driving while distracted can result in portable music player. Set the parking loss of vehicle control, crash and brake and put the transmission in injury. We strongly recommend that position P. you use extreme caution when using any 2. Attach one end of the audio extension device that may take your focus off the cable to the headphone output of your road. Your primary responsibility is the safe player and the other end into the operation of your vehicle. We recommend adapter in one of the jacks inside the against the use of any handheld device center console. while driving and encourage the use of voice-operated systems when possible. 3. Press the lower left corner on the Make sure you are aware of all applicable touchscreen. Select either a tuned FM local laws that may affect the use of station or a CD (if there is a CD already electronic devices while driving. loaded into the system). 4. Adjust the volume as desired. For safety reasons, do not connect or adjust the settings on your 5. Turn the portable music player on and portable music player while your adjust the volume to ½ the maximum. vehicle is moving. 6. Press the lower left corner on the Store the portable music player in a touchscreen. Select the Line In tab. secure location, such as the center (You should hear audio from your console or the glove box, when your portable music player although it may vehicle is moving. Hard objects may be low.) become projectiles in a crash or sudden 7. Adjust the sound on your portable stop, which may increase the risk of serious music player until it reaches the level injury. The audio extension cable must be of the FM station or CD by switching long enough to allow the portable music back and forth between the controls. player to be safely stored while your vehicle is moving.

466

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing MyFord Touch™ (If Equipped)

Troubleshooting • If the music sounds distorted at lower listening levels, turn the portable music • Do not connect the audio input jack to player volume down. If the problem a line level output. The jack only works persists, replace or recharge the correctly with devices that have a batteries in the portable media player. headphone output with a volume control. • Control the portable media player in the same manner when used with • Do not set the portable music player's headphones, as the auxiliary input jack volume level higher than is necessary does not provide control (such as Play to match the volume of the CD or FM or Pause) over the attached portable radio as this causes distortion and media player. reduces sound quality.

PHONE

A B C D E F

E161968

A Phone B Quick Dial C Phonebook D History E Messaging F Settings

467

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing MyFord Touch™ (If Equipped)

Hands-free calling is one of the main The first thing you must do to use the features of SYNC. Once you pair your phone features of SYNC is to pair your phone, you can access many options using Bluetooth-enabled cellular phone with the touchscreen or voice commands. While SYNC. This allows you to use your phone the system supports a variety of features, in a hands-free manner. many are dependent on your cellular Note: Put the transmission in park (P). phone’s functionality. Switch on your vehicle ignition and the radio. At a minimum, most cellular phones with 1. Touch Add Phone in the upper left Bluetooth wireless technology support the corner of the touchscreen. Find SYNC following functions: appears on the screen, and instructs • Answering an incoming call. you to begin the pairing process from • Ending a call. your device. • Using privacy mode. 2. Make sure that Bluetooth is set to On and that your cellular phone is in the • Dialing a number. proper mode. See your phone’s manual • Redialing. if necessary. • Call waiting notification. Note: Select SYNC, and a six-digit PIN • Caller ID. appears on your device. Other features, such as text messaging 3. If prompted to enter a PIN on your using Bluetooth and automatic phonebook device, it does not support Secure download, are phone-dependent features. Simple Pairing. To pair, enter the PIN To check your phone’s compatibility, see displayed on the touchscreen. Skip the your phone’s user manual and visit next step. www.SYNCMyRide.com, 4. When prompted on your phone’s www.SYNCMyRide.ca or display, confirm that the PIN provided www.syncmaroute.ca. by SYNC matches the PIN displayed on your cellular phone. Pairing Your Phone for the First Time 5. The display indicates when the pairing is successful. WARNING SYNC may prompt you with more phone Driving while distracted can result in options. For more information on your loss of vehicle control, crash and phone's capability, see your phone's injury. We strongly recommend that manual and visit the website. you use extreme caution when using any device that may take your focus off the Pairing Subsequent Phones road. Your primary responsibility is the safe Note: Put the transmission in park (P). operation of your vehicle. We recommend Switch on your vehicle ignition and the radio. against the use of any handheld device while driving and encourage the use of 1. Press the Phone corner of the voice-operated systems when possible. touchscreen > Settings > BT Devices Make sure you are aware of all applicable > Add Device. local laws that may affect the use of electronic devices while driving.

468

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing MyFord Touch™ (If Equipped)

2. Make sure that Bluetooth is set to On Ignore the call by doing nothing. SYNC logs and that your cellular phone is in the it as a missed call. proper mode. See your phone’s manual if necessary. Phone Menu Options Note: Select SYNC, and a six-digit PIN Press the top left corner on your appears on your device. touchscreen to select from the following 3. If prompted to enter a PIN on your options: device, it does not support Secure Simple Pairing. To pair, enter the PIN Phone displayed on the touchscreen. Skip the Touch this button to access the on-screen next step. numerical pad to enter a number and place 4. When prompted on your phone’s a call. During an active call, you can also display, confirm that the PIN provided choose to: by SYNC matches the PIN displayed • Mute the call. on your cellular phone. • Put the call on hold. 5. The display indicates when the pairing • Turn on the privacy feature. is successful. • Join two calls. SYNC may prompt you with more phone options. For more information on your • End the call. phone's capability, see your phone's Quick Dial manual and visit the website. Set up favorite contacts from your Making Calls phonebook or history folder. Press the voice button on your Phonebook steering wheel controls. When E142599 prompted, say, "Call " Touch this button to access and call any or say "Dial", then the desired number. contacts in your previously downloaded phone book. The system places the entries To end the call or exit phone in alphabetical categories summarized at mode, press and hold the phone the top of the screen. E165966 button. To switch on contact picture settings, if your device supports this feature, press Receiving Calls Phone > Settings > Manage Phonebook During an incoming call, an audible tone > Download photos from Phonebook sounds. Call information appears in the > On. display if it is available. History Accept the call by pressing Accept on the touchscreen or After you connect your Bluetooth-enabled by pressing the phone button on phone to SYNC, you can access any your steering wheel controls. previously dialed, received or missed calls. You can also choose to save these to your Reject the call by pressing Reject on the Favorites or to Quick Dial. touchscreen or by pressing and holding the phone button on your steering wheel controls.

469

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing MyFord Touch™ (If Equipped)

Note: This is a phone-dependent feature. Composing a Text Message If your phone does not support downloading call history using Bluetooth, SYNC keeps Note: This is a speed-dependent feature. track of calls made with the SYNC system. It is unavailable when your vehicle is traveling at speeds over 3 mph (5 km/h). Messaging Note: Downloading and sending text Send text messages using your messages using Bluetooth are touchscreen. See Text messaging later phone-dependent features. in this section. 1. Touch the top left corner of the display to access the Phone menu. Settings 2. Touch Messaging > Send Text. Touch this button to access various phone 3. Enter a phone number or choose from settings, such as turning Bluetooth on and your phonebook. off, managing your phonebook and more. See Phone settings later in this section. 4. You can select from the following options: Text Messaging • Send, which sends the message as it is. Note: Downloading and sending text messages using Bluetooth are • Edit Text, which allows you to phone-dependent features. customize the pre-defined message or create a message on your own. Note: Certain features in text messaging are speed-dependent and not available You can then preview the message, verify when your vehicle is traveling at speeds over the recipient as well as update the 3 mph (5 km/h). message list. Note: SYNC does not download read text messages from your phone. Text message options You can send and receive text messages I’ll call you back in a few minutes. using Bluetooth, read them aloud and translate text messaging acronyms, such I just left, I’ll be there soon. as LOL. Can you give me a call? 1. Touch the top left corner of the display to access the Phone menu. I’m on my way. 2. Select Messaging. I’m running a few minutes late. 3. Choose from the following: I’m ahead of schedule, so I’ll be there • Listen (speaker icon). early. • Dial. I’m outside. • Send Text. I’ll call you when I get there. • View. • Delete. OK Yes No

470

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing MyFord Touch™ (If Equipped)

Text message options 911 Assist Thanks Turn on or turn off the 911 Assist feature. See Information (page 473). Stuck in traffic. Phone Ringer Call me later. Select the ring tone you want to hear when LOL you receive a call. Choose from possible system ring tones, your currently paired Receiving a Text Message phone’s ring tone, a beep, text-to-speech or a silent notification. Note: If you select View and your vehicle is traveling over 3 mph (5 km/h), the system Text Message Notification offers to read the message to you instead Select a text message notification, if of allowing you to view it while driving. supported by your phone. Choose from When a new message arrives, an audible possible system alert tones, tone sounds and the screen displays a text-to-speech or silent. pop-up with the caller name and ID, if supported by your phone. You can press: Internet Data Connection • View to view the text message. If your phone is compatible, use this screen • Listen for SYNC to read the message to adjust your internet data connection. to you. Select to make your connection profile with the personal area network or to switch • Dial to call the contact. off your connection. You can also choose • Ignore to exit the screen. to adjust your settings or have the system always connect, never connect when Phone Settings roaming or query on connect. Press ? for Press Phone > Settings. more information. Bluetooth Devices Manage Phonebook Touch this tab to connect, disconnect, add Touch this button to access features such or delete a device, as well as save it as a as automatic phonebook download, favorite. re-download your phonebook, add contacts from your phone as well as delete Bluetooth or upload your phonebook. Touch this tab to turn Bluetooth off or on. Roaming Warning Do Not Disturb Touch this button to have the system alert you when your phone is in roaming mode. Touch this tab if you want all calls to go directly to your voice mail and not ring in Phone Voice Commands the vehicle. When this feature is on, text message notifications do not ring inside Press the voice button on the the cabin either. steering wheel controls. When E142599 prompted, say any of the following commands:

471

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing MyFord Touch™ (If Equipped)

"PHONE" "PHONE" "Pair phone" "Call" "Privacy on"* "Call " "Read text message" "Call at home" "Reply to text messages" "Call at work" "Turn ringer off" "Call on cell" "Turn ringer on" "Call on other"

* "Call voicemail" "Unmute call" "Dial" "Help" "Do not disturb off" * This command is only available during an active call. "Do not disturb on" ** If you say "Messages", see the following "Forward text messages" "Messages" chart for additional commands. "Go to hands free"* "MESSAGES" "Hold call off"* "Call" "Hold on"* "Forward text messages" * "Join calls" "Listen to text message <#>" "Listen to text message <#>" "Listen to text messages" "Listen to text messages" "Reply to text messages" "Messages"** "Help"

"Mute call"*

472

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing MyFord Touch™ (If Equipped)

INFORMATION

A B C D E

E161889

A SYNC Services B Sirius Travel Link C Alerts D Calendar E SYNC Applications

Under the Information menu, you can SYNC Services (If Equipped, access features such as: United States Only) • SYNC Services Note: SYNC Services varies by trim level • Sirius Travel Link and model year and may require a • Alerts subscription. Traffic alerts and turn-by-turn • Calendar directions available in select markets. Message and data rates may apply. Ford • SYNC Applications Motor Company reserves the right to change If your vehicle is equipped with or discontinue this product service at any Navigation, press the time without prior notification or incurring E142608 Information button to access any future obligation. these features. If your vehicle is not equipped with Navigation, press the corner of the touchscreen with the green tab.

473

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing MyFord Touch™ (If Equipped)

Note: SYNC Services requires activation Note: When you connect, the service uses before use. Visit www.SYNCMyRide.com to GPS technology and advanced vehicle register and check your eligibility for sensors to collect your vehicle's current complimentary services. Standard phone location, travel direction and speed to help and message rates may apply. Subscription provide you with the directions, traffic may be required. You must also have the reports, or business searches you request. active SYNC Services Bluetooth-enabled Further, to provide the services you request, cellular phone paired and connected to the for continuous improvement, the service system in order to connect to, and use, may collect and record call details and voice SYNC Services. See Phone (page 467). communications. For more information, see Note: This feature does not function SYNC Services Terms and Conditions at properly if you have enabled caller ID www.SYNCMyRide.com. If you do not want blocking on your cellular phone. Make sure Ford or its service providers to collect your your cellular phone is not blocking caller ID vehicle travel information or other before using SYNC Services. information identified in the Terms and Conditions, do not subscribe or use the Note: The driver is ultimately responsible service. for the safe operation of the vehicle, and therefore, must evaluate whether it is safe SYNC Services uses advanced vehicle to follow the suggested directions. Any sensors, integrated GPS technology and navigation features provided are only an aid. comprehensive map and traffic data, to Make your driving decisions based on your give you personalized traffic reports, observations of local conditions and existing precise turn-by-turn directions, business traffic regulations. Do not follow the route search, news, sports, weather and more. suggestions if doing so would result in an For a complete list of services, or to learn unsafe or illegal maneuver, if you would be more, please visit www.SYNCMyRide.com. placed in an unsafe situation, or if you would Connecting to SYNC Services Using be directed into an area that you consider Voice Commands unsafe. Maps used by this system may be inaccurate because of errors, changes in roads, traffic conditions or driving conditions. E142599 1. Press the voice button. 2. When prompted, say "Services". This initiates an outgoing call to SYNC Services using your paired and connected Bluetooth-enabled cellular phone. 3. Once you connect to the service, follow the voice prompts to request the desired service, such as "Traffic" or "Directions". You can also say, "What are my choices?" to receive a list of available services from which to choose. 4. Say, "Services" to return to the Services main menu or for help, say, "Help".

474

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing MyFord Touch™ (If Equipped)

Connecting to SYNC Services Using addresses by street address or by the Touchscreen name or specific street intersections. Operator Assist is a feature of your If your vehicle is equipped with SYNC Services subscription. For more Navigation, press the E142608 information on Operator Assist, visit Information button. www.SYNCMyRide.com/support. If your vehicle is not equipped with 2. Follow the voice prompts to select your Navigation, press the green tab on your Destination. After the route download touchscreen. is finished, the phone call automatically ends. 1. Select Connect to Services to initiate an outgoing call to SYNC Services If your vehicle is not equipped with using your phone. Navigation: 2. Once connected, follow the voice • Turn-by-turn directions appear in the prompts to request your desired information display, in the status bar Service, such as "Traffic" or of your touchscreen system and on the "Directions". You can also say, "What SYNC Services screen. You also receive are my choices?" to receive a list of driving instructions from audible available services from which to prompts. choose. • When on an active route, you can 3. Say, "Services" to return to the Services select Route Summary or Route main menu or for help, say, "Help". Status using the touchscreen controls or voice commands to view the Route Receiving Turn-by-Turn Directions Summary Turn List or the Route Status ETA. You can also turn voice 1. When connected to SYNC Services, guidance on or off, cancel the route or say "Directions" or "Business search". update the route. To find the closest business or type of business to your current location, just If you miss a turn, SYNC automatically asks say "Business search" and then if you want the route updated. Just say, "Search near me". If you need further "Yes" when prompted and the system assistance in finding a location you can delivers a new route to your vehicle. say "Operator" at any time within a If your vehicle is equipped with Navigation, Directions or Business search to speak SYNC Services downloads your requested with a live operator. The system may destination to the navigation system. The prompt you to speak with an operator navigation system then calculates the when it has difficulty matching your route and provides driving instructions. voice request. The live operator can See Navigation (page 485). assist you by searching for businesses by name or by category, residential Disconnecting from SYNC Services 1. Press and hold the hang-up phone button on the steering wheel. 2. Say "Good-bye" from the SYNC Services main menu.

475

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing MyFord Touch™ (If Equipped)

SYNC Services quick tips Personalizing You can personalize your Services feature to provide quicker access to your most used or favorite information. You can save address points, such as work or home. You can also save favorite information like sports teams, such as Detroit Lions, or a news category. You can learn more about personalization by logging onto www.SYNCMyRide.com. Push to interrupt Press the voice button at any time (while connected to SYNC Services) to interrupt a voice prompt or an audio clip (such as a sports report) and say your voice command. Portable Your subscription is associated with your Bluetooth- enabled cellular phone number, not your VIN (Vehicle Identification Number). You can pair and connect your phone to any vehicle equipped with SYNC Services and continue enjoying your personalized services.

Sirius Travel Link (If Equipped) SYNC Services Voice Commands When a route has been WARNING downloaded (non-navigation Driving while distracted can result in E142599 systems), press the voice button loss of vehicle control, crash and on the steering wheel controls. When injury. We strongly recommend that prompted, say any of the following you use extreme caution when using any commands: device that may take your focus off the road. Your primary responsibility is the safe operation of your vehicle. We recommend "SERVICES" against the use of any handheld device "Cancel route" while driving and encourage the use of voice-operated systems when possible. "Navigation voice off" Make sure you are aware of all applicable local laws that may affect the use of "Navigation voice on" electronic devices while driving. "Next turn" Note: In order to use Sirius Travel Link, your "Route status" vehicle must be equipped with navigation and your navigation SD card must be in the "Route summary" SD card slot. "Services" Note: This feature is only available in the United States. "Update route" "Help"

476

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing MyFord Touch™ (If Equipped)

Note: A paid subscription is required to Weather access and use these features. Go to www.siriusxm.com/travellink for more Touch this button to view the nearby information. weather, current weather, or the five day forecast for the chosen area. Select Map Note: Visit www.siriusxm.com/traffic and to see the weather map, which can show click on Coverage map and details for a storms, radar information, charts and complete listing of all traffic areas covered winds. Select Area to select from a listing by Sirius Travel Link. of weather locations. Note: Neither Sirius nor Ford is responsible Sports Info for any errors or inaccuracies in the Sirius Travel Link services or its use in vehicles. Touch this button to view scores and When you subscribe to Sirius Travel Link, schedules from a variety of sports. You can it can help you locate the best gas prices, also save up to 10 favorite teams for easier find movie listings, get current traffic alerts, access. The score automatically refreshes view the current weather map, get when a game is in progress. accurate ski conditions and see scores to Ski Conditions current sports games. If your vehicle is equipped with Touch this button to view ski conditions Navigation, touch the I for a specific area. E142608 (Information) button to access these features. If your vehicle is not Sirius Travel Link Voice Commands equipped with Navigation, touch the corner Press the voice button on the of the touchscreen with the green tab. steering wheel controls. When E142599 prompted, say any of the Traffic On Route and Traffic Nearby following commands: Touch these buttons to identify traffic incidents on your route, nearby your "SIRIUS TRAVEL LINK" vehicle’s current location or near any of your favorite places, if programmed. "5-day weather forecast" Fuel Prices "Fuel prices" Touch this button to view fuel prices at "Movie listings"

stations close to your vehicle’s location or * on an active navigation route. "Sports headlines"

Movie Listings "Sports schedules"*

Touch this button to view nearby movie "Sports scores"* theaters and their show times, if available. "Traffic" "Weather"

477

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing MyFord Touch™ (If Equipped)

"SIRIUS TRAVEL LINK" Additional sports-related voice commands "Weather map" "College football schedule" "Help" "College football scores" * If you say "Sports headlines", "Sports schedules" or "Sports scores", you can "Golf headlines" then say any of the commands in the "Golf leaderboard" following chart. "Golf schedule" Sports-related commands "MLS headlines" "Baseball" "MLS schedule" "College basketball" "MLS scores" "College football" "Motor sports headlines" "Golf" "Motor sports order" "MLS" "Motor sports schedule" "My teams" "My team headlines" "NBA" "My teams schedule" "NFL" "My teams scores" "NHL" "NBA headlines" "WNBA" "NBA schedule" "Help" "NBA scores"

Additional sports-related voice "NFL headlines" commands "NFL schedule" "Baseball headlines" "NFL scores" "Baseball schedule" "NHL headlines" "Baseball scores" "NHL schedule" "College basketball headlines" "NHL scores" "College basketball schedule" "WNBA headlines" "College basketball scores" "College football headlines"

478

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing MyFord Touch™ (If Equipped)

Additional sports-related voice 911 Assist (If Equipped) commands WARNINGS "WNBA schedule" Unless the 911 Assist setting is set on before a crash, the system will not "WNBA scores" dial for help, which could delay "Help" response time, potentially increasing the risk of serious injury or death after a crash. Alerts Do not wait for 911 Assist to make an emergency call if you can do it If your vehicle is equipped with yourself. Dial emergency services Navigation, touch the I immediately to avoid delayed response E142608 (Information) button to access time, which could increase the risk of these features. If your vehicle is not serious injury or death after a crash. If you equipped with Navigation, touch the corner do not hear 911 Assist within five seconds of the touchscreen with the green tab. of the crash, the system or phone may be damaged or non-functional. Press Alerts, and then choose from any of the following services: Always place your phone in a secure location in your vehicle so it does not • View the complete message. become a projectile or damaged in • Delete the message. a crash. Failure to do so may cause serious • Delete All messages. injury to someone or damage the phone, which could prevent 911 Assist from This screen displays any system messages working properly. (such as an SD card fault). Note: The system alerts you to any Note: The SYNC 911 Assist feature must be messages by turning the information icon set on prior to the incident. yellow. After you read or delete the messages, the icon returns to white. Note: Before setting this feature on, make sure that you read the 911 Assist Privacy Calendar Notice later in this section for important information. If your vehicle is equipped with Navigation, touch the I Note: If any user turns 911 Assist on or off, (Information) button to access that setting applies for all paired phones. If these features. If your vehicle is not 911 Assist is turned off, either a voice equipped with Navigation, touch the corner message plays or a display message (or of the touchscreen with the green tab. icon) comes on (or both) when your vehicle is started after a previously paired phone Press Calendar. You can view the current connects. calendar by day, week or month. Note: Every phone operates differently. While SYNC 911 Assist works with most cellular phones, some may have trouble using this feature.

479

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing MyFord Touch™ (If Equipped)

If a crash deploys an airbag, excluding knee • You must pair and connect a airbags and rear inflatable safety belts Bluetooth-enabled and compatible where fitted or activates the fuel pump phone to SYNC. shut-off, your SYNC-equipped vehicle may • A connected Bluetooth-enabled phone be able to contact emergency services by must have the ability to make and dialing 911 through a paired and connected maintain an outgoing call at the time Bluetooth-enabled phone. You can learn of the incident. more about the 911 Assist feature, visit www.SYNCMyRide.com, • A connected Bluetooth-enabled phone www.SYNCMyRide.ca or must have adequate network coverage, www.syncmaroute.ca. battery power and signal strength. • The vehicle must have battery power See Supplementary Restraints System and be located in the United States, (page 43). Important information Canada or in a territory in which 911 is regarding airbag deployment is in this the emergency number. chapter. See Roadside Emergencies (page 276). In the Event of a Crash Important information regarding the fuel Not all crashes deploy an airbag or activate pump shut-off is in this chapter. the fuel pump shut-off (which would Setting 911 Assist On trigger 911 Assist); however, SYNC tries to contact emergency services if 911 Assist If your vehicle is equipped with triggers. If a connected phone sustains Navigation, touch the i damage or loses connection to SYNC, E142608 (Information) button to access SYNC searches for, and tries to connect these features. If your vehicle is not to, any available previously paired phone equipped with Navigation, touch the corner and tries to make the call to 911. of the touchscreen with the green tab. Before making the call: Touch Apps > 911 Assist, then select On. • SYNC provides a short window of time (approximately 10 seconds) to cancel You can also access 911 Assist the call. If you fail to cancel the call, by: E142607 SYNC attempts to dial 911. • Pressing the Settings icon > Settings • SYNC says the following, or a similar > Phone > 911 Assist, or message: "SYNC will attempt to call 911, to cancel the call, press Cancel on • Pressing the Settings icon > Help > 911 your screen or press and hold the Assist. phone button on your steering wheel." To make sure that 911 Assist works If you do not cancel the call, and SYNC properly: makes a successful call, a pre-recorded • SYNC must be powered and working message plays for the 911 operator, and properly at the time of the incident and then the occupant(s) in your vehicle is able throughout feature activation and use. to talk with the operator. Be prepared to • The 911 Assist feature must be set on provide your name, phone number and prior to the incident. location immediately, because not all 911 systems are capable of receiving this information electronically.

480

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing MyFord Touch™ (If Equipped)

911 Assist May Not Work If: Note: Your Vehicle Health Report feature requires activation prior to use. Visit • Your cellular phone or 911 Assist www.SYNCMyRide.com to register. There hardware sustains damage in a crash. is no fee or subscription associated with • The vehicle's battery or the SYNC Vehicle Health Report, but you must register system has no power. to use this feature. • The phones(s) previously paired or Note: This feature may not function connected to the system are thrown properly if you have enabled caller ID from the vehicle. blocking on your cellular phone. Before running a report, review the Vehicle Health 911 Assist Privacy Notice Report Privacy Notice. When you turn on 911 Assist, it may Note: In order to allow a break-in period for disclose to emergency services that your your vehicle, you may not be able to create vehicle has been in a crash involving the a Vehicle Health Report until your vehicle deployment of an airbag or activation of odometer has reached 200 miles. the fuel pump shut-off. Certain versions or updates to 911 Assist may also be capable Note: Cellular phone and SMS charges may of electronically or verbally disclosing to apply when making a report. 911 operators your vehicle location or other Register for Vehicle Health Report and set details about your vehicle or crash to assist your report preferences at 911 operators to provide the most www.SYNCMyRide.com. After registering, appropriate emergency services. If you do you can request a Vehicle Health Report not want to disclose this information, do (inside your vehicle). Return to your not turn the feature on. account at www.SYNCMyRide.com to view your report. You can also choose for SYNC Vehicle Health Report (If to remind you automatically to run reports Equipped, United States Only) at specific mileage intervals. Cellular phone airtime usage may apply when reporting. WARNING The system allows you to check your Always follow scheduled vehicle’s overall health in the form of a maintenance instructions, regularly diagnostic report card. The Vehicle Health inspect your vehicle, and seek repair Report contains valuable information, for for any damage or problem you suspect. example: Vehicle Health Report supplements, but cannot replace, normal maintenance and • Vehicle diagnostic information. vehicle inspection. Vehicle Health Report • Scheduled maintenance. only monitors certain systems • Open recalls and Field Service Actions. electronically monitored by your vehicle and will not monitor or report the status • Items noted during vehicle inspections of any other system, (such as brake lining by your authorized dealer that still need wear). Failure to perform scheduled servicing. maintenance and regularly inspect your Making a Report vehicle may result in vehicle damage and serious injury. If you want to run a report by using the touchscreen, touch E142608 Apps > Vehicle Health Report.

481

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing MyFord Touch™ (If Equipped)

To run a report by voice information, do not run the feature or set command, press the voice up your Vehicle Health Report profile at E142599 button on the steering wheel www.SYNCMyRide.com. See and, when prompted, say "Vehicle health www.SYNCMyRide.com (Vehicle Health report". Report Terms and Conditions, and Privacy Statement) for more information. Vehicle Health Report Privacy Notice When you create a Vehicle Health Report, CLIMATE Ford Motor Company may collect your cellular phone number (to process your Touch the lower right corner on the report request) and diagnostic information touchscreen to access your climate control about your vehicle. Certain versions or features. Depending on your vehicle line updates to Vehicle Health Report may also and option package, your climate screen collect more vehicle information. Ford may may look different from this screen. use your vehicle information it collects for Note: You can switch temperature units any purpose. If you do not want to disclose between Fahrenheit and Celsius. See your cellular phone number or vehicle Settings (page 440).

E212081

A Power: Touch the button to turn the system on and off. Switching off the climate control system prevents outside air from entering the vehicle. B Passenger settings: Touch the + or – to increase or decrease the air temperature on the passenger side of the vehicle.

482

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing MyFord Touch™ (If Equipped)

Touch DUAL to turn separate passenger side temperature controls off and on. When you turn off DUAL, the passenger side temperature changes to match the driver side temperature. Note: The passenger side temperature and the DUAL indicator automatically turn on when the passenger is adjusting their temperature control. C Fan speed: Touch + or - to increase or decrease the volume of air circulated in your vehicle. Note: When the system is controlling the fan speed automatically, all the fan speed indicators turn off. D Recirculated air: Touch the button to switch between outside air and recirculated air. When you select recirculated air, the air currently in the passenger compartment recirculates. This may reduce the time needed to cool the interior (when used with A/C) and may reduce unwanted odors from entering your vehicle. Note: Recirculated air may turn off automatically (or be prevented from turning on) in all airflow modes except MAX A/C to reduce risk of fogging. Recirculated air may also turn on and off automatically in Panel or Panel and Floor airflow modes during hot weather in order to improve cooling efficiency. E MAX A/C: Touch the button to maximize cooling. Recirculated air flows through the instrument panel vents, air conditioning automatically turns on, and the fan automatically adjusts to the highest speed. F A/C: Touch the button to turn air conditioning compressor on or off. Use air conditioning with recirculated air to improve cooling performance and efficiency. Note: In certain conditions (such as when using Max Defrost), the air conditioning compressor may continue to operate even after you switch off the air conditioning with the A/C button. G AUTO: Touch the button to turn on automatic operation. Select the desired temperature using the temperature control. The system adjusts fan speed, air distribution, air conditioning operation, and selects outside air or recirculated air to heat or cool the vehicle in order to maintain the desired temperature. You can also use the AUTO button to turn off dual zone operation by touching and holding the button for more than two seconds. H Heated rear window: Turns the heated rear window on and off. See Heated Windows and Mirrors (page 137). I MAX Defrost: Touch the button to maximize defrosting. Outside air flows through the windshield vents, fan automatically adjusts to the highest speed and the temperature dial returns to the full heat position. You can use this setting to defog or clear a thin covering of ice from the windshield. The heated rear window also automatically turns on when you select MAX Defrost. Note: To prevent window fogging, you cannot select recirculated air when MAX Defrost is on.

483

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing MyFord Touch™ (If Equipped)

J Air distribution control: Touch these buttons to turn airflow from the windshield, instrument panel, or footwell vents on or off. The system can distribute air through any combination of these vents. K Driver settings: Touch the + or – to increase or decrease the air temperature on the driver side of the vehicle. Touch MyTemp to select your preset temperature setpoint. Touch and hold MyTemp to save a new preset temperature setpoint. Touch the heated steering wheel icon to turn the heated steering wheel on and off (if equipped).

Note: If your vehicle is equipped with a Climate control commands wood-trimmed steering wheel, it does not heat between the 10 o'clock and 2 o'clock "Climate on" positions. "Climate temperature <15.5-29.5> Climate Control Voice Commands degrees" Note: The fan speed will automatically "Climate temperature <60-85> degrees" decrease when you start a voice command session or phone call through SYNC. This "Help" feature is dependent on the current climate control settings and helps to reduce the There are additional climate control background noise in the vehicle. The fan commands but in order to access them, speed returns to normal when the voice you have to say "Climate" first. When the session has ended. You can adjust the fan system is ready to listen, you may say any speed manually during this time by using of the following commands: the fan button or knob to reach the desired setting. To disable or enable automatic fan "CLIMATE" speed, press and hold the AC and Recirculated air buttons at the same time. "A/C off" Release the buttons and immediately increase the fan speed. "A/C on" Press the voice button on the "Automatic" steering wheel controls. When E142599 prompted, say any of the "Defrost off" following commands: "Defrost on" "Dual off" Climate control commands "Floor on" "Climate automatic" "Fan decrease" "Climate my temperature" "Fan increase" "Climate off"

484

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing MyFord Touch™ (If Equipped)

"CLIMATE" "TEMPERATURE" "MAX A/C off" "<15.5-29.5> degrees" "MAX A/C on" "<60-85> degrees" "My temp" "High" "Off" "Low" "On" "Help" "Panel floor on" "Panel off" NAVIGATION "Panel on" Note: The navigation SD card must be in "Rear defrost off" the SD card slot to operate the navigation system. If you need a replacement SD card, "Rear defrost on" see an authorized dealer. "Recirc off" Note: The SD card slot is spring-loaded. To remove the SD card, just push the card in "Recirc on" and release it. Do not attempt to pull the

* card out to remove it; this could cause "Temperature" damage. "Temperature <15.5-29.5> degrees" Your navigation system is comprised of two main features, destination mode and "Temperature <60-85> degrees" map mode. "Temperature decrease" To set a destination, press the green corner of your touchscreen, then the Dest button "Temperature high" when it appears. See Setting a "Temperature increase" Destination later in this chapter. To view the navigation map and your "Temperature low" vehicle's current location, touch the green "Windshield floor on" bar in the upper right-hand corner of the touchscreen, or, press Dest, then Map. See "Help" Map mode later in this chapter. * If you say "Temperature", you can then Setting a Destination say any of the commands in the following chart. Press the green corner of your touchscreen, then the Dest button when it appears. Choose any of the following:

485

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing MyFord Touch™ (If Equipped)

• Fastest: Uses the fastest moving roads Destination possible. • Shortest: Uses the shortest distance My Home possible. Favorites • Eco Route: Uses the most fuel-efficient route. Previous Destinations You can cancel the route or have the Point of Interest system demo the route for you. Select Route Prefs to set route preferences like Emergency avoiding freeways, tollroads, ferries and Street Address car trains as well as to use or not use high-occupancy vehicle lanes. Intersection (High-occupancy vehicle lanes are also known as carpool or diamond lanes. City Center People who ride in buses, vanpools or carpools use these lanes.) Map Note: If your vehicle is on a recognized road Edit Route and you do not press the Start Route button, the system defaults to the Fastest Cancel Route Route option and begins guidance. 1. Enter the necessary information into During route guidance, you can press the the highlighted text fields (in any talking bubble icon that appears in the order). For address destination entry, upper right navigation corner (green bar) the Go! button appears once you enter if you want the system to repeat route all the necessary information. Pressing guidance information. When the system the Go! button makes the address repeats the last guidance instruction, it location appear on the map. If you updates the distance to the next guidance choose Previous Destination, the last instruction, since it detects when the 20 destinations you have selected vehicle is moving. appear. Point of Interest (POI) Categories 2. Select Set as Dest to make this your destination. You can also choose to set Main categories this as a waypoint (have the system route to this point on the way to your Food/Drink & Dining current destination) or save it as a favorite. The system considers any Travel & Transportation Avoid Areas selections in its route Financial calculation. 3. Choose from up to three different types Emergency of routes, and then select Start Route. Community Health & Medicine Automotive

486

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing MyFord Touch™ (If Equipped)

Main categories Shopping Entertainment & Arts Recreation & Sports Government E142634 Domestic Services cityseekr, when available, is a service that provides more information about certain Subcategories points of interest such as restaurants, Restaurant hotels and attractions. When you have selected a point of interest, Golf the location and information appear, such Parking as address and phone number. If cityseekr lists the point of interest, more information Home & Garden is available, such as a brief description, check-in and checkout times or restaurant Personal Care Services hours. Auto Dealership Press More Information for a longer review, a list of services and facilities, the Govt Office average room or meal price as well as the website. This screen displays the point of Public Transit interest icon such as: Education Hotel

To expand these listings, press the + in front of the listing. E143884 The system also allows you to sort Coffeehouse alphabetically, by distance or by cityseekr listings (if available). E142636 cityseekr Food & Drink Note: cityseekr point of interest (POI) information is limited to approximately 912 cities (881 in the United States, 20 in E142637 Canada and 11 in Mexico). Nightlife

E142638

487

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing MyFord Touch™ (If Equipped)

Attraction Map Preferences Breadcrumbs E142639 Display your vehicle’s previously traveled This icon appears when your route with white dots. Switch this feature selection exists in multiple ON or OFF. categories within the system. E142640 Turn List Format When you are viewing more information Have the system display your turn list Top for hotels, cityseekr also tells you if the to Bottom or Bottom to Top. hotel has certain services and facilities using icons, such as: Parking POI Notification • Restaurant. Set the automatic parking point of interest notification. Switch this feature ON or OFF. • Business center. When parking point of interest notification • Handicap facilities. is on, the icons display on the map when • Laundry. you get close to your destination. This may • Refrigerator. not be very useful in dense areas, and may clutter the map when other points of • 24 hour room service. interest display. • Fitness center. Route Preferences • Internet access. • Pool. Preferred Route • Wi-fi. Choose to have the system display the For restaurants, cityseekr can provide Shortest, Fastest or most Ecological route information such as star rating, average first. If you set Always Use Preferred cost, review, handicap access, hours of Route to Yes, the system uses the operation, and website address. selected route type to calculate only one route to the desired destination. For hotels, cityseekr can provide information such as star rating, price Always Use Preferred Route category, review, check-in and checkout times, hotel service icons and website Bypass route selection in destination address. programming. The system only calculates one route based on preferred route setting. Setting Your Navigation Preferences Eco Time Penalty Select a low, medium or high cost for the Select settings for the system to take into calculated Eco Route. The higher the account when planning your route. setting, the longer the time allotment is for Press the Settings icon > the route. Settings > Navigation. E142607

488

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing MyFord Touch™ (If Equipped)

Avoid Other traffic alert features allows you to turn on certain, or all, traffic icons on the These features allow you to choose to map such as road work, incident, accidents have the system avoid freeways, toll roads, and closed roads. Scroll down to view all ferries and car trains when planning your the different types of alerts. Switch these route. Switch these features ON or OFF. features ON or OFF. Use HOV Lanes Avoid Areas Have the system use high-occupancy Choose areas which you want the system vehicle lanes, if available, when planning to avoid when calculating a route for you. your route. Press Add to program an entry. Once you Navigation Preferences make a selection, the system tries to avoid the area(s) if possible for all routes. To Guidance Prompts delete a selection, choose the listing on Have the system use Voice & Tones or the screen. When the screen changes to Tone Only on your programmed route. Avoid Areas Edit, you can press Delete at the bottom right of the screen. Auto - Fill State/Province Map Mode Have the system automatically fill in the state and province based on the Press the green bar in the upper right area information already entered into the of the touchscreen to view map mode. Map system. Switch this feature ON or OFF. mode shows advanced viewing comprised of both 2D city maps as well as 3D Traffic Preferences landmarks (when available). Avoid Traffic Problems 2D city maps show detailed outlines of buildings, visible land use and land Choose how you want the system to elements and detailed railway handle traffic problems along your route. infrastructure for the most essential cities • Automatic: Have the system reroute around the globe. These maps also contain you to avoid traffic incidents that features, such as town blocks, building develop and impact the current route. footprints and railways. The system does not provide a traffic 3D landmarks appear as clear, visible alert notification. objects that are typically recognizable and • Manual: Have the system always have a certain tourist value. The 3D provide a traffic alert notification for landmarks appear in 3D map mode only. traffic incidents along the planned Coverage varies and improves with route. You have a choice to accept or updated map releases. ignore the notification before making the route deviation. Traffic Alert Notification Have the system display traffic alert notifications.

489

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing MyFord Touch™ (If Equipped)

Menu displays a pop-up box that allows direct access to navigation settings, View/Edit Route, SIRIUS Travel Link, Guidance Mute and Cancel Route. Press the speaker button on the map to mute route guidance. E174017 When the light on the button illuminates, the feature is on. The speaker button appears on the map only when route guidance is active.

E174016 Re-center the map by pressing this icon whenever you scroll the Change the appearance of the map display E146188 map away from your vehicle’s by repeatedly pressing the arrow button in current location. the upper left corner of the screen. It toggles between three different map Auto Zoom modes: Heading up, North up and 3D. Heading up (2D map) always Press the green bar to access map mode, shows the direction of forward then select the + or - zoom button to bring travel to be upward on the up the zoom level and Auto buttons on the E142642 screen. This view is available for touchscreen. When you press Auto, Auto map scales up to 2.5 miles (4 Zoom turns on and Auto displays in the kilometers). The system remembers this bottom left corner of the screen in the map setting for larger map scales, but shows scale. The map zoom level then the map in North up only. If the scale synchronizes with vehicle speed. The returns below this level, the system slower your vehicle is traveling, the farther restores Heading up. the map zooms in; the faster your vehicle is traveling, the farther the map zooms out. North up (2D map) always To switch off the feature, just press the + shows the northern direction to or - button again. be upward on the screen. In 3D mode, rotate the map view by E142643 swiping your finger across the shaded bar 3D map mode provides an with the arrows. elevated perspective of the map. The ETA box under the zoom buttons This viewing angle can be appears when a route is active and E142644 adjusted and the map can be displays the distance and time to your rotated 180 degrees by touching destination. If the button is pressed, a pop the map twice, and then dragging your up appears with the destination listed (and finger along the shaded bar with arrows at waypoint if applicable) along with mileage the bottom of the map. and time to destination. You may also View switches between full map, street select to have either the estimated time list and exit view in route guidance. to reach your destination or your estimated arrival time.

490

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing MyFord Touch™ (If Equipped)

Map Icons Destination symbol indicates the ending point of a planned Vehicle mark shows the current route. location of your vehicle. It stays in the center of the map display, E142653 E142646 except when in scroll mode. Next maneuver point indicates the location of the next turn on Scroll cursor allows you to the planned route. scroll the map; the fixed icon is in the center of the screen. The E142654 E142647 map position closest to the No GPS symbol indicates that cursor is in a window on the top insufficient GPS satellite signals center part of the screen. are available for accurate map E142655 positioning. This icon may Address book entry default display under normal operation icon(s) indicates the location in an area with poor GPS access. on the map of an address book E142648 entry. This is the default symbol shown after the entry has been Quick-touch Buttons stored to the Address Book by any method When in map mode, touch anywhere on other than the map. You can select from the map display to access the following any of the 22 icons available. You can use options: each icon more than once. Set as Dest Home indicates the location on the map currently stored as the Touch this button to select a scrolled home position. You can only location on the map as your destination. E142649 save one address from the You may scroll the map by pressing your Address Book as your Home index finger on the map display. When you entry. You cannot change this icon. reach the desired location, simply let go and then touch Set as Dest. POI (Point Of Interest) icons indicate locations of any point Set as Waypoint of interest categories you choose E142650 to display on the map. You can Touch this button to set the current choose to display three point of location as a waypoint. interest categories on the map at one time. Save to Favorites Starting point indicates the Touch this button to save the current starting point of a planned route. location to your favorites.

E142651 POI Icons Waypoint indicates the location Touch this button to select icons to display of a waypoint on the map. The on the map. You can select up to three number inside the circle is icons to display on the map at the same E142652 different for each waypoint and time. Turn these ON or OFF. represents the position of the waypoint in the route list.

491

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing MyFord Touch™ (If Equipped)

Cancel Route Touch this button to cancel the active Navigation system voice commands route. "Cancel next waypoint" 1 View/Edit Route "Cancel route"1 Access these features when a route is active: "Destination"2 • View Route "Destination " • Edit Destination/Waypoints • Edit Turn List "Destination " • Detour "Destination favorites" • Edit Route Preferences "Destination home" • Edit Traffic Preferences • Cancel Route. "Destination intersection" Nokia is the digital map provider for the "Destination nearest " navigation application. If you find map data errors, you may report them directly to "Destination nearest POI" Nokia by going to "Destination play nametags" http://mapreporter.navteq.com. Nokia evaluates all reported map errors and "Destination POI" responds with the result of their investigation by e-mail. "Destination POI category" Navigation Map Updates "Destination previous destination" Annual navigation map updates are "Destination street address" available for purchase through your 1 dealership, by calling 1-866-4NAVTEQ "Detour" (1-866-462-8837) (in Mexico, call 3 01-800-557-5539) or going to "Navigation" www.navigation.com/sync. You need to "Navigation voice volume decrease" specify the make and model of your vehicle to determine if there is an update available. "Navigation voice volume increase"

Navigation Voice Commands "Repeat instruction"1 When in navigation mode, press "Show 3D" the voice button on the steering E142599 wheel controls. After the tone, "Show heading up" say any of the following commands: "Show map" "Show north up"

"Show route"1

492

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing MyFord Touch™ (If Equipped)

Navigation system voice commands "NAVIGATION" "Show turn list"1 "Destination"* "Voice guidance off" "Zoom city" "Voice guidance on" "Zoom country" "Where am I?" "Zoom minimum" "Zoom in" "Zoom maximum" "Zoom out" "Zoom province" "Help" "Zoom state" 1 These commands are only available when a navigation route is active. "Zoom street" 2 If you say "Destination", you can then say "Zoom to " any command in the following "Help" "Destination" chart. * 3 If you say "Navigation", you can then say If you say "Destination", you can then say any command in the following any command in the "Destination" chart. "Navigation" chart. One-shot Destination Street Address "DESTINATION" When you say either "Navigation destination street address" or "Destination "" street address", the system asks you to say "" the full address. The system displays an example on-screen. You can then speak "Favorites" the address naturally, such as "One two three four Main Street, Anytown". "Home" "Intersection" "Nearest " "Nearest POI" "Play nametags" "POI category" "Previous destination" "Street address" "Help"

493

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Accessories

Interior style For a complete listing of the accessories that are available for your • Ambient lighting. vehicle, please contact your authorized • Floor mats. dealer or visit our online store at: • Electrochromatic Web Address compass/temperature interior mirror. • Leather-trimmed interior seating*. www.Accessories.Ford.com Lifestyle You can also visit: • Smoker's package. Web Address • Bedliners and bedmats. www.Ford.ca • Bed ramps. • Bed side step. Ford Accessories are available for your • Towing mirrors. vehicle through an authorized Ford dealer. • Bed extender. Ford Motor Company repairs or replaces any properly authorized dealer-installed • Tonneau covers*. Ford Genuine Accessory found to be • Interior cargo organization and defective in factory-supplied materials or management. workmanship during the warranty period, • Racks and carriers*. as well as any component damaged by the defective accessories. Ford Motor • Truck bed camping tent*. Company will warrant your accessory • Sportliner cargo liner*. through the warranty that provides the • Rear-seat entertainment*. greatest benefit: • Trailer brake controller. • 24 months, unlimited mileage. • Hitch balls and towbars. • The remainder of your new vehicle limited warranty. • Truck bed cargo organization and management. Contact an authorized dealer for details • Trailer hitches, wiring harnesses and and a copy of the warranty. accessories. Exterior style Peace of mind • Hood deflector. • Keyless entry keypad. • Chrome exhaust tips. • Vehicle security systems. • Side window deflectors. • Protective seat covers*. • Running boards. • Locking gas plug for capless fuel • Splash guards. system. • Custom graphics*. • Bumper- and hitch-mounted parking sensors*. • Remote start. • Wheel locks.

494

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Accessories

• Wheel well liners. • Mobile communications systems may • Bed hooks*. harm the operation of your vehicle, particularly if their manufacturer did • Back-up alarm*. not design them specifically for • Tool or cargo boxes*. automotive use. *Ford Licensed Accessory. The accessory • If you or an authorized Ford dealer add manufacturer designs, develops and any non-Ford electrical or electronic therefore warrants Ford Licensed accessories or components to your Accessories, and does not design or test vehicle, you may adversely affect these accessories to Ford Motor Company battery performance and durability, engineering requirements. Contact an and may adversely affect the authorized Ford dealer for the performance of other electrical manufacturer's limited warranty details, systems in the vehicle. and request a copy of the Ford Licensed Accessories product limited warranty from the accessory manufacturer. For maximum vehicle performance, keep the following information in mind when adding accessories or equipment to your vehicle: • When adding accessories, equipment, passengers and luggage to your vehicle, do not exceed the total weight capacity of the vehicle or of the front or rear axle (GVWR or GAWR as indicated on the Safety Compliance Certification label). Ask an authorized dealer for specific weight information. • The Federal Communications Commission (FCC) and Canadian Radio Telecommunications Commission (CRTC) regulate the use of mobile communications systems that are equipped with radio transmitters, for example, two-way radios, telephones and theft alarms. Any such equipment installed in your vehicle should comply with Federal Communications Commission (FCC) and Canadian Radio Telecommunications Commission (CRTC) regulations and should be installed only by an authorized dealer.

495

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Extended Service Plan (ESP)

PROTECT YOURSELF FROM THE RISING That means you get: COST OF VEHICLE REPAIRS WITH A FORD • Reliable, quality service at any Ford or EXTENDED SERVICE PLAN. Lincoln dealership SERVICE PLANS (U.S. Only) • Repairs performed by factory trained technicians, using genuine parts More than 32 million Ford owners have discovered the powerful protection of Ford Rental Car Reimbursement Extended Service Plan. It is the extended service plan backed by Ford Motor 1st day Rental Benefit Company, and provides peace of mind You take advantage of replacement protection beyond the New Vehicle Limited transportation if your vehicle is at your Warranty coverage. authorized dealer for same day covered repairs. Ford ESP Can Quickly Pay for Itself One service bill – the cost of parts and Extended Rental Benefits labor – can easily exceed the price of your If your vehicle is kept overnight for covered Ford Extended Service Plan. With Ford ESP repairs, you are eligible for rental car you minimize your risk for unexpected coverage, including bumper to bumper repair bills and rising repair costs. warranty repairs, and Field Service Actions. Up to 1,000+ Covered Vehicle Roadside Assistance Components Exclusive 24/7 roadside assistance, There are four core Extended Service Plans including: with different levels of coverage. Ask your authorized dealer for details. • Towing, flat-tire change and battery jump starts 1. PremiumCARE - Our most • Out of fuel and lock-out assistance. comprehensive coverage. With over 1,000 covered components, this plan • Travel expense reimbursement for is so complete that we generally only lodging, meals and rental car. discuss what’s not covered. • Destination assistance for taxi, shuttle, 2. ExtraCARE - Covers 113 components, rental car coverage and emergency and includes many high-tech items. transportation. 3. BaseCARE - Covers 84 components. Transferable Coverage 4. PowertrainCARE - Covers 29 critical If you sell your vehicle before your Ford components. Extended Service Plan coverage expires, Ford Extended Service Plan is honored by you can transfer any remaining coverage all authorized Ford dealers in the U.S., to the new owner. Whenever you sell your Canada and Mexico. It is the extended vehicle, prospective buyers may have a service plan authorized and backed by Ford higher degree of confidence that vehicle Motor Company. was properly maintained with Ford ESP, thereby improving resale value.

496

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Extended Service Plan (ESP)

Avoid the Rising Cost of Properly SERVICE PLANS (CANADA ONLY) Maintaining Your Vehicle! You can get more protection for your Ford Extended Service Plan also offers a vehicle by purchasing a Ford Extended Premium Maintenance Plan that covers all Service Plan. Ford Extended Service Plan scheduled maintenance, and selected is the only service contract backed by Ford wear items. The coverage is prepaid, so Motor Company of Canada, Limited. you never have to worry about affording Depending on the plan you purchase, Ford your vehicle’s maintenance. It covers Extended Service Plan provides benefits regular checkups, routine inspections, such as: preventive care and replacement of select items that require periodic attention for • Rental reimbursement. normal wear: • Coverage for certain maintenance and wear items. • Windshield wiper blades. • Protection against repair costs after • Spark plugs. your New Vehicle Limited Warranty • The clutch disc. Coverage expires. • Brake pads and linings. • Roadside Assistance benefits. • Shock absorbers. There are several Ford Extended Service • Struts. Plans available in various time, distance • Engine Belts. and deductible combinations. Each plan is tailored to fit your own driving needs, • Engine coolant hoses, clamps and including reimbursement for towing and o-rings. rental. When you purchase Ford Extended • Diesel exhaust fluid replenishment. Service Plan, you receive added peace-of-mind protection throughout Interest Free Finance Options Canada, the United States and Mexico, Available provided by a network of participating authorized Ford Motor Company dealers. Take advantage of our interest free installment payment plan. Just a 10% Note: Repairs performed outside of down payment will provide you with an Canada, the United States and Mexico are affordable, no interest, no fee payment not eligible for Ford Extended Service Plan program allowing you all the security and coverage. benefits Ford ESP has to offer while paying This information is subject to change. For over time. You are pre-approved with no more information, visit your local Ford of credit checks, no hassles! To learn more, Canada dealer or www.ford.ca to find the call our Ford ESP specialists at Ford Extended Service Plan that is right for 800-367-3377. you. Ford ESP P.O. Box 321067 Detroit, MI 48232

497

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Scheduled Maintenance

GENERAL MAINTENANCE Genuine Ford and Motorcraft® INFORMATION Replacement Parts Dealerships stock Ford, Motorcraft and Why Maintain Your Vehicle? Ford-authorized branded re-manufactured replacement parts. These parts meet or Carefully following the maintenance exceed our specifications. Parts installed schedule helps protect against major repair at your dealership carry a nationwide expenses resulting from neglect or 24-month or unlimited mile (kilometer) inadequate maintenance and may help to parts and labor limited warranty. increase the value of your vehicle when you sell or trade it. Keep all receipts for If you do not use Ford authorized parts they completed maintenance with your vehicle. may not meet our specifications and depending on the part, it could affect We have established regular maintenance emissions compliance. intervals for your vehicle based upon rigorous testing. It is important that you Convenience have your vehicle serviced at the proper times. These intervals serve two purposes; Many dealerships have extended evening one is to maintain the reliability of your and Saturday hours to make your service vehicle and the second is to keep your cost visit more convenient and they offer one of owning your vehicle down. stop shopping. They can perform any services that are required on your vehicle, It is your responsibility to have all from general maintenance to collision scheduled maintenance performed and to repairs. make sure that the materials used meet the specifications identified in this owner's Note: Not all dealers have extended hours manual. See Capacities and or body shops. Please contact your dealer Specifications (page 358). for details. Failure to perform scheduled maintenance Protecting Your Investment invalidates warranty coverage on parts affected by the lack of maintenance. Maintenance is an investment that pays dividends in the form of improved Why Maintain Your Vehicle at Your reliability, durability and resale value. To Dealership? maintain the proper performance of your vehicle and its emission control systems, Factory-Trained Technicians make sure you have scheduled maintenance performed at the designated Service technicians participate in extensive intervals. factory-sponsored certification training to help them become experts on the Your vehicle is equipped with the operation of your vehicle. Ask your Intelligent Oil-Life Monitor system, which dealership about the training and displays a message in the information certification their technicians have display at the proper oil change interval. received. This interval may be up to one year or 10000 miles (16000 kilometers).

498

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Scheduled Maintenance

When the oil change message appears in Additives and Chemicals the information display, it is time for an oil change. Make sure you perform the oil This owner's manual and the Ford change within two weeks or 500 miles Workshop Manual list the recommended (800 kilometers) of the message additives and chemicals for your vehicle. appearing. Make sure you reset the We do not recommend using chemicals or Intelligent Oil-Life Monitor after each oil additives not approved by us as part of change. See General Information (page your vehicle’s normal maintenance. Please 103). consult your warranty information. If your information display resets Oils, Fluids and Flushing prematurely or becomes inoperative, you should perform the oil change interval at In many cases, fluid discoloration is a six months or 5000 miles (8000 normal operating characteristic and, by kilometers) from your last oil change. itself, does not necessarily indicate a Never exceed one year or 10000 miles concern or that the fluid needs to be (16000 kilometers) between oil change changed. However, a qualified expert, such intervals. as the factory-trained technicians at your dealership, should inspect discolored fluids Your vehicle is very sophisticated and built that also show signs of overheating or with multiple, complex, performance foreign material contamination systems. Every manufacturer develops immediately. these systems using different specifications and performance features. Make sure to change your vehicle’s oils and That is why it is important to rely upon your fluids at the specified intervals or in dealership to properly diagnose and repair conjunction with a repair. Flushing is a your vehicle. viable way to change fluid for many vehicle sub-systems during scheduled Ford Motor Company has recommended maintenance. It is critical that systems are maintenance intervals for various parts flushed only with new fluid that is the same and component systems based upon as that required to fill and operate the engineering testing. Ford Motor Company system or using a Ford-approved flushing relies upon this testing to determine the chemical. most appropriate mileage for replacement of oils and fluids to protect your vehicle at Owner Checks and Services the lowest overall cost to you and recommends against maintenance Make sure you perform the following basic schedules that deviate from the scheduled maintenance checks and inspections every maintenance information. month or at six-month intervals. We strongly recommend the use of only genuine Ford, Motorcraft or Ford-authorized re-manufactured replacement parts engineered for your vehicle.

499

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Scheduled Maintenance

Check every month Engine oil level. Function of all interior and exterior lights. Tires (including spare) for wear and proper pressure. Windshield washer fluid level.

Check every six months Battery connections. Clean if necessary. Body and door drain holes for obstructions. Clean if necessary. Cooling system fluid level and coolant strength. Door weatherstrips for wear. Lubricate if necessary. Hinges, latches and outside locks for proper operation. Lubricate if necessary. Parking brake for proper operation. Safety belts and seat latches for wear and function. Safety warning lamps (brake, ABS, airbag and safety belt) for operation. Washer spray and wiper operation. Clean or replace blades as necessary.

Multi-Point Inspection In order to keep your vehicle running right, it is important to have the systems on your vehicle checked regularly. This can help identify potential issues and prevent major problems. We recommend having the following multi-point inspection performed at every scheduled maintenance interval to help make sure your vehicle keeps running great.

500

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Scheduled Maintenance

Multi-Point inspection Accessory drive belt(s) Hazard warning system operation Battery performance Horn operation Engine air filter Radiator, cooler, heater and air conditioning hoses Exhaust system Suspension components for leaks or damage Exterior lamps operation Steering and linkage

Fluid levels*; fill if necessary Tires (including spare) for wear and proper pressure** For oil and fluid leaks Windshield for cracks, chips or pits Half-shaft dust boots Washer spray and wiper operation

* Brake, coolant recovery reservoir, automatic transmission and window washer **If your vehicle is equipped with a temporary mobility kit, check the tire sealant expiration Use By date on the canister. Replace as needed.

Be sure to ask your dealership service This means you do not have to remember advisor or technician about the multi-point to change the oil on a mileage-based vehicle inspection. It is a comprehensive schedule. Your vehicle lets you know when way to perform a thorough inspection of an oil change is due by displaying a your vehicle. Your checklist gives you message in the information display. immediate feedback on the overall The following table provides examples of condition of your vehicle. vehicle use and its impact on oil change intervals. It is a guideline only. Actual oil change intervals depend on several factors NORMAL SCHEDULED and generally decrease with severity of MAINTENANCE use.

Intelligent Oil-Life Monitor Your vehicle is equipped with an Intelligent Oil-Life Monitor that determines when you should change the engine oil based on how your vehicle is used. By using several important factors in its calculations, the monitor helps reduce the cost of owning your vehicle and reduces environmental waste at the same time.

501

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Scheduled Maintenance

When to expect the message prompting you to change your oil

Interval Vehicle use and example Normal

7500-10000 miles Normal commuting with highway driving (12000-16000 km) No, or moderate, load or towing Flat to moderately hilly roads No extended idling Severe

5000-7499 miles Moderate to heavy load or towing (8000-11999 km) Mountainous or off-road conditions Extended idling Extended hot or cold operation Extreme 3000-4999 miles (4800-7999 km) Maximum load or towing Extreme hot or cold operation

Normal Maintenance Intervals

At every oil change interval as indicated by the information display*

Change engine oil and filter.** Rotate tires, inspect tire wear and measure tread depth. Perform a multi-point inspection (recommended). Inspect the automatic transmission fluid level (if equipped with dipstick). Consult your dealer for requirements. Inspect the brake pads, shoes, rotors, drums, brake linings, hoses and parking brake. Inspect the engine cooling system strength and hoses. Inspect the exhaust system and heat shields. Inspect front axle and U-joints. Lubricate if equipped with grease fittings (Four–wheel drive vehicles). Inspect the half-shaft boots.

502

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Scheduled Maintenance

At every oil change interval as indicated by the information display* Inspect the steering linkage, ball joints, suspension, tire-rod ends, driveshaft and U- joints. Lubricate any areas with grease fittings. Inspect the wheels and related components for abnormal noise, wear, looseness or drag.

* Do not exceed one year or 10000 miles (16000 kilometers) between service intervals. ** Reset the Intelligent Oil-Life Monitor after engine oil and filter changes.

Other maintenance items 1 Every 30000 miles (48000 Replace engine air filter. km)

At 100000 miles (160000 2 km) Change engine coolant. Replace spark plugs. Every 100000 miles (160000 km) 3 Inspect accessory drive belt(s). Change automatic transmission fluid and filter. Change front axle fluid (Four-wheel drive vehicles). Every 150000 miles Change rear axle fluid. (240000 km) Change transfer case fluid (Four-wheel drive vehicles). Replace accessory drive belt(s).

1 Perform these maintenance items within 3000 miles (4800 kilometers) of the last engine oil and filter change. Do not exceed the designated distance for the interval. 2 Initial replacement at six years or 100000 miles (160000 kilometers), then every three years or 50000 miles (80000 kilometers). 3 After initial inspection, inspect every other oil change until replaced.

503

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Scheduled Maintenance

SPECIAL OPERATING Perform the services shown in the following tables when specified or within CONDITIONS SCHEDULED 3,000 mi (4,800 km) of the OIL CHANGE MAINTENANCE REQUIRED message appearing in the information display. If you operate your vehicle primarily in any • Example 1: The OIL CHANGE of the following conditions, you need to REQUIRED message comes on at perform extra maintenance, as indicated. 28,751 mi (46,270 km). Perform the If you operate your vehicle occasionally 30,000 mi (48,000 km) automatic under any of these conditions, it is not transmission fluid replacement. necessary to perform the extra maintenance. For specific • Example 2: The OIL CHANGE recommendations, see your dealership REQUIRED message has not come service advisor or technician. on, but the odometer reads 30,000 mi (48,000 km) (for example, the Intelligent Oil-Life Monitor was reset at 25,000 mi (40,000 km)). Perform the engine air filter replacement.

Towing a trailer or using a car-top carrier As required Change engine oil and filter as indicated by the information display and perform services listed in the Normal Sched- uled Maintenance chart. Inspect frequently, service Inspect and lubricate U-joints. as required See axle maintenance items under Exceptions. Every 60,000 mi Change transfer case fluid (Four-wheel drive vehicles). (96,000 km) Replace spark plugs.

Extensive idling or low-speed driving for long distances, as in heavy commercial use (such as delivery, taxi, patrol car or livery) As required Change engine oil and filter as indicated by the information display and perform services listed in the Normal Sched- uled Maintenance chart. Inspect frequently, service Replace engine air filter. as required Every 60,000 mi Change transfer case fluid (Four-wheel drive vehicles). (96,000 km) Replace spark plugs.

504

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Scheduled Maintenance

Operating in dusty or sandy conditions (such as unpaved or dusty roads) Inspect frequently, service Replace engine air filter. as required Every 5,000 mi (8,000 km) Inspect the wheels and related components for abnormal noise, wear, looseness or drag. Rotate tires, inspect tires for wear and measure tread depth.

Every 5,000 mi (8,000 km) Change engine oil and filter.* or six months Every 60,000 mi Change transfer case fluid (Four-wheel drive vehicles). (96,000 km)

*Reset your Intelligent Oil-Life Monitor after each engine oil and filter change.

Off-road operation Inspect frequently, service Inspect steering linkage, ball joints and U-joints. Lubricate as required if equipped with grease fittings. Replace engine air filter.

Every 5,000 mi (8,000 km) Change engine oil and filter.* or six months Inspect the wheels and related components for abnormal noise, wear, looseness or drag. Rotate tires, inspect tires for wear and measure tread depth. Every 30,000 mi Replace front wheel bearing grease and grease seals if (48,000 km) non-sealed bearings are used (Two-wheel drive vehicles). Every 60,000 mi Change transfer case fluid (Four-wheel drive vehicles). (96,000 km)

*Reset your Intelligent Oil-Life Monitor after each engine oil and filter change.

Exclusive use of E85 (Flex fuel vehicles only) Every oil change interval If ran exclusively on E85, fill the fuel tank full with regular unleaded fuel.

505

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Scheduled Maintenance

Exceptions California Fuel Filter Replacement There are several exceptions to the Normal If you register your vehicle in California, the Schedule. California Air Resources Board has determined that the failure to perform this Normal Vehicle Axle Maintenance maintenance item does not nullify the emission warranty or limit recall liability Rear axles and power take-off units with before the completion of your vehicle's synthetic fluid and light-duty trucks useful life. Ford Motor Company, however, equipped with Ford-design axles are urges you to have all recommended lubricated for life; do not check or change maintenance services performed at the fluid unless a leak is suspected, service is specified intervals and to record all vehicle required or the assembly has been service. submerged in water. During long periods of trailer towing with outside temperatures Hot Climate Oil Change Intervals above 70°F (21°C) and at wide-open throttle for long periods above 45 mph Vehicles operating in the Middle East, (72 km/h), change non-synthetic rear axle North Africa, Sub-Saharan Africa or fluid every 3,000 mi (4,800 km) or three locations with similar climates using an months, whichever comes first. This American Petroleum Institute (API) interval can be waived if the axle is filled Certified for Gasoline Engines (Certification with 75W140 synthetic gear fluid meeting mark) oil of SM or SN quality, the normal Ford specification WSL-M2C192-A, part oil change interval is 3,000 mi (4,800 km). number F1TZ-19580-B, or equivalent. Add If the available API SM or SN oils are not friction modifier XL-3 (EST-M2C118-A) or available, then the oil change interval is equivalent for complete refill of 1,800 mi (2,900 km). Traction-Lok rear axles. Engine Air Filter Replacement Axle Maintenance The life of the engine air filter is dependent Change the axle fluid anytime an axle is on exposure to dusty and dirty conditions. submerged in water. Vehicles operated in these conditions require frequent inspection and replacement of the engine air filter.

506

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Scheduled Maintenance

SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE RECORD

Dealer stamp Repair Order #:

Distance:

Engine hours (optional):

Multi-point inspection (recommended): Signature:

E146852

507

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Scheduled Maintenance

Dealer stamp Repair Order #:

Distance:

Engine hours (optional):

Multi-point inspection (recommended): Signature:

E146852

508

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Scheduled Maintenance

Dealer stamp Repair Order #:

Distance:

Engine hours (optional):

Multi-point inspection (recommended): Signature:

E146852

509

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Scheduled Maintenance

Dealer stamp Repair Order #:

Distance:

Engine hours (optional):

Multi-point inspection (recommended): Signature:

E146852

510

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Scheduled Maintenance

Dealer stamp Repair Order #:

Distance:

Engine hours (optional):

Multi-point inspection (recommended): Signature:

E146852

511

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Scheduled Maintenance

Dealer stamp Repair Order #:

Distance:

Engine hours (optional):

Multi-point inspection (recommended): Signature:

E146852

512

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Scheduled Maintenance

Dealer stamp Repair Order #:

Distance:

Engine hours (optional):

Multi-point inspection (recommended): Signature:

E146852

513

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Scheduled Maintenance

Dealer stamp Repair Order #:

Distance:

Engine hours (optional):

Multi-point inspection (recommended): Signature:

E146852

514

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Scheduled Maintenance

Dealer stamp Repair Order #:

Distance:

Engine hours (optional):

Multi-point inspection (recommended): Signature:

E146852

515

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Scheduled Maintenance

Dealer stamp Repair Order #:

Distance:

Engine hours (optional):

Multi-point inspection (recommended): Signature:

E146852

516

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Appendices

END USER LICENSE • The MS SOFTWARE and/or FORD SOFTWARE may interface with and/or AGREEMENT communicate with, or may be later upgraded to interface with and/or SYNC End User License Agreement communicate with additional software (EULA) and/or systems provided by third party • You have acquired a device ("DEVICE") software and service suppliers. The that includes software licensed by Ford additional software and services of Motor Company and its affiliates third party origin, as well as associated ("FORD MOTOR COMPANY") from an media, printed materials, and "online" affiliate of Microsoft Corporation or electronic documentation ("THIRD ("MS") . Those installed software PARTY SOFTWARE") are protected by products of MS origin, as well as international intellectual property laws associated media, printed materials, and treaties. The THIRD PARTY and "online" or electronic SOFTWARE is licensed, not sold. All documentation ("MS SOFTWARE") rights reserved. are protected by international • The MS SOFTWARE, FORD intellectual property laws and treaties. SOFTWARE and THIRD PARTY The MS SOFTWARE is licensed, not SOFTWARE hereinafter collectively sold. All rights reserved. and individually will be referred to as • The MS SOFTWARE may interface with "SOFTWARE". and/or communicate with, or may be IF YOU DO NOT AGREE TO THIS END later upgraded to interface with and/or USER LICENSE AGREEMENT ("EULA") communicate with additional software DO NOT USE THE DEVICE OR COPY and/or systems provided by FORD THE SOFTWARE. ANY USE OF THE MOTOR COMPANY. The additional SOFTWARE, INCLUDING BUT NOT software and systems of FORD LIMITED TO USE ON THE DEVICE, WILL MOTOR COMPANY origin, as well as CONSTITUTE YOUR AGREEMENT TO associated media, printed materials, THIS EULA (OR RATIFICATION OF ANY and "online" or electronic PREVIOUS CONSENT). documentation ("FORD SOFTWARE") GRANT OF SOFTWARE LICENSE: This are protected by international EULA grants you the following license: intellectual property laws and treaties. The FORD SOFTWARE is licensed, not • You may use the SOFTWARE as sold. All rights reserved. installed on the DEVICE and as otherwise interfacing with systems and/or services provide by or through FORD MOTOR COMPANY or its third party software and service providers.

517

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Appendices

Description of Other Rights and • SOFTWARE Transfer: You may Limitations permanently transfer your rights under this EULA only as part of a sale or • Speech Recognition: If the transfer of the DEVICE, provided you SOFTWARE includes speech retain no copies, you transfer all of the recognition component(s), you should SOFTWARE (including all component understand that speech recognition is parts, the media and printed materials, an inherently statistical process and any upgrades, and, if applicable, the that recognition errors are inherent in Certificate(s) of Authenticity), and the the process. Neither FORD MOTOR recipient agrees to the terms of this COMPANY nor its suppliers shall be EULA. If the SOFTWARE is an upgrade, liable for any damages arising out of any transfer must include all prior errors in the speech recognition versions of the SOFTWARE. process. • Termination: Without prejudice to any • Limitations on Reverse Engineering, other rights, FORD MOTOR COMPANY Decompilation and Disassembly: or MS may terminate this EULA if you You may not reverse engineer, fail to comply with the terms and decompile, or disassemble nor permit conditions of this EULA. others to reverse engineer, decompile or disassemble the SOFTWARE, except • Security Updates/Digital Rights and only to the extent that such activity Management: Content owners use is expressly permitted by applicable the WMDRM technology included in law notwithstanding this limitation. your DEVICE to protect their intellectual property, included • Limitations on Distributing, copyrighted content. Portions of the Copying, Modifying and Creating SOFTWARE on your DEVICE use Derivative Works: You may not WMDRM software to access distribute, copy, make modifications WMDRM-protected content. If the to or create derivative works based on WMDRM software fails to protect the the SOFTWARE, except and only to the content, content owners may ask extent that such activity is expressly Microsoft to revoke the SOFTWARE's permitted by applicable law ability to use WMDRM to play or copy notwithstanding this limitation. protected content. This action does • Single EULA: The end user not affect unprotected content. When documentation for the DEVICE and your DEVICE downloads licenses for related systems and services may protected content, you agree that contain multiple EULAs, such as Microsoft may include a revocation list multiple translations and/or multiple with the licenses. Content owners may media versions (e.g., in the user require you to upgrade the SOFTWARE documentation and in the software). on your DEVICE to access their content. Even if you receive multiple EULAs, you If you decline an upgrade, you will not are licensed to use only one (1) copy of be able to access content that requires the SOFTWARE. the upgrade.

518

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Appendices

• Consent to Use of Data: You agree supplements, add-on components, or that MS, Microsoft Corporation, FORD Internet-based services components MOTOR COMPANY, third party of the SOFTWARE after the date you software and systems suppliers, their obtain your initial copy of the affiliates and/or their designated agent SOFTWARE ("Supplemental may collect and use technical Components"). information gathered in any manner as If FORD MOTOR COMPANY or third party part of product support services related software and services suppliers provide or to the SOFTWARE or related services. make available to you Supplemental MS, Microsoft Corporation, FORD Components and no other EULA terms are MOTOR COMPANY, third party provided along with the Supplemental software and services suppliers, their Components, then the terms of this EULA affiliates and/or their designated agent shall apply. may use this information solely to improve their products or to provide If MS, Microsoft Corporation, their affiliates customized services or technologies to and/or their designated agent make you. MS, Microsoft Corporation, FORD available Supplemental Components, and MOTOR COMPANY, third party no other EULA terms are provided, then software and systems suppliers, their the terms of this EULA shall apply, except affiliates and/or their designated agent that the MS, Microsoft Corporation or may disclose this information to others, affiliate entity providing the Supplemental but not in a form that personally Component(s) shall be the licensor of the identifies you. Supplemental Component(s). • Internet-Based Services FORD MOTOR COMPANY, MS, Microsoft Components: The SOFTWARE may Corporation, their affiliates and/or their contain components that enable and designated agent reserve the right to facilitate the use of certain discontinue without liability any Internet-based services. You Internet-based services provided to you or acknowledge and agree that MS, made available to you through the use of Microsoft Corporation, FORD MOTOR the SOFTWARE. COMPANY, third party software and service suppliers, their affiliates and/or their designated agent may automatically check the version of the SOFTWARE and/or its components that you are utilizing and may provide upgrades or supplements to the SOFTWARE that may be automatically downloaded to your DEVICE. • Additional Software/Services: The SOFTWARE may permit FORD MOTOR COMPANY, third party software and service suppliers, MS, Microsoft Corporation, their affiliates and/or their designated agent to provide or make available to you SOFTWARE updates,

519

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Appendices

• Links to Third Party Sites: The MS INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS: SOFTWARE may provide you with the All title and intellectual property rights in ability to link to third party sites through and to the SOFTWARE (including but not the use of the SOFTWARE. The third limited to any images, photographs, party sites are not under the control of animations, video, audio, music, text and MS, Microsoft Corporation, their "applets" incorporated into the affiliates and/or their designated SOFTWARE), the accompanying printed agent. Neither MS nor Microsoft materials, and any copies of the Corporation nor their affiliates nor their SOFTWARE, are owned by MS, Microsoft designated agent are responsible for Corporation, FORD MOTOR COMPANY, or (i) the contents of any third party sites, their affiliates or suppliers. The any links contained in third party sites, SOFTWARE is licensed, not sold. You may or any changes or updates to third not copy the printed materials party sites, or (ii) webcasting or any accompanying the SOFTWARE. All title other form of transmission received and intellectual property rights in and to from any third party sites. If the the content which may be accessed SOFTWARE provides links to third through use of the SOFTWARE is the party sites, those links are provided to property of the respective content owner you only as a convenience, and the and may be protected by applicable inclusion of any link does not imply an copyright or other intellectual property endorsement of the third party site by laws and treaties. This EULA grants you no MS, Microsoft Corporation, their rights to use such content. All rights not affiliates and/or their designated specifically granted under this EULA are agent. reserved by MS, Microsoft Corporation, • Obligation to Drive Responsibly: FORD MOTOR COMPANY, third party You recognize your obligation to drive software and service providers, their responsibly and keep attention on the affiliates and suppliers. Use of any on-line road. You will read and abide with the services which may be accessed through DEVICE operating instructions the SOFTWARE may be governed by the particularly as they pertain to safety respective terms of use relating to such and assumes any risk associated with services. If this SOFTWARE contains the use of the DEVICE. documentation that is provided only in electronic form, you may print one copy of UPGRADES AND RECOVERY MEDIA: such electronic documentation. If the SOFTWARE is provided by FORD MOTOR COMPANY separate from the EXPORT RESTRICTIONS: You DEVICE on media such as a ROM chip, CD acknowledge that the SOFTWARE is ROM disk(s) or via web download or other subject to U.S. and European Union export means, and is labeled "For Upgrade jurisdiction. You agree to comply with all Purposes Only" or "For Recovery Purposes applicable international and national laws Only" you may install one (1) copy of such that apply to the SOFTWARE, including SOFTWARE onto the DEVICE as a the U.S. Export Administration Regulations, replacement copy for the existing as well as end-user, end-use and SOFTWARE, and use it in accordance with destination restrictions issued by U.S. and this EULA, including any additional EULA other governments. For additional terms accompanying the upgrade information, see SOFTWARE. http://www.microsoft.com/exporting/.

520

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Appendices

TRADEMARKS: This EULA does not grant Adobe you any rights in connection with any trademarks or service marks of FORD Contains Adobe® [Flash® Player] or MOTOR COMPANY, MS, Microsoft [AIR®] technology by Adobe Systems Corporation, third party software or service Incorporated. This [Licensee Product] providers, their affiliates or suppliers. contains [Adobe® Flash® Player] [Adobe® AIR®] software under license PRODUCT SUPPORT: Product support from Adobe Systems Incorporated, for the SOFTWARE is not provided by MS, Copyright ©1995-2009 Adobe its parent corporation Microsoft Macromedia Software LLC. All rights Corporation, or their affiliates or reserved. Adobe, Flash and AIR are subsidiaries. For product support, please trademarks of Adobe Systems refer to FORD MOTOR COMPANY Incorporated. instructions provided in the documentation for the DEVICE. Should you have any End User Notice questions concerning this EULA, or if you desire to contact FORD MOTOR Microsoft® Windows® Mobile for COMPANY for any other reason, please Automotive Important Safety Information refer to the address provided in the documentation for the DEVICE. This system Ford SYNC contains software No Liability for Certain Damages: that is licensed to Manufacturer FORD EXCEPT AS PROHIBITED BY LAW, FORD MOTOR COMPANY by an affiliate of MOTOR COMPANY, ANY THIRD PARTY Microsoft Corporation pursuant to a license SOFTWARE OR SERVICES SUPPLIERS, agreement. Any removal, reproduction, MS, MICROSOFT CORPORATION AND reverse engineering or other unauthorized THEIR AFFILIATES SHALL HAVE NO use of the software from this system in LIABILITY FOR ANY INDIRECT, SPECIAL, violation of the license agreement is strictly CONSEQUENTIAL OR INCIDENTAL prohibited and may subject you to legal DAMAGES ARISING FROM OR IN action. CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR Read and follow instructions: Before PERFORMANCE OF THE SOFTWARE. THIS using your Windows Automotive- based LIMITATION SHALL APPLY EVEN IF ANY system, read and follow all instructions REMEDY FAILS OF ITS ESSENTIAL and safety information provided in this end PURPOSE. IN NO EVENT SHALL MS, user manual ("User's Guide"). Not MICROSOFT CORPORATION AND/OR following precautions found in this User's THEIR AFFILIATES BE LIABLE FOR ANY Guide can lead to an accident or other AMOUNT IN EXCESS OF U.S. TWO serious consequences. HUNDRED FIFTY DOLLARS (U.S. Keep User's Guide in vehicle: When kept $250.00). in the vehicle, the User's Guide will be a • THERE ARE NO WARRANTIES OTHER ready reference for you and other users THAN THOSE THAT MAY EXPRESSLY unfamiliar with the Windows BE PROVIDED FOR YOUR NEW Automotive-based system. Please make VEHICLE. certain that before using the system for the first time, all persons have access to the User's Guide and read its instructions and safety information carefully.

521

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Appendices

WARNING Use of Speech Recognition Functions: Speech recognition software is inherently Operating certain parts of this a statistical process which is subject to system while driving can distract errors. It is your responsibility to monitor your attention away from the road, any speech recognition functions included and possibly cause an accident or other in the system and address any errors. serious consequences. Do not change system settings or enter data non-verbally Navigation Features: Any navigation (using your hands) while driving. Stop the features included in the system are vehicle in a safe and legal manner before intended to provide turn by turn attempting these operations. This is instructions to get you to a desired important since while setting up or destination. Please make certain all changing some functions you might be persons using this system carefully read required to distract your attention away and follow instructions and safety from the road and remove your hands from information fully. the wheel. Distraction Hazard: Any navigation features may require manual (non-verbal) General Operation setup. Attempting to perform such set-up or insert data while driving can seriously Voice Command Control: Functions distract your attention and could cause an within the Windows Automotive-based accident or other serious consequences. system may be accomplished using only Stop the vehicle in a safe and legal manner voice commands. Using voice commands before attempting these operations. while driving allows you to operate the system without removing your hands from Let Your Judgment Prevail: Any the wheel. navigation features are provided only as an aid. Make your driving decisions based Prolonged Views of Screen: Do not on your observations of local conditions access any function requiring a prolonged and existing traffic regulations. Any such view of the screen while you are driving. feature is not a substitute for your personal Pull over in a safe and legal manner before judgment. Any route suggestions made by attempting to access a function of the this system should never replace any local system requiring prolonged attention. Even traffic regulations or your personal occasional short scans to the screen may judgment or knowledge of safe driving be hazardous if your attention has been practices. diverted away from your driving task at a critical time. Route Safety: Do not follow the route suggestions if doing so would result in an Volume Setting: Do not raise the volume unsafe or illegal maneuver, if you would be excessively. Keep the volume at a level placed in an unsafe situation, or if you where you can still hear outside traffic and would be directed into an area that you emergency signals while driving. Driving consider unsafe. The driver is ultimately while unable to hear these sounds could responsible for the safe operation of the cause an accident. vehicle and therefore, must evaluate whether it is safe to follow the suggested directions.

522

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Appendices

Potential Map Inaccuracy: Maps used Telenav may revise this Agreement and by this system may be inaccurate because the privacy policy at any time, with or of changes in roads, traffic controls or without notice to you. You agree to visit driving conditions. Always use good http://www.telenav.com from time to time judgment and common sense when to review the then current version of this following the suggested routes. Agreement and of the privacy policy. Emergency Services: Do not rely on any 1. Safe and Lawful Use navigation features included in the system to route you to emergency services. Ask You acknowledge that devoting attention local authorities or an emergency services to the Telenav Software may pose a risk operator for these locations. Not all of injury or death to you and others in emergency services such as police, fire situations that otherwise require your stations, hospitals and clinics are likely to undivided attention, and you therefore be contained in the map database for such agree to comply with the following when navigation features. using the Telenav Software: (a) observe all traffic laws and otherwise drive safely; TeleNav Software End User License (b) use your own personal judgment while Agreement driving. If you feel that a route suggested by the Telenav Software instructs you to Please read these terms and conditions perform an unsafe or illegal maneuver, carefully before you use the Telenav places you in an unsafe situation, or directs Software. Your use of the Telenav you into an area that you consider to be Software indicates that you accept these unsafe, do not follow such instructions; (c) terms and conditions. If you do not accept do not input destinations, or otherwise these terms and conditions, do not break manipulate the Telenav Software, unless the seal of the package, launch, or your vehicle is stationary and parked; (d) otherwise use the Telenav Software. do not use the Telenav Software for any These terms and conditions represent the illegal, unauthorized, unintended, unsafe, agreement (“Agreement”) between you hazardous, or unlawful purposes, or in any and Telenav, Inc. (“Telenav”) with respect manner inconsistent with this Agreement; to the Telenav Software (including (e) arrange all GPS and wireless devices upgrades, modifications, or additions and cables necessary for use of the thereto) (collectively “Telenav Software”). Telenav Software in a secure manner in All references herein to “you” and “your” your vehicle so that they will not interfere means you, your employees, agents, and with your driving and will not prevent the contractors, and any other entity on whose operation of any safety device (such as an behalf you accept these terms and airbag). conditions, all of whom shall also be bound You agree to indemnify and hold Telenav by this Agreement. Additionally, all of your harmless against all claims resulting from account information, as well as other any dangerous or otherwise inappropriate payment and personal information use of the Telenav Software in any moving provided by you to Telenav (directly or vehicle, including as a result of your failure through the use of the Telenav Software, to comply with the directions above. is subject to Telenav’s privacy policy located at http://www.telenav.com.

523

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Appendices

2. Account Information or proprietary rights, rights of publicity or privacy or other rights of any party, (ii) You agree: (a) when registering the violates any law, statute, ordinance or Telenav Software, to provide Telenav with regulation, including but not limited to laws true, accurate, current, and complete and regulations related to spamming, information about yourself, and (b) to privacy, consumer and child protection, inform Telenav promptly of any changes obscenity or defamation, or (iii) is harmful, to such information, and to keep it true, threatening, abusive, harassing, tortuous, accurate, current and complete. defamatory, vulgar, obscene, libelous, or 3. Software License otherwise objectionable; and (f) lease, rent out, or otherwise permit unauthorized Subject to your compliance with the terms access by third parties to the Telenav of this Agreement, Telenav hereby grants Software without advanced written to you a personal, non-exclusive, permission of Telenav. non-transferable license (except as expressly permitted below in connection 4. Disclaimers with your permanent transfer of the To the fullest extent permissible pursuant Telenav Software license), without the to applicable law, in no event will Telenav, right to sublicense, to use the Telenav its licensors and suppliers, or agents or Software (in object code form only) in employees of any of the foregoing, be order to access and use the Telenav liable for any decision made or action Software. This license shall terminate upon taken by you or anyone else in reliance on any termination or expiration of this the information provided by the Telenav Agreement. You agree that you will use the Software. Telenav also does not warrant Telenav Software only for your personal the accuracy of the map or other data used business or leisure purposes, and not to for the Telenav Software. Such data may provide commercial navigation services to not always reflect reality due to, among other parties. other things, road closures, construction, 3.1 License Limitations weather, new roads and other changing conditions. You are responsible for the You agree not to do any of the following: entire risk arising out of your use of the (a) reverse engineer, decompile, Telenav Software. For example but disassemble, translate, modify, alter or without limitation, you agree not to rely on otherwise change the Telenav Software the Telenav Software for critical navigation or any part thereof; (b) attempt to derive in areas where the well-being or survival the source code, audio library or structure of you or others is dependent on the of the Telenav Software without the prior accuracy of navigation, as the maps or express written consent of Telenav; (c) functionality of the Telenav Software are remove from the Telenav Software, or not intended to support such high risk alter, any of Telenav’s or its suppliers’ applications, especially in more remote trademarks, trade names, logos, patent or geographical areas. copyright notices, or other notices or markings; (d) distribute, sublicense or TELENAV EXPRESSLY DISCLAIMS AND otherwise transfer the Telenav Software EXCLUDES ALL WARRANTIES IN to others, except as part of your permanent CONNECTION WITH THE TELENAV transfer of the Telenav Software; or (e) SOFTWARE, WHETHER STATUTORY, use the Telenav Software in any manner EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING ALL that (i) infringes the intellectual property WARRANTIES WHICH MAY ARISE FROM

524

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Appendices

COURSE OF DEALING, CUSTOM OR STATES AND/OR JURISDICTIONS DO NOT TRADE AND INCLUDING, BUT NOT ALLOW THE EXCLUSION OR LIMITATION LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A DAMAGES, SO THE ABOVE LIMITATIONS PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND OR EXCLUSIONS MAY NOT APPLY TO NON-INFRINGEMENT OF THIRD PARTY YOU. RIGHTS WITH RESPECT TO THE TELENAV SOFTWARE. Certain jurisdictions do not 6. Arbitration and Governing Law permit the disclaimer of certain warranties, You agree that any dispute, claim or so this limitation may not apply to you. controversy arising out of or relating to this 5. Limitation of Liability Agreement or the Telenav Software shall be settled by independent arbitration TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED UNDER involving a neutral arbitrator and APPLICABLE LAW, UNDER NO administered by the American Arbitration CIRCUMSTANCES SHALL TELENAV OR Association in the County of Santa Clara, ITS LICENSORS AND SUPPLIERS BE California. The arbitrator shall apply the LIABLE TO YOU OR TO ANY THIRD PARTY Commercial Arbitration Rules of the FOR ANY INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, American Arbitration Association, and the CONSEQUENTIAL, SPECIAL OR judgment upon the award rendered by the EXEMPLARY DAMAGES (INCLUDING IN arbitrator may be entered by any court EACH CASE, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, having jurisdiction. Note that there is no DAMAGES FOR THE INABILITY TO USE judge or jury in an arbitration proceeding THE EQUIPMENT OR ACCESS DATA, and the decision of the arbitrator shall be LOSS OF DATA, LOSS OF BUSINESS, binding upon both parties. You expressly LOSS OF PROFITS, BUSINESS agree to waive your right to a jury trial. INTERRUPTION OR THE LIKE) ARISING This Agreement and performance OUT OF THE USE OF OR INABILITY TO hereunder will be governed by and USE THE TELENAV SOFTWARE, EVEN IF construed in accordance with the laws of TELENAV HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE the State of California, without giving POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. effect to its conflict of laws provisions. To NOTWITHSTANDING ANY DAMAGES the extent judicial action is necessary in THAT YOU MIGHT INCUR FOR ANY connection with the binding arbitration, REASON WHATSOEVER (INCLUDING, both Telenav and you agree to submit to WITHOUT LIMITATION, ALL DAMAGES the exclusive jurisdiction of the courts of REFERENCED HEREIN AND ALL DIRECT the County of Santa Clara, California. The OR GENERAL DAMAGES IN CONTRACT, United Nations Convention on Contracts TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE) OR for the International Sale of Goods shall OTHERWISE), THE ENTIRE LIABILITY OF not apply. TELENAV AND OF ALL OF TELENAV’S SUPPLIERS SHALL BE LIMITED TO THE 7. Assignment AMOUNT ACTUALLY PAID BY YOU FOR You may not resell, assign, or transfer this THE TELENAV SOFTWARE. SOME Agreement or any of your rights or obligations, except in totality, in connection with your permanent transfer of the Telenav Software, and expressly conditioned upon the new user of the Telenav Software agreeing to be bound by

525

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Appendices the terms and conditions of this Notices by posting them on Telenav’s Agreement. Any such sale, assignment or Website or by downloading such Notices transfer that is not expressly permitted to your wireless device. If you desire to under this paragraph will result in withdraw your consent to receive Notices immediate termination of this Agreement, electronically, you must discontinue your without liability to Telenav, in which case use of the Telenav Software. you and all other parties shall immediately cease all use of the Telenav Software. 8.4 Notwithstanding the foregoing, Telenav Telenav’s or your failure to require may assign this Agreement to any other performance of any provision shall not party at any time without notice, provided affect that party’s right to require the assignee remains bound by this performance at any time thereafter, nor Agreement. shall a waiver of any breach or default of 8. Miscellaneous this Agreement constitute a waiver of any subsequent breach or default or a waiver 8.1 of the provision itself. This Agreement constitutes the entire 8.5 agreement between Telenav and you with respect to the subject matter hereof. If any provision herein is held unenforceable, then such provision will be 8.2 modified to reflect the intention of the parties, and the remaining provisions of Except for the limited licenses expressly this Agreement will remain in full force and granted in this Agreement, Telenav retains effect. all right, title and interest in and to the Telenav Software, including without 8.6 limitation all related intellectual property rights. No licenses or other rights which are The headings in this Agreement are for not expressly granted in this Agreement convenience of reference only, will not be are intended to, or shall be, granted or deemed to be a part of this Agreement, conferred by implication, statute, and will not be referred to in connection inducement, estoppel or otherwise, and with the construction or interpretation of Telenav and its suppliers and licensors this Agreement. As used in this Agreement, hereby reserve all of their respective rights the words “include” and “including,” and other than the licenses explicitly granted variations thereof, will not be deemed to in this Agreement. be terms of limitation, but rather will be deemed to be followed by the words 8.3 “without limitation”. By using the Telenav Software, you 9. Other Vendors Terms and Conditions consent to receive from Telenav all communications, including notices, The Telenav Software utilizes map and agreements, legally required disclosures other data licensed to Telenav by third or other information in connection with the party vendors for the benefit of you and Telenav Software (collectively, “Notices”) other end users. This Agreement includes electronically. Telenav may provide such end-user terms applicable to these companies (included at the end of this

526

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Appendices

Agreement), and thus your use of the TERMS AND CONDITIONS Telenav Software is also subject to such terms. You agree to comply with the License Limitations on Use: following additional terms and conditions, You agree that your license to use this Data which are applicable to Telenav’s third is limited to and conditioned on use for party vendor licensors: solely personal, noncommercial purposes, End User License Agreement For and not for service bureau, timesharing or Distribution By HERE For North other similar purposes. Except as otherwise America/APAC set forth herein, you agree not to otherwise reproduce, copy, modify, decompile, The content provided (“Data”) is licensed, disassemble or reverse engineer any not sold. By opening this package, or portion of this Data, and may not transfer installing, copying, or otherwise using the or distribute it in any form, for any purpose, Data, you agree to be bound by the terms except to the extent permitted by of this agreement. If you do not agree to mandatory laws. the terms of this agreement, you are not permitted to install, copy, use, resell or License Limitations on Transfer: transfer the Data. If you wish to reject the Your limited license does not allow transfer terms of this agreement, and have not or resale of the Data, except on the installed, copied, or used the Data, you condition that you may transfer the Data must contact your retailer or HERE North and all accompanying materials on a America, LLC (as defined below) within permanent basis if: (a) you retain no copies thirty (30) days of purchase for a refund of the Data; (b) the recipient agrees to the of your purchase price. To contact HERE, terms of this End-User License Agreement; please visit www.here.com. and (c) you transfer the Data in the exact The Data is provided for your personal, same form as you purchased it by internal use only and may not be resold. It physically transferring the original media is protected by copyright, and is subject to (e.g., the CD-ROM or DVD you purchased), the following terms (this “End User License all original packaging, all Manuals and Agreement”) and conditions which are other documentation. Specifically, agreed to by you, on the one hand, and Multi-disc sets may only be transferred or HERE and its licensors (including their sold as a complete set as provided to you licensors and suppliers) on the other hand. and not as a subset thereof. For purposes of these terms, “HERE” shall mean (a) HERE North America, LLC with Additional License Limitations: respect to Data for the Americas and/or Except where you have been specifically the Asia Pacific region and (b) HERE licensed to do so by HERE in a separate Europe B.V. for Data for Europe, the Middle written agreement, and without limiting East and/or Africa. the preceding paragraph, your license is The Data includes certain information and conditioned on use of the Data as related content provided under license to prescribed in this agreement, and you may HERE from third parties and is subject to not (a) use this Data with any products, the applicable supplier terms and systems, or applications installed or copyright notices set forth at the following otherwise connected to or in URL: communication with vehicles capable of http://corporate.navteq.com/supplier_terms.html. vehicle navigation, positioning, dispatch,

527

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Appendices real time route guidance, fleet Disclaimer of Liability: management or similar applications; or (b) with, or in communication with, including HERE AND ITS LICENSORS (INCLUDING without limitation, cellular phones, THEIR LICENSORS AND SUPPLIERS) palmtop and handheld computers, pagers, SHALL NOT BE LIABLE TO YOU IN and personal digital -assistants or PDAs. RESPECT OF ANY CLAIM, DEMAND OR ACTION, IRRESPECTIVE OF THE NATURE Note: This Data may contain inaccurate or OF THE CAUSE OF THE CLAIM, DEMAND incomplete information due to the passage OR ACTION ALLEGING ANY LOSS, INJURY of time, changing circum-stances, sources OR DAMAGES, DIRECT OR INDIRECT, used and the nature of collecting WHICH MAY RESULT FROM THE USE OR comprehensive geographic Data, any of POSSESSION OF THIS DATA; OR FOR ANY which may lead to incorrect results. LOSS OF PROFIT, REVENUE, CONTRACTS OR SAVINGS, OR ANY OTHER DIRECT, No Warranty: INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL OR This Data is provided to you “as is”, and CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING you agree to use it at your own risk. HERE OUT OF YOUR USE OF OR INABILITY TO and its licensors (and their licensors and USE THIS DATA, ANY DEFECT IN THIS suppliers) make no guarantees, DATA, OR THE BREACH OF THESE TERMS representations or warranties of any kind, OR CONDITIONS, WHETHER IN AN express or implied, arising by law or ACTION IN CONTRACT OR TORT OR otherwise, including but not limited to, BASED ON A WARRANTY, EVEN IF HERE content, quality, accuracy, completeness, OR ITS LICENSORS HAVE BEEN ADVISED effectiveness, reliability, fitness for a OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. particular purpose, usefulness, use or Some States, Territories and Countries do results to be obtained from this Data, or not allow certain liability exclusions or that the Data or server will be damages limitations, so to that extent the uninterrupted or error ¬free. above may not apply to you. Disclaimer of Warranty: Export Control: HERE AND ITS LICENSORS (INCLUDING You agree not to export from anywhere THEIR LICENSORS AND SUPPLIERS) any part of the Data or any direct product DISCLAIM ANY WARRANTIES, EXPRESS thereof except in compliance with, and OR IMPLIED, OF QUALITY, with all licenses and approvals required PERFORMANCE, MERCHANTABILITY, under, applicable export laws, rules and FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE regulations, including but not limited to the OR NON-INFRINGEMENT. Some States, laws, rules and regulations administered Territories and Countries do not allow by the Office of Foreign Assets Control of certain warranty exclusions, so to that the U.S. Department of Commerce and the extent the above exclusion may not apply Bureau of Industry and Security of the U.S. to you. Department of Commerce. To the extent that any such export laws, rules or regulations prohibit HERE from complying with any of its obligations hereunder to deliver or distribute Data, such failure shall be excused and shall not constitute a breach of this Agreement.

528

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Appendices

Entire Agreement: Government End Users: These terms and conditions constitute the If the Data is being acquired by or on behalf entire agreement between HERE (and its of the United States government or any licensors, including their licensors and other entity seeking or applying rights suppliers) and you pertaining to the subject similar to those customarily claimed by the matter hereof, and supersedes in their United States government, this Data is a entirety any and all written or oral “commercial item” as that term is defined agreements previously existing between at 48 C.F.R. (“FAR”) 2.101, is licensed in us with respect to such subject matter. accordance with this End¬ User License Agreement, and each copy of Data Severability: delivered or otherwise furnished shall be You and HERE agree that if any portion of marked and embedded as appropriate this agreement is found illegal or with the following “Notice of Use”, and be unenforceable, that portion shall be treated in accordance with such Notice: severed and the remainder of the NOTICE OF USE Agreement shall be given full force and effect. CONTRACTOR (MANUFACTURER/SUPPLIER) Severability: NAME: You and HERE agree that if any portion of HERE this agreement is found illegal or unenforceable, that portion shall be CONTRACTOR severed and the remainder of the (MANUFACTURER/SUPPLIER) Agreement shall be given full force and ADDRESS: effect. 425 West Randolph Street, Chicago, IL Governing Law: 60606. The above terms and conditions shall be This Data is a commercial item as defined governed by the laws of the State of Illinois in FAR 2.101 (for Data for the Americas and/or the Asia and is subject to the End User License Pacific region) or The Netherlands (for Agreement under Data for Europe, the Middle East and which this Data was provided. Africa), without giving effect to (i) its conflict of laws provisions, or (ii) the United © 1987-2013 HERE. All rights reserved. Nations Convention for Contracts for the If the Contracting Officer, federal International Sale of Goods, which is government agency, or any federal official explicitly excluded. For any and all refuses to use the legend provided herein, disputes, claims and actions arising from the Contracting Officer, federal or in connection with the Data (“Claims”), government agency, or any federal official you agree to submit to the personal must notify HERE prior to seeking jurisdiction of (a) the State of Illinois for additional or alternative rights in the Data. Claims related to Data for the Americas and/or the Asia Pacific region provided to you hereunder, and (b) The Netherlands for Data for Europe, the Middle East and/or Africa provided to you hereunder.

529

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Appendices

Gracenote® Copyright You agree that you will use the content from Gracenote ("Gracenote Content") , CD and music-related data from Gracenote Data, the Gracenote Software, Gracenote, Inc., copyright© 2000-2007 and Gracenote Servers for your own Gracenote. Gracenote Software, copyright personal, non-commercial use only. You © 2000-2007 Gracenote. This product and agree not to assign, copy, transfer or service may practice one or more of the transmit the Gracenote Content, following U.S. Patents #5,987,525, Gracenote Software or any Gracenote #6,061,680, #6,154,773, #6,161,132, Data (except in a Tag associated with a #6,230,192, #6,230,207, #6.240,459, music file) to any third party. YOU AGREE #6,330,593 and other patents issued or NOT TO USE OR EXPLOIT GRACENOTE pending. Some services supplied under CONTENT, GRACENOTE DATA, THE license from Open Globe, Inc. for U.S. GRACENOTE SOFTWARE, OR Patent: #6,304,523. GRACENOTE SERVERS, EXCEPT AS Gracenote and CDDB are registered EXPRESSLY PERMITTED HEREIN. trademarks of Gracenote. The Gracenote You agree that your non-exclusive licenses logo and logotype, and the "Powered by to use the Gracenote Content, Gracenote Gracenote™" logo are trademarks of Data, the Gracenote Software, and Gracenote. Gracenote Servers will terminate if you Gracenote® End User License Agreement violate these restrictions. If your licenses (EULA) terminate, you agree to cease any and all use of the Gracenote Content, Gracenote This device contains software from Data, the Gracenote Software, and Gracenote, Inc. of 2000 Powell Street Gracenote Servers. Gracenote, Emeryville, California 94608 respectively, reserve all rights in Gracenote ("Gracenote"). Data, the Gracenote Software, and the The software from Gracenote (the Gracenote Servers and Gracenote Content, "Gracenote Software") enables this device including all ownership rights. Under no to do disc and music file identification and circumstances will either Gracenote obtain music-related information, including become liable for any payment to you for name, artist, track, and title information any information that you provide, including ("Gracenote Data") from online servers any copyrighted material or music file ("Gracenote Servers"), and to perform information. You agree that Gracenote other functions. You may use Gracenote may enforce its respective rights, Data only by means of the intended End collectively or separately, under this User functions of this device. agreement against you, directly in each company's own name. This device may contain content belonging to Gracenote's providers. If so, all of the Gracenote uses a unique identifier to track restrictions set forth herein with respect to queries for statistical purposes. The Gracenote Data shall also apply to such purpose of a randomly assigned numeric content and such content providers shall identifier is to allow Gracenote to count be entitled to all of the benefits and queries without knowing anything about protections set forth herein that are who you are. For more information, see the available to Gracenote. web page at www.gracenote.com for the Gracenote Privacy Policy.

530

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Appendices

THE GRACENOTE SOFTWARE, EACH ITEM Vehicle with SYNC only OF GRACENOTE DATA AND THE FCC ID: KMHSG1P1 GRACENOTE CONTENT ARE LICENSED TO YOU "AS IS". NEITHER GRACENOTE IC: 1422A-SG1P1 MAKES ANY REPRESENTATIONS OR Vehicle with SYNC and MyFord Touch WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, or MyLincoln Touch REGARDING THE ACCURACY OF ANY GRACENOTE DATA FROM THE FCC ID: KMHSYNCG2 GRACENOTE SERVERS OR GRACENOTE IC: 1422A-SYNCG2 CONTENT. GRACENOTE COLLECTIVELY AND SEPARATELY RESERVE THE RIGHT This device complies with Part 15 of the TO DELETE DATA AND/OR CONTENT FCC Rules and with RSS-210 of Industry FROM THE COMPANIES' RESPECTIVE Canada. Operation is subject to the SERVERS OR, IN THE CASE OF following two conditions: (1) This device GRACENOTE, CHANGE DATA may not cause harmful interference, and CATEGORIES FOR ANY CAUSE THAT (2) this device must accept any GRACENOTE DEEMS SUFFICIENT. NO interference received, including WARRANTY IS MADE THAT EITHER interference that may cause undesired GRACENOTE CONTENT OR THE operation. GRACENOTE SOFTWARE OR WARNING GRACENOTE SERVERS ARE ERROR-FREE OR THAT THE FUNCTIONING OF THE Changes or modifications not GRACENOTE SOFTWARE OR expressively approved by the party GRACENOTE SERVERS WILL BE responsible for compliance could UNINTERRUPTED. GRACENOTE IS NOT void the user's authority to operate the OBLIGATED TO PROVIDE YOU WITH ANY equipment. The term "IC" before the radio ENHANCED OR ADDITIONAL DATA TYPES certification number only signifies that THAT GRACENOTE MAY CHOOSE TO Industry Canada technical specifications PROVIDE IN THE FUTURE AND IS FREE were met. TO DISCONTINUE ITS ONLINE SERVICES AT ANY TIME. GRACENOTE DISCLAIM ALL The antenna used for this transmitter must WARRANTIES EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, not be co-located or operating in INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, conjunction with any other antenna or IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF transmitter. MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, TITLE, AND NON-INFRINGEMENT. NEITHER GRACENOTE WARRANTS THE RESULTS THAT WILL BE OBTAINED BY YOUR USE OF THE GRACENOTE SOFTWARE OR ANY GRACENOTE SERVER. IN NO CASE WILL GRACENOTE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL OR INCIDENTAL DAMAGES OR FOR ANY LOST PROFITS OR LOST REVENUES FOR ANY REASON WHATSOEVER. © Gracenote 2007.

531

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Appendices

TYPE APPROVALS

RF Certification Logos for Tire Pressure Monitoring Sensor(s)

E202555 Brazil

E207816 Argentina

E207818 European Union EU

E207817 Abu Dhabi, Dubai

E207819 Jordan

E197509

E207820 Malaysia

532

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Appendices

E197811 E207822 Moldova Singapore

E207821 E198002 Morocco South Africa

E198001 Philippines

E203899

E197844 Serbia

533

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Appendices

E203679 Taiwan

E198009 Ukraine

534

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Index

3 Alarm See: Anti-Theft Alarm...... 69 360 Degree Parking Aid Camera...... 208 Ambient Lighting...... 87 Camera Views...... 208 Anti-Theft Alarm...... 69 Front Camera...... 209 Arming the Alarm...... 70 Side Camera...... 209 Disarming the Alarm...... 70 Full Guard ...... 70 4 Reduced Guard...... 69 Appendices...... 517 4WD Audible Warnings and Indicators...... 102 See: Four-Wheel Drive...... 180 Airbag Secondary Warning...... 102 Beltminder Warning...... 102 A Door Ajar Warning...... 102 Headlamps On Warning...... 102 A/C Key in Ignition Warning...... 102 See: Climate Control...... 131 Keyless Warning Alert...... 102 About This Manual...... 7 Parking Brake On Warning...... 102 ABS Rear Park Aid Warning...... 102 See: Brakes...... 190 Service Advancetrac Warning...... 102 ABS driving hints Audio Control...... 74 See: Hints on Driving With Anti-Lock Media...... 74 Brakes...... 190 Seek, Next or Previous...... 74 Accessories...... 494 Audio Input Jack...... 397 Exterior style...... 494 Audio System...... 380 Interior style...... 494 General Information...... 380 Lifestyle...... 494 Audio Unit - Vehicles With: AM/FM/CD/ Peace of mind...... 494 SYNC/Satellite Radio...... 388 Accessories Audio Unit - Vehicles With: AM/FM/ See: Replacement Parts CD...... 383 Recommendation...... 11 Audio Unit - Vehicles With: AM/FM/ ACC SYNC...... 386 See: Using Adaptive Cruise Control...... 212 Audio Unit - Vehicles With: AM/FM...... 381 Active Park Assist...... 201 Audio Unit - Vehicles With: Sony AM/ Automatic Steering into Parking FM/CD...... 390 Space...... 203 Autolamps...... 80 Deactivating the Park Assist Feature...... 203 Windshield Wiper Activated Troubleshooting the System...... 204 Headlamps...... 81 Using Active Park Assist...... 202 Automatic Climate Control...... 133 Adjusting the Headlamps...... 310 Automatic High Beam Control...... 82 Horizontal Aim Adjustment...... 311 Activating the System...... 83 Vertical Aim Adjustment...... 310 Manually Overriding the System...... 83 Adjusting the Pedals...... 77 Adjusting the Steering Wheel...... 73 Power Tilt and Telescope Steering Column...... 73 Airbag Disposal...... 50 Air Conditioning See: Climate Control...... 131

535

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Index

Automatic Transmission...... 174 Capacities and Specifications - 3.5L Brake-Shift Interlock...... 177 Ecoboost™...... 366 If Your Vehicle Gets Stuck In Mud or Specifications...... 367 Snow...... 179 Capacities and Specifications - Understanding the Shift Positions of a 5.0L...... 375 6–Speed Automatic Transmission...... 174 Specifications...... 376 Understanding your SelectShift Capacities and Specifications...... 358 Automatic™ transmission...... 176 Car Wash Automatic Transmission Fluid See: Cleaning the Exterior...... 318 Check...... 306 Center Console...... 156 Auto-Start-Stop...... 164 ...... 157 Disabling Auto StartStop...... 165 Changing a Bulb...... 311 Enabling Auto StartStop...... 164 Accessing the Halogen High Beam, Low Autowipers...... 78 Beam and Direction Indicator Auxiliary Power Points...... 154 Bulbs...... 312 110 Volt - 400 Watt Capacity AC Power Lamp Assembly Condensation...... 311 Outlet...... 154 Replacing Brake, Rear, Direction Indicator 12 Volt DC Power Point...... 154 and Reverse Lamp Bulbs...... 314 Locations...... 154 Replacing Cargo Lamp and High-mount Brake Lamp Bulbs...... 314 B Replacing Exterior Mounted Mirror Direction Indicator Lamp Bulbs...... 315 Blind Spot Information System...... 223 Replacing Fog Lamp Bulbs...... 313 Switching the System Off and On...... 225 Replacing LED Brake, Rear, Direction System Errors...... 225 Indicator and Reverse Lamp Bulbs...... 314 Using the System...... 223 Replacing LED Cargo Lamp, Spot Lamp and Bonnet Lock High-mount Brake Lamp Bulbs...... 315 See: Opening and Closing the Hood...... 296 Replacing LED Direction Indicator and Side Booster Seats...... 28 Marker Bulbs...... 314 Types of Booster Seats...... 28 Replacing LED Headlamp Bulbs...... 314 Brake Fluid Check...... 307 Replacing Side Marker Bulb...... 313 Brakes...... 190 Replacing the Halogen High Beam, Low General Information...... 190 Beam and Direction Indicator Breaking-In...... 271 Bulbs...... 312 Bulb Specification Chart...... 315 Replacing the License Plate Lamp Bulb...... 315 C Changing a Fuse...... 295 Fuses...... 295 Cabin Air Filter...... 137 Changing a Road Wheel...... 349 California Proposition 65...... 11 Dissimilar Spare Wheel and Tire Assembly Capacities and Specifications - 2.7L Information...... 349 EcoBoost™...... 362 Location of the Spare Tire and Tools...... 350 Specifications...... 363 Tire Change Procedure...... 351 Capacities and Specifications - Changing the 12V Battery...... 307 3.5L...... 370 Battery Management System (If Specifications...... 372 Equipped)...... 309 Changing the Engine Air Filter...... 317 Changing the Wiper Blades...... 309

536

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Index

Checking MyKey System Status...... 59 Cruise Control...... 75 Checking the Wiper Blades...... 309 Principle of Operation...... 211 Child Restraint and Safety Belt Type 1...... 75 Maintenance...... 41 Type 2...... 75 Child Safety...... 15 Cruise control General Information...... 15 See: Using Cruise Control...... 211 Child Safety Locks...... 31 Customer Assistance...... 281 Left-Hand Side...... 32 Right-Hand Side...... 32 D Child Seat Positioning...... 30 Cleaning Leather Seats...... 321 Data Recording...... 9 With King Ranch Edition...... 322 Event Data Recording...... 9 Without King Ranch Edition...... 321 Service Data Recording...... 9 Cleaning Products...... 318 Daytime Running Lamps...... 82 Cleaning the Alloy Wheels...... 323 Type 1 - Conventional Cleaning the Engine...... 319 (Non-Configurable)...... 82 Cleaning the Exterior...... 318 Type 2 - Configurable...... 82 Exterior Chrome Parts...... 318 Digital Radio...... 392 Exterior Plastic Parts...... 319 HD Radio Reception and Station Stripes or Graphics...... 319 Troubleshooting...... 393 Underbody...... 319 Direction Indicators...... 84 Cleaning the Instrument Panel and Lane Change...... 84 Instrument Cluster Lens...... 321 Driver Alert...... 219 Cleaning the Interior...... 320 Using Driver Alert...... 219 Cleaning the Windows and Wiper Driver and Passenger Airbags...... 44 Blades...... 320 Children and Airbags...... 44 Clearing All MyKeys...... 59 Proper Driver and Front Passenger Seating Climate...... 482 Adjustment...... 44 Climate Control Voice Commands...... 484 Driving Aids...... 219 Climate Control...... 131 Driving Hints...... 271 Climate Controlled Seats...... 147 Driving Through Water...... 272 Cooled Seats...... 148 DRL Collision Warning System...... 229 See: Daytime Running Lamps...... 82 Principle Of Operation...... 229 Coolant Check E See: Engine Coolant Check...... 302 Crash Sensors and Airbag Indicator...... 49 Economical Driving...... 271 Creating a MyKey...... 58 Electric Parking Brake...... 191 Programming/Changing Configurable Applying the Electric Parking Brake...... 191 Settings...... 58 Applying the Electric Parking Brake When Cross Traffic Alert...... 225 the Vehicle is Moving...... 192 False Alerts...... 227 Battery With No Charge...... 193 Switching the System Off and On...... 228 Releasing the Electric Parking Brake...... 192 System Errors...... 227 Electronic Locking Differential...... 188 System Lights, Messages and Audible Activating the Electronic Locking Alerts...... 227 Differential...... 188 System Limitations...... 227 Using the System...... 225

537

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Index

Emission Control System...... 171 Event Data Recording On-Board Diagnostics (OBD-II)...... 172 See: Data Recording...... 9 Readiness for Inspection/Maintenance Export Unique Options...... 13 (I/M) Testing...... 173 Extended Service Plan (ESP)...... 496 End User License Agreement...... 517 SERVICE PLANS (CANADA ONLY)...... 497 SYNC End User License Agreement SERVICE PLANS (U.S. Only)...... 496 (EULA)...... 517 Exterior Mirrors...... 89 Engine Block Heater...... 162 360-Degree Camera...... 92 Using the Engine Block Heater...... 163 Auto-dimming Feature (if equipped)...... 91 Engine Coolant Check...... 302 Blind Spot Information System...... 93 Adding Engine Coolant...... 303 Clearance Lamps ...... 92 Checking the Engine Coolant...... 302 Direction Indicator Mirrors ...... 92 Recycled Engine Coolant...... 303 Fold-Away Exterior Mirrors...... 90 Severe Climates...... 304 Heated Exterior Mirrors ...... 91 What You Should Know About Fail-Safe Integrated Blind Spot Mirror (If Cooling...... 304 Equipped)...... 92 Engine Immobilizer Memory Mirrors ...... 91 See: Passive Anti-Theft System...... 67 Power Exterior Mirrors...... 89 Engine Oil Check...... 301 Power-Folding Mirrors...... 90 Adding Engine Oil...... 301 Puddle Lamps...... 92 Engine Oil Dipstick...... 301 Spot Lamps...... 92 Engine Specifications...... 358 Drivebelt Routing...... 358 F Entertainment...... 450 AM/FM Radio...... 452 Fastening the Safety Belts...... 34 Bluetooth Audio...... 465 Fastening the Cinch Tongue...... 35 Browsing Device Content...... 450 Rear Inflatable Safety Belt...... 37 CD...... 461 Safety Belt Extension Assembly...... 38 Line In...... 466 Safety Belt Locking Modes...... 36 SD Card Slot and USB Port...... 462 Using Safety Belts During Pregnancy...... 35 SIRIUS® Satellite Radio (If Using the Safety Belt with Cinch Tongue Activated)...... 457 (Front Center Seat)...... 34 Supported Media Players, Formats and Floor Mats...... 272 Metadata Information...... 465 Fog Lamps - Front Environment...... 14 See: Front Fog Lamps...... 84 EPB Foot Pedals See: Electric Parking Brake...... 191 See: Adjusting the Pedals...... 77 Essential Towing Checks...... 260 Ford Credit...... 11 Before Towing a Trailer...... 265 (U.S. Only)...... 11 Hitches...... 261 Four-Wheel Drive...... 180 Launching or Retrieving a Boat or Personal Front Fog Lamps...... 84 Watercraft (PWC)...... 266 Front Passenger Sensing System...... 45 Safety Chains...... 261 Front Seat Armrest...... 148 Trailer Brakes...... 261 Fuel and Refueling...... 166 Trailer Lamps...... 265 Fuel Consumption...... 170 Trailer Towing Connector...... 260 Calculating Fuel Economy...... 171 Using a Step Bumper...... 265 Filling the Tank...... 170 When Towing a Trailer...... 265 Fuel Filter...... 307

538

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Index

Fuel Quality...... 167 Head Restraints...... 139 Choosing the Right Fuel With a Flex Fuel Adjusting the Head Restraint...... 140 Vehicle (If Equipped)...... 167 Heated Seats...... 146 Choosing the Right Fuel Without a Flex Fuel Rear Heated Seats...... 147 Vehicle (If Equipped)...... 167 Heated Windows and Mirrors...... 137 Octane Recommendations...... 167 Heated Exterior Mirror...... 137 Fuel Shutoff...... 277 Heated Rear Window...... 137 Fuses...... 287 Heating Fuse Specification Chart...... 287 See: Climate Control...... 131 Passenger Compartment Fuse Hill Start Assist...... 193 Panel...... 292 Switching the System On and Off...... 194 Power Distribution Box...... 287 Using Hill Start Assist...... 193 Hints on Controlling the Interior G Climate...... 135 Cooling the Interior Quickly...... 136 Garage Door Opener General Hints...... 135 See: Universal Garage Door Opener...... 150 Heating the Interior Quickly...... 135 Gauges...... 95 Recommended Settings for Cooling ...... 136 Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge...... 97 Recommended Settings for Heating...... 136 Engine Oil Pressure Gauge...... 97 Side Window Defogging in Cold Fuel Gauge...... 97 Weather...... 137 Information Display...... 98 Hints on Driving With Anti-Lock Transmission Fluid Temperature Brakes...... 190 Gauge...... 98 Hood Lock Type 1 and 2...... 95 See: Opening and Closing the Hood...... 296 Type 3...... 96 General Information on Radio I Frequencies...... 51 Intelligent Access...... 51 Ignition Switch...... 158 General Maintenance Information...... 498 In California (U.S. Only)...... 282 Multi-Point Inspection...... 500 Information Display Control...... 76 Owner Checks and Services...... 499 Information Displays...... 103 Protecting Your Investment...... 498 General Information...... 103 Why Maintain Your Vehicle?...... 498 Information...... 473 Why Maintain Your Vehicle at Your 911 Assist...... 479 Dealership?...... 498 Alerts...... 479 Getting Assistance Outside the U.S. and Calendar...... 479 Canada...... 284 Sirius Travel Link...... 476 Getting the Services You Need...... 281 SYNC Services (If Equipped, United States Away From Home...... 281 Only)...... 473 Vehicle Health Report (If Equipped, United H States Only)...... 481 Handbrake See: Parking Brake...... 190 Hazard Warning Flashers...... 277 HDC See: Using Hill Descent Control...... 198

539

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Index

Information Messages...... 118 Installing Child Seats...... 16 4WD...... 130 Child Seats...... 16 Active Park...... 118 Combining Safety Belt and LATCH Lower Adaptive Cruise Control...... 119 Anchors for Attaching Child Safety AdvanceTrac and Traction Control...... 119 Seats...... 25 Airbag...... 120 Front Seat Tether Strap Attachment Alarm and Security...... 120 (Regular Cab)...... 26 Battery and Charging System...... 121 Rear Seat Tether Strap Attachment (Crew Blind Spot Information and Cross Traffic Cab and Super Cab)...... 27 Alert System...... 121 Use of Inboard Lower Anchors from the Collision Warning System...... 122 Outboard Seating Positions (Center Doors and Locks...... 122 Seating Use) ...... 24 Driver Alert...... 122 Using Inflatable Safety Belts (Rear Seat Drivetrain...... 122 Outboard Positions)...... 21 Engine...... 123 Using Lap and Shoulder Belts (Except Front Fuel...... 123 Center Position of Super Cab and Crew Keys and Intelligent Access...... 123 Cab)...... 17 Lane Keeping System...... 124 Using Lap and Shoulder Belts (Front Center Maintenance...... 125 Position of Super Cab and Crew MyKey...... 125 Cab)...... 19 Off Road...... 126 Using Lower Anchors and Tethers for Park Aid...... 127 CHildren (LATCH)...... 23 Park Brake...... 127 Using Tether Straps...... 25 Power Steering...... 128 Instrument Cluster...... 95 Remote Start...... 128 Instrument Lighting Dimmer...... 81 Seats...... 128 Interior Lamps...... 85 Starting System ...... 128 Front Interior Lamps...... 85 Tire Pressure Monitoring System...... 129 Rear Interior Lamps...... 87 Trailer...... 129 Interior Mirror...... 93 Auto-Dimming Mirror...... 93 Introduction...... 7 J Jump Starting the Vehicle...... 278 Connecting the Jumper Cables...... 278 Jump Starting...... 279 Preparing Your Vehicle...... 278 Removing the Jumper Cables...... 279 K Keyless Entry...... 64 SECURICODE™ KEYLESS ENTRY KEYPAD...... 64 Keyless Starting...... 158 Ignition Modes...... 159 Keys and Remote Controls...... 51

540

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Index

L Moonroof...... 93 Bounce-Back...... 94 Lane Keeping System...... 219 Opening and Closing the Moonroof...... 94 Switching the System On and Off...... 220 Motorcraft Parts...... 359 Lighting Control...... 80 MyFord Touch™...... 433 Headlamp Flasher...... 80 General Information...... 433 High Beams...... 80 MyKey Troubleshooting...... 60 Lighting...... 80 MyKey™...... 57 Load Carrying...... 232 Principle of Operation...... 57 Load Limit...... 232 Special Loading Instructions for Owners of N Pick-up Trucks and Utility-type Vehicles...... 238 Navigation...... 485 Vehicle Loading - with and without a cityseekr...... 487 Trailer...... 232 Map Mode...... 489 Locking and Unlocking...... 62 Navigation Map Updates...... 492 Activating Intelligent Access...... 63 Navigation Voice Commands...... 492 Autolock and Autounlock...... 64 Point of Interest (POI) Categories...... 486 Battery Saver...... 64 Quick-touch Buttons...... 491 Illuminated Entry...... 64 Setting a Destination...... 485 Power Door Locks...... 62 Setting Your Navigation Preferences...... 488 Remote Control...... 62 Normal Scheduled Maintenance...... 501 Smart Unlock...... 63 Intelligent Oil-Life Monitor...... 501 Smart Unlocks for Intelligent Access Normal Maintenance Intervals...... 502 Keys...... 63 Locks...... 62 O Lug Nuts See: Changing a Road Wheel...... 349 Oil Check See: Engine Oil Check...... 301 M Opening and Closing the Hood...... 296 Ordering Additional Owner's Maintenance...... 296 Literature...... 285 General Information...... 296 Obtaining a French Owner’s Manual...... 285 Manual Climate Control...... 131 Overhead Console...... 157 Manual Seats...... 141 Manual Lumbar ...... 142 P Moving the Seat Backward and Forward...... 141 Parking Aid...... 200 Recline Adjustment...... 142 Rear Sensing System...... 200 Media Hub...... 398 Parking Aids...... 200 Memory Function...... 144 Parking Brake...... 190 Easy Entry and Exit Feature...... 145 Passive Anti-Theft System...... 67 Message Center SecuriLock™...... 67 See: Information Displays...... 103 PATS Mirrors See: Passive Anti-Theft System...... 67 See: Heated Windows and Mirrors...... 137 Pedals...... 77 See: Windows and Mirrors...... 88 Perchlorate...... 11 Mobile Communications Equipment...... 12

541

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Index

Personal Safety System™...... 42 Remote Control...... 51 How Does the Personal Safety System Car Finder...... 55 Work?...... 42 Integrated Keyhead Transmitters ...... 51 Phone...... 467 Intelligent Access Key...... 52 Making Calls...... 469 Memory Feature...... 54 Pairing Subsequent Phones...... 468 Remote Start ...... 55 Pairing Your Phone for the First Replacing the Battery...... 52 Time...... 468 Sounding a Panic Alarm...... 55 Phone Menu Options...... 469 Remote Start...... 138 Phone Settings...... 471 Automatic Settings...... 138 Phone Voice Commands...... 471 Repairing Minor Paint Damage...... 322 Receiving Calls...... 469 Replacement Parts Text Messaging...... 470 Recommendation...... 11 Post-Crash Alert System...... 280 Collision Repairs...... 11 Power Door Locks Scheduled Maintenance and Mechanical See: Locking and Unlocking...... 62 Repairs...... 11 Power Running Boards...... 71 Warranty on Replacement Parts...... 12 Power Seats...... 142 Replacing a Lost Key or Remote Multi-Contour Front Seats With Active Control...... 56 Motion (If Equipped)...... 143 Reporting Safety Defects (Canada Power Lumbar...... 143 Only)...... 286 Power Steering Fluid Check...... 307 Reporting Safety Defects (U.S. Power Windows...... 88 Only)...... 285 Accessory Delay...... 89 Roadside Assistance...... 276 Bounce-Back...... 88 Vehicles Sold in Canada: Getting Roadside One-Touch Up or Down...... 88 Assistance...... 276 Power Sliding Back Window...... 89 Vehicles Sold in Canada: Using Roadside Window Lock...... 89 Assistance...... 276 Protecting the Environment...... 14 Vehicles Sold in the United States: Getting Roadside Assistance...... 276 R Vehicles Sold in the United States: Using Roadside Assistance...... 276 Rear Axle...... 188 Roadside Emergencies...... 276 Rear Seat Armrest...... 149 Running-In Rear Seats...... 145 See: Breaking-In...... 271 Folding Up the Rear Seat Cushion ...... 145 Running Out of Fuel...... 168 Returning the Seat to the Seating Refilling With a Portable Fuel Position...... 146 Container...... 168 Rear View Camera...... 205 Using the Rear View Camera S System...... 205 Rear View Camera Safety Belt Height Adjustment...... 38 See: Rear View Camera...... 205 Safety Belt Minder...... 39 Recommended Towing Weights...... 249 Belt-Minder™...... 39 Calculating the Maximum Loaded Trailer Safety Belts...... 33 Weight for Your Vehicle...... 259 Principle of Operation...... 33 Refueling...... 169 Easy Fuel™ Capless Fuel System...... 169

542

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Index

Safety Belt Warning Lamp and Indicator Stability Control...... 196 Chime...... 39 Principle of Operation...... 196 Conditions of operation...... 39 Starter Switch Safety Canopy™...... 48 See: Ignition Switch...... 158 Safety Precautions...... 166 Starting a Gasoline Engine...... 159 Satellite Radio...... 394 Automatic Engine Shutdown...... 161 Satellite Radio Electronic Serial Number Failure to Start...... 160 (ESN)...... 396 Guarding Against Exhaust Fumes...... 162 Satellite Radio Reception Factors...... 395 Important Ventilating Information...... 162 SIRIUS® Satellite Radio Service...... 395 Stopping the Engine When Your Vehicle is Troubleshooting...... 396 Moving...... 161 Scheduled Maintenance Record...... 507 Stopping the Engine When Your Vehicle is Scheduled Maintenance...... 498 Stationary...... 161 Seats...... 139 Vehicles with an Ignition Key...... 159 Security...... 67 Vehicles with Keyless Start...... 160 Settings...... 440 Starting and Stopping the Engine...... 158 Clock...... 440 General Information...... 158 Display...... 441 Steering...... 228 Settings...... 443 Electric Power Steering...... 228 Sound...... 441 Steering Wheel...... 73 Vehicle...... 442 Storage Compartments...... 156 Side Airbags...... 47 Sunroof Sitting in the Correct Position...... 139 See: Moonroof...... 93 Snow Chains Sun Visors...... 93 See: Using Snow Chains...... 343 Illuminated Vanity Mirror...... 93 Snowplowing...... 273 Supplementary Restraints System...... 43 Engine Temperature while Plowing...... 275 Principle of Operation...... 43 Installing the Snowplow...... 273 Symbols Glossary...... 7 Operating the Vehicle with the Snowplow SYNC™ Applications and Services...... 413 Attached...... 274 911 Assist...... 413 Outside Air Temperature While SYNC Mobile Apps...... 415 Plowing...... 275 SYNC™...... 399 Snowplowing with your Airbag Equipped General Information...... 399 Vehicle...... 274 SYNC™ Troubleshooting...... 424 Snowplow Mode...... 274 Transmission Operation while T Plowing...... 275 Special Notices...... 12 Tailgate...... 238 New Vehicle Limited Warranty...... 12 Bed Extender...... 242 Special Instructions...... 12 Bed Ramp...... 244 Special Operating Conditions Scheduled BoxLink™ Cleats...... 243 Maintenance...... 504 Box Side Step...... 241 Exceptions...... 506 Electronic Tailgate Opening ...... 239 Speed Control Manual Tailgate Opening...... 239 See: Cruise Control...... 211 Tailgate Lock...... 238 Spot Lamps...... 84 Tailgate Removal...... 240 Cargo and Trailer Hookup Lamps...... 85 Tailgate Step...... 240

543

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Index

Technical Specifications Under Hood Overview - 3.5L See: Capacities and Specifications...... 358 Ecoboost™...... 298 Terrain Response...... 198 Under Hood Overview - 3.5L...... 299 Principle of Operation...... 198 Under Hood Overview - 5.0L...... 300 The Better Business Bureau (BBB) Auto Unique Driving Characteristics...... 164 Line Program (U.S. Only)...... 283 Universal Garage Door Opener...... 150 Tire Care...... 328 HomeLink Wireless Control System...... 150 Glossary of Tire Terminology...... 329 USB Port...... 397 Information About Uniform Tire Quality Using Adaptive Cruise Control...... 212 Grading...... 328 Blocked Sensor...... 217 Information Contained on the Tire Changing the Set Speed...... 215 Sidewall...... 330 Detection Issues...... 216 Temperature A B C...... 329 Disengaging the System...... 215 Traction AA A B C...... 328 Following a Vehicle...... 213 Treadwear...... 328 Hilly Condition Usage...... 216 Tire Pressure Monitoring System...... 344 Low Speed Automatic Cancellation...... 216 Changing Tires With a Tire Pressure Overriding the System...... 215 Monitoring System...... 345 Resuming the Set Speed...... 215 Understanding Your Tire Pressure Setting a Speed...... 213 Monitoring System ...... 345 Setting the Gap Distance...... 214 Tires Switching the System Off...... 216 See: Wheels and Tires...... 326 Switching the System On...... 213 Towing a Trailer...... 248 Switching to Normal Cruise Control...... 218 Load Placement...... 248 System Not Available...... 217 Towing Points...... 266 Using Cruise Control...... 211 Towing the Vehicle on Four Switching Cruise Control Off...... 212 Wheels...... 268 Switching Cruise Control On and Off...... 211 Emergency Towing...... 268 Using Four-Wheel Drive...... 180 Recreational Towing...... 268 4WD Indicator Lights...... 180 Towing...... 248 Driving Off-Road With Truck and Utility Traction Control...... 195 Vehicles...... 183 Principle of Operation...... 195 How Your Vehicle Differs From Other Trailer Sway Control...... 249 Vehicles...... 183 Transfer Case Fluid Check...... 306 Using the 2-Speed Automatic 4WD Transmission Code Designation...... 361 System...... 181 Transmission...... 174 Using the Electronic Shift on the Fly 4WD Transmission system...... 180 See: Transmission...... 174 Using Hill Descent Control...... 198 Transporting the Vehicle...... 267 Hill descent modes...... 198 Type Approvals...... 532 Using MyKey With Remote Start RF Certification Logos for Tire Pressure Systems...... 60 Monitoring Sensor(s)...... 532 Using Power Running Boards...... 71 Automatic Power Deploy...... 71 U Automatic Power Stow...... 71 Bounce-back...... 72 Under Hood Overview - 2.7L Enabling and Disabling...... 71 EcoBoost™...... 297 Manual Power Deploy...... 71 2.7L EcoBoost...... 297 Using Snow Chains...... 343

544

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Index

Using Stability Control...... 197 Vehicle Storage...... 323 AdvanceTrac™ with Roll Stability Control™ Battery...... 324 (RSC™)...... 197 Body...... 323 Using SYNC™ With Your Media Brakes...... 324 Player...... 417 Cooling system...... 324 Accessing Your USB Song Library...... 420 Engine...... 324 Bluetooth Devices and System Fuel system...... 324 Settings...... 422 General...... 323 Connecting Your Digital Media Player to the Miscellaneous...... 324 USB Port...... 417 Removing Vehicle From Storage...... 324 Line In Audio...... 422 Tires...... 324 Media Menu Features...... 419 Ventilation Media Voice Commands...... 417 See: Climate Control...... 131 USB 2...... 422 VIN Voice Commands for Audio Sources...... 422 See: Vehicle Identification Number...... 359 What's Playing?...... 417 Voice Control...... 75 Using SYNC™ With Your Phone...... 403 Accessing Features through the Phone Menu...... 406 Accessing Your Phone Settings...... 409 Bluetooth Devices...... 410 Making Calls...... 405 Pairing a Phone for the First Time...... 403 Pairing Subsequent Phones...... 404 Phone Options during an Active Call...... 405 Phone Voice Commands...... 404 Receiving Calls...... 405 System Settings...... 411 Text Messaging...... 407 Using Traction Control...... 195 System Indicator Lights and Messages...... 195 Using Voice Recognition...... 401 Initiating a Voice Session...... 401 System Interaction and Feedback...... 402 Utilizing the Mediation/Arbitration Program (Canada Only)...... 283 V Vehicle Care...... 318 General Information...... 318 Vehicle Certification Label...... 360 Vehicle Identification Number...... 359

545

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing Index

W Windshield Wipers...... 78 Speed dependent wipers (if Warning Lamps and Indicators...... 98 equipped)...... 78 Adaptive Cruise Control...... 98 Wipers and Washers...... 78 Anti-Lock Braking System...... 98 Wrecker Towing Automatic High Beam...... 98 See: Transporting the Vehicle...... 267 Auto Start-stop...... 98 Battery...... 99 Blind Spot Monitor...... 99 Brake System...... 99 Check 4X4...... 99 Cruise Control...... 99 Direction Indicator...... 99 Door Ajar...... 99 Electric Park Brake...... 99 Electronic Locking Differential...... 99 Engine Coolant Temperature...... 99 Engine Oil...... 100 Fasten Safety Belt...... 100 Four-Wheel Drive Indicators...... 100 Front Airbag...... 100 Front Fog Lamps...... 100 High Beam...... 100 Hill Descent...... 100 Low Fuel Level...... 100 Low Tire Pressure Warning...... 100 Parking Lamps...... 101 Powertrain Malfunction/Reduced Power/Electronic Throttle Control...... 101 Service Engine Soon...... 101 Sport Mode...... 101 Traction and Stability Control...... 101 Traction and Stability Control Off...... 101 Transmission Tow/Haul...... 102 Washer Fluid Check...... 307 Washers See: Cleaning the Exterior...... 318 See: Wipers and Washers...... 78 Waxing...... 319 Wheel Nuts See: Changing a Road Wheel...... 349 Wheels and Tires...... 326 General Information...... 326 Technical Specifications...... 357 Windows and Mirrors...... 88 Windshield Washers...... 79

546

F-150 (TFC), enUSA, Third Printing